westminster.ac.uk UNIVERSITY OF WESTMINSTER POSTGRADUATE COURSES

USEFUL INFORMATION FOR YOUR APPLICANTS: Sign up for subject specific information yourwestminster/form/enquiry Create a tailored Virtual Open Day yourvirtualopendday.westminster.ac.uk More about our courses westminster.ac.uk/courses

CONNECT WITH WESTMINSTER ONLINE

facebook.com/UniOfWestminster

twitter.com/uniwestminster

instagram.com/uniwestminster

youtube.com/uniofwestminster UNIVERSITY OF WESTMINSTER OF WESTMINSTER UNIVERSITY

university-of-westminster-12733

blog.westminster.ac.uk/international

IN CHINA: 中文 westminsterchina.cn e.weibo.com/westminsterchina i.youku.com/westminsteruni

IN INDIA: facebook.com/UniversityOfWestminster

in.linkedin.com/in/universityofwestminster POSTGRADUATE COURSES twitter.com/westminsterin

COURSE ENQUIRIES T: +44 (0)20 7915 5511 101 New Cavendish Street London W1W 6XH

A charity and company limited by guarantee. Registration number: 977818. Registered office: 309 Regent Street, London W1B 2HW 7950/08.16/KK CONTENTS

ARCHITECTURE AND THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT...... 3 INTERNATIONAL MEDIA BUSINESS MA...... 96 ARCHITECTURE AND INTERIORS MEDIA MANAGEMENT MA...... 100 MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE MENSWEAR MA...... 102 (MARCH) (ARB/RIBA PART 2)...... 4 MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA...... 104 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PROFESSIONAL CENTRE FOR PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION PRACTICE IN ARCHITECTURE (ARB/RIBA PART 3)...... 7 MEDICAL JOURNALISM GRADUATE DIPLOMA...... 107 ARCHITECTURE MA...... 9 MULTIMEDIA JOURNALISM MA...... 109 ARCHITECTURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL PUBLIC RELATIONS MA...... 112 DESIGN MSc...... 13 INTERIOR DESIGN MA...... 16 CREATIVE PRACTICE AND ART THEORY AUDIO PRODUCTION MA...... 115 PLANNING, HOUSING AND URBAN DESIGN DESIGN FOR COMMUNICATION MA...... 117 HOUSING PRACTICE MA...... 19 DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY INTERNATIONAL PLANNING AND AND PHOTOJOURNALISM MA ...... 120 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT MA...... 22 FILM MFA...... 123 URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING MA...... 26 FILM AND TELEVISION: THEORY, URBAN DESIGN MA...... 30 CULTURE AND INDUSTRY MA ...... 125 PROPERTY AND CONSTRUCTION INTERACTIVE MEDIA PRACTICE MA...... 127 BUILDING INFORMATION MANAGEMENT MSc...... 34 PHOTOGRAPHY ARTS MA...... 130 CONSTRUCTION COMMERCIAL MEDIA AND SOCIETY MANAGEMENT MSc...... 37 COMMUNICATION MA...... 133 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT MSc...... 40 COMMUNICATIONS POLICY MA...... 137 FACILITIES AND PROPERTY MANAGEMENT MSc...... 43 DIVERSITY AND THE MEDIA MA...... 140 PROPERTY FINANCE MSc...... 46 GLOBAL MEDIA MA...... 144 REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT MSc...... 49 MEDIA AND DEVELOPMENT MA...... 147 TOURISM AND EVENTS MEDIA, CAMPAIGNING EVENTS AND CONFERENCE MANAGEMENT MA...... 52 AND SOCIAL CHANGE MA ...... 152 TOURISM MANAGEMENT MA...... 54 SOCIAL MEDIA, CULTURE AND SOCIETY MA...... 155 TRANSPORT AND LOGISTICS EMERGING MEDIA LABS AIR TRANSPORT PLANNING IMAGING ART AND SCIENCE MA...... 159 AND MANAGEMENT MSc...... 57 INTERACTIVE FACTUAL NARRATIVE MA...... 162 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT MSc...... 60 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY...... 165 TRANSPORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT MSc...... 64 BIOSCIENCES SCHOOL OF LAW...... 67 APPLIED BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE MSc...... 166 CONFLICT PREVENTION, DISPUTE RESOLUTION MA...... 68 APPLIED BIOTECHNOLOGY MSc...... 168 CORPORATE FINANCE LAW LLM...... 71 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES MSc AND PATHWAYS...... 170 ENTERTAINMENT LAW LLM...... 74 MEDICAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY MSc...... 184 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LAW (CPE)...... 76 PHARMACOLOGY MSc...... 188 INTERNATIONAL AND COMMERCIAL DISPUTE COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE RESOLUTION LAW LLM...... 79 CHINESE MEDICINE...... 196 INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL LAW LLM...... 82 HERBAL MEDICINE...... 201 INTERNATIONAL LAW LLM...... 85 COMPUTING LEGAL PRACTICE LLM (LEGAL PRACTICE COURSE)...... 88 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS BIG DATA TECHNOLOGIES MSc...... 206 MEDIA ARTS AND DESIGN...... 91 BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND ANALYTICS MSc...... 210 CENTRE FOR CREATIVE INDUSTRIES MANAGEMENT BUSINESS SYSTEMS DESIGN FASHION BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA...... 92 AND INTEGRATION MSc...... 214

westminster.ac.uk ARCHITECTURE AND THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING WESTMINSTER BUSINESS SCHOOL...... 323 ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING MSc...... 218 BUSINESS INFORMATION MANAGEMENT CYBER SECURITY AND FORENSICS MSc...... 221 AND OPERATIONS MULTIMEDIA PROJECT MANAGEMENT MSc...... 324 INTERACTION DESIGN AND COMPUTING MSc...... 224 PURCHASING AND SUPPLY CHAIN NETWORKS, ELECTRONICS AND MANAGEMENT MSc...... 326 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SHORT COURSES...... 328 COMPUTER NETWORKS MSc...... 227 ECONOMICS ELECTRONICS MSc...... 230 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC POLICY TELECOMMUNICATIONS MSc...... 234 AND ANALYSIS MSc/MA...... 329 NUTRITION FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING GLOBAL PUBLIC HEALTH NUTRITION MSc...... 237 FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING MSc...... 332 SPORT AND EXERCISE NUTRITION MSc...... 240 FINANCE AND FINANCIAL LAW MSc...... 335 PSYCHOLOGY GLOBAL FINANCE MSc...... 338 BUSINESS PSYCHOLOGY MSc...... 242 INVESTMENT AND RISK FINANCE MSc...... 340 COGNITIVE REHABILITATION MSc...... 244 FINANCE, BANKING AND INSURANCE MSc...... 343 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY MSc...... 247 ACCA PAPER PREPARATION...... 345 PSYCHOLOGY MSc...... 250 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MA...... 346 SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES...... 253 INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE ENGLISH, LINGUISTICS AND CULTURAL STUDIES MANAGEMENT MA...... 349 ART AND VISUAL CULTURE MA...... 254 MANAGEMENT CREATIVE WRITING: WRITING THE CITY MA...... 257 GOVERNING, LEADING AND MANAGING CULTURAL AND CRITICAL STUDIES MA...... 261 IN HEALTHCARE MSc...... 352 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND CREATIVE WRITING MA....264 LEADERSHIP (ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE) MSc...... 353 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS MA...... 268 LEADING AND MANAGING HEALTH AND SOCIAL ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MA...... 271 CARE (ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE) MSc...... 355 ENGLISH LITERATURE: MODERN AND MANAGEMENT MA...... 357 CONTEMPORARY FICTIONS MA...... 275 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND MUSEUMS, GALLERIES AND MANAGEMENT MA...... 359 CONTEMPORARY CULTURE MA...... 278 INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT TEACHING ENGLISH TO SPEAKERS OF OTHER MANAGEMENT MA...... 362 LANGUAGES (TESOL) MA...... 282 MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA)...... 365 TESOL AND CREATIVE WRITING MA...... 286 MARKETING MODERN LANGUAGES AND CULTURES MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS MA...... 369 DIPLOMA IN TRANSLATION...... 289 MARKETING MANAGEMENT MA/MSc...... 373 INTERNATIONAL LIAISON AND COMMUNICATION MA...... 291 SPECIALISED TRANSLATION MA...... 295 MASTERS PREPARATION COURSES...... 376 TRANSLATING CULTURES MRes...... 298 ENGLISH LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT...... 377 TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETING MA...... 302 LOCATION...... 378 FURTHER INFORMATION AND CONTACTS...... 380 POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE MA...... 306 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS MA...... 308 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DEMOCRATIC POLITICS MA...... 313 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND SECURITY MA...... 317 INTERNATIONAL CULTURAL RELATIONS MA...... 321

westminster.ac.uk westminster.ac.uk/abe ARCHITECTURE AND THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT 3 MASTER OF SEMESTER TWO ARCHITECTURE (MArch) Design Project 2 (Year 1 Design Studio) Commonly, though not exclusively, the (ARB/RIBA PART 2) theme or context of Design Project 2 involves developing or testing aspects of the Design Project 1 through further research or exploratory Course Leader projects. This module, however, places greater Darren Deane emphasis on the detailed resolution of the [email protected] individual design proposal, often at a larger scale, and deals more explicitly with the issues Length of course of programme, materiality, technology and Two years full-time environmental impact. The module is run in Above Anam Afroze Hazan parallel with the Year 2 Design Studio. Location Central London (Marylebone) History and Theory Digital Representation This module consists of specialist seminar study This module focuses on digital media Course fees and funding and a series of wider module-wide lectures, technology and computer-based strategies, See westminster.ac.uk/fees and begins a year-long study of architectural including the principles of 2D and 3D computer history and theory which culminates with your drawing, modelling, rendering, animation dissertation submission in Year Two. Following and digital fabrication techniques. The module The MArch (Part 2) is a long-established presentations by all the seminar group leaders aims to extend your practical and theoretical and well-respected course that is prescribed at the beginning of semester, you choose a understanding of advanced digital media, by the ARB and validated by the RIBA to seminar group with its own particular theme as well as to enhance your existing computing give exemption from the second stage of and programme of study. Based on this, knowledge and skills – so assessment is on professional education. The emphasis of the you select an individual area of research, a ‘value-added’ basis. course is on innovative design work, and on and develop it through writing and a developing a caring and critical approach presentation; you also prepare an abstract Professional Studies to the study and practice of architecture. for your Dissertation. This module draws on your work experience The course fosters diversity of choice, and introduces statutory, professional Technical Studies in Practice CORE MODULES and management concepts related to interpretation and approach, whether in design This module requires you, individually or within YEAR ONE the ‘professional’ development of your projects or more academic research. The former a group, to carry out research into different SEMESTER ONE coursework. It asks you to reflect on your focuses on sophisticated design programmes (in approaches to, and kinds of, technology and prior experience and personal development, formal, technical, professional or urban terms) environmental design. You will need to look Design Project 1 (Year 1 Design Studio) and to identify areas for future investigation. that demand rigour and self-criticism. The latter at the wider cultural issues involved, but more The module introduces you to the role of the focuses on your major dissertation, an extended This single design project, or series of linked especially at issues of sustainability in design. architect in the construction industry (including piece of specialised research into architecture design projects, is individual to each elective This is expected to inform your Design Studio development and procurement issues), and and its historical or theoretical contexts. Design Studio, and is run in parallel with the project work. Year 2 Design Studio. You choose your Design to the professional, managerial and legal The course has three main objectives: Studio following presentations by all the Design constraints that influence the work of the to develop your design ability through Studio tutors at the beginning of the academic architect in practice. project-based experimentation; to present an year; each Design Studio offers a new project evaluation and critique of your coursework every year. Projects lead from exploratory within a broad cultural context, and in light research to the development of an individual of technical, economic and legal constraints; brief, and a design proposal which you develop and to promote the articulate explanation and for assessment at the end of Semester One. representation of quality and value in design projects.

4 MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE (MArch)(ARB/RIBA PART 2) westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE (MArch)(ARB/RIBA PART 2) 5 YEAR TWO Strategic Report SEMESTER ONE This module is a substantial report that is POSTGRADUATE integrated with your main Design Studio DIPLOMA IN Dissertation project, and the Applied Technical Studies The Dissertation is the primary focus of module. The report focuses on exploring and PROFESSIONAL architectural history and theory teaching, explaining the critical project decisions made and the main written component of the course. as part of the design process. The module PRACTICE IN Building on your abstract, you research introduces various approaches to the report – ARCHITECTURE into primary and secondary sources, define methodologies, techniques, selected building and refine a methodology, produce a draft precedents – through seminars and Design (ARB/RIBA PART 3) synopsis, and, finally, complete a 10,000-word Studio group tutorials. dissertation with footnotes, bibliography and illustrations. If you explore another mode of Course Leader study, such as making a film or designing a ASSOCIATED CAREERS Stephen Brookhouse website, you will still need to meet a lower [email protected] word limit of 6,000 words. Most students who complete the Architecture MArch (Part 2) are subsequently employed in Length of course Main Design Project (Year 2 Design Studio) architectural offices, and become registered One year part-time, one evening per As with Design Studio 1, this is individual to architects after taking the Part 3 exam. Others week in Semester One, three days each elective Design Studio, and you choose progress to take further Masters or PhD degrees, of intensive full-time attendance in your Design Studio following presentations by and then go into research and/or teaching. Semester Two, plus tutorials all the Design Studio tutors at the beginning of the academic year. The module is integrated Location with the subsequent Design Development RELATED COURSE Central London (Marylebone) module, and these two modules usually create Postgraduate Diploma in Professional a single overarching project for the final Practice in Architecture (ARB/RIBA Part 3). Course fees and funding academic year. The module is run in parallel See westminster.ac.uk/fees with the Year 1 Design Studio, however, Year 2 students are expected to pursue, and resolve, a more ambitious and sophisticated thesis. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This third and final adjunct of architectural You are required to have an undergraduate education is designed to take place during SEMESTER TWO degree in Architecture, or similar, with a high the second period of mandatory practical level of achievement, which will normally be training after the completion of the Part 2. Applied Technical Studies validated by the RIBA for Part 1/prescribed by In this module you complete an applied the ARB for Part 1. You will usually have one The course can be completed in 12 to 24 technical study concurrent with the progression year’s (post-degree) professional experience. months, according to employment circumstances. of your main Design Studio project. This At interview, you should present your academic Graduates of the course receive a Postgraduate integrated report explains and deepens the portfolio together with examples of work Diploma in Architectural Professional Practice environmental, structural and constructional undertaken during professional training, and and can apply for registration with ARB, and strategies inherent to your design thinking any relevant contextual material. If your first for Chartered membership of the RIBA. and your project. language is not English, you will need an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with a Design Development (Year 2 Design Studio) minimum score of 6.0 in each component. This module follows on from the Main Design Project, and asks you to elaborate, test, adapt and develop your design project proposal to produce a well-resolved architectural design. This module encourages you to communicate your ideas, research work and design proposals in a range of media at an advanced level. You also integrate your presentation with your work in the Strategic Report and Applied Technical Studies modules. The module is run in parallel with the Year 1 Design Studio.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PROFESSIONAL 6 MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE (MArch)(ARB/RIBA PART 2) westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe PRACTICE IN ARCHITECTURE (ARB/RIBA PART 3) 7 COURSE CONTENT events. The module builds on the theoretical models and practical examples studied ARCHITECTURE MA The Diploma is the final part of an architectural in the taught modules, and develops your student’s professional training and the understanding of the key areas of professional culmination of a minimum of seven years’ practice, design and construction and provides Course Leaders education and professional development. The an opportunity to make professional judgements Dr Davide Deriu content of the course and each module builds and recommendations for future practice. [email protected] on the professional experience and knowledge Richard Difford that you will have gained over this period. Professional Development and Experience [email protected] This work-based module consists of the Samir Pandya Professional Experience and Development [email protected] CORE MODULES Record, a professional Curriculum Vitae, a Architectural Practice Management Critical Self-Appraisal and an Oral Examination Length of course This module aims to develop your (the Viva Voce). The module enables you to One year full-time; two years part-time understanding of the role and value of the assess the experience you require for practice, architect in the commissioning, procurement to evaluate your achievements and experiential Location and management of architectural projects. learning in the professional workplace, and Central London (Marylebone) It builds on the legal and practice models to demonstrate your professional judgement studied in the law module and places them based on that experience. Course fees and funding in a wider managerial context. It also See westminster.ac.uk/fees introduces and applies generic management principles and relevant procedures to the key ASSOCIATED CAREERS Situated in the progressive intellectual elements of the design and construction cycle, The Diploma in Professional Practice in and places current practice in the context of milieu of London, the Architecture MA Architecture is a professional qualification course offers a flexible programme of wider developments in construction and the leading to registration as an architect with built environment. Topics covered include study and a unique opportunity to pursue ARB and professional membership of the RIBA. advanced postgraduate research combining organisational and financial management Students who have successfully completed the in architectural practice, marketing and high-level theoretical investigation with course have obtained senior positions or taken innovative design approaches. briefing, the Plan of Work, and the role greater responsibility in architectural practice, of the professional in the construction team. developed their own architectural practice, The Department of Architecture at the It is delivered as an intensive three-day short and also gone on to work overseas. Former course during January. University of Westminster provides first-class students have also developed specialism in facilities, such as state-of-the-art digital design/ construction law. The Diploma may also form fabrication equipment, and a team of lecturers English Law, Regulations, a platform for continuing study in academia Contracts and Procurement and researchers deeply immersed in the very and research and may lead to study for an latest developments in architectural design, This module investigates the principles of MPhil/PhD degree. construction law, relevant statutory regulations, theory, historical research, and technology. procurement, forms of construction contract The Architecture MA is part of a suite of and dispute resolution. It is delivered as a Masters offered by the Department of series of ten lectures with question and answer ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Architecture aimed at graduates looking sessions. You will be expected to carry out You must have RIBA Parts 1 and 2 from a to further their education and enhance their self-directed learning during the semester recognised school of architecture or have employability by acquiring new knowledge relating to each lecture topic. successfully passed the ARB assessment for and skills. Focused on architectural research, RIBA Parts 1 and 2. If your first language is not the Architecture MA also offers a firm Professional Case Study English, you will need an IELTS score of at least grounding for those seeking to pursue further This work-based module allows you to choose 6.5 (or equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 research and/or an academic career. an architectural project to demonstrate your in each component. knowledge and understanding through The Architecture MA incorporates a number analysis and evaluation of a project and the of different study options including an While all information is correct at the time of extensive range of individual module choices professional, legal, organisational events publication, this course is subject to a full review relevant to architectural practice. You will and specialist pathways in Cultural Identity and details such as module availability and titles and Globalisation, History and Theory, and develop your analytical and evaluative skills, may change. For the latest course information and your ability to present complex data and please refer to our website. Digital Media.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PROFESSIONAL 8 PRACTICE IN ARCHITECTURE (ARB/RIBA PART 3) westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe ARCHITECTURE MA 9 COURSE CONTENT Thesis Development and Major Thesis Project will develop in subsequent modules and material qualities and behaviours, including The Thesis Development and Thesis modules through the Major Thesis Project. the interaction of physical objects and The Architecture MA provides a course that provide the opportunity to focus on a piece of complex mechanical or composite systems. is wide ranging and flexible, facilitating individual research and in-depth study leading Programming and Computational Design The module introduces and investigates both alternative modes of study and a range of to a written thesis or design-based research This module addresses the use of computer the representational and the filmic qualities options, including the choice of either a project. The thesis is undertaken in the context programming and computational techniques of animation, with a particular emphasis on written or design-based thesis. The programme of thematically led research groups or ‘labs’ in architectural design. You will examine the the creative opportunities presented by such also allows for specialism through its three associated with each of the pathways. Typically application of scripting, physical computing simulations to generate design content and designated pathways: Architecture (Cultural thesis projects reflect contemporary issues or, and parametric modelling techniques to productively inform the design process. Identity and Globalisation); Architecture (Digital where appropriate, draw upon historical, the exploration of form, interactivity, space Media) and Architecture (History and Theory). social or cultural aspects in architecture and and ideas. You will be introduced to some City Cultures: Conceptual Design for Alternatively, you can also create your own spatial design. of the principles and techniques associated Complex Cultural Contexts pathway, under the heading Architecture MA, with the computer-controlled manufacture This is a studio design project that examines by selecting and combining relevant modules The Thesis Development module prepares of models/building components, and gain the nature and meaning of cultural identity, issues that meet your individual requirements. you for the subsequent Major Thesis Project an understanding of the essential elements of globalisation etc in spatial and architectural by introducing research issues and themes of physical computing and automation. The terms; developing visual ‘languages’ and The range of optional and specialist modules within your chosen group. Throughout the first module aims both to offer instruction in the use programmatic strategies that result in a design offered allows you to develop your individual semester you will undertake a series of short of scripting and programming (as applied to project of considerable conceptual, formal, learning trajectories through the in-depth study projects and/or studies designed to inspire graphic expression/composition and geometric spatial, material and technological resolution. of specific subject areas, involving theoretical and stimulate ideas for a thesis proposal. modelling) and also to explore the specific You will work individually on your project, which components as well as practical applications. design potential latent in these techniques. will be based on a different topic of investigation A series of theory rich modules will stimulate The Major Thesis Project provides a framework each year, responding to current concerns about you to analyse current trends in architecture, for the exploration, development, synthesis and Theories of Identity architecture within a specific urban and cultural design theory and practice on the basis of your conclusion to your chosen area of study. The The aim of the module is to introduce you context, as well as its broader global context. research and critical judgement, and use these aim is to evolve the project initially formulated to the notion of the ‘culturally sensitive and In each instance students will be required to insights to produce high-quality written work in the Thesis Development module, based on critical designer’. This will be done through investigate a particular cultural or urban in a scholarly manner. the application of relevant research methods. a series of lectures/seminars to serve as a issue relating to the notion of cultural identity The course of study for the thesis project module broad introduction to key concepts and texts and representation. In parallel, a set of design-oriented activities will, as a consequence, also depend on the (both classic and contemporary) within the encourages you to develop your artistic, type/format of research methods that you are disciplines of both architecture and cultural Ethnographic Ways of Knowing: aesthetic and intellectual vision through the pursuing for your thesis project. studies that relate to issues of cultural identity Critical and Creative Explorations of Site use of different media, in order to produce and globalisation. The module will also Building on the conceptual emphasis of individual proposals with a high level of spatial, include the course field trip to an international Semester One’s Theories of Identity module, material and formal resolution. The course is PATHWAY/OPTION MODULES destination (incorporating preparatory group- this module will begin with introductory work) of significance to the theme of identity taught within a dynamic learning environment SEMESTER ONE lectures on the historical evolution, key that comprises seminar-based sessions along and architecture. The field trip will also serve theoretical frameworks, and methods of with studio-based activities, suitably integrated Critical Issues in Architecture as a complement or contrast to London-based ethnography. You will then develop your own by a wide range of lectures, tutorials, site visits, This module deals in depth with a series of coursework projects (allowing distinctions and ethnographic methodology to access, engage, research training sessions, and independent major theoretical and historical issues that commonalities between cultural contexts to and understand a particular site. There will study periods. are facing architecture across the world. The be considered). The ultimate objective of the be an emphasis on creative and experimental intention is for you to develop an advanced module is to inspire and stimulate participants approaches to methods such as participant to explore broad themes within the subject understanding of current debates in architecture observation, architectural and spatial analysis, area and, through an elective element, begin by reflecting on the diverse meanings interviewing, documentary, social media, CORE MODULES to identify their own themes of interest to associated with a series of key concepts that and archival research. In addition to normative Research and Positioning explore beyond the module. are central to contemporary architectural fieldwork methods, imaginative use of film, The Research and Positioning module discourse (eg ‘space’; ‘place’; ‘landscape’; mapping, photography, performative, and provides a foundation in postgraduate ‘memory’; ‘agency’ etc). A combination of narrative strategies will be encouraged. A key research methods and skills in architecture. SEMESTER TWO lectures, seminars and related activities will objective will be to understand the relationship It also aims to establish a set of principles and allow you to place these issues within a broad Applied Animation between subjects’ site-specific cultural practice, approaches to architectural research, including cultural context. Architectural texts will be This module addresses the application of spatial relations, architecture, and wider both conventional research methods and complemented by various sources drawn from advanced 3D modelling and animation transcultural/diasporic and global networks experimental and design-based techniques. The other disciplines, such as geography and in architectural design. Grounded in the and influences. You will also be encouraged to module also explores other forms of research anthropology. Besides exercising your critical related practices of computational design, engage with broader issues of truth, objectivity, practice drawn from related disciplines. thinking, reading and writing skills, you will this module capitalises on the potential of knowledge, bias, etc which arise within a also start to identify subject themes that you contemporary animation software to simulate creative research relationship.

10 ARCHITECTURE MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe ARCHITECTURE MA 11 Introduction to Design Computing a critical tool, you will go on to explore the The Introduction to Design Computing module possibilities afforded by digital technology ARCHITECTURE AND considers the application of digital media to extend and develop conventional forms of ENVIRONMENTAL techniques to the exploration of form and architectural expression, and to incorporate space in interior design, and to the exploration interactivity and time-based content. The DESIGN MSc of wider architectural themes and ideas. intention is to provide further technical Concentrating primarily on the opportunities instruction in the use of scripted graphics presented by the moving image and time-based and associated software applications, and to Course Leader media, the module provides instruction in the encourage a critical approach to the Dr Rosa Schiano-Phan use of relevant computer software tools, such as use of the photographic image/drawing and [email protected] digital video editing applications, and attempts its relation to interactive/multimedia design. to situate the use of these techniques in relation Length of course to the broader context of architectural/art-based One year full-time; two years part-time representational practices and conventions. ASSOCIATED CAREERS The module also aims to encourage critical Location awareness of the role played by media in The Department of Architecture is consciously Central London (Marylebone) architecture and interior design. international in its educational thinking and academic links, and its graduates are among Course fees and funding Picturing London the most sought after anywhere in the world. See westminster.ac.uk/fees The aim of the module is to provide you The flexibility offered within the course is with direct experience and appreciation of intended to extend your creative abilities and architecture in London, and with the tools for enhance your employability and performance The global environmental and energy documenting, analysing and understanding as a design professional. Typical employment challenge facing current and future generations London as a global city through its present and destinations for Architecture MA graduates of architects and building professionals past. You will explore a varied range of textual include architectural practice but also other calls for a deeper understanding of the and visual research methods to develop new design disciplines, media and the arts. The principles of environmental design, and ways of imagining the city environment. London course may also form a platform for continuing their effective application into architectural will be your research laboratory: the module study with a career in academia or research. practice worldwide. Over the last decades will be conducted through urban walks with environmental design as a subject area has intensive documentation through sketching, developed, responding to new research and photography, audio and video recordings. A ENTRY REQUIREMENTS experimentation, both in academia and in series of group tutorials will allow you to develop You will normally be required to hold a good practice. However, buildings claiming to be and present your analysis through the findings Honours degree in Architecture or a related environmentally conscious do not perform to of the site visits as well as other relevant sources art, design or built environment discipline. You the expected standards, still heavily contributing to global CO emissions and often providing eg publications, maps, paintings, films, online may be required to attend an interview, and to 2 videos, exhibitions etc. In this module you will bring a portfolio of work demonstrating prior unsatisfactory comfort conditions to occupants. look at how architecture is situated within a experience and interests. Overseas candidates The same can be said for the existing built wider environment and you will be introduced may submit a portfolio or samples of their environment which is largely outdated to different methodological approaches to the project work in digital format for inspection. and underperforming, requiring urgent investigation of the buildings and open spaces of You will need fluent written and spoken implementation of effective retrofit strategies. This the city. This will involve the careful study of the English to study at postgraduate level. If your is due to a lack of comprehensive performance history (and hidden histories) of places; a critical first language is not English, you will need an prediction and feedback protocols, which are consideration of the role of imagery in mediating IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with still not common practice in architectural design. our perceptions of the city; and the development a minimum score of 6.0 in each component. of an individual representation toolkit for The University offers pre-sessional summer ‘picturing cities’ that can then be used in your programmes if you need to improve your subsequent research and/or practice. English before starting your course. Site and Motion This module considers the application of two-dimensional animated graphics and the RELATED COURSES photographic image to architectural research • Architecture MArch (ARB/RIBA Part 2) and design. Beginning with an in-depth • Architecture and Environmental Design MSc theoretical study employing photography as • Interior Design MA

12 ARCHITECTURE MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe ARCHITECTURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN MSc 13 COURSE CONTENT CORE MODULES SEMESTER TWO AND THREE “I chose this course Students on this course will take a fresh critical because of the importance SEMESTER ONE Thesis Project look at this subject. Here you will gain the of environmental design You will explore advanced topics and contexts knowledge and tools to make informed design nowadays. In my practice Evaluation of Built Environments of research applicability. The topic chosen decisions based on post-occupancy feedback as an architect I was You will be involved in practical workshops can depend on your individual interests and and performance analysis, towards a new lacking the tools and on the use of tools and on the development aspirations, ranging from analytical projects to paradigm of environmental architecture knowledge to successfully of analytical methods, which will be directly design proposals. The module will provide you which is environmentally and energy conscious, apply environmental parameters to my applied to a design studio project on the with the background on research methods and yet sensitive to the contextual and socio- projects. I like that the course offers evaluation of case studies. In this module advanced technical skills appropriate to your cultural landscape we live in. You will learn a logical combination of theoretical you will learn about climate and microclimate topic of choice. Dissertations can be formulated environmental design methods which relate knowledge, digital tools and fieldwork. analysis and fieldwork methods for the as a written thesis or as a hybrid written and to the various stages of architectural design. Therefore, applying what is learned to measurement of environmental and energy design-project thesis. You will be able to evaluate existing buildings real cases is effortless. What I like about parameters, thermal comfort surveys and and design new ones following a combined studying at the University of Westminster, post-occupancy evaluations. bioclimatic and building occupant-focused besides its central location in London, is ASSOCIATED CAREERS approach. In the core design modules you will that the campus and library are open 24 Principles of Environmental Design follow an evidence-based design approach hours, seven days a week, with all the IT You will look at the principles of passive This course will give you skills which can where the acquisition of specialised software technology you need available.” solar design and strategies for bioclimatic be used both in architectural practice and in and analytical tools will be directly applied architecture (eg enhanced thermal performance environmental design consultancy. The research to an evaluation or design project. Talia Quesada Campana of building envelope, solar control, natural issues explored in your final thesis project could Architecture and Environmental ventilation, daylighting, passive solar heating also lead to further research and an academic This interdisciplinary and international course Design MSc and cooling etc). The module will provide, career through the path of a PhD degree in a will provide you with skills that can be applied through practical experimentation and number of related fields. to diverse building typologies and global laboratory exercises, fundamentals of building climatic, environmental and contextual issues. “I chose this course to physics, energy and environmental foundations, On completion of this course you will have engage my previous including heat exchange and energy balance ENTRY REQUIREMENTS a thorough understanding of the principles architecture studies with the of buildings, and thermal and visual comfort. and methodology of environmental design environment, and following Generally, a good undergraduate degree and will develop critical thinking skills to some research about our Theory and History of Environmental Design (ie First or Upper-Second Class Honours) challenge established practices. You will course leader I wanted to You will look at the ethical and environmental in Architecture or a related subject within hold the knowledge and the practical tools to come here. I am glad to study in central drivers of environmental design; climate the context of the construction industry and better understand existing buildings for retrofit London as well. We’re very much an change, energy conservation and economy; built environment disciplines. Applicants with and to design new ones – positively driving international group on this course this year standards and regulations; history of qualifications in other subject areas which change in this field and moving towards a truly and Dr Rosa Schiano-Phan (the course environmental design; and its various past may be relevant to the award are encouraged environmentally conscious architecture. leader) and the other lecturers are helping and present definitions. to apply, each case being considered on merit. us getting better and better. So far on the You will need a portfolio of work, or The course covers both the wider contextual course, I’ve been analysing case study comprehensive written account of relevant and sustainable approach to environmental buildings with a group of my classmates, SEMESTER TWO experience, and a personal statement which design, and the more technical aspects doing a lot of reading for the history and clearly articulates why you wish to study of environmentally and energy conscious theory of environmental design and doing Environmental and Energy Modelling for the award. building design and performance. As well as some calculations for the principles of You will undertake software workshops and taught modules, you will take design-based environmental design.” design applications of dynamic thermal You will need fluent written and spoken English to study at postgraduate level. If your first modules where you will apply quantitative and Mosaab Alaboud modelling, Computational Fluid Dynamic language is not English, you will need an qualitative analysis to the study of existing built Architecture and Environmental (CFD) modelling and daylighting. The software IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with environments and to new design projects. Design MSc used will be tailored to the various stages of the design process and will range from climate data a minimum score of 6.0 in each component. analysis to daylighting and thermal modelling. The University offers pre-sessional summer These will be directly applied to a design studio programmes if you need to improve your project running in parallel to the workshops. English before starting your course.

14 ARCHITECTURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe ARCHITECTURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN MSc 15 INTERIOR DESIGN MA CORE MODULES Decoding the Interior This module provides a holistic investigation Course Leader of interior environments, drawing from aspects Dusan Decermic of various critical theory streams, while at the [email protected] same time encouraging students to create their own tools for conducting primary research Length of course on a range of chosen interiors. You will One year full-time; two years part-time look at historical and contemporary interior environments, covering psychological, cultural, Location social and economic codes that underpin Central London (Marylebone) their creation. Course fees and funding Interior Design Case Study See westminster.ac.uk/fees This module is committed to the thorough investigation of a chosen interior environment(s), Above designed or otherwise, contemporary or This course promotes a dynamic and Ali Alavi historical, and the relationship to/within the speculative approach to the design of interior architectural setting. It should provide a vehicle spatial environments and values research that for you to examine particular design criteria seeks to challenge traditional methodologies. Retail Design and articulate your personal philosophical It gives you the opportunity to pursue your This is a vocationally based, applied design agendas about spatial design, together with particular issues of interest in interior design module. You will consider in context how the perceived and ambient quality of interior or specialist areas of three-dimensional design, design is utilised as an effective and persuasive space. Investigation is published both as written through concise and focused study. tool in the contemporary retail environment. work and through a short film media. You will investigate issues of product marketing, branding, promotion, evaluation of public You will cover a range of issues, both Introduction to Design Computing theoretical and practical. Design modules perception and the potency of image, through This module will introduce you to two- deal with contemporary issues in a variety several focused design projects. dimensional digital graphics, image of interior design typologies, including manipulation and animation. It considers retail, exhibition, gallery, performance and Thesis Development the use of these techniques in relation to the speculative efforts broadly described as This module prepares you for the subsequent broader context of architectural/art-based installation. Careful studies are made in the Major Thesis Project by introducing research representational practices and conventions. pursuit of a fresh approach to their design issues and themes, and covers research methods, analysis, agenda, concept and resolution, through analogous and figurative Major Thesis Project studies, as well as comparison using suitable strategy. You will undertake a series of short The module specifically deals with the contemporary exemplars. The thesis can be projects and/or studies throughout the module. research, development, exploration, synthesis undertaken as a design project, a dissertation It is important to note that the Major Thesis and conclusion of your chosen area of study or a piece of research – effectively a hybrid, Project can take a form that is design based for your Major Thesis Project. The aim is to both a project and a written summary or or text based, depending on your choice. The evolve the project developed from the position theoretical proposition. course of study for the Thesis Development formulated in the Thesis Development module. module will as a consequence depend also on The project requires substantially greater the type/format of research methods that you commitment than any previous project task, are evolving for your thesis project. and can be either design based or text based. You will work individually on the project, which will need to embrace the highest standards of critical review – whether in challenging particular theories and their manifestations in design and architecture, or in demonstrating a personal or innovative approach to the Top left: Valerie Mace design process. Middle left: Marta Dabek Bottom left: Nazanin Javid

16 INTERIOR DESIGN MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe INTERIOR DESIGN MA 17 ASSOCIATED CAREERS “A highly inspiring HOUSING PRACTICE MA Former graduates from the Interior Design MA programme that allowed me practise in a variety of areas of design. These to instigate a new direction Course Leader include interior design, exhibition design, in my work. The Course set and lighting design, retail and product Leader was very supportive Tony Manzi design, and interior conservation, as well as while at the same time [email protected] multidisciplinary and traditional architectural challenging my work for me to get the Length of course and design practice. The MA may also form best out of it. I learnt a lot and I feel much a platform for continuing study with a career more confident as a designer. Thanks to the Two years part-time. January and September in academia or research. For students who take projects set up by the course team and the start dates available the course and are interested in further study, practice and knowledge I developed from Location we offer suitable applicants the opportunity them, I was invited as a guest speaker at to study for an MPhil/PhD degree, not only The RCA in March 2013 and I presented a Central London (Marylebone) through the traditional research mode, but paper at the London Electronic Visualisation Course fees and funding also through a PhD by Design route. and the Arts (EVA) conference in July 2013.” See westminster.ac.uk/fees Valerie Mace ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Interior Design MA, graduated 2013 Other Housing courses Senior Lecturer in Spatial Design Housing Practice Postgraduate Diploma You are normally required to have a good and Communication, and Housing Practice Postgraduate Certificate, Honours degree in Architecture, Interior London College of Communication see page 21 for details. Design or a related design discipline. If your qualifications are in subject areas cognate to the course you will be considered on merit. “This course has pushed me This Housing Practice MA allows you to fulfil In certain cases, and subject to evidence of to think outside the box... the professional requirements for membership of equivalent prior study, or acceptance of Credit In fact it made me realise the Chartered Institute of Housing. The Housing Transfer, entry may be permitted into the that there is no box!” Practice course is a professionally oriented course at an assessment point other than the programme that examines both theoretical and first. If your background is in another field you practical issues relevant to housing policy. may be considered providing you are able to Zivile Jureviciute Based at our central London Marylebone demonstrate practical experience or knowledge Interior Design MA, graduated 2013 Campus, it offers you a challenging and reflective of interior design at the appropriate level. Bespoke Furniture Designer, Poliform UK course of study which considers the context Part-time students are normally expected to and background to key debates surrounding be employed by an interior design practice housing, regeneration and sustainability. or related profession, and to have at least “The course was really two years’ relevant work experience. enjoyable, intense and Full-time students would normally be expected full of new experiences. to have some relevant experience in interior The course gave me more design practice. than just knowledge of interiors; it gave me a deep UK students will usually need to attend an understanding of how the world of interiors interview. Overseas students are asked to works in a more philosophical way.” submit their portfolio in an electronic format. If your first language is not English, you Lina Vlasovaite will need an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or Interior Design MA, graduated 2013 equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 in each component.

RELATED COURSE • Architecture MA

18 INTERIOR DESIGN MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe HOUSING PRACTICE MA 19 COURSE CONTENT Housing Management Practice implementation, and using contemporary surrounding and affecting housing practice, (20 credits) housing and urban policies. and the course therefore offers important The MA core modules examine issues relating Through this module you will examine the transferable skills applicable to a range of to development, finance, law, management, key areas relating to the management of occupational environments. policy and strategy, and offer the opportunity housing organisations – including practical OPTION MODULES for in-depth research in the Dissertation module. and theoretical issues surrounding The overall aim of the course is to enable neighbourhood management, resident Choose one from: ENTRY REQUIREMENTS you to think strategically and operate as involvement and social sustainability. a reflective practitioner. Public Participation and Engaging Communities You will normally hold a first degree or Reflective Practice (20 credits) appropriate equivalent qualification awarded (10 credits) In this module you will analyse key historical by a recognised institution. Applications from CORE MODULES This module draws on both formal and informal and contemporary debates about participation candidates with non-traditional academic learning experiences and relates these to and community engagement as applied in backgrounds are encouraged. Applicants from Dissertation/Project planning and housing. You will consider the key such backgrounds would be expected to have (40 credits) practice and professional development. It complements the research methods module social science concepts related to community, significant work experience at the appropriate This module supports students in applying participation, social capital and governance, level. If your first language is not English, you the skills of self-directed in-depth research to that examines the production of knowledge by looking at the application of knowledge and also the legal and procedural powers. will need an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or a selected area of housing culminating in a The module offers advanced study skills in equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 in 12,000-word assignment. The module gives and the role expertise. The module involves a combination of taught sessions, individual information selection, referencing, essay each component. you the opportunity to pursue a research topic planning and critical analysis. in depth and aims to extend your critical and tutorials and group seminars. Sessions will cover: integrating academic study and analytical abilities. The module builds on Public Realm: Significance, Design, Experience knowledge and skills gained during the course workplace experience; professional practice OTHER HOUSING and ethical behaviour in the built environment; (20 credits) which you can apply to the formulation of a In this module you will focus on the public PRACTICE COURSES research question, the construction of a research the concept of reflective practice; thinking critically in workplace situations; and realm from the perspective of urban design and We also offer a Housing Practice Postgraduate plan, conducting research, and analysing and planning. You will have the opportunity to study Diploma and a Housing Practice Postgraduate presenting research conclusions. Your research roles, relationships and responsibilities of interdisciplinary teams. and write about key theories and debates about Certificate. If you take the Housing Practice may take the form of a dissertation or a policy public space in an international context. These Postgraduate Diploma you take all the core implementation project. Research Methods include issues such as inclusion and exclusion, modules from the Housing Practice MA listed the publicness of public space, identity, here, with the exception of the Dissertation. The Housing and Public Finance (10 credits) This module introduces you to research experience, movement, green spaces, crime, Postgraduate Diploma usually takes one and a (20 credits) security and anti-social behaviour, and different half years to complete part-time. This module covers public finance and methods and methodologies specific to urban and spatial research, design and planning. approaches to management. The module is housing markets, housing finance policy, equally focused on practical examples, and If you take the Housing Practice Postgraduate and the local authority, housing association, It explores the theory and practice of developing a research framework, with you will undertake a practical project to Certificate you take three of the following modules private rented and owner-occupied sectors explore these issues on the ground, thereby from the Housing Practice MA course: Housing of the housing market. a particular emphasis upon methods, methodologies, and theoretical frameworks enhancing your skills in critical evaluation and Management Practice; Housing Law; Housing design appreciation. and Public Finance; Housing and Regeneration. Housing and Regeneration used within the built environment professions. You will gain an understanding of the skills The Postgraduate Certificate usually takes one (20 credits) year to complete part-time. You will examine the contribution of housing and principles of conducting research, and begin developing your own research PROFESSIONAL agencies to the development process and Entry requirements are as per the Housing consider wider changes in the governance proposal for the Dissertation. The module will ACCREDITATION allow you to critically examine the ways in Practice MA. of regeneration, within the context of localism The Housing Practice MA allows you to fulfil and neighbourhood-based approaches. You which knowledge of the built environment is generated, and the links between ethical the professional requirements for membership will consider the role of partnerships and of the Chartered Institute of Housing. examine the relationship between housing, and reflexive research practice. planning and economic development. Urban Policy and Strategy Housing Law (20 credits) ASSOCIATED CAREERS (20 credits) In this module you will focus on local Most students will be working for local You will examine the effectiveness and and national policy making within a authorities or other registered providers. Other limitations of the law, critical approaches to housing context. Areas covered include students work for voluntary or private sector tenancy law issues, and the synthesis of issues policy success and failure, theoretical and housing agencies. Employers need reflective surrounding modern tenancy law. practical knowledge to policy making and staff with a critical appreciation of the issues

20 HOUSING PRACTICE MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe HOUSING PRACTICE MA 21 Based in London, you will have access to CORE MODULES with a particular emphasis upon methods, INTERNATIONAL internationally recognised experience of spatial methodologies and frameworks used PLANNING AND planning for sustainable development, and (Both pathways) within the built environment professions. explore contemporary theories, public policy The module will allow you to begin developing SUSTAINABLE thinking and good practice in planning in Dissertation or Major Project your own research proposal for the Dissertation. both the developed and developing worlds. (40 credits) DEVELOPMENT MA The University of Westminster is the UK’s first This module offers you the opportunity to Skills for Planning Practice Habitat Partner University. We work with research in depth a spatial planning or related (10 credits) UN-HABITAT and like-minded institutions to topic through primary or desk-based research. This module introduces you to a range of Course Leader promote the socially and environmentally The Dissertation is 12-15,000 words in length. planning skills not covered elsewhere in Tony Lloyd-Jones sustainable development of towns, cities and You may undertake a Major Project on a similar core modules. You will cover core planning [email protected] regions, in accordance with the UN Millennium topic, producing a written report of a similar skills, appraisal techniques and technical Development Goals. length, or a report combining planning or skills including project management and Length of course design proposals, or data presented in other communications. The module introduces One year full-time; two years part-time The course is primarily for full-time international, formats, with a written analytical report of assessments of need and capacity (for example UK and EU students, but it is also open to part- 5-10,000 words. retail, housing, leisure, transport) and tools and Location time UK-based students who want to explore techniques to assist with these assessments, such Central London (Marylebone) an international pathway for their career International Spatial Planning Practice as impact assessment, GIS, effective project development. The MA course is fully accredited (20 credits) management and engagement techniques. Course fees and funding by the Royal Town Planning Institute (RTPI) as a Through the exploration of theoretical models See westminster.ac.uk/fees combined planning programme. Those offered of sustainable urban form and practical Sustainable Cities and Neighbourhoods a place are eligible to apply for postgraduate exercises, you will explore the principles, (20 credits) Other International Planning and scholarships offered by the University. methods and techniques of land use, transport In this module you will explore ‘next generation’ Sustainable Development courses For information on scholarships visit and infrastructure planning for new and existing cities, investigating critical issues relating International Planning and Sustainable westminster.ac.uk/scholarships towns and cities and their regions. The module to climate change and other large-scale Development Postgraduate Diploma, and examines strategic spatial planning policy environmental threats and challenges. The International Planning and Sustainable and managing development in the context of module adopts a cross-disciplinary perspective, Development Postgraduate Certificate, rapid urbanisation and the challenge of urban at a range of scales from the global to the see page 25 for details. COURSE CONTENT governance in the developing world. local. Using a UK-based case study and hands- This course addresses the growing problems on sustainability appraisal, planning and urban of sustainable development facing cities and Planning in a Globalising World design exercises, you will develop a critical This course is aimed at built environment communities in a rapidly urbanising world. It (20 credits) understanding of the concept of sustainability, professionals and others with a relevant explores contemporary theories, public policy This module explores urban issues such encompassing notions of resource conservation, background who wish to gain an in-depth thinking and good practice in planning that as impacts of economic globalisation and environmental, social and economic impact, understanding of planning and sustainable spans both developed and developing world sustainability in a range of development and quality of life. development – whether to improve career contexts, and offers you the opportunity to contexts (developed and developing worlds, prospects in their country or enter international explore one area of specialism in a related field and high, middle and low-income countries) Sustainable Neighbourhood Development practice. Through the course you will in some depth. using a comparative planning systems and Management examine the growing problems of sustainable approach. You will analyse key urban policy (20 credits) development facing cities, regions and concerns, debates, dynamics of urban change In this module you will address the range communities in a rapidly urbanising world, COURSE PATHWAYS and planning responses comparatively and of social sustainability concerns including subject to growing climate change and other internationally, across different regional and housing and livelihoods. As well as introducing environmental, economic and social pressures There are two RTPI-accredited pathways through historical contexts. you to techniques such as participatory and risks. the course. The Spatial Planning Pathway has planning and community asset management, a strong urban design component and an Research Methods and the Built Environment emphasis on the development planning process. this module is concerned with local (10 credits) neighbourhood planning and introducing The Urban Resilience Pathway provides a This module introduces you to research sustainable development-focused route with conceptual frameworks for understanding methods and methodologies specific to localised social and governance structures. a core emphasis on climate change mitigation urban and spatial research, design and and adaptation planning. Both pathways cover planning. You will explore the theory and all these aspects to some degree. practice of developing a research framework,

22 INTERNATIONAL PLANNING AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe INTERNATIONAL PLANNING AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT MA 23 CORE MODULE and design responses comparatively across PROFESSIONAL If your first language is not English, you different institutional and cultural contexts, and will need an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or (Spatial Planning Pathway) reviews techniques for assessing the impacts ACCREDITATION equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 in of development. The MA course is fully accredited by the each component. Urban Design and Planning in Context Royal Town Planning Institute (RTPI) as a (20 credits) Housing and Regeneration combined planning programme. In this module you will examine place-making (20 credits) in the context of the UK development process. OTHER INTERNATIONAL This module will provide you with an PLANNING AND SUSTAINABLE Based on practical design projects supported understanding of the relationship between ASSOCIATED CAREERS by lectures and workshops, it enables students housing, planning and economic development. DEVELOPMENT COURSES to gain an insight into the relationship between Students on the course are most likely to The module reviews debates about the supply We also offer an International Planning urban design theory and practice. The module be working in a relevant built environment of housing and considers the role of public and Sustainable Development Postgraduate is built around a site-based design project with or sustainable development-related profession. policy in promoting housing development. You Diploma and an International Planning and a series of specific tasks relating to various Overseas students may be receiving a will consider the problems and challenges of Sustainable Development Postgraduate stages of project development including government bursary. Graduates from the course concentrations of deprivation, and examine the Certificate. The Spatial Planning Pathway area appraisal, strategic framework and may secure promotion within their existing social, economic, political and environmental and the Urban Resilience Pathway are still design brief. factors which shape urban regeneration. or a new related area of work, or move onto more responsible positions within 18 months open to you, depending on the modules you choose. Public Participation and Engaging Communities of completing their studies. This may include management posts or the responsibility for CORE MODULES (20 credits) If you take the Postgraduate Diploma you In this module you will analyse key historical project or policy development. It is expected (Urban Resilience Pathway) that graduates will enhance their potential to take modules totalling 120 credits from the and contemporary debates about participation MA course including three core modules worth and community engagement as applied in be considered for development positions Planning for Urban Risk and Resilience outside their home country. 60 credits. The Postgraduate Diploma usually (20 credits) planning and housing. You will consider the takes one year to complete full-time. You will explore spatial planning for risk key social science concepts related to community, participation, social capital and Graduates from this course can expect to find management, including reducing vulnerability employment as planners or urban designers, If you take the Postgraduate Certificate, and building urban resilience as it relates to governance, and also the legal and procedural you take modules totalling 60 credits from powers. The module offers advanced study urban regeneration or environmental the built environment, urban governance and management specialists in private consultancy, the MA course. long-term climate change and development skills in information selection, referencing, essay planning and critical analysis. local and national government, and non- needs. The module integrates sustainable governmental sectors in their own country Modes of attendance and time taken to development and climate change mitigation complete these courses can be discussed Public Realm: Significance, Design, Experience or internationally, including international and adaptation planning concerns with development agencies. with the Course Leader. disaster and hazard risk management in (20 credits) an international urban context. In this module you will focus on the public Entry requirements are as per International realm from the perspective of urban design and Planning and Sustainable Development MA. planning. You will have the opportunity to study ENTRY REQUIREMENTS OPTION MODULES and write about key theories and debates about You should have a good first degree (normally public space in an international context. These Second Class Honours or above) in a relevant RELATED COURSES Environmental Policy, Assessment include issues such as inclusion and exclusion, built environment or land planning-related and Climate Change the ‘publicness’ of public space, identity, discipline (such as urban or transport planning, • Housing Practice MA (20 credits) experience, movement, green spaces, crime, architecture, landscape design, surveying, • Real Estate Development MSc In this module you will examine the role security and anti-social behaviour, and different civil engineering, or land management) from • Transport Planning and that effective environmental strategies and approaches to management. In the module you a higher education institute in the UK or EU, Management MSc policies in planning and related fields can will undertake a practical project to explore or a comparable qualification from another • Urban and Regional Planning MA pursue to reach sustainable development. The these issues ‘on the ground’, thereby enhancing country. Alternatively, you may have a good • Urban Design MA module sets out the theoretical framework, your skills in critical evaluation and design first degree (normally Second Class Honours and the international context for sustainable appreciation. or above) in a relevant human geography, development, energy efficiency and climate social or environmental science subject from a change. In the module, you will explore the Other modules with course-related learning higher education institute in the UK or EU (or a implications for the built environment in a range outcomes may be taken subject to timetabling comparable qualification from another country), of development contexts. The module includes constraints and the agreement of Course and and relevant practical experience of working analysis of key policy concerns and planning Module Leaders. in a built environment discipline.

24 INTERNATIONAL PLANNING AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe INTERNATIONAL PLANNING AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT MA 25 COURSE CONTENT Planning Field Trip URBAN AND REGIONAL (non-credit bearing module) PLANNING MA The course explores the current context and This module involves a study tour over four content of spatial planning. It does so from to six days, usually to a single European city, a UK and European perspective, and also with a range of urban forms from a variety of investigates underlying theoretical debates. Course Leader periods which is currently growing. The trip Duncan Bowie will provide you with an opportunity to analyse For the award of the MA students need to pass [email protected] urban form and its evolution and the impact of modules totalling 180 credits. Part-time Masters planning policies, and to evaluate the qualities students usually take the equivalent of four Length of course of the environment produced. 20-credit modules (80 credits) plus the field One year full-time; two years part-time, trip in their first year, and the equivalent of five attendance one day per week Planning Theory and Practice One 20-credit modules (100 credits) in their second (20 credits) year. MA students take all core modules and Location This module will equip you with a critical choose one specialist option module. Central London (Marylebone) understanding of the environmental, social and economic forces which influence spatial Course fees and funding development and the qualities of place. See westminster.ac.uk/fees CORE MODULES It will introduce you to key historical and Dissertation/Policy Implementation Project contemporary debates in planning, and the Other Urban and Regional Planning courses (40 credits) concept of sustainable development. Urban and Regional Planning Postgraduate The module will provide you with the Diploma and Postgraduate Certificate, see opportunity to explore in depth a spatial Planning Theory and Practice Two page 29 for details. planning or related topic through primary (20 credits) or desk-based research. You will investigate In this module you will examine the governance and evaluate the process of planning policy of planning and theoretical ideas about planning, The MA course will give you the knowledge, making and delivery. This will involve setting and further explore the social and economic understanding and skills necessary to practise research objectives, carrying out a literature dimensions of sustainable development. You will professionally as a spatial planner. It is designed review, developing and implementing a explore debates about social exclusion, diversity to meet the growing employer needs for staff who research design, incorporating appropriate and community engagement in planning. You will can investigate changes in the natural and built methodologies, analysing your findings, also examine how planning operates at different environments, manage the challenges of climate drawing conclusions, and making geographic scales, and investigate planning for change through sustainable development, and recommendations. Your research may economic development, and for the provision of debate and critically reflect upon the knowledge take the form of a dissertation or a policy housing and infrastructure. and values underpinning current approaches to implementation project. land use development. Completion of the MA Research Methods and the Built Environment course is the first step to becoming a full member Making and Managing Places (10 credits) of the Royal Town Planning Institute (RTPI). (40 credits) This module introduces you to research In this module you will focus on the financial methods and methodologies specific to The course will support your personal and and policy context of urban planning, and urban and spatial research, design and professional development. You will be able to the application of urban design principles to planning. You will explore the theory and work in the interdisciplinary and cross-sector urban development. It will provide you with an practice of developing a research framework, environment of urban and regional development, overview and analysis of the procedures and with a particular emphasis upon methods, in a variety of private, public and community practices of project briefing and development methodologies, and frameworks used within contexts, and apply your knowledge to practise control, and will introduce urban design the built environment professions. The module in specialist areas of planning. The course builds issues and techniques. You will develop will allow you to begin developing your own on the University’s experience of delivering your understanding of the key actors in the research proposal for the Dissertation. postgraduate courses in town planning for more development process, and the basic principles than 60 years. of property development, site appraisal and Skills for Planning Practice methods of financial appraisal. The projects (10 credits) will involve area, market and site appraisal, This module will provide you with the skills design briefing and site layout, through the needed to collect, manage, analyse and development of a proposal for a site in the present data for evidence-based planning context of local planning guidelines. Group practice. It will develop your understanding work is an important element of this module. of the strengths and weaknesses of needs,

26 URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING MA 27 capacity and impact assessments. The Public Realm: Significance, Design, Experience OTHER URBAN AND REGIONAL module will also provide an opportunity “I have gained a deeper (20 credits) for you to reflect on the inter-personal skills knowledge of the concepts In this module you will focus on the public PLANNING COURSES needed for planning practice and project of sustainable development, realm from the perspective of urban design We also offer an Urban and Regional Planning management including negotiation and regeneration and urban and planning. In the module you will have Postgraduate Diploma and an Urban and community engagement. design within the built the opportunity to study and write about key Regional Planning Postgraduate Certificate. environment. I had no theories and debates about public space. These qualifications on their own do not Sustainable Cities and Neighbourhoods previous academic training in this area as These include issues such as inclusion and provide a route to RTPI membership. They are (20 credits) my undergraduate degree was in law. The exclusion, the publicness of public space, intended for professionals in related fields to This module explores next generation cities, skills I gained from the course have been identity, experience, movement, green spaces, deepen their understanding of spatial planning. investigating critical issues relating to climate essential for my employment.” crime, security and anti-social behaviour and If you take the Postgraduate Diploma you take change and other large-scale environmental different approaches to management. These are modules totalling at least 120 credits from Yvonne Sampoh threats and challenges through a cross- considered in an international context. You will the list of MA modules here, of which 100 Urban and Regional Planning MA disciplinary perspective, at a range of examine practical examples and will undertake credits must be from the core modules. The Project Officer (Planning), Southwark Council scales from the global to the local. A critical a practical project to explore these issues on Postgraduate Diploma usually takes one year to understanding of the concept of sustainability, the ground thereby enhancing your skills in complete full-time or two years to complete part- encompassing notions of resource conservation, “The course gave me an critical evaluation and design appreciation. time. If you take the Postgraduate Certificate environmental, social and economic impact, excellent grounding in all you take modules totalling at least 60 credits quality of life and urban resilience, is essential. aspects of spatial planning from the list of MA modules here, of which 40 (both theoretical and PROFESSIONAL credits must be from the core modules. The practical) and this has been ACCREDITATION Postgraduate Certificate usually takes one to OPTION MODULES essential in giving me the two years to complete part-time. confidence, skills and aptitude to take on On successful completion of the MA course We offer specialist options in urban design, students can become licentiates of the RTPI. regeneration and sustainability. However, in a such a challenging role in regeneration at Haringey Council.” After two years’ experience in practice, they ENTRY REQUIREMENTS particular year we may not offer the full range may make a submission for their Assessment of options listed. Adam Hunt of Professional Competence and, if successful, You will need a good first degree from the UK, Urban and Regional Planning MA are then entitled to full RTPI membership. or a comparable qualification from overseas, Housing and Regeneration Tottenham Planning and Regeneration or membership of an appropriate professional (20 credits) Manager, London Borough of Haringey body. If your first language is not English, you This module will provide you with an will need an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or understanding of the relationship between ASSOCIATED CAREERS equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 in housing, planning and economic development. There is demand from government and the each component. The module reviews debates about the supply Public Participation and Engaging Communities private sector for qualified planners. Recent of housing and considers the role of public (20 credits) graduates from the full-time course have gone policy in promoting housing development. You In this module you will analyse key historical on to work in local government, in urban RELATED COURSES will consider the problems and challenges of and contemporary debates about participation regeneration agencies and into consultancy. concentrations of deprivation, and examine the and community engagement as applied in • International Planning and Sustainable social, economic, political and environmental planning and housing. You will consider the key Development MA factors which shape urban regeneration. social science concepts related to community, • Urban Design MA/Postgraduate Diploma participation, social capital and governance, Land Use, Planning and Transport and also the legal and procedural powers. In this module you will focus on the interaction The module offers advanced study skills in between transport and land-use, including the information selection, referencing, essay effect of land-use on travel patterns and the planning and critical analysis. contribution of transport to development. Topics you will explore include changing planning system impact on transport systems and their sustainability, LUTI modelling and the role of forecasting in relation to transport planning, sustainable accessibility planning, transit oriented development, perspectives on planning major transport infrastructure, and scenario planning.

28 URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING MA 29 established professionals seeking to specialise and design statement. The module covers URBAN DESIGN MA/ or develop a more informed critical approach. urban form, activity and movement, design in POSTGRADUATE Our central London location allows you to the public realm, site planning, development interact with a huge variety of practitioners and economics and legislative context. Based on DIPLOMA organisations, as well as drawing on the city’s practical design projects supported by lectures huge range of resources; you will be at the and workshops, it enables you to gain an heart of the debate over the future of cities. insight into the relationship between urban Course Leaders design theory and practice. Bill Erickson [email protected] COURSE CONTENT Urban Design Field Trip David Seex The course places a strong emphasis on The field trip forms an integral part of the taught [email protected] design, practical outputs and a multidisciplinary course as a whole. It involves a residential field approach. While focusing on UK examples, trip normally undertaken over five or six days in Length of course a European city. The city has urban forms from One year full-time; two years part-time the lessons from the courses are applicable to a wide range of international and economic a variety of periods and is undergoing growth, contexts. This flexible and student-centred enabling the analysis of historic form as well Location as the investigation of new models. Student Central London (Marylebone) approach is highly valued by former graduates and their employers. The course is delivered feedback over many years has demonstrated that it is a highly valued part of the course. Course fees by staff with many years’ experience in See westminster.ac.uk/fees practice, education, training, research, and consultancy in the UK and overseas. Outputs Urbanism and Design from the courses combine into a portfolio In this module you will address the issue of demonstrating your ability to deal with the how and why cities look as they do. You will In an increasingly urbanised world, there investigate urban form through history, and the is growing international demand for urban complexities of urban design in a practical and informed manner. module will encourage you to understand how design graduates. These courses will equip and why particular patterns of development you with the knowledge and skills you need to have come into being and why other visionary participate in this rapidly expanding profession. insights have not. Particular attention is paid Urban design involves shaping the physical CORE MODULES to design traditions, philosophies and setting for life in cities. The pace of urban ALL STUDENTS intentions, past and present. You will be change, and the challenge of making cities required to critically engage with the topics efficient, sustainable and meaningful, demands Sustainable Cities and to distinguish between the physical creative solutions to design and management. In this module you will explore the concept of manifestations of different types of urbanism. The Urban Design courses at Westminster sustainability in urban development in depth. You provide a coherent approach to issues that will examine the role of urban form and land MA STUDENTS ONLY face our cities, combining structured academic use planning, energy planning, and social and study with live design projects, allowing transport infrastructure in developing sustainable Dissertation/Major Project you to develop practical skills, a theoretical cities. You will be introduced to the techniques This module offers you the opportunity to understanding and an informed approach of, and undertake, a sustainability appraisal. An research in-depth topics or issues related to to sustainable urban development. important aspect of the module is interdisciplinary urban design based on primary or desk-based working and you will examine how different research. The written dissertation is 12-15,000 Our Urban Design course is one of the largest disciplines can contribute to the sustainable words in length. Alternatively, you may and longest established in the UK. It enjoys development of cities and neighbourhoods. undertake a major design project that explores an excellent reputation and our graduates a particular issue and is informed by research, are highly respected in the profession. Our Urban Design and Development Planning Skills including a written report of 5-6,000 words. students are from a variety of professions and This is a foundation double module for all backgrounds, including architecture, landscape postgraduate Urban Design pathways, enabling Reflective Practice architecture and planning, from the UK, you to develop the essential skills required in In this module you will draw on both formal Europe, and across the globe. They range from practice. It is built around a site-based exercise and informal learning experiences and recent graduates seeking to expand their skill with a series of specific tasks relating to various relate these to practice and professional base before commencing their career or those stages of project development. development. The module complements the considering a shift from an allied profession, to These include area appraisal, strategic research methods module that examines the framework, design brief, development appraisal production of knowledge by looking at the

30 URBAN DESIGN MA/POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe URBAN DESIGN MA/POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA 31 OPTION MODULES Environmental Policy, Assessment behaviour, and different approaches to and Climate Change management. These are considered in an In addition to the core modules, you will choose This module provides you with background international context. You will examine practical two option modules, of which at least one must knowledge on environmental policy and examples and will undertake a practical project be a subject-specific option module. climate change. It sets out the theoretical to explore these issues ‘on the ground’ thereby framework, and then the international context enhancing your skills in critical evaluation and SUBJECT-SPECIFIC OPTION MODULES for sustainable development, energy efficiency design appreciation. and climate change. You will explore the Master Planning implications for the built environment in a range Other options may be available but not all This module provides the opportunity for of development contexts, including analysis of options are offered in any one year. you to develop strategic proposals formed key policy concerns and planning and design in the Sustainable Cites module into more fully responses comparatively across different resolved design propositions. You will explore institutional and cultural contexts. You will also PROFESSIONAL spatial design and master planning applied, review techniques for assessing the impacts through project-based work, to a large site within of development, and examine the role that ACCREDITATION the metropolitan or subregional context, and effective environmental strategies and policies The course gives full RTPI accreditation when explore in greater detail issues relating to urban in planning and related fields can pursue to combined with an RTPI-accredited spatial design for sustainable development, public reach sustainable development. planning course. realm and transportation. Concepts of building and urban typology are used in the analysis Housing and Regeneration and generation of urban design strategies and This module will provide you with an ASSOCIATED CAREERS the production of detailed planning layouts and understanding of the relationship between design guidelines and codes. housing, planning and economic development. Graduates of this course typically find The module reviews debates about the supply employment as urban designers in private Urban Design Summer School of housing and considers the role of public consultancy or local authorities. Many find This is a project-based module, organised policy in promoting housing development. You the course useful when developing careers in around a full-time summer school located in will consider the problems and challenges of architecture, planning or landscape architecture. a host European city with strong historic and concentrations of deprivation, and examine the cultural context. The project gives you the social, economic, political and environmental opportunity to explore spatial design and factors which shape urban regeneration. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS master planning applied to a large site within application of knowledge and the role of the Applications are invited from graduates the metropolitan and historic context. Public Participation and Engaging Communities expert. The module involves a combination of with a good Honours degree in architecture, You will apply techniques of rapid urban This module analyses key historical and taught sessions, individual tutorials and group landscape architecture, town planning or appraisal and generation of urban design contemporary debates about participation seminars. Sessions will cover: integrating another related discipline, together with strategies. Normally taken by students on the and community engagement as applied in academic study and workplace experience; practical or professional experience in their Postgraduate Certificate course, this module planning and housing. You will consider the key professional practice and ethical behaviour own field or in urban design. If your first is available as an extra cost option to MA social science concepts related to community, in the built environment; the concept of language is not English, you will need an IELTS and Diploma students. participation, social capital and governance, reflective practice; thinking critically in score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with a and also the legal and procedural powers. workplace situations; and roles, relationships minimum score of 6.0 in each component. OTHER OPTION MODULES The module offers advanced study skills in and responsibilities of interdisciplinary teams. information selection, referencing, essay Conservation Policy and Practice planning and critical analysis. Research Methods and the Built Environment The subjects you will cover include: exploration This module introduces you to research and evaluation of various planning policy Public Realm: Significance, methods and methodologies specific to approaches to conservation and enhancement Design and Experience urban and spatial research, design and of the built environment; historical and legal This module focuses on the public realm from planning. You will explore the theory and background to conservation of the natural and the perspective of urban design and planning. practice of developing a research framework, built environments; principle characteristics In the module you will have the opportunity to with a particular emphasis upon methods, of building of different periods; the current study and write about key theories and debates methodologies, and frameworks used within impact of conservation on planning, tourism about public space. These include issues such the built environment professions. The module regeneration and community development; as inclusion and exclusion, the ‘publicness’ of will allow you to begin developing your own and the urban morphology of historic built public space, identity, experience, movement, research proposal for the Dissertation. forms in different national contexts. green spaces, crime, security and anti-social

32 URBAN DESIGN MA/POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe URBAN DESIGN MA/POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA 33 The future construction professional requires The module introduces the principles of BUILDING knowledge and understanding of building integration and collaboration across the INFORMATION information management, as well as how an entire supply chain to increase improved integrated project team will take a project from project delivery in line with the Government MANAGEMENT MSc inception to completion. Collaborative working Construction Strategy. Analysis is made of the and co-ordinated information exchange will socio-technological skills that are required by increase the efficiency of project delivery BIM professionals to implement these changes Course Leaders and asset performance, leading to better in project delivery. Malcolm Smith sustainability over the building life cycle and [email protected] a satisfied client. This building information Assessments are made of the structured management approach is a strategic view of methodologies, monitoring and control systems Length of course integrated project delivery that encompasses employed in the systematic delivery of a BIM One year full-time; two years part-time both the demand side (client) and supply side construction project. The module introduces the Blended learning approach (consultants, contractors and suppliers). concepts of whole life costing, sustainability, information creation, management, distribution, Location utilisation, benchmarking, operating and Central London (Marylebone) COURSE CONTENT lifetime benchmarking throughout the project life cycle. Course fees and funding The Building Information Management MSc See westminster.ac.uk/fees is mainly aimed at graduates who are already Construction Dissertation or in construction-related employment and Work-Related Project Other Building Information Management courses who aspire to senior positions in their field. In this module you will identify a topic Building Information Management Postgraduate The course aims to provide a challenging, or project directly related to construction Diploma, and Building Information Management stimulating and professionally relevant course management which will provide a basis for a Postgraduate Certificate, see page 36 for details. of study which is directly related to the effective research study. You will develop explicit goals management of construction projects. and devise an appropriate methodology, undertake the research study and produce a The philosophy of the Building Information The course aims to offer learners flexible access dissertation/project. Management course reflects the increasingly to the core content, while still providing the digital, multidisciplinary and integrated nature of discipline and structure of regular attendance at Corporate Management project delivery, influenced by the demand from the University. This is achieved through the use In this module you will investigate strategic governments and clients for greater efficiencies of a ‘blended learning’ approach. The design management issues in relation to organisations on construction projects. These efficiencies can of the part-time course recognises the significant that commission and deliver construction projects. be gained from more accurate prototyping, challenges of combining postgraduate-level simulation, costing, planning, design, production study with full-time professional employment. Economics of the Construction Industry and operation, and will be an output of sound In this module you will look at the economics of information management and data input to the construction sector, the economic environment Building Information Modelling (BIM) software. CORE MODULES in which construction firms operate, and the Building Information Management economic role of the construction industry both The unique nature of Westminster’s Building and Integrated Practice nationally and internationally. Information Management MSc is the focus on This double module covers the implementation Management, which will create professionals of Building Information Management and Procurement who are able to manage the whole construction Integrated Practice, throughout the project In this module you will look at the key stages process and the information associated with life cycle from inception to project delivery, in the process of procuring consultants and this. The course is accredited by the Royal asset performance and efficient disposal/ contractors for construction projects, the critical Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) and adaptation/recycling of the building/project. success factors, client requirements, the the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB). The principles of client requirements, critical statutory and legal framework, the concept of success factors and sustainability are addressed best value, shortlisting and pre-qualification. and developed within the project prototype, aiding the analysis of project options to Risk Management for Projects improve the delivery and asset performance. In this module you will investigate the Evaluations of software tools, in the context of management of uncertainty and risk in a multi-dimensional modelling, are analysed for construction project environment, examining both new build and retrofit projects. qualitative, but mainly quantitative, techniques.

34 BUILDING INFORMATION MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe BUILDING INFORMATION MANAGEMENT MSc 35 OPTION MODULES degree in a related subject area, and be in, or have been in, relevant employment in a CONSTRUCTION Building Design Management professional or managerial capacity. Applicants You will gain an understanding of the function of to the part-time courses should have a minimum COMMERCIAL design management and its efficient integration Second Class Honours degree in a related MANAGEMENT MSc into project management processes. You will subject area and be in, or have been in, relevant examine devising and applying techniques for employment in a professional or managerial the design of major construction projects, taking capacity in a construction related post. Course Leader particular account of client needs, future proofing, Malcolm Smith procurement structure and adaptability. Alternatively, applicants may hold membership [email protected] of a recognised construction-related professional Construction Project Planning body achieved through examinations and/or Length of course This module covers the key principles of professional interview, and have professional or One year full-time; two years part-time construction project planning, from initial managerial experience in a construction-related Blended learning approach briefing to managing the construction process. post. Exceptionally, consideration will be given You will consider the analysis of management to applicants who lack standard qualifications systems in the context of successfully but have significant relevant professional or Location co-ordinating and delivering a construction managerial experience. Central London (Marylebone) project, and monitoring and control systems. If your first language is not English, you will need Course fees and funding Developing Effective Project Teams an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with See westminster.ac.uk/fees In this module you will look at the selection, a minimum score of 6.0 in each component. development and maintenance of effective and efficient teams throughout the duration This innovative postgraduate construction course of the construction project. You will study the OTHER BUILDING INFORMATION is aimed at graduates who are already in, or principles of team selection, group dynamics MANAGEMENT COURSES have been in, construction-related employment, and appraisal, and the process of identifying and who aspire to senior positions in the field of client requirements for team deliverables. We also offer Building Information Management commercial management. The course aims to Postgraduate Diploma develop your awareness of the importance of Any other 20-credit, Credit Level 7 core module and Postgraduate Certificate courses. construction projects to clients, and the context from the Faculty of Architecture and the Built and constraints within which projects are Environment can also be taken as an option The Postgraduate Diploma usually takes 12 module on this course, subject to timetabling months full-time or two years part-time. You take procured and undertaken. constraints and the agreement of Course and modules totalling 120 credits as follows: Module Leaders. You will gain greater knowledge and • Building Information Management understanding of the theories, concepts, principles, and Integrated Practice (40 credits) techniques, and intellectual and practical skills PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION • Procurement (20 credits) needed for the commercial management of • Construction Dissertation or Work-related construction projects. You will have the opportunity This course is fully accredited by the Royal Project (40 credits) to plan and implement a personal research project Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) and • Plus one other option module from the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB). related to commercial management. The course the MSc course utilises web-based technologies in its delivery and extensive use is made of enquiry-based learning to The Postgraduate Certificate usually takes enhance lifelong learning skills. ASSOCIATED CAREERS one year to study part-time. You take modules This course is aimed at graduates who are totalling 60 credits as follows: The blended learning approach offers flexible already in, or have been in, construction-related • Building Information Management access to the core content, while still providing employment who aspire to senior positions in and Integrated Practice (40 credits) the construction industry. the discipline and structure of regular attendance • Plus one option module from the MSc course at the University. The design of the part-time course recognises the significant challenges ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry requirements are as per Building of combining postgraduate-level study with Information Management MSc. full-time professional employment. Applicants to the full-time courses should typically have a minimum Upper Second Class Honours degree in a related subject area such RELATED COURSES as construction, architecture or civil engineering or a minimum Lower Second Class Honours • Construction Commercial Management MSc • Construction Project Management MSc

36 BUILDING INFORMATION MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe CONSTRUCTION COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT MSc 37 CORE MODULES OPTION MODULES Commercial Management Building Design Management You will investigate the commercial considerations You will gain an understanding of the function of for the optimisation of financial performance of design management and its efficient integration organisations, the role of owners, partners and into project management processes. You will stakeholders, and the successful management examine devising and applying techniques for of major construction projects. the design of major construction projects, taking particular account of client needs, future Construction Dissertation or Work-Related Project proofing, procurement structure and adaptability. In this module you will identify a topic or project directly related to construction management Construction Project Planning which will provide a basis for a research study. This module covers the key principles of You will develop explicit goals and devise an construction project planning, from initial appropriate methodology, undertake the research briefing to managing the construction process. study and produce a dissertation/project. You will consider the analysis of management systems in the context of successfully co- Construction Law for Contract Management ordinating and delivering a construction Through this module you will examine the legal project, and monitoring and control systems. context within which construction projects are procured, managed and delivered. The module Developing Effective Project Teams investigates the key areas of the law that affect In this module you will look at the selection, contract management including Tort, Contract, development and maintenance of effective Statutory Legislation and Dispute Resolution. and efficient teams throughout the duration of the construction project. You will study the Corporate Management principles of team selection, group dynamics In this module you will investigate strategic and appraisal, and the process of identifying ASSOCIATED CAREERS Alternatively, applicants may hold management issues in relation to organisations client requirements for team deliverables. membership of a recognised construction- This course is aimed at graduates who are that commission and deliver construction projects. related professional body achieved through already in, or have been in, construction-related Any other 20-credit, Credit Level 7 core module examinations and/or professional interview, employment who aspire to senior positions in Economics of the Construction Industry from the Faculty of Architecture and the Built and have professional or managerial the field of commercial management. In this module you will look at the economics of Environment can also be taken as an option experience in a construction-related post. the construction sector, the economic environment module on this course, subject to timetabling Exceptionally, consideration will be given to in which construction firms operate, and the constraints and the agreement of Course and applicants who lack standard qualifications economic role of the construction industry both Module Leaders. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS but have significant relevant professional or nationally and internationally. Applicants to the full-time courses should managerial experience. typically have a minimum Upper Second Class Procurement PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION Honours degree in a related subject area such If your first language is not English, you In this module you will look at the key stages as construction, architecture or civil engineering will need an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or This course is fully accredited by the Royal in the process of procuring consultants and or a minimum Lower Second Class Honours equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 in Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) and contractors for construction projects, the critical degree in a related subject area, and be in, each component. the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB). success factors, client requirements, the statutory or have been in, relevant employment in a and legal framework, the concept of best value, professional or managerial capacity. shortlisting and pre-qualification. RELATED COURSES Applicants to the part-time courses should have • Building Information Management MSc Risk Management for Projects a minimum Second Class Honours degree in a • Construction Project Management MSc In this module you will investigate the related subject area and be in, or have been management of uncertainty and risk in a in, relevant employment in a professional or construction project environment, examining managerial capacity in a construction qualitative, but mainly quantitative, techniques. related post.

38 CONSTRUCTION COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe CONSTRUCTION COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT MSc 39 CONSTRUCTION CORE MODULES OPTION MODULES Construction Dissertation or Work-Related Project Building Design Management PROJECT In this module you will identify a topic or project You will gain an understanding of the MANAGEMENT MSc directly related to construction management function of design management and its which will provide a basis for a research study. efficient integration into project management You will develop explicit goals and devise an processes. You will examine devising and Course Leader appropriate methodology, undertake the research applying techniques for the design of major Malcolm Smith study and produce a dissertation/project. construction projects, taking particular account [email protected] of client needs, future proofing, procurement Corporate Management structure and adaptability. Length of course In this module you will investigate strategic One year full-time; two years part-time. management issues in relation to organisations Construction Project Planning Blended learning approach that commission and deliver construction projects. This module covers the key principles of construction project planning, from initial Location Economics of the Construction Industry briefing to managing the construction process. Central London (Marylebone) In this module you will look at the economics of You will consider the analysis of management the construction sector, the economic environment systems in the context of successfully Course fees and funding in which construction firms operate, and the co-ordinating and delivering a construction See westminster.ac.uk/fees economic role of the construction industry both project, and monitoring and control systems. nationally and internationally. Developing Effective Project Teams This innovative postgraduate construction course Procurement You will look at the selection, development is aimed at graduates who are already in, or You will look at the key stages in the process and maintenance of effective and efficient have been in, construction-related employment, of procuring consultants and contractors for teams throughout the duration of the and who aspire to senior positions in the fields construction projects, the critical success factors, construction project. You will study the of project management. This course aims to client requirements, the statutory and legal principles of team selection, group dynamics develop your awareness of the importance of framework, and the concept of best value, short- and appraisal, and the process of identifying construction projects to clients, and the context listing and pre-qualification. client requirements for team deliverables. and constraints within which projects are procured and undertaken. Project Management Delivery Any other 20-credit, Credit Level 7 core module In this double module you will examine the key from the Faculty of Architecture and the Built You will gain greater knowledge and stages in the lifecycle of a construction project Environment can also be taken as an option understanding of the theories, concepts, principles, from inception to disposal. Topics you will cover module on this course, subject to timetabling techniques, and intellectual and practical include the principles of client requirements, constraints and the agreement of Course and skills needed for the project management of critical success factors, sustainability, evaluation Module Leaders. construction projects. You will have the opportunity of project options, structured methodologies, to plan and implement a personal research and the concept of whole-life costing. project related to project management. The course PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION utilises web-based technologies in its delivery and Risk Management for Projects This course is fully accredited by the Royal extensive use is made of enquiry-based learning to You will investigate the management of Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) and enhance lifelong learning skills. uncertainty and risk in a construction project environment, examining qualitative, but mainly the Chartered Institute of Building (CIOB). The blended learning approach offers flexible quantitative, techniques. access to the core content, while still providing the discipline and structure of regular attendance ASSOCIATED CAREERS at the University. The design of the part-time This course is aimed at graduates who are, or course recognises the significant challenges of have been, in construction-related employment combining postgraduate-level study with full- who aspire to senior positions in the field of time professional employment. project management.

40 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT MSc 41 FACILITIES AND PROPERTY MANAGEMENT MSc

Course Leader Andrew Youens [email protected]

Length of course One year full-time; two years part-time

Location Central London (Marylebone)

Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/fees

This course is aimed at graduates who are (ideally although not essentially) already in property-related employment, and who aspire to professional and/or senior positions in the field of facilities and property management. It is a challenging, stimulating and professionally relevant course which is directly related to the management of real estate. You will develop your skills and ability to appraise options and independently evaluate alternative courses of action. The course is accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS).

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS professional interview, and have professional or CORE MODULES managerial experience in a construction-related Applicants to the full-time courses should typically post. Exceptionally, consideration will be given Dissertation have a minimum Upper Second Class Honours to applicants who lack standard qualifications The work for this module involves the completion degree in a related subject area such as but have significant relevant professional or of a structured research programme resulting in construction, architecture or civil engineering or managerial experience. a dissertation or major research project. You a minimum Lower Second Class Honours degree can opt for a traditional academic dissertation in a related subject area, and be in, or have If your first language is not English, you will need which identifies a hypothesis and research been in, relevant employment in a professional an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with questions, involves some original research, or managerial capacity. Applicants to the part- a minimum score of 6.0 in each component. draws conclusions and, if appropriate, time courses should have a minimum Second makes recommendations. Alternatively you Class Honours degree in a related subject area can complete a defined project involving the and be in, or have been in, relevant employment RELATED COURSES preparation of a strategy or action plan for an in a professional or managerial capacity in a issue relevant to your studies, and include a construction related post. • Building Information Management MSc 20,000-word reflection on, and evaluation of, • Construction Commercial Management MSc the strengths and weaknesses of the approach Alternatively, applicants may hold membership and the constraints which are likely to impact of a recognised construction-related professional on the proposals. body achieved through examinations and/or

42 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe FACILITIES AND PROPERTY MANAGEMENT MSc 43 Fabric and Services Management application in practice. This will include the real estate development projects. It provides PROFESSIONAL This module aims to devise and develop study of statutory security of tenure, rent review, you with an analytical review of the roles, a strategic approach to the understanding and other usual lease clauses including ‘break’ responsibilities and methods for decision ACCREDITATION of the role of building fabric and building clauses, repair, user, alterations and alienation. making of a multidisciplinary team, from This course is fully accredited by the Royal services management in meeting corporate You will also consider and discuss points of client’s identification of need, through project Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). objectives. You will examine the fabric and practical difficulty and complexity involved in feasibility, design and construction, to operation services of building structures, their life cycle negotiating lease terms and their subsequent and maintenance of a built facility. You will and the maintenance, refurbishment and implementation. examine the differing objectives of generic ASSOCIATED CAREERS rebuild relationship; maintenance strategy and procurement types, the identification and effectiveness; organisation and management Law for Property Professionals critical analysis of planning and development The RICS accreditation will enable you to take of the maintenance function; planning and This module fosters reflection on where the law issues, and the impact of legal and regulatory the Professional Assessment of Competence co-ordination techniques; managing cost comes from and how it develops (including the frameworks to environmental and occupational after a period of suitable employment. There effectiveness; and the more detailed aspects influence of European Law), and encourages health conditions, contractual matters and are employment opportunities in the public, of energy management. your understanding of the relationship between dispute avoidance. private and not-for-profit sectors. Some part-time the legal process and social change. You will students are employed by both large and small Facilities Management: Strategy and Practice develop mastery of the key principles (and their Property Finance; Lending and Risk Strategies surveying firms to receive accredited training In this module you will address the strategic role operation in practice) of English Law relating In this module you will address the strategic while working. of facilities management in supporting the core to business, including contract, tort, real estate role of lending in the property sector. The sector activities of organisations. You will focus on law and regulatory regimes which particularly has become dependent upon lenders for the the operational aspects of the built assets and affect the property industry. vast majority of cash inflows, and in the module ENTRY REQUIREMENTS examine the influence of facilities management you will look at the history of the involvement You will typically have a minimum Second Class practices on corporate strategy, procurement, You will also gain a greater understanding of lenders, the risk assessment and procedures Honours degree in a cognate subject area such human resource management and financial of legal theory, including statute and judicial involved in lending on property. The study of as construction, surveying, architecture or civil decision making. You will aim to achieve precedent; the role of Europe; tort, contract and traditional banking will be supplemented with engineering, and be in relevant employment an integrated understanding of the basic business law; administrative law and regulatory investment banking techniques. in a professional or managerial capacity in a knowledge and operational skills required regimes; real estate law; and landlord and construction-related post. However, applicants for the good management of buildings, their tenant law. Risk Management for Projects from all backgrounds and level of experience environments, facilities and support services, The module will investigate the management of are encouraged to apply. Alternatively, and personnel. Space Strategies; Law and Practice uncertainty and risk in a construction project applicants may hold membership of a The aim of this module is to develop your environment, examining qualitative, but mainly recognised construction-related professional Finance and Asset Management cultural and analytical understanding of how quantitative, techniques. body achieved through examinations and/ The aim of this module is to set corporate buildings and the space configuration within or professional interview, together with decision making in the context of the business them support the strategic objectives of the Site Assembly and Development experience in a professional or managerial environment, corporate goals and the practice organisation. You will address sustainability, In this module you will focus on the financial, capacity in a construction-related post. of company finance, estate and portfolio corporate social responsibility and the physical, legal and social aspects necessary Consideration will be given to mature management. You will gain a grounding in underpinning legislation. You will also review for successful real estate development projects applicants who lack standard qualifications property as an asset class, and a practical the principles and application of the legislation to take place. The emphasis is on the needs but have significant professional or managerial and theoretical appreciation of the techniques affecting the workplace. You will explore the of end users of developments, and those other experience in a construction-related post. and practices currently being used in the concepts of strategic business space usage, key players in the development process. There Such applicants will be interviewed prior to management and valuation of commercial and gain a critical understanding of the use will be an emphasis on commercial real estate admission and will be expected to demonstrate property. In the financial element of this module, and management of space resources in the development, but the module will also serve the commitment and intellectual capacity to you will explore issues relating to accounting role of informed client. You will also develop well those requiring an understanding of mixed study at postgraduate level. principles and financial management accounts, your ability to analyse and adopt an informed use and residential development projects and the implications of tax. Equally important is tactical methodology toward solutions for space and processes. The legal focus will centre on You will need to be able to speak, write an appreciation of ratio analysis and strategy. planning and utilisation, and be able to apply the system in England and Wales although and comprehend English fluently. If your first a range of decision-making tools for strategic techniques and examples will be drawn from language is not English, you will need an IELTS Landlord and Tenant space planning and management. a range of jurisdictions. score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with a In this module you will cover the concepts minimum score of 6.0 in each component. and law surrounding commercial lease Valuation and Law practice and rent reviews/lease negotiation, OPTION MODULES This module centres upon methods of from both a landlord’s and tenant’s perspective. valuation applicable to properties for rating, You will develop an understanding of, and Project Implementation Process and compulsory purchase purposes together RELATED COURSE familiarity with, the legal background to the This module, based on problem-solving with leasehold enfranchisement and properties • Real Estate Development MSc landlord and tenant relationship, and its scenarios, enables you to develop a strategic subject to the housing acts. approach to the implementation of complex

44 FACILITIES AND PROPERTY MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe FACILITIES AND PROPERTY MANAGEMENT MSc 45 CORE MODULES examine the bigger picture around property PROPERTY FINANCE MSc and money. You will look at differing sources Dissertation of funds for investment and development of The work for this module comprises the property, both residential and commercial, Course Leader completion of your dissertation or major and investigate the thought processes used Andrew Youens research project, and incorporates a guided to make decisions on whether to proceed with [email protected] reflective exercise on personal and professional a particular deal. You will also examine bank development. You can opt for a traditional and fund strategy at the highest level. Length of course academic dissertation which identifies a One year full-time; two years part-time hypothesis and research questions, involves Property Finance: Lending and Risk Strategies some original research, draws conclusions In this module you will address the strategic Location and, if appropriate, makes recommendations. role of lending in the property sector. The Alternatively you can complete a defined Central London (Marylebone) sector has become dependent upon lenders project involving the preparation of a strategy for the vast majority of cash inflows, and or action plan for an issue relevant to your Course fees and funding in this module you will look at the history studies, and include a 20,000-word reflection See westminster.ac.uk/fees of the involvement of lenders, and the risk on, and evaluation of, the strengths and assessment and procedures involved in weaknesses of the approach and the constraints Other Property Finance courses lending on property. The study of traditional which are likely to impact on the proposals. banking will be supplemented with investment Property Finance Postgraduate banking techniques. Diploma, and Property Finance Postgraduate Finance and Asset Management Certificate, see page 48 for details. The aim of this module is to set corporate Site Assembly and Development decision making in the context of the business In this module you will focus on the financial, environment, corporate goals and the practice physical, legal and social aspects necessary Property finance is a well-established area of company finance, estate and portfolio for successful real estate development projects of essential expertise within the real estate management. You will gain a grounding in to take place. The emphasis is on the needs industry for the purchase and development property as an asset class, and a practical of end users of developments, and those other of properties which may have varying levels and theoretical appreciation of the techniques key players in the development process. There of complexity. The finance specialist utilises and practices currently being used in the will be an emphasis on commercial real estate modern skills, techniques and systems to management and valuation of commercial development, but the module will also serve successfully source and provide an adequate property. In the financial element of this module, well those requiring an understanding of mixed flow of accessible funds to buy, sell and you will explore issues relating to accounting use and residential development projects develop land and buildings. principles and financial management accounts, and processes. The legal focus will centre on and the implications of tax. Equally important is the system in England and Wales although an appreciation of ratio analysis and strategy. This course is intended to give you a detailed techniques and examples will be drawn from understanding of property finance and the a range of jurisdictions. Law for Property Professionals associated property appraisal techniques This module fosters reflection on where the law and processes, encompassing both legal and comes from and how it develops (including the social aspects. You will analyse investment and influence of European Law), and encourages OPTION MODULES development finance situations and respond your understanding of the relationship between Choose one from the following: to particular financial problems with derived the legal process and social change. You will solutions. You will also be able to appraise develop mastery of the key principles (and their Development Finance and Funding options and independently evaluate alternative operation in practice) of English Law relating This module gives you the opportunity to study courses of action. to business, including contract, tort, real estate and analyse the finance and funding of property law and regulatory regimes which particularly development and investment transactions. You The design of the course recognises the affect the property industry. will explore the concepts and law surrounding significant challenges of providing an the valuation and feasibility of developing educational experience that is practical, You will also gain a greater understanding land and buildings to an advanced level. This relevant and challenging and meets the of legal theory, including statute and judicial module includes a study trip to New York. requirements of the relevant professional precedent; the role of Europe; tort, contract and bodies. The programme, while still providing business law; administrative law and regulatory Landlord and Tenant the discipline and structure of regular regimes; real estate law; and landlord and This module covers the concepts and law attendance at the University, aims to give tenant law. surrounding commercial lease practice and a practical educational structure through rent reviews/lease negotiation, from both a landlord’s and tenant’s perspective. You will workshops and projects. Property and Finance: Policy and Practice Property is a major contributor to asset holding develop an understanding of, and familiarity and investment in most economies. You will

46 PROPERTY FINANCE MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe PROPERTY FINANCE MSc 47 with, the legal background to the landlord organisation. Alternatively, applicants may and tenant relationship, and its application in hold membership of a recognised property or REAL ESTATE practice. This will include the study of statutory construction-related professional body achieved security of tenure, rent review, and other usual through examinations and/or professional DEVELOPMENT MSc lease clauses including break clauses, repair, interview, ideally together with experience user, alterations and alienation. You will also in a professional or managerial capacity in Course Leader consider and discuss points of practical difficulty a property or construction-related post. and complexity involved in negotiating lease Andrew Youens terms and their subsequent implementation. Consideration will be given to mature [email protected] applicants who lack standard qualifications Valuation and Law but have significant professional or managerial Length of course This module centres upon methods of experience in a property or construction-related One year full-time; two years part-time valuation applicable to properties for rating, post. Such applicants will be interviewed and compulsory purchase purposes together prior to admission and will be expected to Location with leasehold enfranchisement and properties demonstrate the commitment and intellectual Central London (Marylebone) subject to the housing acts. capacity to study at postgraduate level. Course fees and funding You will need to be able to speak, write See westminster.ac.uk/fees PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION and comprehend English fluently. If your first language is not English, you will need an IELTS This course is fully accredited by the Royal score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with a The aim of the course is to provide you Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). minimum score of 6.0 in each component. with a detailed understanding of the property development and appraisal process, encompassing the financial, physical, ASSOCIATED CAREERS OTHER PROPERTY FINANCE legal and social aspects. You will analyse The course has been designed to be COURSES development situations and respond to professionally relevant and to produce particular development problems with derived Masters graduates who are well rounded We also offer Property Finance Postgraduate solutions. You will also be able to critically and adaptable, with the ability to communicate Diploma and Postgraduate Certificate courses. appraise options and independently evaluate with people at all levels, and are critical alternative courses of action. The course thinkers with inquiring, innovative minds The Postgraduate Diploma usually takes 12 is accredited by the Royal Institution of months full-time or two years part-time. You take and good research skills. Chartered Surveyors (RICS). modules totalling 120 credits as follows: • Successful completion of the course should Finance and Asset Management (20 credits) As part of the Development Finance and enhance your career prospects and help you • Law for Property Professionals (20 credits) Funding module, students undertake a study to achieve professional and senior positions • Property and Finance: Policy and Practice trip to New York. in property finance and real estate. (40 credits) • Property Finance: Lending and Risk Accreditation of the course by the RICS (20 credits) will enable you to pursue full professional • Site Assembly and Development (20 credits) CORE MODULES membership of this body. The attributes Development Finance and Funding detailed above will also provide evidence of a The Postgraduate Certificate usually takes commitment to lifelong learning and continuing This module gives you the opportunity to study one year to study part-time. You take modules and analyse the finance and funding of property professional development. Those wishing to totalling 60 credits as follows: continue their academic studies will have an development and investment transactions. You • Property Finance: Lending and Risk excellent grounding for Doctoral level research, will explore the concepts and law surrounding (20 credits) or a career in academia. the valuation and feasibility of developing • Property and Finance: Policy and Practice land and buildings to an advanced level. This (40 credits) module includes a study trip to New York. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry requirements are as per Property Dissertation Finance MSc. You will normally be expected to hold at least The work for this module involves the completion an Upper Second Class Honours degree (which of a structured research programme resulting in need not be in a cognate subject) and should a dissertation or major research project. You ideally (although not essentially) be in relevant RELATED COURSE can opt for a traditional academic dissertation employment in a professional or managerial capacity in a property or construction-related • Real Estate Development MSc

48 PROPERTY FINANCE MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT MSc 49 which identifies a hypothesis and research legislation affecting the workplace. You will PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION questions, involves some original research, explore the concepts of strategic business space draws conclusions and, if appropriate, usage, and gain a critical understanding of the This course is fully accredited by the Royal makes recommendations. Alternatively you use and management of space resources in the Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). can complete a defined project involving the role of informed client. You will also develop preparation of a strategy or action plan for an your ability to analyse and adopt an informed issue relevant to your studies, and include a tactical methodology toward solutions for space ASSOCIATED CAREERS 20,000-word reflection on, and evaluation of, planning and utilisation, and be able to apply The RICS accreditation will enable you to take the strengths and weaknesses of the approach a range of decision-making tools for strategic the Professional Assessment of Competence and the constraints which are likely to impact space planning and management. after a period of suitable employment. There on the proposals. are employment opportunities in the public, private and not-for-profit sectors. Some part-time Finance and Asset Management OPTION MODULES students are employed by surveying firms to The module aims to set corporate decision receive accredited training while working. making in the context of the business Choose one from the following: environment, corporate goals and the practice of company finance, estate and portfolio Landlord and Tenant management. You will gain a grounding in This module covers the concepts and law ENTRY REQUIREMENTS property as an asset class, and a practical client’s identification of need, through project surrounding commercial lease practice and You should hold a degree (normally at least and theoretical appreciation of the techniques feasibility, design and construction, to operation rent reviews/lease negotiation, from both a Second Class Honours) from a UK university or and practices currently being used in the and maintenance of a built facility. You will landlord’s and tenant’s perspective. You will one of comparable standing, or membership management and valuation of commercial examine the differing objectives of generic develop an understanding of, and familiarity of a recognised professional body whose entry property. In the financial element of this module, procurement types, the identification and with, the legal background to the landlord requirements are equivalent to graduate level, you will explore issues relating to accounting critical analysis of planning and development and tenant relationship, and its application and ideally some relevant practical experience. principles and financial management accounts, issues, and the impact of legal and regulatory in practice. This will include the study of The course is well suited for those with a first and the implications of tax. Equally important is frameworks to environmental and occupational statutory security of tenure, rent review, and degree in geography, economics, a traditional an appreciation of ratio analysis and strategy. health conditions, contractual matters and other usual lease clauses including break science, a property-related discipline or law. If dispute avoidance. clauses, repair, user, alterations and alienation. your first degree and other qualifications are Law for Property Professionals You will also consider and discuss points of not so well aligned the course team may require This module fosters reflection on where the law Site Assembly and Development practical difficulty and complexity involved in further evidence of your ability to study the comes from and how it develops (including the In this module you will focus on the financial, negotiating lease terms and their subsequent subject material as deemed appropriate. If your influence of European Law), and encourages physical, legal and social aspects necessary implementation. first language is not English, you will need an your understanding of the relationship between for successful real estate development projects IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with a the legal process and social change. You will to take place. The emphasis is on the needs Property Finance: Lending and Risk Strategies minimum score of 6.0 in each component. develop mastery of the key principles (and their of end users of developments, and those other In this module you will address the strategic operation in practice) of English Law relating key players in the development process. There role of lending in the property sector. to business, including contract, tort, real estate will be an emphasis on commercial real estate The sector has become dependent upon law and regulatory regimes which particularly development, but the module will also serve lenders for the vast majority of cash inflows, affect the property industry. You will also well those requiring an understanding of mixed and in the module you will look at the history gain a greater understanding of legal theory, use and residential development projects of the involvement of lenders, and the risk including statute and judicial precedent; the and processes. The legal focus will centre on assessment and procedures involved in lending role of Europe; tort, contract and business law; the system in England and Wales although on property. The study of traditional banking administrative law and regulatory regimes; real techniques and examples will be drawn from will be supplemented with investment banking estate law; and landlord and tenant law. a range of jurisdictions. techniques.

Project Implementation Process Space Strategies and Legislation Valuation and Law This module, based on problem-solving The aim of this module is to develop your This module centres upon methods of scenarios, enables you to develop a strategic cultural and analytical understanding of how valuation applicable to properties for rating, approach to the implementation of complex buildings and the space configuration within and compulsory purchase purposes together real estate development projects. It provides them support the strategic objectives of the with leasehold enfranchisement and properties you with an analytical review of the roles, organisation. In the module you will address subject to the housing acts. responsibilities and methods for decision sustainability, corporate social responsibility making of a multidisciplinary team, from and the underpinning legislation. You will also review the principles and application of the

50 REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT MSc 51 EVENTS AND COURSE CONTENT OPTION MODULES ASSOCIATED CAREERS This course teaches you how and why events/ The course is structured to provide flexibility in Graduates from this course enter a wide range CONFERENCE conferences are planned, and how the venues module choice, allowing you to study aspects of careers, in both the private and the public MANAGEMENT MA and destinations in which they are held are of the events industry which suit your own sectors, in Britain and internationally. marketed. You will also learn how events and aspirations. Choose three option modules from conferences contribute to enriching the lives of a list which includes: These careers range from conference and Course Leader communities and improve communications in events planning, to venue management, Dr Claire Humphreys business and professional life. The dissertation Airport Planning and Management to destination marketing. Some choose to [email protected] will give you further opportunity to research This module gives you the opportunity to work with specialist organisations, such as a conference or events topic in depth. The examine the organisation and management convention bureaux, while others opt to work Length of course course is taught by experienced academics of the airport industry. You will examine airport as professional conference organisers, event One year full-time; two years part-time and industry practitioners, providing valuable operations and capacity issues, terminal managers and venue promoters. Some students insight into this exciting industry sector. operations, airport marketing, airport expansion go on to pursue Doctoral studies. Location issues, and the role of regional airports. Central London (Marylebone) CORE MODULES Exploring Creative Experiences for ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Course fees and funding Attractions and Events Conference and Events Planning The course is aimed at graduates seeking to See westminster.ac.uk/fees This module draws on the concept of ‘the You will develop critical awareness of the experience economy’ and evaluates the ability establish or develop a management career in diverse range of skills required to successfully of effective design and new technologies to the conference and events industry in the UK organise conferences and events. You will or abroad. As a minimum, you should have Events and conferences play an essential role engage consumer senses in order to enhance discuss the problems that can arise in the a good Honours degree (normally an Upper in the business, cultural and sporting life of the visitor experience. planning process and examine the ways Second) or equivalent. If your qualifications all countries. In recent years an exciting new to address the issues. are not under the UK system please visit our profession has emerged with conference/events Festivals, Culture and Place You will assess the role which festivals and website for details of equivalent qualifications: planners and managers organising a diverse Dissertation westminster.ac.uk/international range of events, and marketing the great cultural events perform in stimulating community You will undertake research on an events variety of destinations and venues in which pride and energising local residents, and or conference management topic of your Exceptionally, an applicant without these formal they take place. investigate their multi-faceted contribution choice, and present analysis, conclusions and to local economies. qualifications but with considerable work recommendations in a written report. The report experience in the conference or events industry This course is specifically designed for people should include a justification of the research may be accepted at the discretion of the Course who want to enter, or make further progress in, Mega Events methodology employed and a critical review Leader. If your first language is not English, management-level careers in the fast-expanding You will focus on the specific challenges and of the underpinning theory and literature. you will need an IELTS score of at least 6.5 field of events and conferences. London is opportunities associated with the genre of (or equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 in an ideal place in which to study events and mega events such as the Olympic Games, Events and Conference Marketing each component. conference management. A regular host of world cups and international expos, and their You will develop an understanding of the world class sport and cultural events such as impact on image and urban regeneration. decision-making process underpinning the Wimbledon, the London Marathon, Notting development and marketing of individual Hill Carnival and the London fashion week, as Professional Practice RELATED COURSE venues as well as conference and events well as one-off mega events such as the London This module uniquely provides students destinations. The module also considers • Tourism Management MA 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games and with experience of professional practice by the factors that influence the selection the 2015 Rugby World Cup, London is widely undertaking a consultancy project on behalf of event venues. recognised as a world events capital. With of one of our industry partners. several hundred conference venues and Event Concepts an abundance of international business and Tourism and Cities You will review the role and impacts leisure events, London is a world leader in this This module explores the different forms of of conferences and events in a global dynamic industry. urban tourism and analyses its role in a city context, critically evaluating the influence economy. It takes a particular interest in how of stakeholders and examining the wider tourism influences city image. significance of these expanding sectors on global communication, culture and sport. Please note, not all option modules are guaranteed to run each year, dependant on the demand in the year of study.

52 EVENTS AND CONFERENCE MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe EVENTS AND CONFERENCE MANAGEMENT MA 53 Annual student feedback for the course is TOURISM very positive, with teaching, staff contact and “Studying at the University MANAGEMENT MA course content receiving particular praise. of Westminster was the This reflects the tourism team’s efforts to best investment for my provide a valuable and effective course as future. Throughout the course Course Leader well as a supportive, friendly and stimulating I gained a lot of confidence Dr Claire Humphreys environment for your studies. and developed practical [email protected] skills such as academic writing and the Staff teaching on the course are active ability to present different topics in front Length of course researchers, and their teaching is informed by of the group. It was very inspiring to study One year full-time; two years part-time both their own research and their engagement with students from different countries and to with industry. share ideas about how to make the tourism Location industry work better. Academic staff were Central London (Marylebone) extremely supportive and professional. COURSE CONTENT Since I graduated with a Masters degree my career progressed rapidly.” Course fees and funding You will learn about the nature and See westminster.ac.uk/fees characteristics of the tourism industry, and Olga Sulima explore how it can be marketed, managed Alumna, Tourism Management MA and planned, examining cases from around Tourism is an increasingly important part of the world. A range of option modules allows our lives, and the tourism industry is one of you to focus on your particular interests, and to broader implications of sustainable tourism the few global industries forecast to grow in explore the links between the different aspects the long term. Managing this rapidly growing development by investigating economic, social of tourism. A dissertation gives you the chance and environmental impacts. industry to meet visitors’ demands in a to research a topic of your choice in depth. sustainable way is exciting and challenging. This well-established course will give you the Tourism Policy and Destination Management knowledge, analytical abilities and This module critically analyses the need skills you need to make a career as a CORE MODULES for tourism planning and management in tourism professional. Dissertation destinations as well as investigating the effectiveness of different approaches to The dissertation is based on your own destination management. We are proud that the course attracts a research interest. This module requires cosmopolitan group of students from a wide structured research, analysis and application range of countries and that our graduates have of theoretical principles, culminating in a successful careers all round the world. written presentation of the findings. OPTION MODULES The course has been top rated in academic Choose three from a list which includes: audit and is developed with the advice of the Strategic Tourism Marketing tourism industry. You will study at the heart of You will examine marketing from the Airline Planning and Management London, one of the world’s leading tourism perspective of management within the tourism This module examines the international destinations. Site visits, integrated in the course industry. The module enables you to consider regulatory framework for air transport modules, will allow you to explore a wide the relationships between customers’ needs and and the impact of deregulation. Economic variety of aspects of the dynamic a tourism organisation’s services, and the principles are evaluated in terms of costs tourism industry. inter-relationship between design, operation and revenue structures. Aircraft operations and the delivery of tourism services. The are investigated in relation to both technical This course is accredited by the Tourism significance of quality in tourism operations and market requirements. Management Institute (TMI) meaning you can and methods for monitoring performance are be confident it will give you the knowledge, also explored. Airport Planning and Management understanding, skills and experience which This module gives you the opportunity to will fully prepare you for a career in tourism Tourism Concepts examine the organisation and management destinations management. This module assesses the nature and patterns of the airport industry. You will examine of demand for tourism, explores the role and airport operations and capacity issues, interdependence of the industry components, terminal operations, airport marketing, and examines the relationship between public airport expansion issues, and the role and private sector involvement in tourism. of regional airports. You will have the opportunity to analyse the

54 TOURISM MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe TOURISM MANAGEMENT MA 55 Exploring Creative Experiences for Attractions and Events AIR TRANSPORT This module draws on the concept of ‘the PLANNING AND experience economy’ and evaluates the ability of effective design and new technologies to MANAGEMENT MSc engage consumer senses in order to enhance the visitor experience. Course Leader Festivals, Culture and Place Dr Nigel Dennis You will assess the role which festivals and [email protected] events perform in stimulating community pride For course content-related enquiries and energising local residents, and investigate please contact the Course Leader. their contribution to local economies. For admissions-related enquiries please contact the admissions office: Mega Events ASSOCIATED CAREERS [email protected] You will focus on the specific challenges and Graduates of this course have gone on to opportunities associated with the genre of establish careers in a wide variety of fields Length of course mega events such as the Olympic Games, around the world, including working for One year full-time; two or three years part-time*. world cups and international expos, and their national and regional tourism organisations January and September start dates available impact on image and urban regeneration. in the UK and overseas, undertaking marketing roles with transport organisations such as Location Professional Practice airlines and tourism destinations, and working Central London (Marylebone) This module uniquely provides students for companies specialising in business tourism. with experience of professional practice by Some of our graduates have launched their Course fees and funding undertaking a consultancy project on behalf own travel agency businesses, while others See westminster.ac.uk/fees of one of our industry partners. work in a variety of management roles in hotels, and in consultancy roles for tourism Tourism and Cities research organisations. Modules on this course are taught in blocks This module investigates how tourism shapes of five days at a time. This means we can cities and how cities shape tourism. You will incorporate industry speakers from our explore urban tourism’s distinct characteristics, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS professional development programme and the different forms it takes, and its key markets. also enables part-time students from elsewhere The course is aimed at graduates seeking to Particular attention is paid to tourism in London in the UK and Europe to travel efficiently to establish or develop a management career – perhaps the world’s leading tourism city. London several times a year. Students take in the tourism industry in the UK or abroad. six taught modules in total (over one year on As a minimum, you should have a good Please note, not all option modules are the full-time course** or two to three years on Honours degree (normally an Upper Second) guaranteed to run each year, dependant on the part-time course) and complete a research or equivalent. If your qualifications are not the demand in the year of study. dissertation. Email contact and tutorial support under the UK system please visit our website are provided between the module blocks along for details of equivalent qualifications: with guest lectures and workshop sessions for westminster.ac.uk/international PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION full-time students. This course is recognised by the Tourism Exceptionally an applicant without these formal This course has been developed to meet the Management Institute (TMI) meaning you qualifications but with considerable work needs of graduates worldwide seeking to gain can be confident it will give you knowledge, experience in the tourism or related industries greater knowledge and experience of the air understanding, skills and experience which may be accepted at the discretion of the Course transport industry, and looking to progress will fully prepare you for a career in tourism Leader. If your first language is not English, into senior roles in management, operations destination management. you will need an IELTS score of at least 6.5 and commercial planning of airlines, airports, (or equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 in government departments and aviation-related each component. businesses such as aircraft manufacturing, finance and consultancy. It is designed to provide a strong theoretical and analytical RELATED COURSE basis, coupled with the application of many • Events and Conference Management MA practical techniques and strategies.

56 TOURISM MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe AIR TRANSPORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT MSc 57 The course builds on the successful series design and interpretation of survey data. You of aviation short courses that have attracted will discuss key sources of secondary data, participants from around the globe to the and assess elasticities of demand. You will also University each year. The Department has examine the management of capacity in the a long-established interest in air transport context of both airport and airline planning, research, consultancy and teaching, having and develop models of passenger choice and been set up by the renowned aviation airport attractiveness. academic Professor Rigas Doganis some 40 years ago. The University’s association Air Transport Management and Operations with aviation goes back much further however, In this module you will develop techniques as it was here in the 19th century that Sir for optimising the airline and airport product. George Cayley first demonstrated the These are based upon strategic management principles of flight. thinking and an understanding of the nature of demand for air travel. This then leads to the Modules on this course can also be taken detail of scheduling airline operations, choosing for route development analysis, and discuss with consultancies, government bodies and as short courses which are not formally the right aircraft, designing appropriate product the role of airline alliances to network carriers. aircraft manufacturers. assessed. Students who have followed the features and assessing quality of service. Air You will study specialised business in detail relevant short course(s) within the last five cargo has differing requirements to passenger including low-cost airlines, regional carriers, If you have a prior industry background you years may be able to register at a reduced traffic and forms a special analysis. An long-haul operators and the charter/inclusive- should be able to return to your position with fee to complete the module on an ‘assessment introduction to air traffic management and the tour sector of the industry. new skills and understanding, plus a greater only’ basis as part of the Masters degree. For use of airspace is included, as well as some maturity of approach. more information on these short courses visit insights to human resources management Airport Finance and Strategy westminster.ac.uk/airtransportshort and industrial relations. In this module you will consider how You will be well placed to move into senior airport management has changed for many managerial, policy or research functions. The *The part-time block attendance mode for this Research Dissertation operators with adoption of commercialisation, competitive nature of the industry will also course is not compatible with visa restrictions This module gives you an opportunity to privatisation and internationalisation provide many new opportunities for suitably for international students. Therefore, this mode undertake in-depth research on an air transport strategies. Taking these trends into account, qualified personnel. of attendance is not available for international topic of your choice, and present analysis, you will explore airport financial performance students requiring a visa. The part-time block conclusions and recommendations in a written and the factors affecting this. You will also A strong performance on the MSc provides mode of attendance is still available to UK and investigate aeronautical charges and the role the opportunity to study further by registering EU students. International students can still apply report. It allows you to develop an understanding for our full-time course. of all stages of the research process. of competition and regulation, and examine for a research degree in the Department of non-aeronautical revenues and strategies to Planning and Transport. Graduates will also be **students starting the full-time course in optimise these. This leads to a discussion of equipped with the knowledge, understanding January currently complete the course over 15 OPTION MODULES different management approaches related to and skills needed to participate in the activities months including a three month vacation period both aeronautical and non-aeronautical revenue of professional bodies such as the Air Transport from July-September. Air Transport Policy and Planning streams and different customers, such as low Research Society, the German Aviation In this module you will consider the wider cost carriers. Research Society and AirNeth. consequences of air services from economic, CORE MODULES social and environmental viewpoints. You As an alternative to one of the option will explore topics of economic development, modules above, you have a free choice of Air Transport Economics ENTRY REQUIREMENTS accessibility and connectivity, as well as one appropriate module from other subject In this module you will examine the structure environmental airport capacity and carbon areas in the University (eg transport, logistics, You should normally have a good of the airline industry and the international management. You will examine policy issues tourism, business). This must be agreed with undergraduate Honours degree or its equivalent regulatory regime within which it operates. You to encourage sustainable development, land the Course Leader. (First or Second Class) or, alternatively, will analyse airline costs and revenues, relating use planning, and the influence of air cargo evidence of further education and appropriate them to financial performance, and examine operations. You will also evaluate surface professional experience. If your first language airport economics along with key concepts access policies and the role that they can play is not English, you will need an IELTS score of at in airport operations and planning. in reducing airport environmental impacts. ASSOCIATED CAREERS least 6.5 (or equivalent) with a minimum score If you are a full-time student without a prior of 6.0 in each component. Applicants without Air Transport Forecasting and Market Research Airline Marketing and Business Models background in the air transport industry these formal academic qualifications but Through this module you will consider methods In this module you will examine airline you should be well placed on completion with professional qualifications or substantial for analysing air traffic, forecasting the demand marketing strategies including advertising of the course to take up a junior position in (normally at least three years) relevant work for air services and modelling the pattern of media and messages, the distribution of the a planning, management and operational experience in the air transport industry may be future airline operations. Market research airline product, customer loyalty schemes and role with airlines and airports. You will also considered for the course. Their enrolment will techniques are explained, including questionnaire brand management. You will develop methods be well equipped for employment as an analyst be at the discretion of the Course Leader.

58 AIR TRANSPORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe AIR TRANSPORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT MSc 59 During the third semester you will work on a to suggest and apply suitable probability and LOGISTICS AND research-based dissertation. It is expected that statistical models to the analysis of logistics and SUPPLY CHAIN you will spend the equivalent of three to four transport data. You will also learn to analyse months’ full-time work on this research. The MSc a time series and produce forecasts for future MANAGEMENT MSc course is accredited by the Chartered Institute values, analyse a stock control system, analyse of Logistics and Transport (CILT), and graduates a transport scheduling problem, and analyse are exempt from the Institute’s exams. a route network. Course Leader Dr Allan Woodburn Sustainability and Freight Transport [email protected] CORE MODULES (20 credits) In this module you will focus on the study Length of course (All students) of sustainability and green logistics, with One year full-time a particular emphasis on freight transport. Logistics and the External Environment The first part of the module provides the context Location (20 credits) for sustainable supply chains, and you will Central London (Marylebone) This module is designed to make you aware examine the business and public policy reasons of the external influences that companies must for attempting to address sustainability issues, Course fees and funding take into account in the design and operation and how sustainability impacts are measured, See westminster.ac.uk/fees of their logistics systems. Supply chains do monitored and reported. In the second part not exist in a vacuum, and there are many of the module you will focus on the freight Other Logistics and issues that companies need to consider to transport element of supply chain management, Supply Chain Management courses ensure that they operate legally and responsibly looking at the strategic, operational and public Logistics and Supply Chain Management in addition to meeting their own internal policy perspectives. Postgraduate Diploma and Postgraduate company objectives. Certificate, see page 63 for details. Logistics Management and Planning (20 credits) CORE MODULES Developed in partnership with Arnhem Business This module provides you with the foundation (Arnhem route) School (HAN University, Netherlands), this for studying logistics, ensuring that you are international MSc course will develop your aware of the components of the logistics system Commercial Distribution of Fast Moving Goods ability to initiate and carry out advanced and how they interact with each other to (20 credits) analysis, research and problem solving in the influence the design and operation of supply The distribution of fast moving goods has seen field of logistics and supply chain management. chains. You will focus on the aspects of logistics a tremendous change during the last decade. operations that tend to be directly within the Fashion, electronic devices etc have to be If you study this MSc, you will study the first control of companies. developed, produced and distributed in a very semester at the University of Westminster and short timeframe. This requires the quick and fast then have the choice either to continue studying Research Dissertation response of all concerned with the supply value in London (Westminster route) or to spend the (40 credits) chain. By studying analytical models and using second semester at our partner institution in the Your dissertation will draw on techniques and them in case studies, you will be provided with Netherlands (Arnhem route). You will not only background material introduced during the knowledge and skills in order to organise supply benefit from the wider range of module choices, Masters course, and will incorporate original value chains effectively in an ever-changing, but also from the opportunity to study in analysis. This module provides you with an international environment. two countries. opportunity for an in-depth, extended study of a specific topic within the logistics and/ Distributing for the Future or transport sector. You are encouraged to (20 credits) undertake original research, and write a critical The world of transportation and the world analysis and draw rational conclusions. within which transportation takes place are changing rapidly. The course material will Statistics and Operational Research for Logistics be discussed in two parts of three weeks. (20 credits) The first part teaches you the different aspects This module aims to equip you with the of the supply chain, such as the set up and statistical and operational research concepts management of the logistics network, the and techniques necessary for logistics, and give management of strategic suppliers and the you some grounding in the practical application development of partnerships with logistic of these methods. You will develop your ability service providers. The second part teaches

60 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT MSc 61 you how to apply scenario planning models to OPTION MODULES among the different public transport modes. management, geography and operations discover how logistic service providers should You will analyse and critically compare different research. However, students with qualifications adapt in future to counter possible situations. (Westminster route) experiences from the UK, Europe and the rest in other disciplines such as languages and the The course ends with a summary overview of the World. humanities, engineering, and environmental and tips for implementation. Airline Planning and Management sciences are also encouraged to apply. If your (20 credits) Traffic in Urban Areas first language is not English, you will need an Finance and Management In this module you will examine the (20 credits) IELTS score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent) with a (20 credits) international regulatory framework for air The first half of the module introduces a minimum score of 6.0 in each component. With the increase in the volume of goods transport and the impact of deregulation. range of theoretical concepts relating to shipped all over the world, logistics needs You will evaluate economic principles in traffic and travel behaviour in urban areas. more and more to consider the financial terms of costs and revenue structures. You will It also familiarises you with key strategic OTHER LOGISTICS implications of these international flows. This assess airline commercial strategies. You will policy issues affecting both the movement module provides a framework necessary for investigate aircraft operations in relation to both and management of urban traffic. In the AND SUPPLY CHAIN the analysis and solutions of financial and technical and market requirements. second part, you will explore practical design MANAGEMENT COURSES accounting problems which are relevant to firms feasibility and management issues associated We also offer a Logistics and Supply Chain Airport Planning and Management trading and investing on an international basis. with the implementation of policy measures Management Postgraduate Diploma and (20 credits) For example, what are the impacts of interest at the street level. a Logistics and Supply Chain Management This module gives you the opportunity to rates and exchange rates risk on stock values Postgraduate Certificate. and international distribution channels, and examine the organisation and management of the airport industry. You will assess airport how should a logistician evaluate the financial If you take the Logistics and Supply Chain economics and performance, and discuss PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION impact on international shipments Management Postgraduate Diploma you take aeronautical and non-aeronautical revenues. This MSc course is accredited by the Chartered and commercial distribution? either six 20-credit core modules from the You will also examine airport operations and Institute of Logistics and Transport (CILT) and MSc course, or five 20-credit core modules capacity issues, terminal operations and airport graduates are exempt from the Institute’s exams. plus one option module. All your modules marketing, airport expansion issues, and the must be from the Westminster pathway. The CORE MODULES role of regional airports. You will analyse Postgraduate Diploma usually takes one year (Westminster route) surface access strategies and discuss planning ASSOCIATED CAREERS to complete full-time. procedures for expansion. Freight Transport and Logistics Services Previous graduates have gained employment If you take the Logistics and Supply Chain (20 credits) Land Use, Planning and Transport with third party logistics providers, the airline Management Postgraduate Certificate you In this module you will examine the changing (20 credits) industry, manufacturing companies, retailers, take either three 20 credit core modules from market for freight transport and logistics In this module you will focus on the interaction shipping lines, etc. Examples of companies the MSc course, or two 20 credit core modules services in a European and increasingly global between transport and land-use, including the that have recruited graduates in recent years and one option module. All your modules context. You will evaluate economic principles effect of land-use on travel patterns and the are Kuehne + Nagel, DHL, TNT, Norbert must be from the Westminster pathway. The in terms of costs and revenues, and assess contribution of transport to development. Topics Dentressangle, Maersk Logistics, GIST, Postgraduate Certificate usually takes six the changing demands for new services. Fleet you will explore include changing planning Volvo Logistics, Honda, GlaxoSmithKlein, months to one year to complete part-time. operations and warehouse management are system impact on transport systems and their Procter and Gamble and IKEA. You will also investigated in relation to technology and sustainability, LUTI modelling and the role of be equipped for further research (eg Doctoral Entry requirements are as per Logistics and market requirements, and you will also explore forecasting in relation to transport planning, studies) should you wish to continue in an Supply Chain Management MSc. strategic options for service providers. sustainable accessibility planning, transit academic environment. oriented development, perspectives on Retail Supply Chain Management planning major transport infrastructure, and (20 credits) scenario planning. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS RELATED COURSE You will examine retail markets by country and You should normally have the equivalent of a • Transport Planning and Management MSc sector, and investigate developments in control Public Passenger Transport good Honours degree and demonstrate strong of the supply chain between retailers and (20 credits) motivation in the subject area. Alternative manufacturers. You will explore cost structures This module will give you an understanding qualifications with relevant professional in the retail supply chain, and new patterns of contemporary issues concerning planning experience will also be considered. The of retailing and their implication for logistics; and operation of public passenger transport programme has been devised to appeal to international comparisons are also made. systems, primarily in the urban context and with graduates who wish to develop their career reference to rural and long-distance markets. This in an international environment concerned is interpreted mainly in respect of rail and bus/ with logistics. Directly relevant degree coach, but also to demand-responsive systems, disciplines include economics, business studies, taxis, cycle hire schemes and the integration

62 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT MSc 63 TRANSPORT CORE MODULES OPTION MODULES Research Dissertation Choose three from the following: PLANNING AND (60 credits) MANAGEMENT MSc Your dissertation will draw on techniques Airline Planning and Management and background material introduced on the (20 credits) Masters course, and incorporate original In this module you will examine the Course Leader analysis. Lectures are provided on research international regulatory framework for air methods in Semester One, interlinked with the Dr Enrica Papa transport and the impact of deregulation. You Statistics and Survey Methods for Transport [email protected] will evaluate economic principles in terms of module which provides a background in costs and revenue structures. You will assess relevant techniques including an introduction airline commercial strategies. You will investigate Length of course to GIS. Work is undertaken in Semester Two of One year full-time; two to three aircraft operations in relation to both technical the full-time course, or in the case of part-time and market requirements. years part-time students in Semester Two of Year Two or Year Three. Final submission is in early September, Airport Planning and Management Location and part-time MSc students may register to (20 credits) Central London (Marylebone) complete the dissertation in Year Three, rather This module examines the organisation, than completing in Year Two. ownership and management of the airport Course fees and funding industry. It assesses airport economics and See westminster.ac.uk/fees Statistics and Survey Methods for Transport discusses the airport’s relationship with (20 credits) airlines. The non-aeronautical aspects of Other Transport Planning and This module is designed to equip transport an airport are also considered. Airport planners and managers with the basic concepts Management courses operations and service quality are examined used in statistics and social research, and Transport Planning and Management and the role of marketing is assessed. The their application in the transport context using Postgraduate Diploma and Postgraduate airport’s impact on the economy and the relevant examples. You will analyse real-life Certificate, see page 66 for details. environment is explored, including transport datasets, using advanced Excel techniques and specialist software, and learn an analysis of surface access strategies. how to interpret and present your results. This course develops your ability to initiate Freight Transport and Logistics Services and implement critical analysis and advanced (20 credits) research in transport policy, planning and Transport Economics (20 credits) In this module you will examine the changing management. You will learn the techniques and market for freight transport and logistics methodologies you need to take decisions, or to Through this module you will examine the application of relevant economic principles services in a European and increasingly global provide the necessary information for others to context. You will evaluate economic principles take policy decisions. to the transport sector, including fundamental topics of transport economics and new in terms of costs and revenues, and assess the frontiers in the field. Topics you will explore changing demands for new services. You will The MSc course has been running successfully for investigate fleet operations and warehouse many years, and is offered by the Department include travel demand, pricing and supply of transport, investment in transport, economic management in relation to technology and of Planning and Transport. It will give you full and environmental appraisal of transport, market requirements, and you will also explore exemption from the examination requirements transport markets, and the wider economic strategic options for service providers. for Membership of the Chartered Institute of impacts of transport. Logistics and Transport (MCILT), and also forms Land Use, Planning and Transport part of the pathway to the Transport Planning Transport Policy and Politics (20 credits) Professional (TPP) qualification. (20 credits) The module focuses on the interaction This module introduces you to debates between transport and land-use, including the within transport policy and politics past, effect of land-use on travel patterns and the COURSE CONTENT present and future. It draws on material from contribution of transport to development. Topics The MSc course balances theoretical and different disciplines in placing a range of you will explore include changing planning practical applications in the three separate relevant controversies, ideas and issues system impact on transport systems and their components: core modules, option modules within their theoretical, policy and political sustainability, LUTI modelling and the role of contexts. You will cover specific levels of and a research dissertation. forecasting in relation to transport planning, decision making for different topics, and sustainable accessibility planning, transit learn about non-governmental organisations, oriented development, perspectives on including lobby groups, that influence transport planning major transport infrastructure, and policy making. scenario planning.

64 TRANSPORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/abe TRANSPORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT MSc 65 Public Passenger Transport Key employers regularly come in to speak to (20 credits) students about new opportunities in transport. This module will give you an understanding Many part-time students are recruited from SCHOOL OF LAW of contemporary issues concerning planning organisations including local government and operation of public passenger transport transport planning, transport consultancies, systems, primarily in the urban context and with NGOs and transport operators. reference to rural and long-distance markets. This is interpreted mainly in respect of rail and bus/coach, but also to demand-responsive ENTRY REQUIREMENTS systems, taxis, cycle hire schemes and the You should have at least a Second Class integration among the different public transport Honours degree in a relevant subject area, modes. You will analyse and critically compare and any relevant transport experience would different experiences from the UK, Europe and further enhance your application. Part-time the rest of the World. students should normally be employed within a relevant sector of transport for the duration Traffic and Streets of the course. If your first language is not (20 credits) English, you will need an IELTS score of at least This module focuses on traffic and streets, 6.5 (or equivalent) with a minimum score of 6.0 where traffic refers to a range of urban in each component. transport modes. It covers movement and place functions in urban contexts, including tensions within and between each. You will OTHER TRANSPORT PLANNING analyse approaches to evaluating urban street AND MANAGEMENT COURSES environments, particularly focused on walking We also offer a Transport Planning and and cycling. This incorporates comparisons Management Postgraduate Diploma and of methodological approaches used within a Transport Planning and Management different streetscape contexts and within Postgraduate Certificate. different countries.

Transport Field Trip If you take the Transport Planning and Management Postgraduate Diploma you take (non-credit bearing module) modules totalling at least 120 credits from the We aim to offer an optional field trip module MSc course listed above, and this must include where you will produce non-assessed all the core modules with the exception of the collaborative work, usually undertaken in a Dissertation. The Postgraduate Diploma usually European city or metropolitan area over three takes one year to complete full-time and two to six days. This option is offered to students years to complete part-time. as an additional module not contributing to their degree credits. As a non-credit bearing If you take the Transport Planning and option this module attracts a non-standard Management Postgraduate Certificate you fee. Please note, dependent on resource, we take the modules Transport Policy and Politics; cannot guarantee this module will be offered Transport Economics; and one other 20-credit every year. module from the MSc course listed above. The Postgraduate Certificate usually takes one year PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION to complete part-time. The MSc course will give you full exemption Entry requirements are as per Transport from the examination requirements for Planning and Management MSc. Membership of the Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport (MCILT), and also forms part of the pathway to the Transport Planning RELATED COURSES Professional (TPP) qualification. • Air Transport Planning and Management MSc • International Planning and Sustainable ASSOCIATED CAREERS Development MA Transport graduates develop their careers • Logistics and Supply Chain Management MSc in a wide range of transport organisations, • Urban and Regional Planning MA highlighting the breadth of the course content. • Urban Design MA

66 TRANSPORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/abe westminster.ac.uk/law SCHOOL OF LAW 67 COURSE CONTENT This is an independent module with its own CONFLICT rationale and assessment; but it is also The course aims to provide an opportunity for necessarily linked to the dissertation module. PREVENTION, DISPUTE in-depth study of the issues and the practices RESOLUTION MA involved in the field of conflict prevention and dispute resolution, including the mechanisms OPTION MODULES of prevention, emergence, avoidance, management, resolution and regulation. Conflict Resolution: Negotiation Length of course You will examine the theoretical and practical One year full-time or two years The course content is not explicitly concerned approaches to conflict and conflict resolution, part-time. January start available with ‘peace studies’, but the processes of and you will study the structure of conflict prevention and the processes of resolution within and between organisations. You will Location embrace the concepts of securing and also evaluate the ways in which negotiations Central London (Regent) maintaining peaceful cooperation. are formed, and what processes may be applied to enable or disable the negotiation Course fees and funding process. The module will develop your See westminster.ac.uk/fees CORE MODULES understanding of cultural differences within the area of negotiation and associated inter- Perspectives on Conflicts and Disputes Course Leader personal priorities. You will be introduced to the field of conflict Richard Earle and dispute prevention and resolution. You will [email protected] International Commercial Arbitration cover domestic, commercial, municipal and You will be introduced to the study of international aspects of the subject, and the international commercial arbitration, from main processes involved in conflict and dispute This course embraces a wide range of public, the perspective of the English jurisdiction prevention and resolution. private and domestic issues relevant to the (London seat). The aim is to study four pairs of overlapping relationships: between parties and prevention and resolution of conflicts and Postgraduate Dissertation disputes, including the roles of laws, decisions, tribunals; between parties and courts; between This module allows you to develop a knowledge risks, and justice. The course includes (but is not tribunals and courts; and between England and and understanding of a specialist portion of restricted to) negotiation and arbitration, and foreign fora. There will be focus, inter alia, on the field of conflict and dispute prevention also the alternative dispute resolution (ADR) the ICC (institutional arbitration) and the New and resolution. You will have the support of a processes such as mediation and conciliation. York Convention. supervisor for this independent research and writing work. You must agree the topic with the You will be able to mix with students on other International Human Rights Law module leader. The topic must not replicate your Masters courses in Westminster Law School. The module introduces you to the protection own prior work or anyone else’s work. Your Classes are usually small, allowing for an of human rights in international law. You work for this module should provide you with interactive approach to learning. The course will gain an overview of the historical and advanced research skills, and advanced skills of combines academic and practical approaches philosophical background of human rights, analysis, evaluation, synthesis, application and to teaching and learning. and a greater understanding of the protection writing, all of which should stand you in good of human rights at the international level stead for any subsequent academic, practitioner, though the UN and regional systems (with government, or business career. particular emphasis on Europe). You will also study contemporary issues in international Research Theory and Practice human rights law, such as refugees, This module introduces you to the general humanitarian intervention, responsibility to concepts of legal and social scientific protect, and terrorism and torture. (empirical) methods of research, and gives you a greater understanding of the principles International Law and Development of advanced research. You will consider the You will study law and policy relating to relevance of these methods for the study of international development, including the law, which will enhance your understanding right to development in international law, of the legal, social scientific and philosophical international development assistance and debates on methodology and practice. It will poverty alleviation, and law and policy relating also enable you to evaluate your own work and to overseas development assistance in the UK that of other researchers and authors. and the EU. The module will give you a greater

68 CONFLICT PREVENTION, DISPUTE RESOLUTION MA westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law CONFLICT PREVENTION, DISPUTE RESOLUTION MA 69 understanding of the global challenges for development, and will give you the skills to “The teaching staff here are absolutely CORPORATE FINANCE undertake informed policy and advocacy amazing. They let you go out and do the LAW LLM* work internationally. work and research and really make you think for yourself.” Mediation: Concepts, Evolution and Practice Uma Mohammad This module introduces you to the modes and Conflict Prevention, Dispute Resolution MA Length of course culture of mediation as a dispute resolution One year full-time or two years process in a range of contexts, with a detailed part-time. January start available analysis of the growth of mediation practice and theory, as well as current and possible RELATED COURSE Location future trends. You will become familiar with Central London (Regent) the conceptual, legal and practical frameworks • International and Commercial Dispute of mediation, and how it is used in the UK Resolution Law LLM Course fees and funding and internationally. You will also develop See westminster.ac.uk/fees basic mediation skills, learn to appreciate the roles of those taking part in the mediation ASSOCIATED CAREERS Course Leader processes, and acquire communication and This course is designed to benefit a wide range Joe Tanega other skills which are particularly useful in the [email protected] mediation context. of individuals, including graduates progressing towards a PhD programme, practising lawyers wanting to further their knowledge and skills, Negotiation: Theory, Contexts and Practice Knowledge of corporate finance law is The aim of this module is to introduce the study other graduates and practitioners (such as arbitrators, civil servants, insurers, journalists, essential for lawyers, bankers and financiers and practice of negotiation in the contexts who are keen to develop professional skills of international and municipal commerce, judges, linguists and mediators), and anyone managing people and risks. The course is also in corporate fundraising, deal structures and and international affairs and international transactional management. This course offers law, examining inter alia issues arising out of ideal if you are on a gap year between career stages, and for those from the European Union an enhanced qualification for professionals conflicts and disputes in those contexts. Among working or planning to work in a technically the areas covered are the relationships between and other countries who want to improve their English for personal and career purposes. demanding and dynamic global industry. pairs of negotiators; negotiators and the law; It will appeal to both recent graduates and negotiators and ambient cultures; and theories practitioners considering various fields of work, and practices of negotiation. including law, investment banking, corporate ENTRY REQUIREMENTS finance, private equity, securities, investments, Restorative Justice: Cultures, Integration You are expected to have a good UK Honours financial regulation, government agencies and and Law degree in Law or a non-Law subject (such international financial authorities. This module provides an introduction to the as – but not limited to – Politics, Psychology, field of restorative justice, covering and Management) or the equivalent from a You will focus on learning how the financial international, domestic and public aspects of non-UK university, and satisfactory references. markets work, from the primary markets the field, and the main processes involved in Other qualifications or experiential routes can involving the issuance of equity, debt and dispute prevention and resolution. The module sometimes be agreed. If your first language derivatives, to the secondary markets involving includes consideration of conflicts within and is not English, you will normally need an trading and investments, as well as very large between groups, and victim-offender mediation IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent in each of the financial transactions in the international capital and other processes within the field, including elements. Pre-sessional summer programmes are markets. Importantly, you will also learn how reconciliation after civil disturbances. not normally appropriate for this course. to take account of legal and regulatory risks facing financiers and bankers, and structure Other approved modules, such as Private financial instruments to suit commercial International Law, might be made available priorities and social welfare policies. depending on demand and the Head of Westminster Law School’s approval.

*Subject to approval

70 CONFLICT PREVENTION, DISPUTE RESOLUTION MA westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law CORPORATE FINANCE LAW LLM 71 COURSE CONTENT OPTION MODULES International Energy Finance Law investment transactions, especially in light Focusing on large-scale, capital-intensive of risk management practice and theory. This course aims to give you a comprehensive These modules are recommended if you are projects throughout the world, including You will learn to use relevant legal understanding of the practical processes looking to specialise in the financial industry. If oil and gas projects, LNG projects, power components to analyse and construct and innovative products of the international you opt for the Dissertation you must select four generation, renewable energy, and energy innovative financial products. corporate finance market, including equity and option modules. If you opt for the Project you infrastructure, you will examine the key stages debt capital, derivatives, structured finance, risk must choose five option modules. of the energy finance process, and assesses Money Laundering and Corporate Fraud management and investment portfolio products. the major legal models used in international You will examine the risks from and remedies It also develops the soft skills you will need in Derivatives and Structured Finance: Law energy transactions. You will learn to address for white-collar crime, and evaluate national this area of practice, including negotiations and Practice risk allocation and risk mitigation, and analyse legislation and international conventions and network building, with meetings with senior You will examine the law and practice relating and construct legal documentation concerning dealing with white-collar crime. You will also lawyers and directors of major companies. to structuring, documenting and executing financing sources, environmental issues, be able to identify types of criminal behaviour, structured derivatives, capital markets and bilateral and multilateral credit support, loans, determine the liability of those participating finance transactions. It will enable you to collateral, and permits. in that behaviour, analyse and apply the CORE MODULES identify, analyse and mitigate the legal and defences available for defendants, and identify reputational risks inherent in structured finance International Project Finance Law the importance and use of computers and the Dissertation or Project transactions. The module will give you the The Dissertation module allows you to extend This module focuses on large-scale, internet in white-collar crime. tools to analyse, as lawyers, the complexity capital-intensive projects throughout the your research into a topic of your choice within of international financial transactions relating the broad field of corporate finance law. You world, including power generation, energy, Please note that option modules are subject to derivatives and structured finance, and the infrastructure and urban regeneration. Project to student demand and staffing availability, will need to agree the topic with the module skills to examine and critically assess financial leader, and it must not replicate materials finance lawyers/consultants predict and resolve therefore not all modules will be offered in the products and techniques that constitute the a large number of potential risks involving same academic year. covered in other areas of your coursework. The building blocks of modern structured finance. Project module enables you to independently political, commercial, credit quality, insurance, default and bankruptcy issues. They draw up explore research and analyse a given topic or International Corporate Governance question. It will draw from the areas of general documents which capture a ‘mini legal system’ ASSOCIATED CAREERS Corporate governance is increasingly regarded reflecting the entire legal process for a wide corporate finance law and will be of an as vitally important to individual companies, the This course will be of benefit if you are seeking applied nature. range of project participants. You will learn to wider market and the economy as a whole. In address risk allocation and risk mitigation, and to work in any of the range of disciplines this module you will examine the legal risks of involved in corporate finance law, including Investment Banking Principles and Practices to analyse and construct legal documentation directors of corporations and stakeholders, and concerning financing sources, environmental accountancy, corporate banking, corporate This module covers the key investment banking analyse their ethical duties in varying contexts finance, corporate law, investment banking, principles and practices. You will develop the issues, bilateral and multilateral credit support, of corporate culture. You will also investigate loans, collateral and permits. private equity and venture capital, as well as in skills you need to examine, assess and prepare how decision makers make judgements in an related fields. professional-level business plans, private increasingly information-rich and complex placement memoranda and prospectuses. Islamic Finance and Securitisation Law world, consider the impact of corporate cultures This module will give you a full understanding You will also study confidentiality agreements, and values on managers’ strategic financial fundraising from the investment banking of the practical and theoretical aspects of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS decision making, and examine the impact of Islamic finance and banking, and the essential perspective, initial public offerings, and stock global risks, ethical duties and socio-cultural You will need to hold a good Second Class exchange trends and market requirements. principles underlying Islamic finance. You Honours degree (or non-UK equivalent) with values in financial and corporate capital will review and assess the modes and legal decision making. an average of 55 per cent or above in Law Legal Aspects of Corporate Finance structures of major financial transactions by or a related subject. We will also consider You will develop a broad and deep Islamic finance institutions, and their corporate applicants who lack standard qualifications International Corporate Governance, governance structures. You will also undertake understanding of the legal issues concerning Managing Global Risks and Ethics but have significant professional or managerial corporate financial transactions, including a legal and financial analysis of securitisation experience in a relevant field. If your first You will gain a comprehensive understanding structures in Islamic finance. the interaction of corporate law and finance, of corporate governance issues at the board language is not English, you will need an and the legal mechanisms for fundraising in IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent. The University level, relating to major financial transactions, Legal Aspects of International Finance the financial markets. There is a special risk management and compliance under US offers pre-sessional summer programmes if you emphasis on the regulations, customary rules International finance is increasingly need to improve your English before starting and EU securities regulations and investment transforming itself into a borderless activity, and practices of the venture capital market. law. You will be able to advise on financial your course. The areas you will cover include basic frequently sourcing capital and undertaking regulatory reforms issues, risk management investment transactions throughout the United accounting, basic drafting, corporate structure, and ethics from practical legal and long-term exit routes, finance contracts, regulatory issues, States, Europe, Japan, China and other philosophical perspectives, and to advise on jurisdictions around the world. During this sources and types of investment, tax, and the design of financial products that meet broad transfer of shares. module you will examine the dominant legal social needs. models influencing international financial and

72 CORPORATE FINANCE LAW LLM westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law CORPORATE FINANCE LAW LLM 73 Research Theory and Practice Law of Digital Entertainment and Social Media ENTERTAINMENT This module introduces you to the research Considers how law and technology has LAW LLM* methodology including general concepts of created and influences law in relation to the legal and social scientific (empirical) research, digital entertainment business including the and gives you a deeper understanding of the creation and distribution of products, examines principles of advanced research. It will enable how technological advances have affected Length of course you to consider the relevance of these methods relationships and rights within the digital One year full-time or two years for the study of law. It will also enable you entertainment business. It analyses ways that law part-time. to evaluate your own work and that of other has responded to the digital environment and researchers and authors. technological change and examines legal issues Location arising from the development and use of social Central London (Regent) The Regulation of Relationships media for business and personal purposes. in the Entertainment Business Course fees and funding You will cover the formation and content of a See westminster.ac.uk/fees number of relationships within the entertainment ASSOCIATED CAREERS business. Focusing on contract and contractual As an entertainment law graduate you will Course Leader theory as well as the broader context of relationships within entertainment, you will be able to develop a career in a whole Chris Ellins range of legal and non-legal professions [email protected] examine the negotiation process involved in music business, sports contracts and other within the entertainment industry. This is a media contracts. You will also study the role of contemporary commercial law subject giving a modern edge to traditional law subjects Entertainment is a large part of life globally professional organisations in the development of contractual terms, and analyse deficiencies and is well respected by employers. Among in many forms such as music, film, media, other careers, graduates have worked as sports and the arts. It is a combination of in contractual bargaining and term formation COURSE CONTENT that have led to legal intervention by the courts. entertainment lawyers, in roles in management society, popular culture and commerce, and agencies, music, media, film, sports or The course aims to develop your understanding the interaction of these with law produces publishing companies, and collecting societies. an exciting contemporary commercial of how key fields within the entertainment subject with eclectic outcomes. It is an area business operate, to assess the impact of the OPTION MODULES law upon them, and give you the practical deeply affected by technological progress Merchandising in the Entertainment Business skills necessary to succeed in a career in ENTRY REQUIREMENTS as well as business adaptation. This course This module considers the creation, protection entertainment and media law. combines academic analysis and commercial and merchandising of entertainment brands You should hold an Honours degree (Upper practice elements of entertainment law in an and products. It examines legal issues of brand or Lower Second Class Honours degree, international perspective. The diverse nature development in the entertainment business in with average of 55 per cent or above) in of entertainment law will enable you to follow CORE MODULES particular in relation to the use of trademarks, Law, or a degree with a skills profile which a number of relevant specialisms, all of which shows an aptitude for legal study, but we Intellectual Property in the Entertainment Business passing off (unfair competition) and design law, are underpinned by issues of contract and will consider mature applicants without You will study the protection provided to including the relationship of copyright law, and intellectual property. standard qualifications who have significant creative works by intellectual property law. You associated contract law use. professional experience in the relevant field. will also examine essential legal issues in the The course will suit graduates from a law Please contact us for an informal discussion context of the entertainment business, such as Areas include personality rights, character background, or those from a non-law if you fall outside the standard category. This copyright (creation, infringement, ownership merchandising, sports merchandising, background who have significant relevant course has been very successfully completed and control), privacy for entertainment sponsorship, online and off-line brand creation experience. There have been many successful by a wide variety of non-law graduates. If Law personalities, protection of ideas, the role and and protection, ambush marketing, as well as international graduates on the course from all is not the subject of your first degree, evidence relevance of trade marks and performers rights fashion and design protection. over the world. It will give you the opportunity of Law-based modules or relevant experience together with issues of enforcement. to explore new ideas, thoughts and academic Law and Media: Content and Control should be supplied. If your first language is not experiences within a supportive environment. English, you will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or Postgraduate Dissertation in Law This module will analyse the legal regulation equivalent. The University offers pre-sessional The Dissertation module allows you to extend of content and control of the media. You will summer programmes if you need to improve your research skills and develop an analytical examine contemporary policy and regulatory your English before starting your course. understanding of a specialist topic of your choice frameworks for public and commercial media set within the broad field of entertainment law, with in the light of technological advancement. You supervision for your independent research. You will develop awareness of legal and regulatory will need to agree the topic with the module issues in operating the media such as censorship leader, and it must not replicate materials covered and advertising. *Subject to approval in other areas of your coursework.

74 ENTERTAINMENT LAW LLM westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law ENTERTAINMENT LAW LLM 75 GRADUATE DIPLOMA COURSE CONTENT “I had heard horror stories The Graduate Diploma in Law will enable you about how tough the GDL IN LAW (CPE) to develop your knowledge and understanding was but the lecturers were of basic legal principles, their application to the brilliant at structuring

formulation and resolution of legal problems, the course in a way that and an enquiring, logical and critical approach was easy to process and Length of course to legal analysis. It builds upon the academic they offered assistance One year full-time or two years and professional expertise previously acquired whenever it was needed. part-time (two evenings per week) by graduate students and develops the relevant Unlike a number of other providers, skills needed to demonstrate competence in Westminster also delivers the majority Location legal practice. of lecturers live, which I found particularly Central London (Regent) helpful as it gave me the opportunity to By the end of the course, you will have interact and ask questions when it Course fees and funding a greater understanding of the areas of was needed.” See westminster.ac.uk/fees law studied, of the legal process and the interrelationship between different areas of Kate Sills Course Leader law in a national and European context. You Graduate Diploma in Law Derek Lavery will also be able to identify, find and use a [email protected] range of sources of legal information to assist in legal research, analyse legal information Equity and Trusts and apply it to the solution of problems. This intensive conversion course is designed You will consider the historical development for non-law graduates of any discipline, or of equity and the concept of the trust, and overseas law graduates who wish to qualify as the rules on creation of express trusts. The either barristers or solicitors. The course begins FOUNDATION SUBJECTS module compares public and private trusts, and trusts for non-profit making associations. It with a two-week introduction to the English Contract Law also focuses on the principles of resulting and legal system and the legal profession. You will This will introduce you to modern English constructive trusts, trustees’ powers and duties, then study the seven foundation subjects. contract law as part of the wider law of and issues relating to liability for breach of obligations. The course examines formation trust. Equitable remedies are examined and, If you successfully complete the course you will of a binding contract through agreement, the where appropriate, compared with common be eligible for entry on to the Legal Practice scope of both positive and negative contractual law remedies. The impact of the Human Rights Course (LPC) or the Bar Professional Training obligations, factors which affect an otherwise Act 1998 is also considered. Course (BPTC). enforceable contract, and remedies available for breach of contract. In addition, the course Land Law We have been successfully running this considers special rules applying to particular This subject opens with an introduction to land conversion course since 1977 and our types of contract. students have taken a variety of first degrees ownership, before considering three main areas of land acquisition – adverse possession, the at a wide range of universities. Our teaching Criminal Law formalities associated with s.2 of the Law of team contains a rich mix of those who are You will develop your understanding of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989, professionally qualified and others who are criminal liability, and be able to analyse and an outline of the conveyancing process. active researchers. The course therefore criminal law, as well as appreciating its You will also look at the landlord and tenant provides a stimulating learning experience. nature, scope and purpose. The course relationship, lease/licence distinctions and This is reinforced by our small class sizes and covers the general principles of criminal law, leasehold covenants. Other areas covered the supportive atmosphere within Westminster including the definition of a crime, elements of include the rules relating to notice in registered Law School. criminal liability, defences, inchoate offences, and unregistered land, overriding interests, and complicity. You will also focus on a number freehold covenants, easements and profits, of specific offences, including fatal and non- and co-ownership. The module concludes by fatal offences against the person, theft and studying licences and estoppel, and mortgages. criminal damage.

76 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LAW (CPE) westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LAW (CPE) 77 Law of the European Union You will develop your understanding of INTERNATIONAL AND the legislative and judicial structure and COMMERCIAL DISPUTE functioning of EU institutions, the fundamental characteristics of EU law, its methods and RESOLUTION LAW LLM procedures, and its relationship to national law. You will then apply this knowledge to substantive areas of law, such as the economic and social law of the internal Length of course market, social policy and competition law. One year full-time or two years The module shows how EU law has been part-time (January start available) influenced by its historical, political, economic and social contexts. Location Central London (Regent) Law of Tort You will consider the key areas in the modern Course fees and funding law of tort such as negligence, defamation RELATED COURSES See westminster.ac.uk/fees and trespass, and discuss the legal rules, • Legal Practice LLM (LPC) concepts and policies involved in relevant case Course Leader law and statute. The course also examines the Richard Earle wider social and economic issues raised by ASSOCIATED CAREERS [email protected] particular areas of tort, and the operation of the tort system. The course is designed for those graduates who wish to qualify as a solicitor or barrister. The The course is intended for anyone wishing Legal Skills full-time course also enables overseas students to demonstrate a commitment to contentious In addition to the legal skills that you learn as to gain an English law qualification in one year. law in public and private international and part of the course we aim to provide a series of commercial legal contexts. The taught part of extra curricula activities such as mooting and the programme includes modules which reflect Pro Bono/clinical work. These help to put your ENTRY REQUIREMENTS the three main forms of dispute resolution process, namely adjudication (litigation and legal knowledge into a practical context. You will need a minimum of a Lower Second arbitration), alternative dispute resolution (ADR Class Honours degree in a non-Law subject, – principally mediation), and negotiation. Public Law or equivalent postgraduate degree. If your This module looks at the structure and first language is not English, you will need an This course should be distinguished from the principal characteristics of the constitution of IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent. The University International Commercial Law LLM course (see the UK, comparing it with other constitutions, offers pre-sessional summer programmes if you page 32) which is primarily concerned with and analysing how it affects the exercise of need to improve your English before starting non-contentious aspects of commerce (modules governmental power and the protection of your course. fundamental rights. You will gain a greater include competition law, trade, and insurance). understanding of the role of the organs of Applications for the full-time Graduate Diploma Class sizes are, in general, quite small, and government and their relations with each in Law course must be made online at you will be able to mix with students on other other, and the doctrine of Parliamentary lawcabs.ac.uk. Applications for the part-time Masters courses in Westminster Law School. supremacy. You will also examine the impact Graduate Diploma in Law course must be made of membership of the European Community on via ukpass.ac.uk the UK’s constitution, the extent of prerogative powers, mechanisms for the protection of COURSE CONTENT fundamental rights, and the role of judicial The course provides an opportunity for in-depth review and its relationship with the rule of law. study of the substantive and procedural issues involved in the field, and also the acquisition Project in an Additional Area of Law of skills involved in some of the processes. You will be required to write a 4,000-word It is centrally concerned with law and other essay, from a choice of titles covering areas rules (international and commercial) which are such as employment law, human rights and applicable in adjudication and also in the other intellectual property. dispute resolution processes.

78 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LAW (CPE) westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law INTERNATIONAL AND COMMERCIAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION LAW LLM 79 In addition to taught modules, there is also arbitration (excluding international arbitration Restorative Justice: Cultures, Integration and Law Other approved modules such as International the Dissertation module which provides between sovereign states and non-sovereign This module provides an introduction to the field Commercial Litigation and Private International an opportunity for developing a specialist entities in the context of cross-border direct of restorative justice, covering international, Law might be made available depending on knowledge of a small area of the field, which investment). You will examine the law and domestic and public aspects of the field, demand and the Head of Westminster Law might lead to a publishable article. practice of international arbitration in the major and the main processes involved in dispute School’s approval. arbitration centres of the world, and explore prevention and resolution. The module includes how different legal systems, and arbitrators consideration of conflicts within and between CORE MODULES from different legal cultures, interact in the groups, and victim-offender mediation and ASSOCIATED CAREERS course of resolution of commercial disputes other processes within the field. Perspectives on Conflicts and Disputes by arbitration. The course is designed to benefit a wide range This taught module introduces some of the NEGOTIATION of individuals who are committed to developing essential elements of dispute resolution, and Foreign Direct Investment Arbitration Negotiation: Theory, Contexts and Practice their knowledge, skills and insights into is designed to enable anyone to develop This module introduces you to the study of The aim of this module is to introduce the study contentious international and commercial dispute insights into the nature of international and public international arbitration between and practice of negotiation in the contexts resolution. The range of individuals who can commercial disputes and how they might best sovereign states and non-sovereign of international and municipal commerce, benefit include: more experienced practitioners be resolved effectively. entities, such as companies, in the context of international affairs and international law, such as potential judges, arbitrators, and cross-border direct investment. You will examine examining inter alia issues arising out of mediators; other professionals who need to Postgraduate Dissertation the investment and disinvestment relationships conflicts and disputes in those contexts. Among have advanced appreciation of international This module allows you to develop a knowledge between disputing parties (state and private) the areas covered are the relationships between and commercial law, such as civil servants, and understanding of a specialist portion and the nature, function and interpretation of pairs of negotiators; negotiators and the law; diplomats, directors, insurers, journalists, of the field of international and commercial foreign investment instruments. You will also negotiators and ambient cultures; and theories linguists, and managers; and paralegals and dispute resolution. You will have the support of explore the relationship between international and practices of negotiation. newly qualified practitioners who need to fill in a supervisor for this independent research and law and municipal investment laws, and the gaps left by their existing qualifications and writing process. You must agree the topic with tribunals and awards. PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL experience to date. the module leader. The topic International Human Rights Law must not replicate your own prior work or International Commercial Arbitration This module introduces you to the protection The course is also ideal if you want to progress anyone else’s work. Your work for this module You will be introduced to the study of of human rights in international law. You towards a PhD programme. The course will should provide you with advanced skills in international commercial arbitration from will gain an overview of the historical and also be beneficial for you if you are taking a research, analysis, evaluation, and writing, the perspective of the English jurisdiction philosophical background of human rights, and gap year between career stages, and if you all of which should stand you in good stead (London seat). The aim is to include four pairs a greater understanding of the protection of are from continental European Union or other for any subsequent academic, practitioner, of overlapping relationships: between parties human rights at the international level through countries and want to improve your English for government, or business career. and tribunals; between parties and courts; the UN and regional systems (with particular career purposes. between tribunals and courts; and between emphasis on Europe). You will also study Research Theory and Practice England and foreign fora. There will be focus, contemporary issues in international human This module introduces you to the general inter alia, on the ICC (institutional arbitration) rights law, such as refugees, humanitarian ENTRY REQUIREMENTS concepts of legal and social scientific and the New York Convention. intervention, responsibility to protect, and (empirical) methods of research, and gives You should have a good Honours degree terrorism and torture. in Law or any non-law subject from a UK you a greater understanding of the principles MEDIATION of advanced research. You will consider the university, or the equivalent from a non-UK Mediation: Concepts, Evolution and Practice Peaceful Settlement of International Disputes university, and satisfactory references. Other relevance of these methods for the study of This module introduces you to the modes and This module will introduce you to the various law, which will enhance your understanding qualifications or experiential routes can culture of mediation as a dispute resolution techniques and institutions available in sometimes be agreed. If your first language of the legal, social scientific and philosophical process in a range of contexts, with a detailed international law for resolving disputes between debates on methodology and practice. It will is not English, you will need an IELTS score of analysis of the growth of mediation practice States. You will examine diplomatic means 6.5 or equivalent in each of the elements. Pre- also enable you to evaluate your own work and and theory, as well as current and possible of dispute settlement, including negotiation that of other researchers and authors. sessional summer programmes are not normally future trends. You will become familiar with the and mediation, and legal means of dispute appropriate for this course. conceptual, legal and practical frameworks for settlement – arbitration and litigation. You will mediation, and how it is used in the UK and also consider the availability of alternative OPTION MODULES internationally. You will also develop basic mechanisms for the resolution of inter-state RELATED COURSES ARBITRATION mediation skills, learn to appreciate the disputes, and the range of international courts Comparative Commercial Arbitration: roles of those taking part in the mediation and tribunals that now exist. The module • Conflict Prevention, Dispute Resolution MA Law and Practice processes, and acquire communication and refers to specific past and pending cases and • International Commercial Law LLM You will be introduced to the study of other skills which are particularly useful in the disputes, and there will be a special emphasis comparative international commercial mediation context. on the law, practice and procedure of the International Court of Justice.

80 INTERNATIONAL AND COMMERCIAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION LAW LLM westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law INTERNATIONAL AND COMMERCIAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION LAW LLM 81 CORE MODULES International Tax Law INTERNATIONAL You will analyse the nature of tax, taxation and COMMERCIAL LAW LLM* Dissertation tax bases in the law, giving you the opportunity The Dissertation module allows you to to survey the legal and non-legal implications extend your research into a topic of your of cross-border taxation. You will also study choice within the broad field of international the interaction between states and taxpayers, commercial law. You will need to agree the Length of course treaty law and tax conventions, and the role of topic with the module leader, and it must not One year full-time or two years international bodies such as the OECD. replicate materials covered in other areas of part-time (January start available) your coursework, other than any Dissertation Law of the Internal Market of The Proposal written as part of the Research Location European Union Methods and Theory module. Central London (Regent) This module explores the key elements of the EU’s internal market. You will start with the Foundations of International Commercial Law Course fees and funding evolution of economic integration between This module enables you to analyse the key See westminster.ac.uk/fees the member states, and follow this with an principles for the application of international in-depth analysis of the main elements of the commercial law, and the context within which it Course Leader internal market. This includes free movement operates. You will develop your understanding Simon Newman of goods, free movement of persons, right of of the legal rules affecting the international sale [email protected] establishment and free movement of services. of goods contract, and high-level research skills In order to present the internal market from in this subject and its related fields. a broader perspective two lectures are This course balances the best of a rigorous, devoted to recognition of diplomas and public traditional legal education with a contemporary procurement. There will also be an emphasis on perspective. Our areas of specialisation OPTION MODULES free movement of capital and payments. address today’s most important business Carriage of Goods and legal challenges, including the study of You will explore the contractual and legal Law of International Sales commercial relationships in the international relationships of persons involved in a carriage This module will give you the opportunity arena, the role and impact of electronic of goods arrangement. This module covers the to evaluate and critically examine the law commerce, and the gradual harmonisation of international carriage of goods by sea, air, governing the international sale contract. You will international commercial law. road and rail, with sea carriage as the main be introduced to the intricacies of international focus. The module deals with the two principal sale transactions, especially the content of the contract of international sale, the use of standard This Masters is not merely about what you learn forms of contracts used for the carriage of trade terms (such as the INCOTERMS 2010), in the classroom, it is also about actual practice in goods by sea, the charter party, and the and the rights and remedies available to sellers today’s world of globalisation and international contract of affreightment. The emphasis of and buyers. You will also examine the role of commerce. That is why the LLM provides, in the module is to examine legal principles documentation in international sales, and will addition to a strong academic dimension, a against the backdrop of current shipping have the chance to discuss the role of the Vienna concentrated, real-world-oriented legal education. practice and documentation. Convention on the international sale of goods. The course offers you the opportunity to develop Corporate Social Responsibility Issues in Law Relating to Payment and Trade Finance strong academic and practical skills in a highly Business and Law This module introduces you to how the competitive and intellectually satisfying area This module looks at the tension for corporate international sale of goods is paid and of law. It is ideally suited to those who come entities between their business goals and their financed. We examine the law which applies from a commercial law, international business, social responsibilities. It draws a distinction to the payment and finance of international management, or economics background. You between the legal and ethical demands sales, and the practical commercial issues will have the opportunity to explore your on business in relation to corporate social this specialised field entails. Areas covered own ideas, gain knowledge and enhance responsibility and studies the ways in which include the fundamental principles relating to transferable skills in a supportive environment. the two intersect. It analyses the domestic documentary credits, the operation and legal You will benefit from a strong programme of and international frameworks, together with effect of the different types of documentary visiting speakers, excellent online materials key industry initiatives, in the field. You will credit, their relationship with the sale contract, and learning resources, top-quality instruction be exposed to a range of methods and best and the use of performance guarantees. and a professional and practical focus in a practices followed in the business environment department with a strong research profile. to meet CSR needs. Legal Aspects of Electronic Commerce You will examine the legal and commercial *Subject to approval framework for electronic commerce, and

82 INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL LAW LLM westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL LAW LLM 83 the key aspects of the law of contract in that modules from other LLM courses: context. You will also study relevant English and • Foreign Direct Investment Arbitration INTERNATIONAL EU legal provisions on aspects of electronic • International Banking Law and Regulation LAW LLM* commerce, including online data transmission, • International Commercial Arbitration online marketing, electronic payments, • International Energy and Climate copyright and domain name disputes. The Change Law module also looks at how current law could • International Law of the Sea Length of course be applied to resolve difficulties thrown up by One year full-time or two years • Private International Law – electronic commerce and IT. part-time , September and January starts Substantive Commercial Multinational Corporate Entities • One free choice LLM module from any Location This module will introduce you to the study other course. Central London (Regent) of several facets of multinational corporate entities. These include the role and effect of Please note that option modules are subject Course fees and funding multinational corporate entities in cross-border to student demand and staffing availability, See westminster.ac.uk/fees trade and investment, the power balance therefore not all modules may be offered in between multinationals and sovereign states, any one academic year. Course Leader and international and national approaches to Professor Marco Roscini control of multinationals. You will also consider [email protected] the international and national consequences ASSOCIATED CAREERS of incorporation of businesses, and the Former students have found employment accountability of the multinational personnel. in accountancy, banking and finance, This specialist international law course commodities, corporate and commercial law, provides an innovative focus on contemporary Protection of Commercial Industrial Property legal and political issues in the international Rights (Intellectual Property) export-import, insurance, international and national trade and marketing bodies, community. With globalisation, international You will develop your knowledge of commercial international organisations, IT, shipping and law is becoming increasingly important industrial property/intellectual property law, freight, tax, and the public sector. and this course prepares you for your future combined with an appreciation of how modern career in the international arena. Our LLM intellectual property rights (IPR) operate in the attracts students from every nationality international online environment. The module and background, not only those who have analyses commercial property rights in an ENTRY REQUIREMENTS previously studied law, but also those with international context, with a particular focus on You will typically be expected to have a a degree in political science, international challenges to IP in the new online environment. minimum of a Second Class Honours (or relations, economics or other relevant Topics covered include copyright and fair use, equivalent) degree in Law or an equivalent non- discipline. This creates a uniquely vibrant trademarks and domain names, patents and law degree and significant legal experience. and stimulating learning environment in design rights, and confidentiality rights. You will also be considered without standard which to study international Law. The LLM qualifications provided you can show you International Law is linked to the International Research Theory and Practice are sufficiently motivated to study effectively Law at Westminster Research Group. For more This module is designed to prepare students on a Masters programme and/or have had a information, please see westminster.ac.uk/ for LLM Dissertation work. It introduces you significant amount of relevant experience. If international-law to the general concepts of legal and social your first language is not English, you will need scientific (empirical) methods of research, and an IELTS score of 6.5 (including 6.0 in writing) develops your understanding of the principles or equivalent. If your IELTS score or equivalent COURSE CONTENT of advanced research. You will consider the is below 6.5 in one or more areas you may relevance of these methods for the study of be asked to take a pre-sessional English The course will enhance your understanding law, as well as giving you an understanding programme at Westminster before starting of the key principles of public international of the legal, social scientific and philosophical your course. law, the main developments within the public debates on methodology. It will also enable international law framework and the process you to evaluate your own work and that of of globalisation and its significance for other researchers. Finally you will work on your international law. Dissertation Proposal. RELATED COURSES • Corporate Finance Law LLM International Commercial Law students may • International and Commercial Dispute also take up to three of the following taught Resolution Law LLM *Subject to approval

84 INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL LAW LLM westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law INTERNATIONAL LAW LLM 85 CORE MODULES mitigation of climate change, and its impact on economic zone, high seas, and deep seabed. international energy law and policy. The module also considers the resolution Dissertation of competing claims to maritime areas and The Dissertation module enables you to gain a International Human Rights Law resources, and focuses on concerns arising deep knowledge of the concepts and principles The module introduces you to the protection of from human use of the oceans, such as of international law. You will need to agree the human rights in international law. You will gain maritime security and piracy, exploitation of topic with the module leader, and it must not an overview of the historical and philosophical offshore resources, fisheries management, replicate materials covered in other areas of background of human rights, and a greater the conservation of marine biodiversity, and your coursework, or comprise work submitted understanding of the protection of human rights marine pollution. for any other award. The Dissertation will at the international level though the UN and help you to develop your powers of analysis, regional systems (with particular emphasis Peaceful Settlement of International Disputes synthesis, application and evaluation, and your on Europe). You will also study contemporary You will be introduced to the various techniques advanced research skills. It will also introduce issues in international human rights law, such and institutions available in international you to legal practical research skills and the as humanitarian intervention, responsibility to law for resolving disputes between states. range of specialist resources available for protect, terrorism and torture. This module examines diplomatic means Please note that option modules are subject studying your chosen area. of dispute settlement, including negotiation to student demand and staffing availability, International Humanitarian Law and mediation, and legal means of dispute therefore not all modules will be offered in the Public International Law This module covers the regulation of the rules settlement – arbitration and adjudication. You same academic year. You will analyse the sources and subjects of and customs of war, including the status and will also consider the availability of alternative international law, state responsibility, and protection of prisoners of war, the protection mechanisms for the resolution of inter-state the implementation of international law into of civilian populations, the use of certain disputes, and the range of international courts municipal law, and gain an overview of weapons, the status of combatants and and tribunals that now exist. The module ASSOCIATED CAREERS the defining legal principles of international belligerents, and the criminal consequences refers to specific past and pending cases and On completion of the course, you will be able relations. You will also focus on the settlement of the violations of the laws of armed disputes, and there will be a special emphasis to specialise in a wide range of careers or of international disputes and the enforcement conflict. You will gain a deep knowledge of on the law, practice and procedure of the academia. Our gradutes have worked for of international law. The module will help international humanitarian law, and a thorough International Court of Justice. institutions such as the United Nations, non- to develop your general transferable skills, understanding of practice and law relating governmental organisations (for instance, including oral and written communication, to key concepts, such as prisoners of war, Research Theory and Practice Amnesty International), the legal departments independent study, time management, research, combatants, protected persons, neutrality and This module introduces you to the general of governmental institutions, law firms, and and problem solving. war crimes. New forms of warfare, such as concepts of legal and social scientific professional services firms. There are also cyber warfare and drones, are also addressed. (empirical) methods of research, and develops opportunities for further research or teaching. your understanding of the principles of OPTION MODULES International Law and Development advanced research. You will consider the International and European Refugee Law You will study law and policy relating to relevance of these methods for the study of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS international development, including the law, as well as giving you an understanding This module focuses on the root causes of You should hold a good Second Class Honours right to development in international law, of the legal, social scientific and philosophical forced migration, the changing meaning of the degree (or equivalent from a non-UK institution), international development assistance and debates on methodology. It will also enable term ‘refugee’, and its legal definition. You will with an average of 55 per cent or above in poverty alleviation, and law and policy relating you to evaluate your own work and that of examine the protection afforded to refugees in law, social science, international relations or a to overseas development assistance in the UK other researchers. international law, the role of the UNHCR, and related subject. Applicants who lack standard and the EU. The module will give you a greater regional refugee protection regimes. qualifications but have significant professional understanding of the global challenges for United Nations Law experience in the relevant field or related development, and will give you the skills to This module covers the institutional and legal International Energy and Climate Change Law professional qualifications may be considered. undertake informed policy and advocacy aspects of the United Nations. In particular, you This module will introduce you to the principles If your first language is not English, you will work internationally. will focus on: the composition and functioning of international law relevant to the development need an IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent. of its main organs (Security Council, General and use of energy resources. You will examine Please visit the International Law LLM course International Law of the Sea Assembly, Secretariat, International Court of the principles relating to permanent sovereignty page on our website for more information on This module will introduce you to the Justice, Economic and Social Council, Human over natural resources, ‘shared’ resources and the specific IELTS requirementswestminster. comprehensive legal framework of the Rights Council); membership of the UN; the resources outside areas of national jurisdiction. ac.uk/law. The University offers pre-sessional international law of the sea. You will examine provisions of the Charter dealing with the use of You will also consider the impact of other summer programmes if you need to improve the various maritime jurisdictional zones armed force; the collective security system; and principles of international law on the energy your English before starting your course. sector, such as international environmental law, recognised in international law, including peacekeeping operations. foreign investment and trade law, and human principles relating to the territorial sea, rights. The module has a strong focus on the archipelagic waters, international straits, evolving international legal framework on the contiguous zone, continental shelf, exclusive

86 INTERNATIONAL LAW LLM westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law INTERNATIONAL LAW LLM 87 COURSE CONTENT Commercial Law small group sessions are case-study based, and LEGAL PRACTICE LLM This module will give you a broad working in many cases students access and view trading (LEGAL PRACTICE Full-time knowledge of the law and practice in this area, websites during sessions and for private study The full-time course begins with an intensive which relates to City practice and commercial in order to advise the client. COURSE) foundation period which will introduce law practice in high street firms. It builds on you to the underlying areas of law and practice the commercial aspects of the Business Law Employment such as Professional Conduct and Regulation, and Practice course, providing an additional You will study contentious and non-contentious Taxation, Financial Services, and Solicitors’ range of knowledge about commercial law employment law, and examine individual Length of course Accounts. It also covers the course skills of (including intellectual property). The practice employment rights from the perspective of One year full-time or two years Writing, Drafting, Advocacy, Interviewing of commercial law exists in an international both employees and employers. Following an part-time (evening) and Advising, and Practical Legal Research. and European Union (EU) context, and this is introduction to the key elements of employment You will go on to study the three Stage One an area which is directed and changed, often law, you will look at a range of topics including Location LPC core practice areas – Business Law and rapidly, under EU and international influences. discrimination, employment contracts, maternity Central London (Regent) Practice, Property Law and Practice, and Civil Increasingly, commercial clients (whether and parental rights, redundancy, termination of and Criminal Litigation – together with Wills selling electronically or by traditional employment, transfer of undertakings, tribunal Course fees and funding and Administration of Estates. Stage Two of marketing methods) see their home market practice and procedure, and unfair dismissal. See westminster.ac.uk/fees the course involves completing three options as being the EU. (subject to availability) from the options subjects Entertainment and Media Course Leader list below. Commercial Litigation The entertainment and media module entails the Martin Skirrow You will focus on civil litigation within a study of law, contracts and practice across a series of diverse industry sectors – advertising, [email protected] Part-time commercial context, with an introduction to the The part-time (evening) course mirrors the subject and a study of alternatives to litigation. film, music, publishing and sport. You will look full-time course in content and provides a Other issues covered during the module at the exploitation of relevant IP – particularly include arbitration, freezing injunctions, interim copyright – through the creative industry sectors The Legal Practice Course (LPC) is regulated by convenient and affordable route to becoming injunctions, search orders, security for costs, and will consider the impact of undue influence, the Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA) and is a solicitor. You study Property Law and Practice and Civil and Criminal Litigation in Year One and specialist courts. You will also examine restraint of trade and the rules for contracting the compulsory vocational course for anyone the foreign element of commercial litigation, with minors. The module also focuses on intending to practise law as a solicitor. (as part of Stage One of the course), together with one Stage Two option. You complete both looking specifically at EU countries and EU relevant media law – defamation, privacy judgements regulation. and contempt. Subject to availability, local Stages One and Two of the course in Year Two We have offered the LPC since its introduction entertainment and media practitioners may also by studying Business Law and Practice, and in 1993 and have established a reputation for Commercial Property contribute to some of the teaching. Wills and Administration of Estates, together the quality of our teaching and assessment, Commercial property is a vitally important with two further option modules. administration and individual attention that subject for students wishing to join firms that Family Law and Practice has been valued by both students and conduct property work and act for commercial Family is a special area of law and people examiners alike. clients. This module builds on your previous need particular skills to work in this field. You OPTION MODULES study of Property Law and Practice, focusing on will learn about the role of the solicitor in Based on our equally strong reputation for Clinical the disposal of interests in land in a commercial working with parties who may have practitioner-oriented research, we are now This module gives you the opportunity to context, the main contents of a typical an important continuing relationship. You excited to be offering you the opportunity to undertake real client legal work under the commercial lease, and landlord and tenant may work with very different types of firms study both the LPC and a Masters Degree, an supervision of tutors working in the Westminster law. You will also study the key principles of depending on your interests – such as high LLM in Legal Practice, as part of one award. asset divorce, the high street mixture of divorce, Law School Student Law Clinic. You can acquiring greenfield sites for development, the There is also the option to take the LPC without secured lending principles when acting for a children and finance, or care proceedings, choose to specialise in one of three ‘streams’ the LLM should you wish to do this. prospective mortgage of development land, involving children at risk, for a local authority. of work – either housing, family or property. and the main issues when acting for property The course starts by focusing on the emotional The focus is on experiential learning through In order to be eligible for the award of the dealers who buy and sell reversions occupied impact of being a family lawyer, and goes on reflection, analysis and planning. You will LLM, you will need to complete an 8,000 word by business tenants. to cover children, divorce, domestic abuse, discuss your learning experiences which will dissertation by way of addition to all of the finance and public funding. then be recorded in experiential learning log LPC Stage One subjects and skills and three Internet and Social Media sheets and your work will also be subject to Stage Two electives as currently required by the This module concentrates on the legal issues Housing Law and Practice file review, which will measure the quality SRA. If you wish to progress to the dissertation arising from web presence and online trading. Housing law is quite a specialist practice of work you are undertaking. The aim of the you must demonstrate satisfactory progress You will consider a range of topics, including area and concerns rented, rather than owner- module is to improve the substantive quality of on Stage One of the LPC in accordance with the legal status of websites, the information occupied housing, but still affects many people. legal casework undertaken and to engender the Assessment Regulations and also pay the websites must give to customers, who owns the Many high street housing lawyers have public experiential professional learning within and University top-up fee. rights to websites, and where e-traders can be funding contracts and also do welfare benefits beyond this course. sued. You will look at and apply the relevant work. Other housing lawyers work for local law to real-life situations on live websites. The authorities or firms that advise organisations

88 LEGAL PRACTICE LLM (LEGAL PRACTICE COURSE) westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/law LEGAL PRACTICE LLM (LEGAL PRACTICE COURSE) 89 such as housing associations. The main areas All modules are subject to tutor availability and of work involve advising and representing in student demand. landlord and tenant issues such as possession, MEDIA, ARTS AND DESIGN disrepair and harassment actions. Housing lawyers also help people enforce their GRADUATING WITH THE LLM statutory rights in the area of homelessness and housing benefit. Social Research Methodology: Principles and Practice and Dissertation in Legal Immigration Law and Practice Practice Modules This module aims to give you a foundation to understand the legal context of immigration While you are free to exit the LLM in Legal and asylum law, and an understanding Practice with a Postgraduate Diploma in Legal of the processes and procedures used by Practice (the LPC), if you wish to graduate the administrative institutions regulating with the LLM in Legal Practice in addition immigration. By the end of the course you will you may complete two additional modules have studied the major legislative provisions – the Research Methodology module and governing immigration law, and have sufficient subsequently the Dissertation module. After you knowledge to advise and assist clients in all complete Stage One teaching and assessment, major areas of the subject. in order to graduate with the award of Legal Practice LLM, you need to: If you take Immigration Law you can also • Attend a series of research-orientated seek exemption from Level One of the Legal seminars Service Commission’s Immigration and Asylum • Formulate a research question and Accreditation Scheme. We are the only LPC methodology and then complete an provider currently authorised to recommend its 8,000 word dissertation on an area of students to the lSC for Level One exemption in legal practice of interest that you have this way. Students seeking Level One exemption encountered in stages One or Two or through Westminster will need to pay an the LPC. Progression onto the Research additional fee. and Dissertation modules is subject to confirmation by the University’s Exam Board Personal Injury and Clinical Negligence Practice and is subject to payment of the top-up fee. The aim of this module is to give you an introduction to personal injury and clinical negligence litigation, by building on the knowledge you acquired during the Civil ASSOCIATED CAREERS Litigation course. In the clinical negligence The Legal Practice Course (LPC) is part of the course there is more ‘law’ than the compulsory vocational course for you will have been used to on the LPC, to intending solicitors. ensure that you understand the concepts of tort law that are applied to the facts of any given case. The module is divided into two main parts: establishing liability for personal ENTRY REQUIREMENTS injury in the workplace, and modern clinical The University requires a minimum of a Lower negligence litigation. Second Class Honours in a qualifying Law degree or equivalent postgraduate qualification. Private Acquisitions This module is concerned with two types Applications for the full-time LPC course must be of acquisition: the sale and purchase of a made online at lawcabs.ac.uk business as a going concern (a business acquisition), and the sale and purchase of a For applications for the part-time LPC course, private company by share transfer (a share please contact the University directly: acquisition), in both cases from an unlisted T: +44 (0)20 7911 5017 company or private individuals. It will introduce E: [email protected] you to important aspects of practice as a commercial solicitor dealing with the sale and purchase of private companies and businesses.

90 LEGAL PRACTICE LLM (LEGAL PRACTICE COURSE) westminster.ac.uk/law westminster.ac.uk/mad FACULTY OF MEDIA, ARTS AND DESIGN 91 SEMESTER ONE provides a culturally- centred perspective FASHION BUSINESS that allows organisational leaders the MANAGEMENT MA CORE MODULES opportunity to attend to the influence of culture. Fashion Business and Supply Chain Management This module will help you find examples of how The fashion business dynamics and its fast- multicultural awareness can make your shifting product sourcing require an adaptable leadership task easier and promotes an Length of course attitude to spot business opportunities organisational culture that is more satisfying to One year full-time emerging around the world. Building profitable both individuals and their leaders by embracing relationships with partners and suppliers and and celebrating differences. Location balancing costs and risks are key challenges. Harrow and central London Strategic Fashion Business Management To transform an idea into a commercial product The module covers the theories, models, Course fees and funding involves a complex route: this module is tools and methodologies used in the field of See westminster.ac.uk/fees designed to provide an overall understanding strategic management specifically within the of how to manage a fashion business from fashion business. More course information concept to customer. It will explore a variety See westminster.ac.uk/fashion of perspectives on global product sourcing It aims to enhance your ability to play an and global supply chain issues with the aim of effective role in developing, implementing preparing you for the challenges of developing and monitoring strategy within a business in This course will equip you with the strategic and maximising a strategy whilst still the fashion or fashion-related industries. The decision-making, leadership and problem- responding efficiently and effectively to constant module especially aims to help you develop solving skills you will need to become an changes in consumer demand. a critical awareness of the management of entrepreneurial and visionary fashion business creativity and design within a global context. leader of the future. It continues the University’s Creative Team Building Fashion enterprises at every level inherently fashion tradition of a commitment to excellence This course aims to provide you with a thorough enjoy advantages as well as face the in developing highly effective, talented and grounding in the theory and practice of vulnerabilities of the market conditions. This committed professional fashion graduates. managing creative people in organisations, at unit opens windows into strategic and creative both strategic and operational levels. It also thinking, analytical evaluation, and business Working closely with fashion industry aims to develop an awareness of the major strategy development as well as the decision- professionals, role models and mentors, you practical and theoretical dilemmas among making process. The business environment is will receive a relevant, well-grounded, high- individuals, groups and organisations, and to constantly changing and this affects the market quality education and skill base that will enable place managerial practices into an historical condition, business structure, strategy and style. you to have a wider, clearer understanding and international perspective, highlighting of the business you are already involved in. both traditional and emerging issues and The course offers inside knowledge of industry their importance to develop a sustainable SEMESTER TWO strategies and cultures on a global basis, competitive advantage. combined with key business skills and essential CORE MODULES fashion industry management knowledge. This module will acknowledge the challenge Finance and Entrepreneurship of managing creative individuals in the fashion The Finance and Entrepreneurship module business and managing diversity and conflict combines theory and practical knowledge of which may arise. Through case studies and in finance in the fashion industry. It also provides COURSE CONTENT class group work you will examine issues and a practical, real-world approach that presents This course equips you for a business challenges inherent in recruitment, placement the common financial problems (and solutions) management career in the domestic or and retention of creative teams and the entrepreneurs often face especially in the international fashion industry. Delivered by a growth and compensation via human fashion world. teaching team with a wide range of experience resource management. both in industry and academia, the course With the increasingly critical role played by offers an innovative and relevant fashion As organisations evolve globally, leaders face finance and financial management in the business curriculum that focuses on preparing new opportunities, risks and demands that success of global business, a solid grounding your entry into senior roles in business and challenge and stretch their abilities in the in the principles and techniques of finance management within the industry. context of leading, managing and communicating is essential for a successful business venture. with people of different cultures and The module is designed to develop your management structures as well. Leadership understanding of the core financial aspects of in a diverse and multicultural environment business as well as entrepreneurship through

92 FASHION BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad FASHION BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA 93 the preparation, interpretation, use and analysis order to balance a competitive advantage of strategic financial information in the context with profitability in the global fashion market. of an understanding of the strategic need for the survival of global business. Managing Change and Innovation One of the fundamental elements of the Fashion This module represents a mixture of financial industry is that it is producing something new and management accounting, corporate every season or is reinventing itself. This is finance and risk management. The principles clearly evident in the constant change in the and concepts underlying each of these subject products produced. Change in the processes and areas are examined with particular emphasis organisation of the industry are also constantly being placed upon their practical application occurring – they are less evident but are in the international fashion industry. equally important.

Fashion Marketing and Brand Management Globalisation of the industry and significant With the competition in the fashion business technological advances has led to an increased at its fiercest, it is imperative that companies variety and velocity of change much greater understand and develop successful and than in the past. effective marketing strategies for product development and brands for the mass market Managers in the industry today need to be as well as the luxury goods market. alert to these changes and know how to manage them. These changes can be initiated This module will stimulate critical and intellectual by new product or process innovations or can skills and allow you to explore the challenges be forced upon the industry by external factors. INDUSTRY LINKS ASSOCIATED CAREERS of developing fashion marketing strategy, to The effective management of any type of The idea of a Fashion Business Management The course is designed to attract applicants include an understanding of the fashion market, change is essential for a business to survive MA was formulated in discussion with industry with a recognised design, retail management or the marketing mix, the consumer, how to make and requires deep understanding of the impact leaders. Building on the success of our distribution/manufacturing background. With appropriate product adaptations to meet change can have on the people and processes Fashion Merchandise Management course guidance from the academics and professionals consumer demands, developing strategy to within the business. and, in particular, the close collaboration with in this field it is anticipated that you will go on protect and ensure effective intellectual industry we spoke extensively to senior fashion to enter senior management positions and move property protection for a brand. This module looks at how a fashion business executives. Many felt that although doing an up the career ladder. can successfully innovate and how the changes MA in Fashion Business Management would The module also aims to help you effectively need to be managed to be successful. This not ensure promotion, potential candidates Our alumni can be found working develop and overcome challenges in the module will be discovering and then analysing who learn how to apply the knowledge they in senior positions all over the world in many marketing environment in order to successfully the theory and practice of the management of gain from the course can become leaders who fashion roles and include such well-known understand how to penetrate new markets change and innovation. can inspire others. Those candidates need brands such as Aldo, Dior, Dunhill, Harrods, and manage brands in order to balance a to understand the values and culture of the Hermes, Louis Vuitton, Marks and Spencer, competitive advantage with profitability in the Major Fashion Business Management Project industry and, most importantly, recognise the Nordstrom, Prada and many more. fashion business. The Fashion Business Management Project difference between information and knowledge builds on the skills and experience derived from and have clearly defined goals. Several of our alumni have also gone on to This module will include: the previous modules. You will be provided with study at PhD level and to further academic • an understanding of the global the opportunity to apply all of the knowledge This support from the industry is important research. Others have set up their own business fashion market gained during the programme into a major both for you as a student and to the future or successfully taken over a family run business. • the global marketing mix project to address fashion business issues development and relevance of the MA. • the consumer and challenges while adding to the body of We will continue to foster and maintain these professional practice and theoretical literature. important links with the fashion industry, and • how to make appropriate product ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ensure that our Fashion Business Management adaptations to meet consumer demands Supervised by a faculty member in collaboration MA stays at the forefront of education for the Entry to the course is based on a combination • developing the strategies to protect with yourself and a potential fashion industry future leaders in the fashion industry. We will of formal qualifications and significant industry and ensure effective intellectual property representative, the Fashion Business Management also continue to invite many prestigious and experience. You should have a First or Upper protection for a brand Project is recognised by graduates as one of eminent guest speakers from the industry Second Class Honours in your first degree in • ensuring and effectively developing and the most rewarding and empowering to participate on all the modules, ensuring that any subject, as well as a minimum of two years’ overcoming the challenges to successfully experiences of the entire programme. the course remains relevant, informed and up- working experience in the fashion business or understand how to penetrate the market in to-date with current industry practice. marketing. If English is your second language you should have an IELTS score of 6.5 with 6.0 in each element.

94 FASHION BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad FASHION BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA 95 taught alongside a suite of Masters courses Media Work Experience INTERNATIONAL in Westminster’s highly successful Centre for As London is the media capital of Europe, MEDIA BUSINESS MA Creative Industries Management. there is a great opportunity for you to take work experience as a part of the course. This could be in long established companies or CORE MODULES start-ups. While the course team and work Length of course experience unit will advise you on placements, Media Business Dissertation One year full-time it is your responsibility to actively pursue work A taught module and group workshops in the placement opportunities. Our students have Location first semester guides you in conducting a major secured work placements at media companies piece of independent research which could be Harrow including: the BBC, Universal Music, Blue either practical or academic in focus. In the Rubicon PR, Kameleon Brand Engagement, Course fees and funding second semester you will receive individual and Paul Smith Fashion. tuition in how to develop your research questions, See westminster.ac.uk/fees collect and analyse data. The dissertation is a More course information 15,000-word piece of original research on a topic agreed with your supervisor and related OPTION MODULES See westminster.ac.uk/journalism to the business, economic, political or cultural You will take one option module in the first and factors shaping the performance and practices one in the second semester. The following of media businesses. The course is designed for recent graduates provides an overview of current option modules. seeking a career in traditional and new media At the time of publication all option modules Media Business Strategy organisations. It provides a combination of were under review, please refer to our website This module integrates Business Strategy and business and media skills designed to equip for up-to-date information. Planning. You will conduct case study analysis you to take up an entry-level position in today’s of a media company facing major environmental media organisations. changes, you will learn how to produce a SEMESTER ONE competitive analysis of a media organisation You will learn how media organisations are and present strategy recommendations to OPTION MODULES engaging with the challenges resulting from faculty. In teams, you will learn how to develop the emergence of digital media technologies Global Media a new media business idea, write a business and and platforms. The course introduces you to This module examines key developments in financial plan and present this to a panel the processes by which media organisations the media and communications industries of industry experts and media investors. develop their corporate strategies, business associated with the logic of globalisation. plans, marketing and production operations You will explore the complex nature of the Media Markets as they respond to radical change in the globalisation process, focusing on the emergence This module introduces the economics of the commercial environment. of both supra-national and sub-national media and content industries, including developments, and explore the relationship broadcasting, print, film, recorded music and The course is designed to enable you to find between new contexts of production and interactive media. You will learn how to research and take up work placements and internships questions of collective culture and identity. and produce a market report examining the at media organisations in London during the revenue and cost structures of these industries, course of your studies. Our students have Media Operations and the economics of key processes of successfully completed internships at TV (Recommended Option Semester One) production, distribution and consumption. You production companies like the BBC, technology This module addresses the operational will also learn to use tools enabling decision- companies like Google, as well as many other challenges involved in the management of making based on quantitative market data. multimedia, advertising and news organisations media companies. You will analyse the in London. Some have successfully started their structures and managerial practices of media Media Production Skills own businesses in the UK. organisations and the design and management This module enables you to develop your practical of digital supply chains. You will develop and critical understanding of how media content Whether you are planning a career in a media transferable skills in content development and is created and distributed. You will develop and organisation or seeking to create your own multiplatform media project planning. Other improve your newswriting techniques for different new business start up, the MA International topics covered include analysing audiences; media platforms; learn how to develop research Media Business aims to provide the analytical content creation and creativity; performance and write your own professional blog; design a insight, operational knowledge and planning management; digital media supply chains; website in teams using individual and team skills you will need to prosper. The course is planning digital media workflows. working skills; acquire a knowledge of ethical considerations faced by journalists.

96 INTERNATIONAL MEDIA BUSINESS MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad INTERNATIONAL MEDIA BUSINESS MA 97 Political Analysis of Communications Policy from the Anglo-American, which has often been communications and foster relationship building. and technology and implications for market As international regimes and national touted as a model of universal applicability. However, public relations is only just beginning structures and business models, as appropriate. regulation become increasingly important in the to recognise the value of these platforms and creation and delivery of communications, it Corporate Communications incorporate them into communications strategies. Please note some modules are limited in number. becomes necessary to understand how the two How do organisations manage their reputation This course is intended to help you understand levels interact. This module will introduce you to even when in a crisis? These are some of the the new media toolkit and how it can be used those theories of policy making and questions which you will address in this module. for PR purposes. You will also look at the ASSOCIATED CAREERS international relations which provide tools for You will learn how to analyse stakeholders and potential of new media metrics for evaluating the analysis of communications policies, and prepare a communications strategy. campaigns and demonstrating value. The course Most graduates of the course find work in the their dynamic interaction at the national and is taught through a series of workshops and media industries soon after graduation. Some international level. Consumer PR practical exercise. start at an entry level while others have used This module is designed to equip students their knowledge and work experience to rise Study Skills with some of the necessary practice skills Marketing, Creativity and Innovation quickly to a more senior level. A smaller number This module can be taken in addition to the required to gain entry into the expanding This module focuses on creativity and of graduates have started their own media option module. It is designed for students whose employment market. The module content innovation in marketing and their impact businesses or worked in non-media businesses. first language is not English, or who have no explores the role and practices of PR within on increasing the competitive edge of experience of the UK education system. It is political, corporate and advertising context. organisations (across all sectors). The module intended to help you to produce written work in The aim is to enable students to critically explores the complexity of the creative process ENTRY REQUIREMENTS accordance with current UK academic standards analyse issues such as rise of the global brand, and innovation at the individual, group and and practices. You will be taken through the magnification of the media, the growing role organisational levels and helps students You should possess, or be expecting, a good first process of producing a piece of written work, of lifestyle and social marketing. develop the competencies of a creative/ degree (equivalent to at least an Upper Second from note taking to editing and referencing. innovative manager. Class Honours) or equivalent; or have relevant Fashion Marketing and Brand Management professional experience. If English is your Technology and Communications Policy This module will stimulate critical and Music Marketing Management second language you should have an IELTS This module will introduce you to a range intellectual skills and allow you to explore the Marketing and promotion is essential to score of 7.0 with 6.0 in each element. of broadcasting and telecommunications challenges of developing fashion marketing the music industry; it sells tickets, recorded technologies, enabling you to assess the strategy, to include an understanding of music services and products, and is a economic and political issues surrounding the fashion market, the marketing mix, the fundamental tool for developing talent. RELATED COURSES each technology. Topics covered include consumer, how to make appropriate product Through this module you will explore a variety • Communication MA capital investment in networks, how and why adaptations to meet consumer demands, of perspectives on marketing management technologies change, strategic interests and developing strategy to protect and ensure issues including the challenges of developing • Communications Policy MA communications, and substitutable technologies effective intellectual property protection for the artist and their music, identifying potential • Diversity and the Media MA and the creation of markets. a brand. consumers and fans, marketing and promoting • Global Media MA music-related services and products through • Media and Development MA The module also aims to help you effectively various media channels including social • Media Management MA SEMESTER TWO develop and overcome challenges in the media. You will focus on expanding an • Multimedia Journalism – Broadcast, or Print marketing environment in order to successfully understanding of how music marketing and and Online MA/Postgraduate Diploma OPTION MODULES understand how to penetrate new markets promotion fits into the contemporary music • Public Relations MA and manage brands in order to balance a industry through the study of best practice, Students choose from a range of options across • Social Media, Culture and Society MA the school including the following: competitive advantage with profitability in the concepts and theories that inform how industry fashion business. professionals operate. Chinese Media This module is for you if you have little or Fashion PR Policies for Digital Convergence no knowledge of the Chinese media, but From luxury brands to the high street, the The module studies digital convergence and the nevertheless realise that for anyone interested world of fashion relies on promotion and role of policy and regulation in facilitating and in the media in the world today, some public relations. This module gives you an controlling that process. The focus is on internet- understanding of the biggest national media opportunity to take a backstage tour of the related policy debates and concepts drawing system is a necessity. The objective is to fashion industry and design a campaign for mostly on developments in the USA, the introduce participants to the Chinese media, a leading fashion brand. European Union and the UK, but with a critical in the context of a world order changing on awareness of the issues facing developing, account of the growth in wealth and power PR and New media transitional and small countries. of several countries, in particular China. The Many commentators argue that digital and social Chinese media are seen as a factor in this, and media are the natural tools for public relations It critically assesses competing arguments also as an example of a media system distinct practitioners because they facilitate two-way concerning the interplay between policy

98 INTERNATIONAL MEDIA BUSINESS MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad INTERNATIONAL MEDIA BUSINESS MA 99 COURSE CONTENT distribution and consumption. The module ASSOCIATED CAREERS MEDIA provides tools enabling decision-making based The course provides a rounded suite of on market data. Graduates of the course are working in mid- MANAGEMENT MA managerial and commercial skills, rooted in level and senior positions in analysis and a critical understanding of today’s media and Media Operations and Organisation consultancy, business development, content content industries, building on our role as a distribution and creative team leadership. Length of course The module addresses the fundamental leader in UK media research. Practice-based They occupy managerial roles within media One year full-time or two years part-time challenges involved in organising and assignments, such as the integrating business- managing the operation of media companies. organisations, project management, regulation planning project, play an essential role in and policy and strategy analysis. Location It examines the degree to which it is possible to enabling you to apply ideas and learning in Harrow apply conventional management techniques for a creative fashion. The course consists of eight achieving efficiency and quality in the creative Graduates from the Media Management MA credit-bearing modules and an additional key have found roles in a wide variety of media Course fees and funding and editorial processes of media organisations. skills module which includes the use of organisations including: CCTV, Hunan Television, See westminster.ac.uk/fees In particular the module focuses on how quantitative methods and software tools. digitisation and convergence are changing the State Administration of Radio Film and Television (China), the BBC, eBay, Screen Digest (UK) More course information methods of managing those processes. Deutsche Telekom (Germany) NTV (Russia) MBC See westminster.ac.uk/journalism CORE MODULES Responding to a Changing Media Environment (South Korea) NDTV, Hindustan Times (India) You will acquire the skills and knowledge to Welhoo (Finland) and Globo TV (Brazil). Dissertation transform the information and insight gained Media professionals and media firms are united The course culminates with a major research- through analysis into strategic recommendations Success in their Masters has allowed many to in their need to acquire the commercial, strategic based project. You will take a research and and proposals for commercial initiatives. The move into more senior roles within the and managerial skills to prosper in an industry methods course designed to introduce you module introduces a range of theoretical and businesses they have been working in, to undergoing constant fundamental change. to the key tools for collecting and analysing practical tools and techniques enabling you to transfer to new sectors of the media, or set up This course is designed to address these needs, evidence. Group work in Semester One orients formulate solutions to problems and apply them their own businesses. developing entrepreneurial leaders equipped you towards identifying and refining your in a practical and realistic fashion. The module to deal with the complex and novel challenges individual research topic, which must be explores structured innovation techniques, the presented by new technologies, consumer specific to the Media Management MA. marketing and branding of media products and behaviour, and evolving business models. Topics must be related to the strategic and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS services, as well as business planning. commercial challenges faced by media You will typically have a good Honours degree The course will enable you to identify and businesses. You will be encouraged to focus (Upper Second Class or equivalent) in a Strategy Implementation in the Media Firm analyse strategic and operational problems your research upon the challenges and relevant discipline and significant relevant The module addresses the key challenges facing and opportunities, understand, quantify and opportunities confronting a specific media professional experience. You will generally be media organisations as they attempt to manage access national and international media firm or group of media organisations. expected to have at least a year’s experience of a period of unprecedented, radical change. markets, and use foresight and planning working in an editorial, creative or business The course builds on the work done in Media techniques to understand and respond to Media Management: Strategy, function. If English is your second language you Management and Strategy, and Media change. As well as being able to manage Context and Tools should have an IELTS score of 6.5 with 6.0 in Operations and Organisation to address the complex media projects, you will also have the This module provides an overview of the course each element. practical questions of how to implement skills to engage in strategic direction setting, and the strategic and operational disciplines changes to the way media organisations and deploy business-planning skills and excel in required for modern media executives. It also media professionals actually work. leadership and implementation. introduces you to a number of conceptual tools that you will use throughout the course. The The International Media Firm in Transition The course is delivered by academic staff module analyses key drivers for change within How have media firms around the world dealt with lengthy experience of advising and media industries and the context for managerial with the task of synthesising commercial and managing media organisations. Teaching decision-making. You will also acquire important strategic solutions to the challenges they face? methods are based around practical problems skills in report-writing and professional This module examines the ways in which private and include in-class exercises and individual presentation technique. and group projects and assessment. and public media organisations are changing. It will highlight key topical issues such as the Assignments will enable you to develop and Media Markets challenge of piracy and file sharing, the switch apply your skills in creative project development This module will introduce you to the economics to on-demand, and the impact of globalisation. and business planning. of the media and content industries, including The module combines methods derived from broadcasting, print, film, recorded music and foresight studies with your own directed interactive forms. You will examine the revenue research to engage with concrete problems and cost structures of these industries, and the facing international media organisations. economics of the key processes of production,

100 MEDIA MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MEDIA MANAGEMENT MA 101 COURSE CONTENT We welcome applications from individuals MENSWEAR MA who have either a First or Upper Second Class The taught project-based curriculum will Honours degree in fashion, textiles or design- progressively develop students’ confidence related subject areas, or the professional in an interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary experience that demonstrates an equivalent Length of course context that encourages imaginative, practical knowledge and commitment to study for an Two years and theoretical knowledge to the highest level Honours degree. of strategic and tactical competence. Location Selection for interview will be made on the Harrow Year one: Formative. Self-directed and strength of a virtual portfolio that evidences industry related work aimed at establishing a individual motivation and how this is developed Course fees and funding diagnostic, reflexive and critical approach that through the process of designing. Applicants See westminster.ac.uk/fees establishes each student’s potential. invited for an interview will be set a project to complete and add to their portfolio as a new More course information Year two: Summative. Self-directed with essential body of work that identifies future direction. See westminster.ac.uk/fashion industry-related work aimed at developing the As the technical process is integral to design highest level of creative thinking, specialised students will be asked to bring garments and process and professionalism aligned to students’ toiles to interview. In this time of creative ambiguity it is essential individual aspirations. that we develop and empower the individual. Portfolios need to evidence a strong, unique Therefore, this entrepreneurial Menswear MA style in response to a range of creative recruits ambitious and envisioned designers ASSOCIATED CAREERS experiences. The ability to develop and apply to work on their creative expression through personal research through accompanying The MA Course builds upon Westminster’s personal research, process development and sketchbooks and visual diaries is important. long history of producing menswear graduates informed professionalism. Critically engagement with a given brief and capable of working at the highest levels of thoughtful, perceptive and responsible work will the international fashion industry. Within the The Course is delivered by the most inspiring constitute an essential part of our evaluation. and informed menswear design professionals last four years Menswear graduates from Westminster have secured design roles for who provide a learning environment that You will be asked to identify in writing, through companies as diverse as Tom Ford, Burberry is supportive, challenging and defined by the set project and the interview process a Prorsum, Alfred Dunhill, Topman, Alexander students’ application proposals. Through self- specific area of personal interest aimed at McQueen, Harrods, GAP, Belstaff, J.W. directed and set projects students will generate creating a positive contribution to the menswear Anderson, Bottega Veneta, H&M, Adidas, Pull original and contextualised ideas, technique industry that they envisage studying in depth & Bear, Aitor Throup, Timothy Everest, and and process that establishes them as influential while on the course. and informed menswear designers. James Long. Others have established their own companies including Aaron Tub, who set up The level required by the University for this Bazar14 and Liam Hodges who was recently In order to define a sustainable career path and course is IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in awarded the NEWGEN award and shows at effect influence upon fashion, whose boundary each element. is subject to social, economic, cultural and London Collection Men. technological flux, it is important that our students establish their aspirations within a global design context. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This two-year course is the destination for the most creative, driven and original thinkers who will shape the contemporary menswear and design-based industries. Entry is based on a combination of formal qualifications, industry experience, portfolio, garments and demonstration of commitment through a considered study proposal.

102 MENSWEAR MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MENSWEAR MA 103 CORE MODULES knowledge, ideas and more. You will gain a MUSIC BUSINESS firm understanding of the various dimensions A&R Music Development of IP and copyright, and the tools and strategies MANAGEMENT MA This module will critically explore the primary to identify, protect and manage them. You will relationship with the music industry of artist and also explore the international perspective of repertoire development, commonly referred to as ownership issues, contracts, licensing and the A&R. The A&R department of any music Length of course commercialising of IP, including business and company is where the process of music creativity One year full-time or two years part-time legal issues, domestic and international and production start; it is the research and copyright law, and music industry agreements. development department. This module seeks to Location critically evaluate the evolution of A&R within the Central London (Cavendish) Live Music Management music industry by examining contemporary artists The module will critically examine the case studies within each session from both a local Course fees and funding development of the internal live music market, domestic and international music industry See westminster.ac.uk/fees which is now the largest source of revenue in perspective. You will be expected to contribute the commercial music market. This module will and practise your contemporary musical More course information critically evaluate the historical development knowledge in each session and develop an A&R See westminster.ac.uk/music of the live music sector from the perspective of strategy for an act you have identified as having the key stakeholders, from artist and bands to commercial or cultural significance. record companies and live agents. This course is recognised highly in music business Entrepreneurship and Finance for Music Business Management Project management education and will prepare you to Creative Industries become one of the next generation music industry The Music Business Management Project is This module is concerned with the critical leaders and entrepreneurs. All teaching staff on recognised by graduates as one of the most evaluation of entrepreneurial business the course are currently working in the music rewarding and empowering experiences of structures and finance in the creative industries. industry, and every week there are a number of the course. You will be supervised by a member Entrepreneurial business and finance for high-level industry guests. You will need to be a of the University faculty, and possibly supported creative industries increasingly has a significant self-motivated and open-minded student, as this by a music industry representative, to carry effect on the development and promotion is an intense course, but one which can help out research in an area agreed between of new talent and is particularly relevant you to progress your career across a wide range yourself and the module leaders and/or to students from both a creative and of music business disciplines. industry professional. The subject must address entrepreneurial background. This module current music business issues and concerns and is designed to provide you with a solid should incorporate relevant music business introduction to media economics, financial theories, academic research design and critical COURSE CONTENT management and entrepreneurship in the analysis. The Project builds on the skills and Working with music industry leaders and creative industries. It will equip you with the experience you have gained in previous organisations, the course has developed a tools to analyse financial documents and modules, and gives you the opportunity to unique curriculum. You will be able to combine analyse business finances. It will provide apply programme knowledge to a major a strong underpinning of key business skills insights into traditional accounting practices, project, adding to the body of professional (finance, leadership, organisational management, as well as providing you with the knowledge practice and theoretical literature. marketing and entrepreneurialism), with essential to produce industry standard business and music industry management knowledge marketing plans based on industry financial Music Industry Structure, Role and Development (strategic innovation and technology, intellectual practices. It will examine entrepreneurial issues This module provides you with a historical property and copyright, and a focus on the live facing creative industry firms and small businesses perspective on the development of the music industry and digital content exploitation). and will provide an overview of the activities industry and aims to help contextualise the required in starting and managing a business. current state of the industry and its place within Teaching is mainly through lectures. In each it. Teaching is delivered in a weekly lecture and module there is a minimum of two assignments. Intellectual Property and seminar session format. The first set of lectures The final project is a report of a minimum of Copyright Management is dedicated to investigating the histories of 12,000 words. Intellectual Property (IP) and copyright are discrete areas of the music industry, such as central to the music industry, where successful copyright, piracy, music and media. The management of a firm’s IP and copyrights can second half of the module provides a general provide a powerful competitive advantage. history focused upon the development of the IP and copyright can cover works as diverse post-war British record industry from the 1940s as songs, master recordings, videos, to the present day. Along the way, the usefulness

104 MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA 105 MEDICAL JOURNALISM GRADUATE DIPLOMA*

Length of course Eight months full-time

Location Harrow

Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/fees

More course information See westminster.ac.uk/journalism

Building on the success of our unique one- year Medical Journalism BA Honours course for medical students, we are now offering a similar course aimed at a wider range of health professionals. If you are a nurse, pharmacist, psychologist, physiotherapist or trained in any other therapeutic occupation, you may have considered broadening your skills to include of analytical such as Peterson’s ‘production of ASSOCIATED CAREERS journalism. This specialism could be aimed at culture approach’ are also considered. The either a wider audience, particularly as health seminar section of the teaching sessions Graduates have gone on to work in a wide stories play an increasing part in the news develop on the lecture content and involve variety of creative industries, from mobile agenda, or at a more specialised or ‘in-house’ discussion, small group work and other learning marketing through to the Arts Council. Many of audience. The course is also suitable for those activities aiming to build upon knowledge and our graduates are working in the music industry, who can show a strong interest in medical skills. You are also introduced to appropriate with companies such as Universal Music Group, and health issues, and wish to pursue a more research and study techniques. iTunes and Spotify. Our international students specialised career in journalism. are working around the globe in music Music Marketing Management companies, including EMI Holland, PIAS This course is designed to equip you with the Marketing and promotion is essential to the music European office and MTV Brazil. practical and intellectual skills necessary for industry; it sells tickets, recorded music services a career or part-time employment in medical and products and is a fundamental tool for and health journalism. The course has a strong developing talent. Through this module you will ENTRY REQUIREMENTS practical focus and you will be expected to explore a variety of perspectives on marketing develop story ideas and contacts, and gather You should have an Upper Second Class management issues including the challenges of your own material for journalistic course work. Honours degree (or equivalent). We also developing the artist and their music, identifying You will be given full training in using our consider applicants with significant industry potential consumers and fans and marketing and up-to-date media resources, newsrooms and experience. If English is your second promoting music-related services and products studios, ensuring that you graduate as a language you will need an IELTS score of 6.5, through various media channels including social multi-skilled journalist, able to work across with 6.5 in each element. media. You will focus on expanding an different media platforms. understanding of how music marketing and Our teaching staff are highly experienced promotion fits into the contemporary music journalism professionals, and you will industry through the study of best practice, RELATED COURSES have specialist tuition from a leading medical concepts and theories that inform how industry • Audio Production MA journalist. Many of our Medical Journalism BA professionals operate. • Interactive Media Practice MA graduates have successfully combined their medical careers with their work in journalism. *Subject to approval

106 MUSIC BUSINESS MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MEDICAL JOURNALISM GRADUATE DIPLOMA 107 COURSE CONTENT news stories and features for both print and the web. You will gain an understanding of the MULTIMEDIA There’s a strong emphasis on learning concepts and pressures of news gathering, and JOURNALISM – through practice and on making you aware the importance of developing contacts. You will of multi-platform journalism. Much of your also be able to add to your journalism portfolio BROADCAST OR assessed course work will be real journalism some TV and radio experience, both as assignments. The course is broadly very similar interviewer and expert interviewee. PRINT AND ONLINE to that taken by our postgraduate Multimedia MA/POSTGRADUATE Journalism students, who will be your Multimedia Journalism Skills (Medical) classmates, and your specially adapted A module for all postgraduate journalism DIPLOMA* modules will largely be taken alongside them students which aims to give you a critical to give you a broader journalism education. understanding of the concepts and techniques You will also benefit from the specialist seminars of contemporary convergent journalism, delivered by the Medical Journalism tutor. You including news values, story research, news Length of course will also be able to undertake a work placement writing and multi-media reporting techniques, One year (MA), or eight months (Postgraduate at a medical publication, and contribute to the including the use of audio and video material. Diploma) full-time. Part-time over two University’s multimedia news site, Westminster You will be expected to regularly keep a blog, academic years News Online (wnol.info). There’s also the and publish your work on the multimedia news opportunity to broadcast on Smoke Radio site, Westminster News Online (wnol.info). Location (smokeradio.co.uk), the University’s multi- Harrow award-winning internet radio station. Specialist Journalism – Medical and Health Journalism Course fees and funding This module examines in-depth the role of the See westminster.ac.uk/fees CORE MODULES specialist medical and health correspondent, and provides a critical understanding of the More course information Digital News Production importance of sources, contacts and See westminster.ac.uk/journalism Together with students from our Multimedia consideration of ethical issues and current Journalism course, you will be developing the debate in the field. You will also develop further best online techniques to run as a team a live, your specialist reporting techniques to provide a We are offering a new version of our very multimedia news website (westminsterworld. number of ‘multi-platform’ pieces of journalism. successful and popular MA in Journalism. The com), and contribute medical and health items to title reflects better the changes that have been its pages. sweeping across the media industry all over the world in the past few years. Although we have Magazine Project (Medical) ASSOCIATED CAREERS been continually updating the course to reflect During this module you will develop advanced Although designed to prepare students for a the fact that so many journalists these days skills in the content, design and layout of future in medical journalism, either full-time or have to be proficient in more than one form magazines, working as part of an editorial combined with a job in the health field, this of journalism, we feel we could do even more team to write health-related stories and contribute course could also lead to working in public to enable them to become truly ‘multi-platform’ to the design and production of a magazine, relations, in charity sector communications or journalists. These are the kind of journalists both as a ‘glossy’ and in electronic form. any other professional pathway which requires who are likely to be successful in years to effective specialised communication skills. come, and we want to make sure that those If you are planning to start a career in Media Law and Current Affairs (Medical) from Westminster are in the vanguard. journalism, or already work in the field, this A critical survey of some of the social, political course will equip you with the practical and and economic pressures on media across the The course now titled Multimedia Journalism ENTRY REQUIREMENTS intellectual skills necessary to succeed in world, looking at the ethical considerations (Broadcast, or Print and Online) MA, will offer a today’s media world; whether in print, online which are of key concern to medical journalists. For the Diploma, you would need to have a Postgraduate Diploma in Multimedia Journalism, media, multi-platform or broadcast journalism. This module will also help you gain an in-depth good degree and/or the relevant professional (Broadcast, or Print and Online), which will run You will still be able to specialise in a particular working knowledge of media law, government experience. Unless your secondary and further over eight months. There will be an option to medium on the course, but you will also and public institutions and the National Health education has been in English, you should take either the Masters or the Postgraduate develop a wider range of skills and be better Service, and how they relate to journalists. have an IELTS score of 7.0, including 7.0 in Diploma as a part-time course, which will run familiarised with the way that journalists work speaking and writing. You will need to be able over two successive academic years. Medical News and Feature Writing to demonstrate a strong interest in the UK news across different platforms. This is vital for In this module you will develop your skills media, and a knowledge of current affairs. people starting out in the profession. in writing general, medical and health-related *Subject to approval

108 MEDICAL JOURNALISM GRADUATE DIPLOMA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MULTIMEDIA JOURNALISM MA/PG DIPLOMA 109 The course has a strong practical focus, and You will have the chance to air your work on and economic pressures on media across the or arts and entertainment journalism, or you are expected to develop story ideas and Smoke Radio, the University’s multi-award- world, looking at the ethical considerations investigative reporting, including environmental contacts, and gather your own material for winning internet radio station, and contribute to which are of key concern to journalists, and and financial stories. There are also a number journalistic course work, finding stories which the University’s multi-media news site Westminster the provisions designed to safeguard media of other optional modules available, some from could be local, national or international. You News Online (wnol.info). In recent years some freedom. On this module, there is a variant for our theory based MA courses. will be given full training in using our up-to-date MA students have been able to go as ‘embedded UK students who will have the chance to gain an media resources, newsrooms and studios, journalists’ on Royal Navy and NATO training in-depth working knowledge of media law, and of Web Production: Westminster News Online ensuring that you graduate from the course as exercises, sometimes on board ship. government and public institutions in the UK, and A team or teams of students apply their editorial a multi-skilled, multi-platform journalist. how they relate to journalists. This is in line with the and reporting skills to run the live, multimedia syllabus requirements of the accrediting body, the news website.(wnol.info). Our teaching staff are highly experienced MODULES Broadcast Journalism Training Council. Students journalism professionals. The broadcast from outside the UK can take a more international pathway of the course is accredited by the These will include: perspective in their studies. ASSOCIATED CAREERS Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC). We have twice been acknowledged with the Broadcast News Magazine Project Although designed to prepare you for a career BJTC award for excellence in teaching and This module on the Broadcast pathway aims During this module you will develop advanced in journalism, this course could also lead to many of our students have won journalism to give you a grounding in the skills and skills in the content, design and layout of a career in public relations, communications, awards. Our graduates, both international and techniques of daily live radio and television magazines, working in a team to originate, or any other profession requiring effective UK based, have gone on to work with a variety news and current affairs. It is intended for those write, design and produce a magazine, both communication and practical skills. of leading media organisations including BBC specialising in broadcast journalism, but can as a ‘glossy’ and in electronic form. Designed News, BBC Radio, BBC World Service, BBC also be taken by those wanting to develop primarily for Print and Online students, it is also Online, ITN, Sky News, Sky Sports, LBC Radio, multimedia video and audio skills in more available as an option for Broadcast students. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Reuters, Condé Nast , The Economist, The depth. You gain an in-depth understanding Financial Times, The Guardian, to name a few. of the techniques of writing for radio and TV, Multimedia Journalism Skills You should hold a good first degree / Many graduates are now employed at well- reporting, presentation and studio production, A module for all postgraduate journalism students equivalent to a UK Upper Second Class known international organisations such as Al using the latest digital equipment. which aims to give you a critical understanding Honours. You should also have some journalism Jazeera, BBC Arabic and Persian TV, BBC of the concepts and techniques of contemporary work experience, whether a brief student Russian and Chinese Online, CNN TV and Documentary Skills convergent journalism, including news values, placement, or more extensive professional Online, Russia Today, Central China Television, This develops your TV and radio skills further, story research, newswriting and multi-media experience. You will also need a good Indian news channels such as NDTV, UTV and allowing you to develop advanced production reporting techniques, including the use of understanding of the media and current affairs. CNN-IBN, Phoenix TV, The Washington Post, and reporting techniques, enabling you to carry audio and video material. You will be expected If English is not your first language you are China Daily, and many other good journalism out longer form pieces of broadcast journalism. to regularly keep a blog, and publish your expected to have at least IELTS 7.0 with 7.0 in careers in countries around the world. work on the journalism department’s website, writing and speaking. Final Projects for MA Students Westminster News Online (wnol.info). The practical projects enable you to demonstrate Applicants should be prepared to show a commitment to a career in journalism and a COURSE CONTENT the skills and techniques learned during the News and Feature Writing course in greater depth. You will be working This module is for students specialising in written good knowledge of current affairs and the There’s a strong emphasis on learning through under a limited amount of supervision and each journalism on the Print and Online pathway. media. Two short assignments should be hands-on practice, using our professional project is accompanied by a written critical It aims to help you develop the skills and submitted as part of the application; the first standard facilities, and preparing students for analysis. Print and online students may choose techniques of writing news stories and features should explain in 250 words why you have the new world of multi-platform journalism; between researching and producing to professional across both print and web platforms, as well decided on a career in journalism, and the much of your assessed course work will be standard a series of articles on a related theme as gaining an understanding of the concepts second should be either a 300 word analysis ‘real’ journalism assignments. in a print format, or producing a professional and pressures of news gathering, and the of the print, online or broadcast media in your standard journalistic website. Broadcast importance of developing contacts. home country, or a 300 word analysis of how a We often invite other journalism professionals students will research, compile and present recent news story was covered in different UK as guest speakers or to critique student work. their own authored TV or radio documentary, Online Journalism media (more suitable for UK-based students). We help our students network with media investigating a current topic in depth. This provides an advanced understanding of professionals, and find opportunities for online journalism skills, combined with in-depth work placements. The course is taught over Alternatively, you may choose to research and tuition in creating a multimedia website, both in RELATED COURSES two semesters, followed by the largely write a 15,000-word academic dissertation, design and content. Small teams work together • Documentary Photography and self-directed final project for the MA students. exploring an aspect of contemporary journalism. to produce topical web-magazines. During Photojournalism MA Unlike most journalism MAs, you can undertake Semester Two, a number of visiting lecturers will a practical Final Project or choose to write a Issues in Journalism be delivering classes in more specialist areas of 15,000-word dissertation. A critical survey of some of the social, political journalism, such as travel or sports journalism,

110 MULTIMEDIA JOURNALISM MA/PG DIPLOMA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MULTIMEDIA JOURNALISM MA/PG DIPLOMA 111 COURSE CONTENT Public Relations and the Media PUBLIC RELATIONS MA* The module equips you with the professional The course combines practice skills with practice skills to manage media relations analytical tools and is highly participative. You including writing press releases, conducting will take part in workshops, debates, seminars, media interviews and preparing media events. Length of course presentations and group exercises including It also looks at the increasing role of digital One year full-time or two years part-time making pitches and presenting creative media including Twitter feeds, blogs and campaign ideas. The course runs for one year online newsrooms. Location (full-time) or two years (part-time). Harrow and central London Understanding Public Relations There are no formal examinations on this This module provides a critical evaluation of Course fees and funding course. You are assessed on course work the public relations industry and the context in See westminster.ac.uk/fees including essays, presentations, blogs, group which it operates. You will look at the role of work and your participation in class exercises. the practitioner and explore whether perceptions More course information of the industry are valid. You will also consider See westminster.ac.uk/journalism the professional aspirations of PR, ethics and CORE MODULES how the industry is changing in the context of digital media. Public Relations is a fast moving and dynamic Contemporary Theory and Issues in PR profession which needs adaptable, analytical and This module explores a range of perspectives innovative graduates. on PR. We look at the social, cultural and management approaches to PR, and examine OPTION MODULES This course is designed to produce the future the tension between these theoretical models and The option modules are taught by leading leaders of the public relations Industry. You will their practical application. practitioners and allow you to develop your not only learn the practical skills required to interest in specialist sectors within the PR embark on a career in PR, but you will also Dissertation Research Skills industry. You choose two option modules. gain the theoretical and analytical knowledge This module provides guidance on how to plan to help you get ahead. You will create campaigns, and conduct a piece of independent research Advertising planning and strategy pitch to clients, stage a press conference and into the PR industry. You will learn how to apply This module focuses on the need for strategic create videos and blogs, as well as write the theories, research methods and scholarly planning to produce compelling advertising, research reports, essays and a dissertation. You practice learned in your other modules to and evaluate its effectiveness. You will study a will also explore issues affecting the industry, produce an original 15,000 word dissertation. range of planning processes including market such as professional ethics and the impact of research, insight identification, and trend social and digital media. Planning and Managing a PR Campaign forecasting, with a key focus on media selection This module gives you an opportunity to and analytics. Throughout the module you The course has close links to the London-based develop and enhance your campaign would work with a client in order to structure a PR industry, and is one of a select few chosen management skills. You will plan, design and business problem into a creative brief. by the professional body PRCA for its University present a creative public relations campaign partnership initiative. These connections with and explore the relationship between PR Brand Management and Communications leading PR practitioners help you gain the agencies and your clients. This module highlights the role of brands practical knowledge and understanding you in contemporary society, their use by need to work in PR. organisations, and their significance for contemporary advertising and PR professionals. This MA is currently under review and will You will study the meanings of ‘brand’ include exciting new modules in advertising and ‘branding’, and investigate the and strategic communication. Please see the relationship between a brand, its products course page on our website westminster.ac.uk and its promotional strategies. Brand for the latest available information. image and corporate identity are covered with attention paid to the ideas of brand building, brand development, brand equity and brand extension.

*Subject to approval

112 PUBLIC RELATIONS MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad PUBLIC RELATIONS MA 113 Campaigning for Social Change ASSOCIATED CAREERS As trust in institutions declines how can NGOs AUDIO maintain their influence and change their This course is particularly relevant if you want to start, or to progress, a career in public PRODUCTION MA techniques to deliver successful campaigns? What does the new political and campaigning relations. Most graduates of the course are landscape look like? What are the current working in PR or related communications roles within a year of graduating. Of our several techniques? And how can you decide which is Length of course hundred alumni, many now operate at the most the best technique to use for your campaign? One year full-time or two years part-time senior level in their organisation.

Corporate Communications Location Many work in global PR agencies including How do organisations manage their reputation Harrow even when in a crisis? These are some of the Hill and Knowlton, Burson-Marsteller and Edelman, while others work in-house at questions which you will address in this module. Course fees and funding organisations as diverse as the Premier League You will learn how to analyse stakeholders and See westminster.ac.uk/fees prepare a communications strategy. and the United Nations. More course information Fashion PR See westminster.ac.uk/music From luxury brands to the high street, the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS world of fashion relies on promotion and You should normally have a good first degree public relations. This module gives you an qualification (Upper Second Class Honours) or This well-established Masters is the world- opportunity to take a backstage tour of the equivalent, although professional qualifications leading course in audio production, highly fashion industry and design a campaign for or substantial appropriate work experience regarded both nationally and internationally. a leading fashion brand. may be acceptable instead. The course relies It is accredited by the leading industry bodies, heavily on you being able to write and present including APRS, and is the JAMES National Online PR effectively in English, and if English is not Regional Centre – London, an Apple-accredited Digital and social media are changing both your first language, you need to have a training centre and a Skillset Media Academy. the communications landscape and the role minimum IELTS score of 7.0, with 6.5 in The course is designed to meet and exceed of PR. This module looks at the different each element, plus sufficient academic or professional standards, and will enable you to tools and explores how they can be used in professional background. reach the highest level in the creative use of PR campaigns as well as how they can be audio, and explore how creative ideas and analysed and evaluated. new technologies can be combined, enhanced and redefined. Political Communications and Public Affairs This module is designed to offer a As the major media education site in Europe, comprehensive introduction to the theory, the University’s Harrow Campus includes 14 principles and practices of political professional recording studios (three surround communications and public affairs. The course studios), a new teaching recording studio, involves looking at the roles and responsibilities Music Lab and an array of TV, post-production, of the key actors involved – politicians, radio, film and multimedia facilities built and journalists, campaigners and public affairs equipped to the highest standards. practitioners – and the changing nature of the relationship between them. In particular, the course will focus on the role and impact of new digital technologies, online and social media, and convergence.

114 PUBLIC RELATIONS MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad AUDIO PRODUCTION MA 115 COURSE CONTENT Music Production and Musicology This module will develop your professional DESIGN FOR This innovative course develops your creative practice of the creative industries through COMMUNICATION MA abilities in audio across music production, in-depth understanding of both practical sound design, radio, TV, film and multimedia, and theoretical aspects of music recording all supported by a robust understanding of and production processes, including mixing, the technologies involved. You will be able remixing and mastering in stereo and surround. Length of course to explore and expand as a creative artist One year full-time while achieving control and experience of a Synthesis and Sound Design for Animation professional audio environment. You will examine in detail the digital Location manipulation of audio data, location recording Harrow Applied Innovation and Interactive Design and Foley, the creation of sound libraries, and This module will introduce you to associated sound design for animation, enabling you to Course fees and funding programming packages for multimedia produce work to industry standards. westminster.ac.uk/fees applications. You will explore the innovative See interface design techniques, and work on More course information developing sound design for interactive media, westminster.ac.uk/art including small apps and computer games. ASSOCIATED CAREERS See Possible careers include music producer, Audio Visual Production and Cultural Theory audio and audio visual post-production This Masters reflects the multidisciplinary Focusing on the creative applications specialist, ADR, audio and audio visual nature of contemporary communications, of technology, theories and professional producer, composer, Foley artist, interactive bringing together key subject disciplines production practices, this module will develop audio design teams, location sound specialist, in visual communication including graphic into a study brief incorporating the construction programmer, radio production, sound design, moving image, digital media and of a radio drama, radio programme, film trailer designer and sound engineer. assembly and surround mix. It will also include illustration. The course will help you to develop a substantial piece of sound-to-picture work, the analytical skills and generate conceptual including location recording, music and audio thinking needed to prepare for high-level post for film and broadcast media. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS professional practice. You will need to have a portfolio of audio Entrepreneurship and Project Management and/or audio visual production works, We are committed to having a broad scope of for Creative Industries which demonstrates your ability to work in activities on the course, from traditional graphic This module facilitates learning of the key skills audio at a high level. You should be able to skills to future communication delivery methods. in creative industries business, entrepreneurship discuss how the course enables you to build The course offers strong links to new media and project management. You are given the towards a new area of creative activity and industries, and we work in collaboration with opportunity to develop their business ideas from employment. A good first degree is desirable, them, and use their advice and expertise, in the concept to completion through the production of although applicants with a strong portfolio ongoing development of the course content. digital media outlets whilst using PRINCE2 (Projects and professional industry experience will be IN Controlled Environment) methodology. considered. If English is your second language This is an ambitious programme for students you should have an IELTS score of 6.5 overall, who want to realise their creative potential Major Project with 5.5 in each element. and self-reliance, working as a freelance The Audio Production Project is your opportunity or small business operator in the challenging to negotiate a large-scale, self-determined, and changing world of the creative communication industries. original and inventive project, based upon RELATED COURSES several areas explored in the taught stage of the course. • Interactive Media Practice MA • Music Business Management MA

116 AUDIO PRODUCTION MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad DESIGN FOR COMMUNICATION MA 117 COURSE CONTENT been preferred. The module encourages the development of distinctive graphic and The content of the course is industry-focused, typographic visual language through visual and encompasses issues central to contemporary identity for specific target audiences. You will design practice through a process of analysis, develop a range of graphic and image-based experimentation and the practical testing and solutions, through collaboration, group working implementation of creative ideas. and presentations of case studies, while building contacts with industry. CORE MODULES Design Project B: Design Authorship Building on the experience you gain in Business for Design Project A, in this module you will focus on In this module you will examine the professional publishing and design authorship, acquiring context for design business, management and skills in areas such as editorial, magazine, enterprise. Through a series of lectures and book design, e-book, interactive and website seminars the module will focus on practices design. You will examine the traditional role of appropriate to freelance and small businesses. the designer as facilitator, the use of design to You will examine key elements of professional communicate other peoples’ messages, and the practice, and gain insights into the design notion of ‘designer as author’. You can work business through site visits and guest lectures on competitions, external projects, collaborative from industry professionals. The module will cross-course projects, and self-defined projects, give practical advice for starting up in business, as appropriate, and wherever possible we will covering topics including forming and naming run training sessions and workshops, to give your business, choosing and setting up premises, you the chance to improve your existing visual creative thinking and project management, communication skills and develop new ones. copyright and intellectual property rights, and marketing and managing your business. are among the key issues you will cover and an interview with the course team. Overseas Design Research Methods implement. This project will showcase your students will be asked to submit a portfolio This module enables you to develop your Critical Debates in Design potential as a visual communication designer either by post or electronically. It is essential research skills and methods at a deeper level, You will address and review current visual, and demonstrate your ability to work at a high that you have a good command of spoken and in preparation for further study at Doctorate social and technological debates in design, level of professional practice. written English language (an IELTS score of 6.5 level and for professional practice. It introduces and develop informed views on contemporary or equivalent overall, with 5.5 in each element). the field of design research as an analytical topics in design. The module will explore the role and practical tool for designers, and establishes of the designer’s responsibilities in a social, the role of critical thinking as a support to the ASSOCIATED CAREERS cultural and economic sense, the role of the development of an engaged design practice. GUEST LECTURERS designer in communicating to audiences, and As a graduate from this course you will be well Theoretical models of design analysis covered the construction of meaning in verbal and visual placed to work across all sectors of the design Throughout the course you will attend include semiotics, communication theory, language. You will increase your awareness and visual communications industries. You additional lectures that will bring relevance systematic approaches, semantics and discourse of debates and issues in the design field and will have the knowledge and background to and outside knowledge to all aspects of theory. The emphasis will be on why we do hone your incisive thinking skills alongside consider setting up your own design company, your study. Past guest lecturers have included: what we do and how we can ensure it is technical abilities. You will develop an engaged or to work on a freelance basis within this • Sean Perkins, North Design effective, through research testing, feedback reflective practice to make more effective use of lively and expanding sector, building on your • Gordon Young and a rigorous approach to design. your perceptions and discoveries, and work expertise and potential to be influential within • Victoria Talbot, Human After All practically and creatively with reference to a the visual communication industry. Major Project/Exhibition • Riccie Janus, Accenture wider cultural context. This module enables individual students and • Tony Kaye student teams to initiate, produce, manage and • Yoko Akama, Akama Design Design Project A: Visual Identity present a comprehensive design project. The ENTRY REQUIREMENTS During this module you will focus on visual • Bernie Bowers, Appleby Bowers major project is a summation of experience in You should normally have a good first degree identity and how an entity declares itself Creative Associates which you focus your interests, skills and or a professional qualification in an area of art, within an environment. Visual identity is one • Neville Brody, Research Studios aspirations as designers, and express them in a design or visual media. Students with other first of the central tasks of design. Organisations • Ivan Chermayeff, Chermayeff & Geismar substantial project. The intended target audience, degrees will be considered, but will be required previously described their identities as their • Harry Pearce, Pentagram design strategy, design exploration, research to show evidence that they possess some ‘house style’, then their ‘corporate identity’; testing, concept development and the chosen knowledge of, and a practice in, visual art or • Paula Scher, Pentagram more recently the term ‘branding’ has mode of presentation of the finished concepts, design. Home applicants will be asked to attend • Andy Vella, Vella Design

118 DESIGN FOR COMMUNICATION MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad DESIGN FOR COMMUNICATION MA 119 book and the composite elements required DOCUMENTARY for book production. The photo-book can be PHOTOGRAPHY AND documentary, or story based involving • research based content and subject matter - PHOTOJOURNALISM MA normally based on people • a collaborative approach • creative photography Length of course • the symbiotic relationship of text and image One year full-time or two years part-time • layout and design • innovative approaches to the photo-book Location • a written critical evaluation. Harrow The project is set within the boundaries of Course fees and funding the M25. See westminster.ac.uk/fees Writing Photography More course information This module will be on Wednesday evenings. See westminster.ac.uk/photography The development of writing skills that will enable you to understand and put into practice the different models and conventions This course provides a unique combination of of writing with photographs, including; professional practice and critical understanding feature writing, critical analysis, appraisal, for those engaged or wishing to develop a Photo by Emily Garthwaite interviews, collaborative writing and captions. practice in documentary, visual storytelling and Studies of the novel and storytelling, including photojournalism, in the field of editorial and the boundaries between fact and fiction. contemporary media practice. The course builds COURSE CONTENT Exploration of critical understandings of the on the international stature of the photographic The emphasis of the course is on you and the relationship between text and image. and journalism reputation of the University. It is development of your practice, as understood in designed to equip you with a sound command of contemporary approaches to documentary, the working methods that will sustain a career visual storytelling and editorial photography OPTION MODULE grounded in photographic practice – whether as (including photo essays and single images for an editorial, commercial or art photographer, publication), picture editing, critical academic The Portrait in Documentary Photography picture editor, curator or writer. and journalistic writing, the production and Creative exploration of the photographic design of a publication/magazine, and the portrait; gathering information through a variety This course is especially useful for major project, as a substantial project, allowing of interview techniques; production of a series photographers, media professionals and the student to develop their own research and of stand-alone portraits, with accompanying, graduates who wish to broaden their skills and practice. The primary course resources are supporting and appropriate text, based on knowledge in the field of editorial and those in the Margaret Harker Photographic original research, interviews, and creativity, to documentary photography. Centre and J block video facilities, which are communicate: equipped to the highest professional standards • a documentary work for both analogue and digital production. • a sense of place, using the urban spaces and buildings of London • cultural demographics particular to an area SEMESTER ONE: of Greater London CORE MODULES • factual and fictional stories. Design and Concept – Documentary Producing a bound folio (staple or stich bound) Photography. The Photo Book of the portraits with accompanying text of five This module extended, to be taken in hundred words per portrait. semester 1-2 on alternative weeks on Tuesday evenings. This module focuses on the photo-

Photo by Yannis Kontos

120 DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOJOURNALISM MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOJOURNALISM MA 121 SEMESTER TWO: Thus summarising and reflecting the anticipated potential of your practice. FILM MFA CORE MODULES Design Photography and Text – The Publication Dissertation To collaborate and collectively produce a The Dissertation module provides an extended Length of course publication, that will: space for a self-initiated investigation, which One-year full-time or two years part-time • explore innovative and innovative content builds on theoretical and critical debates outside of popular magazine culture studied earlier in the course. This module requires substantial research and an advanced Location • be creative with content typography and Harrow design level of understanding and analysis. Students are encouraged to investigate a range • have equal image and text contribution from of primary and secondary sources in the Course fees and funding all of the editorial team production of this intellectually challenging See westminster.ac.uk/fees • explore and experiment with the possibilities conclusion of their theoretical studies. of a photographic publication, in the More course information broadest sense See westminster.ac.uk/film • be able to collectively adapt a photographic ‘style’ with the entire editorial team ASSOCIATED CAREERS • produce a publication that can be conceived The course gives you a number of key and The Film MFA is a new programme at the as a hard copy OR web publication. transferable skills that will make you highly University of Westminster that builds on employable in the photographic media and the University’s international reputation in Critical Theory – History and Theory of the publishing industries; working photographer film making courses, which began with the Published Page in; news agencies, picture agencies, book or UK’s very first honours degree in Film and The module aims to equip students with the magazine, curating, picture research or web- Photographic Arts in 1969. historical and critical contexts that inform based publication, personal practice or whatever COURSE CONTENT Over the last 25 years, Westminster’s contemporary editorial photographic practice. area you choose as your speciality. The course This two year MFA programme aims to allow Film graduates have received 29 BAFTA will enable you to create work reflecting your a full development period for the creation of nominations, winning nine times, and since practice to a recognised industry standard to substantial bodies of work at a professional 2008, eight Academy Award nominations, further your career path. level. There will be one year of intensive SEMESTER THREE: winning two Oscars and one Student Oscar. teaching and a further year of supervised but CORE MODULES self-directed ‘thesis project’ work. This final You will be joining a course that draws on the You can elect to undertake the major project project will be developed once you have had ENTRY REQUIREMENTS expertise of our existing Film and Television or Dissertation. the full benefit of an immersive experience Ideally you should possess a good first degree Production programme, and our postgraduate in your specialist area of filmmaking. The from a recognised university or institution courses in Film and Television: Theory, Culture Practice Based – The Major Project pathways of the course have been created to of higher education, or relevant working and Industry; Digital Imaging and Audio The Major Project is the opportunity to produce ensure they fully integrate and complement experience to an equivalent level that equips Production. a self-determined project that expresses key each other; collaborative work will enable each you for postgraduate study in photography. disciplines and practices you have engaged student to build an individual portfolio from a We welcome mature applicants with a The course benefits from the state of the art in throughout the course for the creation and combination of group and individual work. background in the media or related areas. If Regent Street Cinema, and from The Harrow production of a documentary, which is informed your first language is not English, you will need Campus with its excellent facilities for Film, by creative experimentation, investigation, an IELTS score of 7.0 overall with 6.5 in writing Television, Sound, Music, Photography, Fashion research and development, and production. and 6.0 in the other elements or equivalent plus and Fine Art. THE MFA PATHWAYS sufficient academic or professional background. Your ‘major project’ can be produced as: Students will apply to and be selected You will be enabled and supported by film • for a specific MFA discipline, and we a photo-book industry professionals, teachers, academics • portfolio or folio of prints anticipate limiting the number of students and researchers, and will develop your own to four in each pathway. Initially we expect • film RELATED COURSES creative voice, demonstrated by a body of high to offer the following pathways: MFA Film • • audio visual presentation Multimedia Journalism – Broadcast, level professional level work. (Producing); MFA Film (Directing); MFA Film • online presentation or Print and Online MA (Screenwriting); MFA Film (Editing); MFA Film • other appropriate presentational forms in • Photography Arts MA (Cinematography); MFA Film (Documentary); discussion with tutors MFA Film (Animation).

122 DOCUMENTARY PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOJOURNALISM MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad FILM MFA 123 As the course grows, we will add further DEPARTMENT ALUMNI pathways in MFA Film (Visual Effects); MFA Film FILM AND TELEVISION: (Sound); MFA Film (Production Design). Alumni from our film courses include: • Asif Kapadia, director of Amy (2015), THEORY, CULTURE AND A fundamental characteristic of the course is Senna (2010), The Return (2006); The INDUSTRY MA* its collaborative structure and emphasis on Warrior (2001) learning through doing. You will focus on • Neal Purvis, Scriptwriter of Spectre (2015), developing specialist skills for the duration of Skyfall (2012), Johnny English Reborn the course, collaborating with students from (2011), Casino Royale (2006), The World Is Length of course each area in order to build your portfolios. Not Enough (1999) One year full-time or two years part-time • Screenwriters will write animation and • Michael Winterbottom, director of The Face fiction well as a ‘calling card’ feature of An Angel (2014), The Killer Inside Me Location length screenplay (2010), 9 Songs (2004) Harrow and central London (Regent) • Editors will edit fiction, documentary • Lucia Zuccetti, editor of The Queen (2006), and animation Testament of Youth (2014), Rat Catcher Course fees and funding • Producers will experience a wide range of (1999), Game Change (2012) See westminster.ac.uk/fees production types as well as developing a • Seamus McGarvey cinematographer of real world feature film project Godzilla (2014), Anna Karenina (2012), More course information • Documentary filmmakers will work with We Need To Talk About Kevin (2011), See westminster.ac.uk/film producers and editors to support their Atonement (2007) portfolio, and have the time to forge a deep • Tony Grisoni, screenwriter of Fear and relationship with their subject Loathing in Las Vegas (1998), Tideland This is the longest-running postgraduate course in the country in the study of film and television, • Cinematographers will have the (2005), Red Riding (2009) and it retains its strong reputation within the film opportunity to work in fiction, documentary • Andrew Dunn, cinematographer of The sector. In addition to theoretical, cultural and and animation History Boys (2006), Precious (2009), The Perks of Being a Wallflower (2012) critical dimensions, you will gain an overview • Animators will work with screenwriters, of the international film industry – both historic • Paul Trijbits, Producer of Saving Mr Banks cinematographers and editors. and contemporary. You will also investigate (2013), Fish Tank (2009), Jane Eyre (2011). • Directors will collaborate with screenwriters, production, distribution, exhibition and producers, and editors to make a portfolio of marketing, from mainstream commercial short films for entry to festivals worldwide. productions to alternative, experimental and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS independent film, video and digital work. The MFA offers high level specialist teaching, We expect you to have a good honours degree as it is aimed mainly at those with significant Past and present students from all over the prior experience. Students will be assigned in a relevant subject, or equivalent professional experience and/or qualifications. world are employed in the film and television industry mentors who will offer guidance sectors, as small-scale producers and film and throughout the course. You will need to demonstrate knowledge, video makers, or working for larger experience and potential in film production organisations and TV companies as script Fuller details of the course content for the consultants, programmers, executives and film specific pathways can be found on our website. to a level that will allow the you to work at a high level in a specific discipline. You should educators. Students have also taken the course apply for a specific MFA pathway and will be to develop and expand their teaching careers asked to submit a portfolio of relevant work and several have progressed to doctoral studies ASSOCIATED CAREERS and an application form. This will form the in the UK and abroad. *Subject to approval The Film MFA will be a professional basis of selection for an interview process that qualification that will enable graduates to may include practical tests if the specialisation progress to head of department roles in applied for is not demonstrated within the the film and television industries and also a applicant’s portfolio. ‘terminal degree’ qualifying graduates to teach in American Universities. The University has Applicants whose first language is not English strong links with employers, and these will be must be able to speak and write fluently in developed and extended. More than 80 per English, with a minimum IELTS score of 6.5 cent of our Film and Television graduates go on with 6.0 in each element. to work in film and television.

124 FILM MFA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad FILM AND TELEVISION: THEORY, CULTURE AND INDUSTRY MA 125 COURSE CONTENT ASSOCIATED CAREERS INTERACTIVE MEDIA The course is taught in two modes: full-time and Graduates have found employment in small and part-time. Full-time Postgraduate students study large-scale film and television companies, as PRACTICE MA 180 credits per year. For the award of MA in producers, researchers, distributors, exhibitors Film and Television: Theory, Culture and and in organising film festivals, on film-related Industry, you must complete two core taught magazines and journals, in all levels of film and Length of course modules, four optional modules and a 60-credit TV education, and as academic researchers One year full-time or two years part-time final project module, for a total of 180 credits. and doctoral students. Core modules provide you with a set of key Location skills for the theoretical, critical and reflective Harrow understanding of moving images. Optional ENTRY REQUIREMENTS modules give you the freedom to choose areas Course fees and funding of specialisation. The course leaders can advise You should possess, or be expecting, a good See westminster.ac.uk/fees on which modules best fit your interests. undergraduate degree or, exceptionally, You have the choice to pursue specialised previous relevant experience. Your previous More course information interests through your choice of optional undergraduate degree does not need to be in See westminster.ac.uk/art modules and coursework assignments. If you film or media. You will need fluent written and are not sure which optional modules to choose spoken English to study at postgraduate level. or fit your interests best, or which types of final If your first language is not English, you will This exciting multidisciplinary Masters project work to produce to best develop your need an IELTS score of 6.5 overall, with 6.0 programme is fully designed to reflect the needs area of specialisation, you should discuss this in each element. of contemporary new media industries, question individually with the course leaders bringing together creative technologies, and you should aim to do so early on in the interactivity and design practices within digital academic year. culture. Through the creative application and effective integration of audio visual new media The course structure includes two suggested formats and interactive multimedia, successful pathways for those wishing to specialise in a) graduates will be able to address and adapt to film programming and moving image curation; Adobe Systems (UK) fully support the the changing needs of this sector in order to b) screenwriting. programme with high recommendation, based secure a leadership position in this vibrant on the development and key principles the industry sector. You will be able to choose among the course offers, which is rare and unique. We following modules: embrace excellent contacts within the interactive We are in the midst of a digital revolution media and games industries, including regular • Cinema Distribution and Exhibition (option) where interactive media is an integral part of visits and masterclasses from industry • Contemporary Issues in Moving Image and our digital culture adding distribution, providing professionals at the top of their game from Screen Studies (core) entertainment, and enriching our lives within Adobe to Sony. • Documentary Aesthetics, Sites and several areas on a daily basis. The widespread Spectatorship (option) success and establishment of consumer trends The course embraces a hackathon culture with • Film Programming and Moving Image for interactive media devices such as games specialist hack labs boasting newly designed Curation (option) consoles, mobile smart phones, tablet devices flexible learning spaces for students to work • Final Project (core) and wearables ensure that demand for this type more collaboratively on innovation protocols • Key Concepts in Film, Television and Moving of professionals grows rapidly. fostering cross-pollination of new ideas Image (core) creatively. Many students will be working on • Introduction to Scriptwriting (option) According to the late CEO of Apple, Steve Jobs live industry briefs as well as their own projects – the media industry “is worth several billion • Longform Screenplay Preparation and Short independently within and outside our course pounds annually and employs around 40,000 Documents (option) clusters. This collaborative approach to learning people, representing approximately ten percent and research often leads to successful projects, • Modern and Contemporary European of the total audiovisual workforce. Sectors such which are commercially viable, and quickly Cinema (option) as games and apps show an even wider gain industry recognition through our end of • Researching Histories in Asian growth where providers such as Apple have year show. Cinema (option) paid a total of two billion dollars to app within • Television Art: Aesthetics and the US alone.” As one of the major media education providers Quality (option). in Europe, the University of Westminster’s Harrow Campus currently boasts a series of

126 FILM AND TELEVISION: THEORY, CULTURE AND INDUSTRY MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad INTERACTIVE MEDIA PRACTICE MA 127 professional recording studios, a new teaching MODULES and practice-based research in order to solve of things - through a series of challenging recording studio, music labs and access to an real world problems through experiential, PBL briefs. Students are expected to engage with array of TV, post-production, radio, film and Applied Innovation and Interactive Design and experimental learning methods. innovative practices in designing polished multimedia facilities built and equipped to the In this module you will explore and experiment user interfaces, which enrich and enhance the highest standards. with innovative interactive media applications Mobile Apps and Wearable Devices users experience and adopting user centred in a range of areas and technologies. This This module focuses on producing and designing design principles in developing compelling The new media industry has demonstrated module explores the development of a new idea powerful mobile applications, professional GUI’s. Students demonstrate and implement this constant growth, and is four times larger than from concept to completion through applied practice and the skills required for targeting through a range of practical coursework using film, TV and music industries combined. Our innovation and interactive design. The focus mobile devices including wearables from best industry practices based upon theoretical course will prepare you for this sector, by is to exploit and experiment with creative concept to completion in alignment with current research and assigned readings. leveraging and integrating the fine blend technologies to produce work with assigned USP industry practices for maximising commercial between creativity and technical capacities. You within the digital spectrum through user-centered viability, for potentially developing a consumer- Major Project will also benefit from having access to a range design, creating a compelling and enriched faced outcome. You will explore the requirements The Major Project is your opportunity to of highly regarded industry practitioners who user experience. There is an option to gain an and various challenges designing for mobile negotiate a large-scale, self-determined, will offer you exceptional insight and working additional Adobe certification subject to module and wearable devices and hack together ideas, original and inventive project, based upon knowledge within the field, both challenging performance and passing relevant exams. which solve real work problems within our hack several areas explored in the taught stage of and encouraging your technical and creative lab. You will also develop critical, theoretical the course. At this stage you will be developing flair. On this Masters degree Entrepreneurship and Project Management for and practice-based research on the ways a project within your specialist area and may you will develop commercial-level interactive Creative Industries creative media technologies are embedded in seek to work with a commercial entity or media skills. The module is designed to address reflective the technical, cultural, aesthetic, structures of professional body in the development of your practice, entrepreneurship and developing your society and how we interact with them on a learner contract. creative skills through enterprising activity. You COURSE CONTENT daily bases for a deeper understanding through will develop your ability to assemble creative a UCD approach. projects and bring them to the market using This multidisciplinary course prepares you to ASSOCIATED CAREERS work in a wide range of industries combining PRINCE2 (Projects IN Controlled Environments) Social Media and eMarketing theory, practice, and bringing together technical, methodologies for a commercially viable The module examines the role of social media There are many highly desirable careers that creative perspectives on new media systems, outcome. You will learn project management within the realm of eMarketing and developing students from this course can go into such as: interactive technologies and digital culture as theories and mind mapping, explore powerful marketing campaigns and knowledge interactive media, app development, new well as exploring new emerging creative project management practices, as well as within digital media. This module will equip you media production, educational media, ICT, technologies, producing an industry professional critically evaluate workflows and develop the with advanced knowledge of managing digital media design, online branding, interactive who can produce as well as explore for future competencies and skills of a future project marketing campaigns, using social media and design, UX designer, UCD, interactive game creative technologies. manger in industry. This will move towards the web-based technologies. Also developing a design, web production, games designer, development of utilising your current and new cultural understanding, critical and speculative media advertising, information design, digital These include mobile apps, mainstream games, skills to formulate and construct an SME or theoretical and practice-based research in order media communication, eMarketing, digital interactive installation, social media and creative micro business for creative industries to predicted future trends. You will also gain production, strategic development, online eMarketing, with an emphasis on core creative from concept to completion, which is consumer wider knowledge marketing competencies of advertising, UX architect, digital SAM, mobile skills. The course also prepares and enhances faced and commercially viable. email marketing, Google analytics, PPC, SEO UX, front end development, web development, your ability in producing interactive media, protocols, as well as trending tools for future email marketing executive, user researcher, methodologies and production workflows, Hack Lab and Creative Technologies forecasting insights, and associated powerful PPC digital marketing executive, ecommerce supported by a robust understanding of the By definition hackathons provide a venue eMarketing and web based tools in order digital marketing manager, .net developer, UX technologies and theories involved. for self-expression and creativity through to enhance, build and manage a campaign designer academic publisher, UX researcher, technology. Individuals with technical successfully using a variety of technologies social media executive, digital designer, digital The Interactive Media Practice degree offers an backgrounds come together, form teams around creatively on time and on budget inline with advertising, SEO consultant, content marketing ideal foundation for those seeking employment in a problem or idea, and collaboratively code industry demands. specialist, interaction designer, digital project the digital media industries, which increasingly a unique solution from concept to completion. manager, optimisation manager. require people who work with technology from a These generally take shape in the form of UX Design and Development creative perspective. This is the course that will websites, apps, and info graphics more recently Users are fundamental to the consumption of create the next generation of interactive media to wearables and VR otherwise described as technology and interfaces, which increasingly ENTRY REQUIREMENTS talent who are both enterprising and creative. creative technologies. This module is designed appear within many media platforms. to equip students with advanced knowledge This module prepares students to build, develop You will need an Upper Second Class Honours of managing and assembling ideas, using and design for emerging technologies for degree (or equivalent) or significant work a wide variety of creative technologies and an enhanced user experience for websites, experience. If English is your second language lateral thinking, in a real world context. Also interactive media, games, and the Internet you will need an IELTS score of 6.5 overall, developing innovation protocols, theoretical with 5.5 in each element.

128 INTERACTIVE MEDIA PRACTICE MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad INTERACTIVE MEDIA PRACTICE MA 129 experimental, installation, fictional realism, and COURSE MODULES PHOTOGRAPHY ARTS other performative modes of photographic practice. The course encourages open Aesthetics and Photography MA* The module explores the question of experimentation in the development of new ideas and work. You will advance your photography in relation to aesthetic issues. practical work choosing new or traditional Questions of affect, the real, and modes of techniques, digital or analogue forms, or a production of photographic meaning are Length of course explored in contemporary culture and the One year full-time or two years part-time mixture of approaches. The course champions a long and proud tradition of new and histories of photography. Critically informed by challenging photography at the University. lectures and seminars, the module enables a Location broader knowledge and experience of the Harrow This is the right course if you are highly theory and practice of questioning cultural and motivated, excited to develop and expand your aesthetic functions of the photographic image Course fees and funding and process. See westminster.ac.uk/fees independent practice alongside critical research. Working with our highly experienced staff you can find new approaches and forms of thinking Contemporary Debates More course information The course invites a range of international guest See westminster.ac.uk/photography about photography. Alumni from the course (under the former title Photographic Studies MA) speakers (e.g artists, photographers, critics, now work all over the world in a range of philosophers), to give dedicated talks about careers as photographers, artists, picture editors, contemporary culture and image debates. The The Photography Arts MA is a new revalidated issues, visual work and themes explored in talks course, which replaces the former Photographic researchers and careers in the creative industries. Do you want to join them? and the critical discussions afterwards are a Studies MA (1996-2016). The programme means to inspire questions and debate. helps you develop your own distinct Students are then encouraged to develop their photographic practice and visual research, and own paths of research and explore new topics is designed to enable you to advance and focus COURSE CONTENT of visual research. your photographic practice in making new The course aims to develop your practice, work, supported by a positive educational informed by research. The course sets out to Masters Project environment where you can accumulate new stimulate thinking through practice as a way to The Masters Project is the major body of work knowledge and develop new critical thinking. generate new innovative work. Students make developed on the course and forms the key Students are fully supported by our and actively present their visual work in work in your photography portfolio. You be internationally renowned photography staff. exhibition, book and/or screen modes of able to direct your personal goals and advance presentation to explore ideas and experiments them through your practice. The Masters Project In an open-minded educational environment in new methods of practice and representation. is usually exhibited in the final degree show at you will be able to explore the dynamic range Critical research modules help inform and Ambika P3, our fabulous exhibition venue near of your photographic practice, engage in elaborate the contemporary situation of Baker Street in Marylebone, London. Students innovative thinking and cultivate new photography as cultural practice, whether are supported with individual tutorials, group independent creative strategies for your considered in the arts and/or media reviews of work, exhibition presentation and practice. Situated in the dynamic Westminster environment. Excellent facilities and technical professional career support. The framework of School of Media, Arts and Design, you will workshops support the research and practice. the course and its research modules all help to draw on extensive photographic facilities and a Students write three short research essays inform this Masters project, which provides the wealth of inter-disciplinary expertise in this during the course, each aimed at broadening future orientated career path of its producer. world-famous centre for the practice and critical knowledge of photography and its related research of photography. histories and criticism. There is no dissertation Photographic Practice on this course except as an option. The Photography Practice module enables you The course has an open definition of to expand, develop and test photographic photography as a medium and practice, The course enables students to become ideas and explore them in a longer recognising plural tendencies in its definition independent practitioners, generating new and photography project, lasting up to one year. and identity. Different modes of practice may informed work. You will be empowered with new Your photographic project work will help to be developed and pursued on the course, visual, practical and critical skills that culminate develop a visual form of project work through which encompasses a wide range of methods in the Masters Project, which you will show at the exploring different methods and modes of and techniques: conceptualism, expanded end of the course in the degree show. The final working process. The module offers a documentary, video, archival, fine art, degree show is in our fabulous Ambika P3 supportive environment, providing an important exhibition venue in Marylebone, London. context for advancing the photographic work. *Subject to approval

130 PHOTOGRAPHY ARTS MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad PHOTOGRAPHY ARTS MA 131 Photography staff help to stimulate new ENTRY REQUIREMENTS directions for the work, with individual tutorials, COMMUNICATION MA group discussions and practical workshops Successful applicants usually will have a good providing a clear curriculum. BA or BFA degree in photography or fine art, art history, cultural and media studies. Research Methods Applicants with a good professional experience Length of course In creative and critical play, students develop a of photography or related practices in One year full-time research process to inform their Master’s television, film and the wider visual arts are project. Research Methods explores new also welcome. Applicants without these may Location methods, photographic techniques and visual be accepted in exceptional circumstances, Harrow and central London strategies and provides the basis for research provided the applicant can demonstrate their and development of this major project, its ability to meet the demands of the course. Course fees and funding subject matter and contextual knowledge. An interview is normally held and a portfolio See westminster.ac.uk/fees Students acquire new critical tools and research of practical work, which demonstrates the paths alongside practical techniques and new applicant’s skills, passion and ambition for More course information intellectual ideas. ‘Doing and thinking’ is a key developing their own photographic work is See westminster.ac.uk/journalism part of the development process for new work. essential. Evidence of written skills and research knowledge may also be requested. If English is Theories of the Image your second language you will need IELTS 6.5 This highly regarded course offers a rigorous Photography theory, first developed at this with 6.0 in each element. analysis of the political, economic, cultural and University, helps to develop a critical sociological factors which shape the practices understanding of photography as a plural and outcomes of mass media. It will give you practice, and to introduce current theoretical RELATED COURSES the opportunity to study and research the main debates on photography. The various uses of ways in which social scientists have analysed photography in art and media environments • Documentary Photography and the role of the mass media and communication, offer a challenge in constructing a view of what Photojournalism MA and how to develop, evaluate and apply photography is and does. Theory and practice research to evaluate those theories. are brought together in this module to show their mutual relations. The MA ensures that you will receive a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality education and skill base, as well as a clear and comprehensive understanding of communication and the mass ASSOCIATED CAREERS media. It is designed both for those who already This Masters course is an excellent preparation work in, or want to work in, the media, and for for graduates wishing to pursue a career in those who want to go on to pursue further photography. Graduates go on successfully as academic research in media and communication. international photographers, artists and also in related careers within the visual arts, including Based on continuous assessment, the course higher research degrees, arts organisations, is taught in lectures and seminars by the team education, media and the creative industries. from Westminster’s top-rated Communication Graduate opportunities increase enormously and Media Research Institute (CAMRI). with a degree from this well-established course. You will be part of a bustling, multicultural The MA has a high reputation amongst academic department which boasts a strong potential employers and other agencies within research culture. the sector and graduates have a high success rate in developing their research work at You will be able to attend the regular talks Doctoral level. by outside speakers (academics and practitioners) on a variety of communication and mass media issues.

132 PHOTOGRAPHY ARTS MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad COMMUNICATION MA 133 SEMESTER ONE Political Analysis of Communications Policy SEMESTER TWO Media, Activism and Censorship As international regimes and national This module offers a critical assessment of the CORE MODULES regulation become increasingly important in CORE MODULE role of media in political mobilisation, social Dissertation Module the creation and delivery of communications, Approaches to Media and movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, A taught module and group workshops in the it becomes necessary to understand how the Communication Research and political and social crises. The module first semester will guide you in conducting a two levels interact. This module will introduce This module will introduce you to the main considers the impact of different forms of major piece of independent research. This you to those theories of policy making and methods of communication research. We shall censorship and regulation on social, political module will be supplemented by individual international relations which provide tools for look at how to undertake selective quantitative and cultural expression in the media. It also supervisions beginning from the second the analysis of communications policies, and and qualitative methods, understanding and looks at the impact of the internet and new semester. The aim is to give you a guided their dynamic interaction at the national and exploring the different stages of the social means of transparency and communications framework within which you can demonstrate international level. science research process, from a definition of on journalism and activism in a range of your ability to carry out advanced independent a research hypothesis, to data collection and circumstances from secure democracies through study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. Political Economy of Communication analysis. We shall also look at the theoretical different kinds of political systems. The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of This module will introduce you to the reasoning behind different methodological original research on a topic agreed with political economy approach to analysing approaches to media and society, in particular Media Audiences your supervisor and related to the political, the production, distribution and consumption the politics of social research. This module begins with an overview of media economic, cultural and/or sociological factors of media content in text and audiovisual audiences, and goes on to analyse audiences which shape the practices and outcomes of form, whether online or offline, as well as the and media institutions, passive/active mass media, including media texts and the workings of telecoms networks behind online OPTION MODULES audiences, media influence and effects, and audience reception of them. media. It identifies distinctive economic features ethnography and media audiences. The second of media and relates these to trends in the Chinese Media part of the module is devoted to discussions of Theories of Communication organisation of specific media industries, taking This module is for you if you have little or media and identity, fans, diasporas and new The module is intentionally eclectic. account of ways in which the economics of no knowledge of the Chinese media, but media audiences. You will cover (in a loosely historical way) the media have been affected by the spread of nevertheless realise that for anyone interested arguments, advantages and problems of the digital technologies. in the media in the world today, some Media Business Strategy main sociological, cultural and psychological understanding of the biggest national media This module explores the challenges facing theories about the media, from classical Study Skills (no credits) system is a necessity. The objective is to media organisations in the fields of strategy modernisation concepts to contemporary If your first language is not English, or you have introduce participants to the Chinese media and innovation. It addresses the contextual concerns with network society. It aims to no experience of the UK education system, you in the context of a world order changing on nature of strategy formation, identifies and provide a comprehensive introduction to the will benefit from this module. You will be taken account of the growth in wealth and power analyses key drivers of change within media most important ways of approaching the through the process of producing a piece of of several countries, in particular China. The industries, and examines the application fundamental issues posed by the relationships written work, from note taking to editing, so as Chinese media are seen as a factor in this, and of structured methods of planning in media between the media of communication and to enable you to produce written work in also as an example of a media system distinct product and service development. The module social and economic life. It will also enable you accordance with current UK academic from the Anglo-American, which has often been applies management concepts and tools to to understand the problems posed by different standards and practices. touted as a model of universal applicability. business and strategic challenges confronting intellectual traditions, and to place those public and private media enterprises across theories in their proper contexts. Technology and Communications Policy Development and Communications Policy the globe. This module will offer a comprehensive The aims of this module are to provide you introduction to a range of broadcasting with a theoretical overview of the concept Policies for Digital Convergence and telecommunications technologies and the of ‘development’, and the opportunity to The module studies digital convergence and OPTION MODULES internet, enabling you to assess the economic consider how it relates to empirical experience the role of policy and regulation in facilitating Global Media and political issues surrounding each in communications in small and developing and controlling that process. The focus is on This module provides an overview of technology. Topics covered include capital countries. You will be able to compare internet-related policy debates and concepts contemporary developments in global media investment in networks, how and why the experiences of a range of countries drawing mostly on developments in the USA, and communication industries and their technologies change, strategic interests in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, the European Union and UK, but with a critical impact on cultures worldwide. It focuses on and communications, and substitutable in developing their own communications awareness of the issues facing developing, transformations in existing media, with a technologies and the creation of markets. technologies and policies, in democratisation, transitional and small countries. It critically particular emphasis on broadcasting and the and in exporting mass media content. assesses competing arguments concerning the audio visual media and looks at innovations interplay between policy and technology of new information and communications and implications for market structures and technologies, especially the internet. business models, as appropriate.

134 COMMUNICATION MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad COMMUNICATION MA 135 Sociology of News RELATED COURSES major piece of independent research. This You will examine, both theoretically and COMMUNICATIONS module will be supplemented by individual empirically, different aspects of the news • Communications Policy MA POLICY MA supervisions beginning from the second creation, dissemination and reception • Diversity and the Media MA semester. The aim is to give you a guided processes. The module will look at the • Global Media MA framework within which you can demonstrate relevance of different traditions in mass media • International Media Business MA your ability to carry out advanced independent research to the study of news and will be based • Media and Development MA Length of course study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. on a number of case studies. The module will The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of • Media Management MA One year full-time or two years part-time day focus mainly on contemporary practices, in original research on a topic agreed with your • both print and electronic media, but attention to Multimedia Journalism - Broadcast, or Print supervisor and related to issues of policy and Online MA/Postgraduate Diploma Location historical and conceptual perspectives will also Harrow and regulation in the media, information be given. • Public Relations MA and/or telecommunications/internet sectors. • Social Media, Culture and Society MA Course fees and funding This may include links between policy and See westminster.ac.uk/fees policy-making affecting media industries and ASSOCIATED CAREERS telecommunications/internet and political, More course information economic or social developments affecting Graduates have found jobs in middle and upper See westminster.ac.uk/journalism markets, companies, technologies, institutions management in the media industries, as well or international relations. as in the broader private sector (eg. consulting and advertising firms), the public sector (eg. This course is designed to give you a Political Analysis of Communications Policy government ministries, regulatory authorities), critical analysis of issues of policy and As international regimes and national international organisations and NGOs. regulation in the media, information and/ regulation become increasingly important in or telecommunications/internet sectors. the creation and delivery of communications, This may include links between policy and it becomes necessary to understand how ENTRY REQUIREMENTS policy-making affecting media industries the two levels interact. This module will introduce you to those theories of policy making You should possess, or be expecting, a and telecommunications/internet and political, economic or social developments and international relations which provide tools good first degree – equivalent to at least an for the analysis of communications policies, and Upper Second Class Honours or a minimum affecting markets, companies, technologies, institutions or international relations. The their dynamic interaction at the national and Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.00 – from international level. a recognised university in a humanities course encourages diversity and is designed or social sciences discipline and/or have to have international appeal. It ensures that relevant professional experience. Particular you receive a relevant, well-grounded, high- consideration will be given to mature quality education and skill base, enabling OPTION MODULES you to have a wide, clear and comprehensive applicants. The testing nature of the degree Global Media understanding of communications policies. means that you must be able to write and This module provides an overview of speak fluent English. If English is your second contemporary developments in global media Based on continuous assessment, the course language you should have an IELTS score of at and communication industries and their is taught in lectures and seminars by the team least 6.5 with 6.0 in each element. You may impact on cultures worldwide. It focuses on from Westminster’s top-rated Communication additionally be asked to write 500 words on transformations in existing media, with a and Media Research Institute (CAMRI). You will a topic assigned by the University. As far as particular emphasis on broadcasting and the be part of a bustling, multicultural academic possible, telephone interviews are conducted audio visual media and looks at innovations department which boasts a strong research before offers of admission are made. In these, of new information and communications culture. You will be able to attend the regular the interviewer looks for evidence of interest in, technologies, especially the internet. and commitment to, the study of communication, talks by outside speakers (academics and practitioners) on a variety of communication as well as analytical skills. Political Economy of Communication and mass media issues. This module will introduce you to the political economy approach to analysing the production, distribution and consumption of SEMESTER ONE media content in text and audiovisual form, CORE MODULES whether online or offline, as well as the workings of telecoms networks behind online Dissertation Module media. It identifies distinctive economic features A taught module and group workshops in the of media and relates these to trends in the first semester will guide you in conducting a

136 COMMUNICATION MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad COMMUNICATIONS POLICY MA 137 organisation of specific media industries, taking and qualitative methods, understanding and Media Audiences ASSOCIATED CAREERS account of ways in which the economics of exploring the different stages of the social This module begins with an overview media have been affected by the spread of science research process, from a definition of of media audiences, and goes on to analyse Graduates have found jobs in middle digital technologies. a research hypothesis, to data collection and audiences and media institutions, passive/ and upper management in media industries, analysis. We shall also look at the theoretical active audiences, media influence and effects, as well as the broader private sector (eg Study Skills (no credits) reasoning behind different methodological and ethnography and media audiences. consulting and advertising firms) and public If your first language is not English, or you have approaches to media and society, in particular The second part of the module is devoted sectors (eg government ministries, regulatory no experience of the UK education system, the politics of social research. to discussions of media and identity, fans, authorities), international organisations and you will benefit from this module. You will be diasporas and new media audiences. non-governmental organisations. taken through the process of producing a piece of written work, from note taking to editing, OPTION MODULES Media Business Strategy so as to enable you to produce written work This module explores the challenges ENTRY REQUIREMENTS in accordance with current UK academic Chinese Media facing media organisations in the fields You should possess, or be expecting, a standards and practices. This module is for you if you have little or of strategy and innovation. It addresses good first degree – equivalent to at least an no knowledge of the Chinese media, but the contextual nature of strategy formation, Upper Second Class Honours or a minimum Technology and Communications Policy nevertheless realise that for anyone interested identifies and analyses key drivers of change Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.00 – from This module will offer a comprehensive in the media in the world today, some within media industries, and examines the a recognised university in a humanities introduction to a range of broadcasting understanding of the biggest national media application of structured methods of planning or social sciences discipline and/or have and telecommunications technologies and system is a necessity. The object is to introduce in media product and service development. relevant professional experience. Particular the internet, enabling you to assess the participants to the Chinese media in the The module applies management concepts consideration will be given to mature economic and political issues surrounding context of a world order changing on account and tools to business and strategic challenges applicants. The testing nature of the degree each technology. Topics covered include of the growth in wealth and power of several confronting public and private media means that you must be able to write and capital investment in networks, how and why countries, in particular China. The Chinese enterprises across the globe. speak fluent English. If English is your second technologies change, strategic interests and media are seen as a factor in this, and also as language you should have an IELTS score of communications, and substitutable technologies an example of a media system distinct from the Policies for Digital Convergence at least 6.5 with 6.0 in each element. You and the creation of markets. Anglo-American, which has often been touted The module studies digital convergence and may additionally be asked to write 500 words as a model of universal applicability. the role of policy and regulation in facilitating on a topic assigned by the University. As far Theories of Communication and controlling that process. The focus is on as possible, telephone interviews are also The module is intentionally eclectic. You Development and Communications Policy internet-related policy debates and concepts conducted before offers of admission are will cover (in a loosely historical way) the The aims of this module are to provide drawing mostly on developments in the made. In these, the interviewer looks for arguments, advantages and problems of the you with a theoretical overview of the concept USA, the European Union and the UK but evidence of interest in, and commitment to, main sociological, cultural and psychological of ‘development’, and the opportunity to with a critical awareness of the issues facing the study of communications policy, as well theories about the media, from classical consider how it relates to empirical experience developing, transitional and small countries. as analytical skills. modernisation concepts to contemporary in communications in small and developing It critically assesses competing arguments concerns with network society. It aims to countries. You will be able to compare concerning the interplay between policy provide a comprehensive introduction to the the experiences of a range of countries and technology and implications for market most important ways of approaching the in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, structures and business models, as appropriate. RELATED COURSES in developing their own communications fundamental issues posed by the relationships • Communication MA between the media of communication and technologies and policies, in democratisation, Sociology of News • Diversity and the Media MA social and economic life. It will also enable you and in exporting mass media content. You will examine both theoretically and to understand the problems posed by different empirically different aspects of the news • Global Media MA intellectual traditions, and to place those Media, Activism and Censorship creation, dissemination and reception • International Media Business MA theories in their proper contexts. This module offers a critical assessment of the processes. The module will look at the • Media and Development MA role of media in political mobilisation, social relevance of different traditions in mass media • Media Management MA movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, research to the study of news and will be based • Multimedia Journalism – Broadcast, or Print and political and social crises. The module on a number of case studies. The module will and Online MA/Postgraduate Diploma SEMESTER TWO considers the impact of different forms of focus mainly on contemporary practices, in • Public Relations MA CORE MODULE censorship and regulation on social, political both print and electronic media, but attention to • Social Media, Culture and Society MA Approaches to Media and and cultural expression in the media. It also historical and conceptual perspectives will also Communication Research looks at the impact of the internet and new be given. This module will introduce you to the main means of transparency and communications methods of communication research. We shall on journalism and activism in a range of look at how to undertake selective quantitative circumstances from secure democracies through different kinds of political systems.

138 COMMUNICATIONS POLICY MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad COMMUNICATIONS POLICY MA 139 DIVERSITY AND COURSE CONTENT SEMESTER ONE In addition to your programme of studies, we CORE MODULE THE MEDIA MA work hard to ensure that as a Diversity and the Approaches to Social and Cultural Diversity Media MA student, you are offered opportunities This module examines the various theoretical to gain valuable experience with media and attempts to make sense and deal intellectually NGOs whose work is relevant to your programme Length of course with social and cultural diversity, from of studies and enhances your employability One year full-time assimilationism to liberal universalism, after graduation. We have established integration theories, liberal multiculturalism partnerships with the Media Diversity Institute, Location and the various strands of multiculturalism. TAG International Development and The Prisma/ Harrow It examines the concepts of pluralism, The Multicultural Newspaper which offer paid or universalism, cosmopolitanism, tolerance unpaid internships that give you the opportunity Course fees and funding and respect as they have developed in various to work in the UK or overseas or to contribute See westminster.ac.uk/fees theoretical contexts and assesses their implications to the production of media content. In the past in contemporary politics and culture. our students have also gained experience by More course information participating in the Pearson Diversity Summer See westminster.ac.uk/journalism Internship Programme and other similar schemes. We place particular importance to OPTION MODULES such opportunities as these help you to build This highly innovative new course (developed Introduction to Inclusive Journalism upon your academic and practical work and in collaboration with the Media Diversity This module examines the practice of contemporary further develop the skills that will enable you Institute) will give you the opportunity to journalism and its role in shaping a democratic to embark on your chosen career. study and research the main ways in which and inclusive society. The module introduces social scientists analyse the role of the mass journalistic techniques of information gathering You can choose one of two routes for the media in the social construction, representation and analysis, journalistic norms and values and award: the Dissertation Route or a Practice and understanding of difference and social basic principles of inclusive media formats. It Route culminating in a Final Project. diversity. You will also gain a critical employs practical journalistic exercises, personal examination, critical media analysis, and understanding of the social and media Dissertation structures and journalistic practices that impact scholarly study to increase awareness and A major 15,000-word piece of independent upon these processes. critical engagement with the issues surrounding original research on a topic agreed with your reporting of diversity in society. supervisor and related to the political, The course combines a portfolio of theory economic, cultural and/or sociological factors modules designed to develop your knowledge Issues in Journalism: Freedom of Speech, which shape the practices and outcomes of and critical understanding of the processes of Ethics and Democracy mass media, including media texts and the managing and making sense of cultural diversity, This module provides a critical examination and audience reception of them. key issues in intercultural communication and of discussion of the impact of ethical, human rights and other issues that confront journalists around various aspects of the sociology of news with a Final Project number of practice-oriented modules intended the world, in a variety of social, political and An independent in-depth practical project, which to give you first-hand experience in the practice economic contexts. involves researching, compiling and presenting of inclusive journalism. your own TV or radio documentary, website or Media Production Skills print journalism work, together with a self- Drawing upon this unique combination of The module will give you a basic understanding reflective, critical analysis (7,000 words) that rigorous theoretical engagement and specialist of the structures and practical abilities needed in will demonstrate the skills and techniques practical training, this course is designed to: news journalism. You will develop individual gained during the course. Please note equip you with a comprehensive conceptual/ skills in study, research and writing as well as that all the information contained herein theoretical grounding and the practical skills team skills in designing and writing for the web. is subject to approval. to engage in responsible media coverage of The module aims to enable you to: develop a diversity; practice culturally informed and critical understanding of how print, radio and inclusive journalism; develop a career TV operate; develop news-writing techniques (whether practical, strategic, or research-based) for different media platforms; learn individual involving understanding and responding to and team skills across different media the challenges of social diversity. platforms; acquire knowledge of ethical considerations faced by journalists; and to design and develop a website in teams.

140 DIVERSITY AND THE MEDIA MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad DIVERSITY AND THE MEDIA MA 141 Reporting Diversity: Gender, Sexuality, it raises questions about interpretations of and journalistic practice in such processes. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Age, Disability contemporary developments. The module It provides a context for critical thinking and This module will present information for critical assesses the range of institutions campaigning discussion about multi-racial, multi-ethnic and You should possess, or be expecting, at least thinking and discussion about media for freedom of expression and those seeking multi-cultural issues associated with contemporary an Upper Second Class Honours degree (or representation of age, gender, sexual to hold the media and journalism to account. news media. You will study and research the equivalent). If English is your second language orientation and disability. The module will The module is quite unique in its combination stereotypes of people of colour, various ethnic you should have an IELTS score of at least 6.5 discuss ways of improving journalism practice of traditional academic lectures and seminars groups, refugees and immigrant communities in with 6.0 in each element. in order to bridge social and cultural divisions. with attendance of topical events and visits to the mainstream news media. The module will You will study and research the stereotypes of relevant exhibitions and institutions. look at the influence, responsibility, and power youth and the elderly, men and women, gay of journalism in reporting diversity issues. The RELATED COURSES and lesbian communities and people with Media Audiences purpose of this module is to encourage student disabilities. The course will look at the This module begins with an overview of media journalists to see, look at, report and reflect on • Communications Policy MA influence, responsibility, and power of audiences, and goes on to analyse audiences the society they live in. • Global Media MA journalism in reporting these diversity issues. and media institutions, passive/active • International Media Business MA audiences, media influence and effects, and Sociology of News • Media and Development MA ethnography and media audiences. The second A critical study of the news media in the context • Media Management MA SEMESTER TWO part of the module is devoted to discussions of of current society; this module examines • Multimedia Journalism – Broadcast, media and identity, fans, diasporas and new different aspects of how news is created, or Print and Online MA/PG Diploma CORE MODULE media audiences. disseminated and consumed. Followed by a • Public Relations MA dissertation (Dissertation route) or a final project Diversity in the Media: Models, Institutions, • Social Media, Culture and Society MA Practices Planning Campaign Communications for NGOs (Practice route). The core module for the practice route of the and Charities course looks at the various ways in which our In this module you will learn how to research You may choose optional modules from the understanding of diversity and difference has and plan a campaign for social change Media and Society cluster courses subject to the impacted on the way in which media models, based on the theories of social change agreement of the course leaders concerned. institutions and professionals engage with social examined in Semester One. You will produce and cultural diversity. It focuses on different communication material such as news releases, national media policy frameworks and media e-alerts, tweets, infographics, apps and / or ASSOCIATED CAREERS cultures, it examines the meaning of the melting videos to support the campaign strategy. pot, cultural mosaic and salad bowl metaphors Where possible, you will work to live briefs, This course is designed to attract a mix of new and their operationalisation by the media, and both UK and international in focus. This is a graduates, often with a media-related degree or looks at various media institutions and their practical, hands-on module taught through a work experience, and people who have already responses to social diversity. This module is series of workshops, visits to campaign worked in journalism, but want to enhance their offered as an option in the dissertation route. communication teams in London-based understanding of social diversity and their skills campaigning organisations, and guest talks by in the area of inclusive journalism. It is suitable leading international campaigners and social for existing media practitioners, as well as change communicators. students who want to pursue a career in the OPTION MODULES media, national and local government, IGOs Media, Activism and Politics Reporting Diversity: Faith and Religion and NGOs or who intend to embark on a The module critically investigates the This module presents and critically evaluates relevant research/academic career. It will be relationship between media, activism and debates around social and faith/religious a valuable asset for civil servants and local censorship. It offers a critical assessment of the diversity, awareness of the issues surrounding authority staff, NGO workers working on role of media in political mobilisation, social the reporting of faith and faith communities immigration, equality, social inclusion and movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, in their societies. Through a series of lectures cohesion and community regeneration whose and political and social crises. The module and workshops/seminars, it will encourage duties involve communication and media work. considers the impact of different forms of you to reflect on the various aspects of media censorship and regulation on social, political and journalism practice in relation to religion and cultural expression in the media. It also and faith. looks at the impact of the internet and new means of transparency and communications Reporting Diversity: Migration, Race, Ethnicity on journalism and activism in a range of This module introduces the students to key circumstances from secure democracies theoretical perspectives on the cultural production through different kinds of political systems. By and representation of race, ethnicity and examining the role of the media historically migrancy and discusses the role of the media

142 DIVERSITY AND THE MEDIA MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad DIVERSITY AND THE MEDIA MA 143 major piece of independent research. This Study Skills (no credits) reasoning behind different methodological GLOBAL MEDIA MA module will be supplemented by individual If your first language is not English, or you have approaches to media and society, in particular supervisions beginning from the second no experience of the UK education system, the politics of social research. semester. The aim is to give you a guided you will benefit from this module. You will be framework within which you can demonstrate taken through the process of producing a piece Length of course your ability to carry out advanced independent of written work, from note taking to editing, OPTION MODULES One year full-time or two years part-time day study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. so as to enable you to produce written work The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of in accordance with current UK academic Chinese Media Location original research on a topic agreed with your standards and practices. This module is for you if you have little or Harrow supervisor and related to developments, no knowledge of the Chinese media, but processes and outcomes in transnational media Technology and Communications Policy nevertheless realise that for anyone interested Course fees and funding and communications, ranging from the sub- This module will offer a comprehensive in the media in the world today, some See westminster.ac.uk/fees national to the supra-national, and/or their introduction to a range of broadcasting and understanding of the biggest national media impact on cultures worldwide. telecommunications technologies system is a necessity. The objective is to More course information and the internet, enabling you to assess the introduce participants to the Chinese media See westminster.ac.uk/journalism Global Media economic and political issues surrounding in the context of a world order changing on This module provides an overview of each technology. Topics covered include account of the growth in wealth and power contemporary developments in global capital investment in networks, how and why of several countries, in particular China. The From Al Jazeera to Hollywood, News media and communication industries and technologies change, strategic interests and Chinese media are seen as a factor in this, and Corporation to China Central TV, the media their impact on cultures worldwide. It focuses communications, substitutable technologies and also as an example of a media system distinct increasingly operate in a global context. This on transformations in existing media, with a the creation of markets. from the Anglo-American, which has often been course offers a comprehensive interdisciplinary particular emphasis on broadcasting and the touted as a model of universal applicability. approach to global media, and is designed for audio visual media and looks at innovations Theories of Communication those who work in, or want to work in, the of new information and communications The module is intentionally eclectic. You will Communications Policy and Development media industries. technologies, especially the internet. cover (in a loosely historical way) the arguments, The aims of this module are to provide you advantages and problems of the main with a theoretical overview of the concept You will examine key developments in sociological, cultural and psychological theories of ‘development’, and the opportunity to the media and communications industries OPTION MODULES about the media, from classical modernisation consider how it relates to empirical experience associated with the logic of globalisation, and concepts to contemporary concerns with in communications in small and developing explore the complex nature of the globalisation Political Analysis of Communications Policy network society. It aims to provide a countries. You will be able to compare process in the media. You will gain a relevant, As international organisations and national comprehensive introduction to the most important the experiences of a range of countries well-grounded, high-quality education and skill regulation become increasingly important in the ways of approaching the fundamental issues in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, base, enabling you to develop a clear and creation and delivery of communications, it posed by the relationships between the media in developing their own communications comprehensive understanding of becomes necessary to understand how the two of communication and social and economic life. technologies and policies, in democratisation, communication and the mass media. levels interact. This module will introduce you to It will also enable you to understand the and in exporting mass media content. those theories of policy making and problems posed by different intellectual Based on continuous assessment, the course international relations which provide tools for traditions and to place those theories in their Media, Activism and Censorship is taught in lectures and seminars by the team the analysis of communications policies, and proper contexts. This module offers a critical assessment of the from Westminster’s top-rated Communication their dynamic interaction at the national and role of media in political mobilisation, social and Media Research Institute (CAMRI). international level. movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, You will be part of a bustling multicultural and political and social crises. The module academic department which boasts a strong Political Economy of Communication SEMESTER TWO considers the impact of different forms of research culture, and you will be able to This module will introduce you to the CORE MODULE censorship and regulation on social, political attend the regular talks by outside speakers political economy approach to analysing the and cultural expression in the media. It also (academics and practitioners) on a variety of Approaches To Media and production, distribution and consumption Communication Research looks at the impact of the internet and new communication and mass media issues. of media content in text and audiovisual means of transparency and communications This module will introduce you to the main form, whether online or offline, as well as methods of communication research. You will on journalism and activism in a range of the workings of telecoms networks behind learn how to undertake selective quantitative circumstances from secure democracies through SEMESTER ONE online media. It identifies distinctive economic and qualitative methods, understanding and different kinds of political systems. features of media and relates these to trends in exploring the different stages of the social CORE MODULES Media Audiences the organisation of specific media industries, science research process; from a definition of Dissertation taking account of ways in which the economics a research hypothesis, to data collection and This module begins with an overview of media A taught module and group workshops in of media have been affected by the spread of analysis. You will also look at the theoretical audiences, and goes on to analyse audiences the first semester will guide you in conducting a digital technologies.

144 GLOBAL MEDIA MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad GLOBAL MEDIA MA 145 and media institutions, passive/active ASSOCIATED CAREERS audiences, media influence and effects, MEDIA AND and ethnography and media audiences. Graduates have found jobs in middle and upper management in media industries, DEVELOPMENT MA The second part of the module is devoted to discussions about media and identity, fans, as well as the broader private sector (eg. diasporas and new media audiences. consulting and advertising firms) and public sectors (eg. government ministries, regulatory Length of course authorities), international organisations and Media Business Strategy One year full-time This module explores the challenges facing non-governmental organisations. media organisations in the fields of strategy Location and innovation. It addresses the contextual Harrow nature of strategy formation, identifies and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS analyses key drivers of change within media You should possess, or be expecting, Course fees and funding industries, and examines the application of a good first degree – equivalent to at least See westminster.ac.uk/fees structured methods of planning in media product an Upper Second Class Honours or a and service development. The module applies minimum Grade Point Average (GPA) of More course information management concepts and tools to business 3.00 – from a recognised university in a See westminster.ac.uk/journalism and strategic challenges confronting public humanities or social sciences discipline and/ and private media enterprises across the globe. or have relevant professional experience. Particular consideration will be given to mature This interdisciplinary course teaches main Policies for Digital Convergence applicants. The testing nature of the degree theories, concepts, case studies and practical The module studies digital convergence and the means that you must be able to write and media skills around the theme of media and role of policy and regulation in facilitating and speak fluent English. If English is your second development and its implications for less controlling that process. The focus is on internet- language you should have an IELTS score of at developed countries. The course will provide related policy debates and concepts drawing least 6.5 with 6.0 in each element. You may you with a unique blend of theory and mostly on developments in the USA, the additionally be asked to write 500 words on practice teaching, aimed at deepening your European Union and Britain, but with a critical a topic assigned by the University. As far as knowledge of the history of communications awareness of the issues facing developing, possible, telephone interviews are conducted within the development process of emerging transitional and small countries. It critically before offers of admission are made. In these, economies. It will critically evaluate the impact assesses competing arguments concerning the interviewer looks for evidence of interest of international and regional institutions from the interplay between policy and technology in and commitment to the study of global and a critical political economic perspective. and implications for market structures and transnational media and communication, as Teaching by academic staff, guest lecturers and business models, as appropriate. well as analytical skills. other carefully selected staff from development organisations will provide you with an overview Sociology of News of the policies, actions and impact of state You will examine both theoretically and and non-state institutions within the area of empirically aspects of the news creation, RELATED COURSES communication media and development. dissemination and reception processes. The • Communication MA module will look at the relevance of different • Communications Policy MA A distinctive feature is its emphasis on the traditions in mass media research to the study • Diversity and the Media MA practical role of communication media in of news and will be based on a number of development. You will participate in media • International Media Business MA case studies. The module will focus mainly production workshops and take part in our on contemporary practices, in both print and • Media and Development MA internship programme, offered in partnership electronic media, but attention to historical and • Media Management MA with media and development organisations conceptual perspectives will also be given. • Multimedia Journalism – Broadcast, or Print in London. As part of the work experience and Online MA/Postgraduate Diploma module, students participate in an extensive • Public Relations MA NGOs and media seminar series featuring • Social Media, Culture and Society MA experts and panel discussions. The work placement programme is in line with the University of Westminster’s strategy of nurturing of the critical practitioner.

146 GLOBAL MEDIA MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MEDIA AND DEVELOPMENT MA 147 SEMESTER ONE OPTION MODULES Political Economy of Communication SEMESTER TWO This module introduces students to the political CORE MODULES Approaches to Social and Cultural Diversity economy approach to analysing the structure CORE MODULES Dissertation The module examines the various theoretical and performance of communication industries Media Work Experience attempts to make sense and deal intellectually A taught module and group workshops in the in capitalist economies. It identifies distinctive Students will be encouraged to take work with social and cultural diversity, from first semester will guide you in conducting a economic features of media and relates these experience during the course. With the number assimilationism to liberal universalism, integration major piece of independent research. This to trends in the organisation of specific media of charities and NGOs dealing with theories, liberal multiculturalism and the module will be supplemented by individual industries, taking account of ways in which the development in London, we expect students will various strands of multiculturalism. It examines supervisions beginning from the second economics of media have been affected by the get a placement with an organisation and we the concepts of pluralism, universalism, semester. The aim is to give you a guided spread of digital technologies. envisage them working in a communications cosmopolitanism, tolerance and respect as they framework within which you can demonstrate role. Students on the media and development have developed in various theoretical contexts your ability to carry out advanced independent Reporting Diversity: Migration, Race, Ethnicity MA have the option to join the C4D network and assesses their implications in contemporary study and write it up in the form of a dissertation. This module introduces the students to key and each can do a fellowship/internship with politics and culture. The dissertation is a 15,000 word piece of theoretical perspectives on the cultural the network during the course. original research on a topic agreed with production and representation of race, ethnicity Global Media your supervisor and related to the political, and migrancy and discusses the role of the Political Economy of Communication This module examines key developments in economic, cultural and/or sociological factors media and journalistic practice in such The aims of this module are to provide you the media and communications industries which shape the practices and outcomes of processes. It provides a context for critical with a theoretical overview of the concept of associated with the logic of globalisation. mass media, including media texts and the thinking and discussion about multi-racial, ‘development’, and the opportunity to consider You will explore the complex nature of the audience reception of them. multi-ethnic and multi-cultural issues associated how it relates to empirical experience in globalisation process, focusing on the with contemporary news media. You will study communications in small and developing emergence of both supra-national and Theories of Communication and research the stereotypes of people of countries. You will be able to analyse the role sub-national developments and explore The module is intentionally eclectic. You colour, various ethnic groups, refugees and of multilateral and bilateral agencies, NGOs, the relationship between new contexts will cover (in a loosely historical way) the immigrant communities in the mainstream news public service broadcasting and to compare of production and questions of collective arguments, advantages and problems of the media. The module will look at the influence, the experiences of a range of countries in culture and identity. main sociological, cultural and psychological responsibility, and power of journalism in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, in theories about the media. It aims to provide reporting diversity issues. The purpose of this developing their own communications Media Production Skills a comprehensive introduction to the module is to encourage student journalists to technologies and policies, in democratisation, The module gives students a basic most important ways of approaching the see, look at, report and reflect on the society and in exporting mass media content. This understanding of the structures and practical fundamental issues posed by the relationships they live in. module also critically discusses chinese abilities needed in news journalism. They will between the media of communication and intervention in communication and development develop individual skills in study, research and social and economic life. It will also enable you Study Skills (no credits) in Africa. to understand the problems posed by different writing and team skills in designing and writing If your first language is not English, or you intellectual traditions, and to place those for the web. The module aims to enable you to have no experience of the UK education theories in their proper contexts. develop a critical understanding of how print, system, you will benefit from this module. You radio and TV operate; develop news-writing will be taken through the process of producing OPTION MODULES Theories of Development techniques for different media platforms; learn a piece of written work, from note taking to Approaches to Media and This module focuses on different theories and individual and team skills across different editing, so as to enable you to produce written Communication Research approaches to development. It considers key media platforms; acquire knowledge of ethical work in accordance with current UK academic This module will introduce you to the main development theories and approaches such as considerations faced by journalists; and design standards and practices. methods of communication research. We shall modernisation, dependency and neo- liberalism and develop a website in teams. look at how to undertake selective quantitative and will provide you with an opportunity to Technology and Communication Policy and qualitative methods, understanding and Political Analysis of Communications Policy critically assess their relevance to specific This module will introduce you to a range exploring the different stages of the social contexts in developing countries. As international regimes and national of broadcasting and telecommunications science research process, from a definition of regulation become increasingly important in technologies, enabling you to assess the a research hypothesis, to data collection and the creation and delivery of communications, it economic and political issues surrounding each analysis. We shall also look at the theoretical becomes necessary to understand how the two technology. Topics covered include capital reasoning behind different methodological levels interact. This module will introduce you to investment in networks, how and why approaches to media and society, in particular those theories of policy making and technologies change, strategic interests and the politics of social research and diversity issues. international relations which provide tools for communications, and substitutable technologies the analysis of communication policies, and and the creation markets. their dynamic interaction at the national and international level.

148 MEDIA AND DEVELOPMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MEDIA AND DEVELOPMENT MA 149 Media Business Strategy Sociology of News ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This module explores the challenges facing You will examine both theoretically and media organisations in the fields of strategy empirically different aspects of the news creation, You should have, or expect, at least an Upper and innovation. It addresses the contextual dissemination and reception processes. The Second Honours degree (or equivalent). If nature of strategy formation, identifies and module will look at the relevance of different English is your second language you should analyses key drivers of change within media traditions in mass media research to the study have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in industries, and examines the application of of news and will be based on a number of case each element. structured methods of planning in media studies. The module will focus mainly on product and service development. The module contemporary practices, in both print and applies management concepts and tools to electronic media, but attention to historical and RELATED COURSES business and strategic challenges confronting conceptual perspectives will also be given. public and private media enterprises across • Communication MA the globe. • Communications Policy MA • Diversity and the Media MA Policies for Digital Convergence ASSOCIATED CAREERS Media, Activism and Censorship The module studies digital convergence and • Global Media MA The course is suitable for you if you would value This module offers a critical assessment of the the role of policy and regulation in facilitating • International Media Business MA an opportunity to be able to reflect critically on role of media in political mobilisation, social and controlling that process. The focus is on • Media, Campaigning and Social Change MA the role of media in the process of development movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections, internet-related policy debates and concepts • and learn practical skills. The course will be Media Management MA and political and social crises. The module drawing mostly on developments in the USA, of interest to you if you have a background in • Public Relations MA considers the impact of different forms of the European Union and the UK but with a working for governmental, intergovernmental • Social Media, Culture and Society MA censorship and regulation on social, political critical awareness of the issues facing and nongovernmental organisations, and a and cultural expression in the media. It also developing, transitional and small countries. range of international business organisations, looks at the impact of the internet and new It critically assesses competing arguments while at the same time providing appropriate means of transparency and communications concerning the interplay between policy and preparation for those seeking employment on journalism and activism in a range of technology and implications for market in such fields or, indeed, wanting to prepare circumstances from secure democracies structures and business models, as appropriate. through different kinds of political systems. for further studies for higher a higher degree, including a PhD. Reporting Diversity: Sexuality, Age, Disability Planning Campaign Communications This module will present information for While the majority of our graduates will return Campaigning in the last century saw the critical thinking and discussion about media to more senior posts with improved skills, mobilisation of large numbers of people to representation of age, gender, sexual knowledge and qualifications gained from their bring about political and social change. The orientation and disability. The module will year with us, we would expect them to apply political landscape has changed and the ways discuss ways of improving journalism practice for jobs at development organisations such as to influence it have grown. Major changes in in order to bridge social and cultural divisions. Internews, BBC Media Action, Oxfam, Save the society and technology now enable concerned You will study and research the stereotypes Children, Red Cross, Actionaid, Panos, DFID, citizens from around the world to come together of youth and the elderly, men and women, Intermedia, Institute of War and Peace, Christian online and take action on issues that concern gay and lesbian communities and people Aid, WACC, OneWorld and War on Want. them. Is there still a role for civil society with disabilities. The course will look at organisations in this new environment or is the influence, responsibility, and power of online activism mapping out a new model for journalism in reporting these. social change? Campaigning non-governmental organisations (NGOs) are, in some areas, the Reporting Faith natural voice of dissent, but they too run the risk This module presents and critically evaluates of being seen as part of the establishment. As debates around social and faith/religious trust in institutions declines, how can NGOS diversity, awareness of the issues surrounding maintain their influence and change their the reporting of faith and faith communities techniques to deliver successful campaigns? in their societies. Through a series of lectures What does the new political and campaigning and workshops/seminars, it will encourage landscape look like, what are the current you to reflect on the various aspects of media techniques and how can you decide which is and journalism practice in relation to religion the best technique to use for your campaign? and faith.

150 MEDIA AND DEVELOPMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MEDIA AND DEVELOPMENT MA 151 be of interest to those working in corporate CORE MODULE MEDIA, CAMPAIGNING social responsibility. AND SOCIAL SEMESTER ONE The course team has extensive experience both Critical Issues in Campaigning CHANGE MA in developing social change campaigns and in In this module, you will consider the factors academic research into the connections between that influence social change in the context of media and social change. The course is jointly current campaigns around the world, and the led by Michaela O’Brien and Dr Anastasia historical development of campaign techniques Length of course Kavada with additional teaching by leading and practices. You will apply a critical analysis One year full-time or two years part-time social change practitioners and members of of concepts such as power, theories of change, CAMRI. The course offers a number of delivery ethics, innovation, media representation, Location modes to suit the different needs of students narrative and framing to practical scenarios Harrow and central London and can be taken either part-time or full-time. and topical campaigns. This module requires You can apply for a Postgraduate Certificate, you to monitor and critically evaluate practice Course fees and funding the longer Postgraduate Diploma, or the full in the UK and/or internationally. See westminster.ac.uk/fees Masters course.

More course information There are three core modules. The first See westminster.ac.uk/journalism develops practical planning and campaign CORE MODULES communications skills; the second considers SEMESTER TWO media and activism theories; and the third Media, Activism and Politics This new Masters from the highly regarded combines theory with practice, reflecting on The module investigates the relationship Media and Society cluster aims to equip applying concepts like power and ethics within between media, activism and politics. you with the skills, knowledge and strategic the setting of campaign communications. It offers a critical assessment of the role approach to develop and analyse social Each module has assessments – eg essays, of media in political mobilisation, social change campaigns, with a particular focus on campaign plans, reflective blogs, debates and movements, dissent, memes, satire and art, the role of communications and the media. It is presentations – rather than exams. and political and social crises. The module the only MA in the UK to specialise in this field. looks at the impact of the communications These three core modules make up the on activism in a range of circumstances from This innovative course builds on our close links Postgraduate Certificate. secure democracies through different kinds with leading campaigners and communicators of political systems. The module combines in London’s vibrant social change sector. You can take another three modules – chosen traditional academic lectures and seminars They include representatives from Amnesty from a very wide range of options including with attendance at topical events and visits to International, Friends of the Earth, Water Practical Media and Content Production Skills; relevant exhibitions and institutions. Aid and The National Council of Voluntary Diversity Issues; Development and Policy; Social Organisations. Their involvement ensures the Media; Theories of Communication and more – Planning Campaign Communications course accurately reflects the skill sets in demand to complete a Postgraduate Diploma. In this module you will learn how to research and delivers an exciting learning experience. and plan a strategic campaign for social A limited number of work placements and If you want to take the Masters course you will change based on the theories of social internships will be available. also complete either a 15,000-word research change examined in Semester One. You will dissertation, or a professional practice project produce communication material such as The course is aimed at those with some (which can be work-based). news releases, e-alerts, tweets, infographics experience in social change, the media, and/or videos to support your campaign and campaign communications within not strategy. Where possible, you work to live for profit organisations. The course will help briefs from campaigning organisations. This you improve your practical skills, develop is a practical, hands-on module taught through a deep understanding of the theories and a series of workshops, visits to campaign frameworks that underpin and shape campaign communication teams in London-based communications, and enjoy the space to campaigning organisations, and guest reflect critically on current and past practice. talks by leading campaigners and social It is designed to help you start, or progress, change communicators. a career in charity, pressure group or public sector campaign communications. It may also

152 MEDIA, CAMPAIGNING AND SOCIAL CHANGE MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad MEDIA, CAMPAIGNING AND SOCIAL CHANGE MA 153 OPTION MODULES ASSOCIATED CAREERS SOCIAL MEDIA, You choose three option modules from the This course is particularly relevant if you following menu. You may choose to focus want to start, or to progress, a career in CULTURE AND on practical skills, on new technologies, communications and campaigning for SOCIETY MA on diversity or development, or on media social change, whether in a charity or non- audiences and industries. governmental organisation; in a public sector body; in a political party or election campaigning setting; or even in a corporate Length of course SEMESTER ONE social responsibility role. It could also be a One year full-time or two years part-time day stepping-stone towards a PhD and an academic Choose two of the following in addition to the career in this growing field of study. Location core module: Harrow • Approaches to Social and Cultural Diversity • Global Media ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Course fees and funding • Media Management and Content Production See westminster.ac.uk/fees (PR and the Media) You should possess an Upper Second Class Honours degree (or equivalent). If English • Media Production More course information is your second language you should have See westminster.ac.uk/journalism • Political Economy of Communication an IELTS score of 7.0 overall, with 6.5 in • Reporting Diversity: Gender, Sexuality, each element. Age, Disability The Social Media, Culture and Society MA • Social Media and e-Marketing offers a flexible interdisciplinary exploration • Social Media: Creativity, Sharing, Visibility RELATED COURSES of key contemporary developments in the • Technology and Communications Policy networked digital media environment. It • Communication MA • Theories of Communication. will benefit those seeking to develop their • Diversity and the Media MA understanding of contemporary communication • Media and Development MA and its societal, political, regulatory, industrial SEMESTER TWO • Public Relations MA and cultural contexts. • Social Media, Culture and Society MA Choose one of the following in addition to the The course provides you with the opportunity to core modules: focus at postgraduate level on: • Approaches to Media and Communications Research • Studying the ways in which social media • Critical Theory of Social Media and the internet shape and are shaped by and the Internet social, economic, political, technological and cultural factors, in order to equip you • Development and Communications Policy to become critical research-oriented social • Media Audiences media experts • Online Journalism • Developing reflective and critical insights into • Reporting Diversity: Faith and Religion how social media and the internet are • Reporting Migration, Race and Ethnicity used in multiple contexts in society, and into • Sociology of News which roles social media can play in various • Web Production: Westminster News Online. forms of organisations that are situated in these societal contexts. The aim is that you are equipped to become reflective and critical social media practitioners • Gaining in-depth knowledge and understanding of the major debates about the social and cultural roles of social media and the internet

154 MEDIA, CAMPAIGNING AND SOCIAL CHANGE MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad SOCIAL MEDIA, CULTURE AND SOCIETY MA 155 • Acquiring advanced knowledge and OPTION MODULES Theories of Communication SEMESTER TWO understanding of the key categories, The module is intentionally eclectic. You theories, approaches and models of Study Skills (no credits) will cover (in a loosely historical way) the CORE MODULE social media If your first language is not English, or you arguments, advantages and problems of the Critical Theory of Social Media have no experience of the UK education system, • The role and impact of social media and main sociological, cultural and psychological and the Internet you will benefit from this module. You will the internet on society and human practices theories about the media. It aims to provide This module provides an overview of the critical be taken through the process of producing • Obtaining advanced insights into practical a comprehensive introduction to the and theoretical analysis of how the internet and a piece of written work, from note taking to most important ways of approaching the social media (Facebook, Twitter, Wikipedia, activity and practice-based work that relate editing, so as to enable you to produce written to how social media and the internet work fundamental issues posed by the relationships WikiLeaks, file sharing, blogs etc) shape and work in accordance with current UK academic between the media of communication, and impact on society, the economy and politics, and the implications they have for social and standards and practices. cultural practices. social and economic life. It will also enable you and how power structures in society shape the to understand the problems posed by different internet and social media. Two elective modules from two topical clusters intellectual traditions, and to place those You can also visit the course’s Facebook page: (any combination of modules is applicable): facebook.com/MASocialMedia theories in their proper contexts. • Theory and Global Political Economy of Media and Communication OPTION MODULES • Media Politics, Regulation and THEMATIC GROUP: MEDIA POLITICS, Two elective modules from two topical clusters SEMESTER ONE Business Strategies. REGULATION AND BUSINESS STRATEGIES (any combination of modules is applicable): • Media Politics, Regulation and CORE MODULES Political Analysis of Communications Policy Business Strategies Dissertation Module THEMATIC GROUP: THEORY AND As international regimes and national regulation • Media, Culture and Everyday Life. A taught module and group workshops in the GLOBAL POLITICAL ECONOMY OF become increasingly important in the creation first semester will guide you in conducting MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION and delivery of communications, it becomes a major piece of independent research or necessary to understand how the two levels THEMATIC GROUP: MEDIA POLITICS, creating a theoretically inspired social media Global Media interact. This module will introduce you to those REGULATION AND BUSINESS STRATEGIES artefact. This module will be supplemented This module examines key developments theories of policy making and international by individual supervisions beginning from in the media and communications industries relations which provide tools for the analysis Development and Communications Policy the second semester. The aim is to give you associated with the logic of globalisation. of communications policies, and their dynamic The aims of this module are to provide you a guided framework within which you can You will explore the complex nature of interaction at the national and international level. with a theoretical overview of the concept demonstrate your ability to carry out advanced the globalisation process, focusing on the of ‘development’, and the opportunity to independent study and write it up in the emergence of both supra-national and Technology and Communications Policy consider how it relates to empirical experience form of a dissertation. The dissertation is a sub-national developments and explore This module will introduce you to a range in communications in small and developing 15,000-word piece of original research on a the relationship between new contexts of of broadcasting and telecommunications countries. You will be able to compare topic agreed with your supervisor and related production and questions of collective culture technologies, enabling you to assess the the experiences of a range of countries to the political, economic, cultural and/or and identity. economic and political issues surrounding in attempting to retain cultural autonomy, sociological factors which shape the practices each technology. Topics covered include in developing their own communications and outcomes of social media or a social Political Economy of Communication capital investment in networks, how and why technologies and policies, in democratisation, media artefact accompanied by a written report This module will introduce you to the political technologies change, strategic interests and and in exporting mass media content. of approximately 7,000 words, in which you economy approach to analysing the structure communications, and substitutable technologies critically reflect on your social media project and and performance of communication industries and the creation of markets. Media, Activism and Censorship ground it in relevant theory. in capitalist economies. It identifies distinctive The module critically investigates the economic features of media and relates these relationship between media, activism and Social Media: Creativity, Sharing, Visability to trends in the organisation of specific media censorship. It offers a critical assessment of the This module provides you with a theoretical industries, taking account of ways in which the role of media in political mobilisation, social understanding of the development, significance economics of media have been affected by the movements, dissent, wars, conflicts, elections and contemporary uses of social media. It spread of digital technologies. and political and social crises. The module fosters both critical analysis and reflective considers the impact of different forms of practice in the networked digital media censorship and regulation on social, political environment. You will critically engage with key and cultural expression in the media. ideas of creativity, sharing and visibility in social media and will participate in creative and reflective practice using leading social media tools and platforms.

156 SOCIAL MEDIA, CULTURE AND SOCIETY MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad SOCIAL MEDIA, CULTURE AND SOCIETY MA 157 THEMATIC GROUP: specialisms. In the 2014 Research Excellence COURSE OVERVIEW MEDIA, CULTURE AND EVERYDAY LIFE Framework (REF), 42.2 per cent of CAMRI’s IMAGING ART AND research was classified as world-leading and The University of Westminster was the first SCIENCE MA* institution in the UK to provide academic Media Audiences 37.5 per cent as internationally excellent, This module begins with an overview which makes it one of Britain’s four leading degrees in Photography, Imaging Science of media audiences, and goes on to analyse media and communication research institutions. and Technology and has produced world leaders in the fields of Image Science, audiences and media institutions, passive/active Length of course Imaging Technologies, Photographic Arts and audiences, media influence and effects, and One year full-time or two to five years Photographic Theory. ethnography and media audiences. The second ASSOCIATED CAREERS part-time day part of the module is devoted to discussions The degree will benefit those seeking a The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is of media and identity, fans, diasporas Location competitive edge in a careers market that a cross-disciplinary programme built on our and new media audiences. Harrow and Cavendish values high-level skills in communication, experience and proficiency in these fields, run in research and critical thinking. This degree collaboration by Westminster School of Media, Sociology of News Course fees and funding will be of particular interest to those who plan Arts and Design (MA) and the Faculty of Science A critical study of the news media in the See westminster.ac.uk/fees context of current society; this module examines to work in the creative industries, as well as and Technology (MSc). It provides cutting those already working in this field. The MA in edge education, supported by external links to different aspects of how news is created, More course information Social Media, Culture and Society will also creative and scientific industries. disseminated and consumed. See westminster.ac.uk/mad be of interest to those working or planning Understanding and Managing Diversity to work as digital media professionals in research organisations, public administration, in the Media The MA/MSc in Imaging Art and Science is MA AND MSc PATHWAYS This module looks at the various ways in which international organizations and civil society a unique programme in Imaging, designed Students enroll for an MA or an MSc degree, our understanding of diversity and difference has organisations, such as NGOs, and private to equip students with advanced skills in but can potentially change pathway. The impacted on the way in which media models, companies. It will also provide an excellent areas relating to image conception, MA and MSc pathways share some common institutions and professionals engage with social preparation for those wishing to continue their formation, capture, analysis, evaluation and syllabus, whilst the majority of the content and cultural diversity. It focuses on different studies to PhD level. visualisation from the perspectives of art, is distinctive to each degree, to allow for national media policy frameworks and media science and technology. discipline specialisation to be developed within cultures, it examines the meaning of the melting an multidisciplinary environment. Relevant pot, cultural mosaic and salad bowl metaphors ENTRY REQUIREMENTS areas include digital image representation and their operationalisation by the media, and and visualisation; digital imaging systems looks at various media institutions and their You should possess an Upper Second and their performance evaluation; cultural, responses to social diversity. This module is Class Honours degree (or equivalent). If theoretical, and historical aspects of the offered as an option in the dissertation route. English is your second language you should have an IELTS score of at least 7.0, with 6.5 production and consumption of images; colour vision, measurement and management; image Another 20 Credit Level 7 module for which the in each element. quality, content and aesthetics; programming student meets the prerequisites and gains the for imaging. The course encourages permission of the course leader(s). The selected understanding of interdisciplinary issues module must fit with your timetable and the RELATED COURSES relating to imaging, by providing space for course’s goals. • Communication MA art/science collaborative projects and hybrid methodologies. Students engage in a Major This MA is organised in the environment of the • Communication Policy MA Project, specific to the MA or MSc pathway, Communication and Media Research Institute • Diversity and the Media MA and where appropriate, collaborate with (CAMRI) and its Centre for Social Media • Global Media MA external creative, technological and scientific Research. CAMRI is a world-leading research • Media and Development MA industries. MA students obtain their degree centre that studies the role of media and • Media, Campaigning and Social from Westminster School of Media, Arts and communication in society. It has become known Change MA Design and MSc students from the Faculty of as the Westminster school of critical media and Science and Technology. communication research. The analysis of social media, culture and society is one of its research

*Subject to approval

158 SOCIAL MEDIA, CULTURE AND SOCIETY MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad IMAGING ART AND SCIENCE MA 159 COURSE STRUCTURE AND Colour Imaging* such as photography, art, science, media or provide graduates with real world research Colour Imaging is a dual pathway MA/ imaging industries. experience, an attribute that is highly prized by MODULE CONTENTS MSc module discussing colour theory, colour prospective employers. vision, colour measurement, appearance and management, alongside the cultural, WHO TEACHES THE COURSE? A number of our graduates now work in MA pathway MSc pathway theoretical, and historical dimensions of colour leading imaging centres in the industry, in visual arts and imaging. The course is delivered by staff from such as Apple Research Labs, Aptina Imaging, Methods – Process – Context Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design, ON Semiconductor, The Home Office (20 credits) Image Quality and Content* and the Faculty of Science and Technology. The Centre for Applied Science and Technology, Image Quality and Content is a dual pathway staff team has extensive expertise in imaging Moving Picture Company (MPC), Framestore, Transactions and Public Engagement MA/MSc module, exploring cultural and science, visual science, computer science, or research and teach in academic (40 credits) scientific approaches to image quality. Areas commercial and fine art photography, critical institutions internationally. of study include visual psychophysics, image theory and philosophy. It includes members Colour Imaging Colour Imaging quality models, critical theory and aesthetics. of the Imaging Technology Research Group dual pathway dual pathway (ITRG, westminster.ac.uk/imaging-technology) ADMISSION CRITERIA (20 credits) (20 credits) Imaging Arts* at the Centre for Research into Art and Media Imaging Arts is MA pathway specific; it focuses Practice (CREAM) and the Computer Vision and MA criteria Image Quality Image Quality on the cultural production and consumption of Imaging group (westminster.ac.uk/research/ Normally, applicants will require a First or and Content and Content images, issues of visuality and visualisation, a-z/computer-vision-and-imaging). Members Upper second Honours degree in photography, dual pathway dual pathway and the politics of image aesthetics. of the staff team disseminate and publish their media, fine art, or other relevant academic (20 credits) (20 credits) research internationally and are also active in discipline; or equivalent experience in a Imaging Science* consultancy within the creative and scientific photography, art, and/or media related Imaging Arts Imaging Science Imaging Science is MSc pathway specific; it industries. Recent publications include Fashion industrial context. (20 credits) (20 credits) focuses on signal sampling and quantisation, as Photograph, Emerging Landscapes and the digital image formation, image analysis and classic textbooks Manual of Photography and MSc criteria Research Project Research Project measurements of imaging system performance. Langford’s Advanced Photography. Normally, applicants will require a First or (60 credits) (60 credits) It includes optics relevant to image formation Upper second Honours degree in a scientific and system performance. discipline relating to imaging, such as imaging Option module Option module from ASSOCIATED CAREERS science electrical engineering, physics, from Westminster the Faculty of Science The Research Project mathematics, computer science; or equivalent Depending on the tailored module/content School of Media, and Technology The Research Project is a self-directed, pathway- experience in relevant subject areas in selection and Major Project topic, graduates Arts and Design specific body of work undertaken with academic industrial contexts. (20 credits) of the MA/MSc will be able to work in a (20 credits) supervision; it often runs in collaboration with relevant industries/organisations. range of fields, including: imaging practice If English is your second language an IELTS and production (eg fine art/ commercial score of 7.0 overall, with 6.0 in each element *You must take at least two module options photography, film post production and is required for both pathways. special effects); image management, picture Methods – Process – Context from the course. One option can be taken from research, curating (eg photographic libraries, Methods – Process – Context is a shared MA/ other relevant postgraduate courses within museums and archives); scientific imaging MSc module providing advanced research skills Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design, and processes (eg biomedical imaging relevant to art, science and inter-disciplinary or the Faculty of Science and Technology. labs, image processing and analysis, colour projects. It offers data analysis/statistics, management), imaging science research technical and creative skills, introduction to (eg optical system development, image creative programming and programming WHO IS THE COURSE FOR? quality, imaging performance). Graduates for imaging. A range of skills is offered to may also work in a number of other areas, allow students to tailor their skill-set to support The course is aimed at Art or Science graduates including imaging education, research labs themselves throughout the course. from disciplines relating to Imaging (eg photography, media, fine art, or computer and creative applications. Transactions and Public Engagement science, electrical engineering, mathematical Studying in a multidisciplinary environment will Transactions and Public Engagement and physical sciences), wishing to specialise equip graduates with a lateral approach to encourages understanding of interdisciplinary in Imaging Arts or Imaging Sciences, while problem solving, and the ability to communicate aspects of imaging, and provides a space developing a cross-disciplinary outlook, disciplinary issues to wide audiences, including for art/science collaborative imaging projects, informed by scientific, art and theoretical the public. Collaboration with the industry will the outputs of which are disseminated in perspectives. We also encourage applicants yearly events. with equivalent experience in related fields

160 IMAGING ART AND SCIENCE MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad IMAGING ART AND SCIENCE MA 161 The Interactive Factual Narrative MA has a MODULES INTERACTIVE FACTUAL totally different approach from any masters’ degree course you might know of. It has been Interactive Factual Fundamentals NARRATIVE MA (IF Fundamentals) conceived as a multi-disciplinary lab that will be taught in “burst mode” - blocks of three full The aim of this module is to provide you with days every two to three weeks - in order to a theoretical and historical overview of the field of interactive storytelling – with a focus on Length of course allow you to keep your professional life while factual narratives. Theories of interactivity and One year full-time taught in block release developing your dream personal project on the side. Treat it as a way to do R&D for your narrative models will be analyzed while looking at existing examples. This module will run Location company’s special project, or as a way to stay through the first two semesters and will provide Harrow creative and socially engaged while keeping your day-to-day job. The Interactive Factual a critical space for the class. Taking a full day out of the three of each burst, IF Fundamentals Course fees and funding Narrative MA offers you a creative space to will use the theme of the burst and give the See westminster.ac.uk/fees engage with your passions. students a chance to be active in their research and experimentation. Students will be asked More course information Modules on this course are following the to present case studies, guest speakers will be See westminster.ac.uk/journalism production schedule of an interactive project and adopt an iterative way of working - invited, examples will be peer-critiqued - so that where testing and user experience is taken you will have a solid understanding of the field that will allow you to place your projects in a The storyteller of the future is not just in consideration at each step of the creative critical context. someone with ideas, but a person that is process. It will feel as a safe playing ground able to communicate concepts through a where you will be encouraged to learn, fail, re-iterate and ultimately think outside of the Ideation: Interactive Storytelling and series of platforms, that can lead innovation Prototyping and communicate effectively within an box. You will be asked to adopt a collaborative The first part of this module will be dedicated inter-disciplinary team. Today’s designers, ethos and open your professional expertise to to sharpening the core story of each group. coders, journalists, documentary film makers, the benefit of your course peers, In doing so Strategies to pin down and research the photographers, educators, broadcasters, radio you will feel part of a creative community that primary and secondary audience of the producers and social campaigners need to will support you when needed, and hopefully project will be disclosed, and teams will work have the appropriate digital media skills to “tell serve you as a network even after the course on the “what, whom and why” methodology. their stories” in an interactive way. has finished. This is where a mixture of user personas, impact charts, platform maps and other user The Interactive Factual Narrative MA is The modules will be very hands on and will experience design techniques will be tried. designed to create a safe experimental be lead by a mixture of professionals from The second part of this module will be environment where you will acquire the the field and university staff. All modules will dedicated to initial prototyping of your ideas. methodology you need in order to develop be compulsory – this is to allow the different User journeys and user flows might act as a your interactive factual stories. As this is a groups to advance at a similar pace. starting point to start paper prototyping and new field, terminology is still confusing and presenting a first structure to the class. Testing you will have heard wording as varied as By the end of the year you will have expanded techniques and iterative design will also be i-docs, web-docs, social apps, mobile news, your ideas of what an interactive narrative experimented. immersive journalism, VR stories, factual digital can be, acquired a solid knowledge of the field, consolidated a multi-skilled network of experiences, serious games, stories for change, Building 1: Platforms, Design and Technology transmedia non-fiction… and more. We have people and developed a digital prototype of This module wants to give you the tools to conglomerated all these different terminologies your group idea. By then your project should decide of the scope of your project so that you into the larger family of interactive factual be ready to be presented to potential financers can start digitally prototyping it. Concepts such narratives, or “interfactuals”: stories that use and media partners. as “minimum viable product” and “project digital interactive media to portray the world scoping” will be used to delimitate your first around us and who want to initiate change. prototyping efforts. Current authoring and digital prototyping tools will be presented and you will be asked to experiment with them. Theories of user experience, iterative design and user testing will be core to this module. By the end of this module you will aim to have your first project’s digital prototype.

162 INTERACTIVE FACTUAL NARRATIVE MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/mad INTERACTIVE FACTUAL NARRATIVE MA 163 POSTGRADUATEFACULTY OF COURSES SCIENCE IN POLITICS ANDAND INTERNATIONAL TECHNOLOGY RELATIONS

Building 2: The Business of Interactive ASSOCIATED CAREERS Storytelling Not forgetting that your project will need The course is mainly geared at giving you the a solid business grounding if it wants to be right support and methodology to develop your fully developed, this module will touch upon interactive project during the course. The critical four main areas: impact, budget, marketing awareness and the iterative methodology that and pitching. Each of these themes will be you will gain will then serve you to remain developed through a full hands-on day lead competitive in the digital creative industries by specialists in each field. By the end of this you might enter in the future, regardless of the module you will have to complete a first draft technologies they use. of your project’s industry treatment.

Major Project RELATED COURSES The last semester will be dedicated to the building of your interactive project and the • Documentary Photography and consolidation of its industry treatment. Through Photojournalism MA regular meeting points and tutorials you will be • Interactive Media Practice MA coached all the way till your final pitch in front of a panel of industry members. Following the pitch you will be asked to provide a critical review piece that could be a written paper of 3,000 words or an interactive piece – the form of which will need to be discussed with your module leader. Here you will be able to critically evaluate your own work within the group efforts, position your project within the current interactive landscape and relevant interactive theory.

164 INTERACTIVE FACTUAL NARRATIVE MA westminster.ac.uk/mad westminster.ac.uk/fst FACULTY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 165 APPLIED BIOMEDICAL CORE MODULES SCIENCE MSc • Postgraduate Project • Postgraduate Research Methods

Length of course OPTION MODULES One year full-time, or part-time on a flexible basis • Cellular Pathology Location • Clinical Chemistry Central London (Cavendish) • Clinical Immunology • Haematology and Transfusion Science Course fees and funding • Medical Microbiology See westminster.ac.uk/fees • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics • Molecular Science and Diagnostics Course Leader • Principles of Molecular Medicine Dr Ian Locke [email protected] For a detailed description of modules please see page 190. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You must have a non-IBMS accredited BSc This course has been specifically designed as a Not all option modules will necessarily be Honours degree in Biomedical Sciences or top-up qualification for individuals who wish to offered every academic year. Please see closely related subject. You must also have become Health and Care Professions Council westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on a letter from the IBMS confirming that your (HCPC)-registered biomedical scientists but who which modules are currently available. qualifications have been submitted to the do not hold an Institute of Biomedical Science IBMS, evaluated against the HCPC standard (IBMS)-accredited BSc Honours degree. This of proficiency for biomedical scientists programme is accredited by the IBMS and, (3a.1) and that the outcome has been the in combination with a suitable first degree, ASSOCIATED CAREERS identification of specific subject shortfalls. This the Applied Biomedical Science MSc will If you do not already have an IBMS accredited course is not suitable for you if the IBMS has ensure that you possess the required academic BSc Honours degree in Biomedical Science determined that you are required to complete knowledge for HCPC registration. then this MSc programme is the next step on a full IBMS-accredited Biomedical Science BSc your path to becoming a HCPC registered Honours degree to meet the HCPC standard When you have completed both this course and Biomedical Scientist. Biomedical scientists have of proficiency. If you are applying for part- the IBMS registration training portfolio (and the knowledge and skills to provide the crucial time study, you will normally be working in a been awarded your Certificate of Competence laboratory diagnostic service central to modern relevant area and will require written support from the IBMS) you will then meet the HCPC medicine and will be involved in 70 per cent of from your employer including confirmation that standards of competency and can apply to all disease diagnoses, from ante-natal care to facilities will be available in your workplace for become registered as a biomedical scientist. emergency medicine. More information about you to carry out your research project. biomedical science, the role of the biomedical The combination of modules that you study scientist and the process of HCPC registration If your first language is not English you will be based in part upon your requirements can be found on the IBMS website at ibms.org should have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, for supplementary education as identified by with 6.0 in each element. During the induction the IBMS but, depending on the number of stage of the course, if English is not your compulsory modules required, there is still PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION first language, you will need to complete some scope to tailor the course to match your Academic English screening and any resulting The course is accredited by the Institute of own interests. The course also includes the recommended Academic English support activity. opportunity to study Masters-level research Biomedical Science (IBMS). methods and perform an independent research project in an area of your interest.

166 APPLIED BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst APPLIED BIOMEDICAL SCIENCE MSc 167 APPLIED BIOTECHNOLOGY MSc

Length of course One year full-time study or part-time on a flexible basis.

Location Central London (Cavendish)

Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/fees

Course Leader Dr Godfrey Kyazze [email protected]

Our established programme in Biotechnology, which has been extensively updated, includes a wide range of modern molecular biology techniques and how biotechnology can be used by today’s society. You will complement your CORE MODULES ASSOCIATED CAREERS theoretical studies with hands-on experience The course is aimed at those aspiring to be of fully controlled fermenters that are up to • Applied Molecular Biology researchers and managers in the biotechnology pilot-plant scale, and are linked to modern • Fermentation Technology and pharmaceutical industries or other biosectors. monitoring and control systems. • Industrial and Environmental Biotechnology • Postgraduate Project You will study a range of subjects in • Postgraduate Research Methods considerable depth, including bioactive • Science, Technology and Commercialisation ENTRY REQUIREMENTS compounds, industrial bioprocesses, microbial You must have a good (at least a lower second physiology and fermentation technology, class) BSc Honours in Biological Sciences or microbial production of novel metabolites, OPTION MODULES a related discipline, a professional qualification monitoring and control of fermentation, topics in of equivalent status and associated work biotechnology, and types of bioreactors. • Communicating Science experience or an equivalent qualification • Extended Postgraduate Project deemed suitable by the course team. If you are • Molecular Bioinformatics applying for part-time study, you will normally • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics be working in a relevant area and will require • Regenerative Medicine written support from your employer including confirmation that facilities will be available in • Systems Biology your workplace for you to carry out your research project. For a detailed description of modules please see page 190. If your first language is not English you should have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in Not all option modules will necessarily be each element. During the induction stage of the offered every academic year. Please see course, if English is not your first language you westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on which will need to complete Academic English modules are currently available. screening and any resulting recommended Academic English support activity.

168 APPLIED BIOTECHNOLOGY MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst APPLIED BIOTECHNOLOGY MSc 169 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES CORE MODULES ASSOCIATED CAREERS MSc • Postgraduate Research Methods You will develop a range of transferable skills • Postgraduate Project that will enhance your employment prospects and your research opportunities in the UK or overseas. This course has a diverse intake Length of course of both full and part-time home, EU and One year full-time study or part-time on a OPTION MODULES international students. Our home/EU students flexible basis • Advanced Cancer Biology range from recent graduates to those working in diagnostic laboratories who wish to gain Location • Advances in Cellular Pathology • Automation in Biomedical Sciences additional qualifications while our international Central London (Cavendish) students often have experience in biomedical • Cell Signalling and Genetics science laboratories and following completion Course fees and funding • Cellular Haematology of their studies will return to their home countries westminster.ac.uk/fees See • Clinical Aspects of Microbial Physiology to pursue promotion or research opportunities. and Chemotherapy Course Leader • Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Dr Tony Madgwick • Communicating Science [email protected] PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION • Concepts and Principles of Human Nutrition The course is accredited by the Institute of • Diagnostic Cellular Pathology Biomedical Science (IBMS). However students This course allows you to plan your own • Diagnostic Clinical Biochemistry interested in gaining professional registration taught programme to match your interests • Extended Postgraduate Project should consider our Applied Biomedical and experience by selecting modules from • Immunohaematology and Haemostasis Science MSc. a diverse range offered by other bioscience • Immunopathology Masters course in the Faculty of Science and • Immunotherapy Technology, with the advice of the Course • Infectious Diseases and Public Health ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Leader. For example, you could combine • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics modules on microbiology and molecular You must have at least a BSc Honours in biology or those on haematology and • Molecular Bioinformatics Biomedical Sciences or a closely related subject, clinical chemistry. • Molecular Science and Diagnostics a professional qualification of equivalent • Principles of Molecular Medicine status and associated work experience, or an Alternatively you can combine basic • Principles of Pharmacology and equivalent qualification deemed suitable by the science with study of the communication or Drug Discovery course team. If you are applying for part-time study, you will normally be working in a relevant commercialisation of science. We also offer the • Regenerative Medicine area and will require written support from your opportunity to consider the increasing role of • Science, Technology and Commercialisation automation in diagnostic laboratories. Those employer including confirmation that facilities will • Systems Biology studying part time are free to develop their be available in your workplace for you to carry module choices as they progress. out your research project. For a detailed description of modules please see page 190. Whatever the combination, you will be able to If your first language is not English you should expand your understanding of human diseases, have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 Not all option modules will necessarily be their investigation and therapy, and develop in each element. During the induction stage of offered every academic year. Please see your competence in the design and execution of the course, if English is not your first language westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on a laboratory based project. you will need to complete Academic English which modules are currently available. screening and any resulting recommended Academic English support activity.

170 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES MSc 171 During the course you will join our thriving BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES research environment and will have access to (CANCER BIOLOGY) excellent laboratory facilities within the Faculty. On successful completion of the course you MSc will be equipped to take forward your career with an in-depth knowledge of this increasingly common disease area.

Length of course One year full-time study or part-time on a CORE MODULES flexible basis • Advanced Cancer Biology Location • Cell Signalling and Genetics Central London (Cavendish) • Molecular Science and Diagnostics • Postgraduate Project Course fees and funding • Postgraduate Research Methods See westminster.ac.uk/fees

Pathway Leader Dr Miriam Dwek OPTION MODULES [email protected] • Communicating Science • Extended Postgraduate Project PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION • Immunopathology Improved global life expectancy has resulted The course is accredited by the Institute of • in a cancer epidemic. It is well recognised that Immunotherapy Biomedical Science (IBMS). accurate early diagnosis is an essential aspect • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics of the administration of increasingly expensive • Systems Biology and tailored cancer treatment care plans. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS For a detailed description of modules please You must have at least a BSc Honours in The Biomedical Sciences (Cancer Biology) MSc see page 190. Biomedical Sciences or a closely related course has been devised to provide knowledge subject, a professional qualification of of key aspects of this increasingly important Not all option modules will necessarily be equivalent status and associated work disease area. offered every academic year. Please see experience, or an equivalent qualification westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on which deemed suitable by the course team. If you are You will become familiar with the genetic and modules are currently available. applying for part-time study, you will normally cellular changes occurring in both solid and be working in a relevant area and will require blood-borne cancers, the current and emerging written support from your employer including technological approaches for diagnosis of the ASSOCIATED CAREERS confirmation that facilities will be available disease, and the effect of pertinent cellular After graduation, you will be equipped with in your workplace for you to carry out your changes on patient prognosis. Studies on the skills and knowledge to pursue a range of research project. populations and the influence of genotypic cancer-focused careers including appointments variation will ensure that you are qualified to in diagnostic laboratories, and academic, If your first language is not English you should make sense of cancer statistics. biotechnological and pharmaceutical research. have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in each element. During the induction stage of the You are able to tailor your programme by As a graduate of this course, you will be course, if English is not your first language you selecting from a menu of option modules and ideally placed to play an essential role in will need to complete Academic English pursuing a research project in an area ranging both diagnosis and improved care of cancer screening and any resulting recommended from molecular through to cellular or tissue- patients. Opportunities are also available to Academic English support activity. based aspects of cancer. pursue a career in clinical trials and in areas such as data analysis and public health.

172 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (CANCER BIOLOGY) MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (CANCER BIOLOGY) MSc 173 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES ASSOCIATED CAREERS As a graduate of this course you will possess (CELLULAR PATHOLOGY) a range of transferable skills that will enhance MSc your employment prospects and your research opportunities in the UK or overseas. For those biomedical scientists (or international Length of course equivalents) undertaking continuing One year full-time study or part-time on a professional development, this course will flexible basis enhance your knowledge base in your chosen specialist discipline and open up the potential Location for career advancement or moves towards Central London (Cavendish) involvement in research and development.

Course fees and funding Successful completion of the course will See westminster.ac.uk/fees enhance the career prospects of graduates for entering PhD programmes; you may also find Pathway Leader employment in hospital laboratories, academia, Dr Tony Madgwick research institutes, or in the pharmaceutical and [email protected] related industries. CORE MODULES • Advances in Cellular Pathology This course will enable you to enhance your • Diagnostic Cellular Pathology PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION knowledge and understanding of modern The course is accredited by the Institute of cellular pathology through a range of option • Molecular Science and Diagnostics Biomedical Science (IBMS). modules. In addition, the core modules in • Postgraduate Project cellular pathology are designed to deliver a • Postgraduate Research Methods comprehensive overview of contemporary technical practice in the context of service ENTRY REQUIREMENTS delivery to the pathologist for diagnostic OPTION MODULES You must have at least a BSc Honours in practice, or for the scientist engaged in cell Biomedical Sciences or a closely related subject, • and tissue-based research. Automation in Biomedical Sciences a professional qualification of equivalent • Cell Signalling and Genetics status and associated work experience or an Our specialist cellular pathology modules are • Extended Postgraduate Project equivalent qualification deemed suitable by supported by the online use of interactive digital • Immunopathology the course team. If you are applying for part- microscopy, for example in pathology case • Immunotherapy time study, you will normally be working in a studies, to illustrate the applications of a range • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics relevant area and will require written support of visualisation methods in cellular pathology. • Principles of Molecular Medicine from your employer including confirmation that Practical experience in research design and facilities will be available in your workplace for • Systems Biology methodology is gained through you to carry out your research project. the laboratory-based research project. For a detailed description of modules please If your first language is not English you should see page 190. have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in each element. During the induction stage of the Not all option modules will necessarily be course, if English is not your first language, you offered every academic year. Please see will need to complete Academic English westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on which screening and any resulting recommended modules are currently available. Academic English support activity.

174 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (CELLULAR PATHOLOGY) MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (CELLULAR PATHOLOGY) MSc 175 BIOMEDICAL ASSOCIATED CAREERS The course has been designed to provide SCIENCES (CLINICAL professionals with a broad range of BIOCHEMISTRY) MSc transferable skills in clinical biomedical sciences, with particular reference to possessing the ability to critically discuss and evaluate Length of course concepts, analytical techniques, current One year full-time study or part-time on a research and advanced scholarship in flexible basis clinical biochemistry.

Location Successful completion of the course will Central London (Cavendish) enhance your career prospects for entering PhD programmes; you may find employment in Course fees and funding hospital laboratories, academia and research See westminster.ac.uk/fees institutes, as well as in the pharmaceutical and CORE MODULES related industries. Pathway Leader Dr Vinood Patel • Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism [email protected] • Diagnostic Clinical Biochemistry PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION • Molecular Science and Diagnostics The course is accredited by the Institute of • Postgraduate Project Biomedical Science (IBMS). This course aims to provide you with the skills • Postgraduate Research Methods and knowledge of theory and practice that will enable you to work as a professional capable ENTRY REQUIREMENTS of making important contributions in the field OPTION MODULES of clinical biochemistry. The course aims to You must have at least a BSc Honours in further enhance your knowledge of clinical • Automation in Biomedical Sciences Biomedical Sciences or a closely related biochemistry, to engage you with contemporary • Cell Signalling and Genetics subject, a professional qualification of issues and debates within the discipline, and to • Cellular Haematology equivalent status and associated work develop your critical and analytical skills. • Communicating Science experience or an equivalent qualification • Immunohaematology and Haemostasis deemed suitable by the course team. If you are The taught programme contains specific applying for part-time study, you will normally • Immunopathology modules in Clinical Biochemistry, such as be working in a relevant area and will require endocrinology and metabolism and diagnostic • Principles of Molecular Medicine written support from your employer including clinical biochemistry, which you can apply to confirmation that facilities will be available in diagnostic biomedicine, as well as offering For a detailed description of modules please your workplace for you to carry out your you a choice of modules related to molecular see page 190. research project. diagnostics or haematology. Not all option modules will necessarily be If your first language is not English you should offered every academic year. Please see have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on which each element. During the induction stage of the modules are currently available. course, if English is not your first language you will need to complete Academic English screening and any resulting recommended Academic English support activity.

176 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY) MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY) MSc 177 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES CORE MODULES ASSOCIATED CAREERS (HAEMATOLOGY) MSc • Cellular Haematology As well as gaining specialist knowledge in • Immunohaematology and Haemostasis haematology and related disciplines, you • Molecular Science and Diagnostics will develop a range of transferable skills that will enhance your employment prospects • Postgraduate Project and research opportunities in the UK or Length of course • Postgraduate Research Methods overseas. The course is taken by both UK One year full-time study or part-time on a and international students, preferably (but not flexible basis necessarily) with relevant work experience. It OPTION MODULES is relevant to career pathways in diagnostic Location haematology, immunology and transfusion • Advanced Cancer Biology Central London (Cavendish) laboratories, research institutions and • Automation in Biomedical Sciences pharmaceutical companies. Course fees and funding • Cell Signalling and Genetics See westminster.ac.uk/fees • Communicating Science • Extended Postgraduate Project Pathway Leader PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION • Immunopathology Stipo Jurcevic The course is accredited by the Institute of • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics [email protected] Biomedical Science (IBMS). • Principles of Molecular Medicine

This course will focus on the physiology For a detailed description of modules please ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and pathology of blood and its use as a see page 190. diagnostic and therapeutic tool. A variety of You must have at least a BSc Honours in areas of molecular and cellular bioscience Not all option modules will necessarily be Biomedical Sciences or a closely related will be covered with an emphasis on new offered every academic year. Please see subject, a professional qualification of technologies and developments in haematology westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on which equivalent status and associated work and related disciplines such as transfusion modules are currently available. experience or an equivalent qualification science. You will expand your knowledge of deemed suitable by the course team. If you are the basic science and analytical techniques applying for part-time study, you will normally relating to haematology and gain an up- be working in a relevant area and will require to-date understanding of the application of written support from your employer including haematology in bioscience/pharmaceutical confirmation that facilities will be available in research, as well as in diagnostic and your workplace for you to carry out your therapeutic medicine. research project.

There will be an emphasis in the course on If your first language is not English you should development of critical analysis skills in the have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in assessment of scientific literature and laboratory each element. During the induction stage of the data. In addition you will have the opportunity course, if English is not your first language you to design and execute your own research will need to complete Academic English project. The course team is supported by visiting screening and any resulting recommended lecturers who are practising scientists in the Academic English support activity. field, which helps ensure that taught material is current and relevant.

178 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (HAEMATOLOGY) MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (HAEMATOLOGY) MSc 179 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES CORE MODULES ASSOCIATED CAREERS • Cell Signalling and Genetics As well as gaining specialist knowledge in (IMMUNOLOGY) MSc immunology and related disciplines, you will • Immunopathology • Immunotherapy develop a range of transferable skills that will enhance your employment prospects Length of course • Postgraduate Project and research opportunities in the UK or One year full-time study or part-time on a • Postgraduate Research Methods overseas. The course is taken by both UK flexible basis and international students, preferably (but not necessarily) with relevant work experience. Location OPTION MODULES It is relevant to career pathways in diagnostic Central London (Cavendish) haematology, immunology and transfusion • Advanced Cancer Biology laboratories, research institutions and Course fees and funding • Extended Postgraduate Project pharmaceutical companies. See westminster.ac.uk/fees • Immunohaematology and Haemostasis • Infectious Diseases and Public Health Pathway Leader • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics Dr Nino Porakishvili PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION • Molecular Science and Diagnostics [email protected] The course is accredited by the Institute of • Principles of Molecular Medicine Biomedical Science (IBMS). • Systems Biology The course will allow you to expand your understanding of immunology, immunopathology For a detailed description of modules please ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and immunotherapy, to further develop skills in see page 190. analytical approaches to immunodiagnosis and You must have at least a BSc Honours in molecular therapeutics, as well as enhance your Not all option modules will necessarily be Biomedical Sciences or a closely related subject, competence in the design and execution of a offered every academic year. Please see a professional qualification of equivalent laboratory-based project. You will be able to westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on which status and associated work experience or an take a proactive role in research, development, modules are currently available. equivalent qualification deemed suitable by the evaluation and implementation of current course team. If you are applying for part-time immunological techniques while perceiving the study, you will normally be working in a relevant subject in the broader perspective of health care area and will require written support from your and scientific progress. employer including confirmation that facilities will be available in your workplace for you to The scope of the modules included will ensure a carry out your research project. breadth of knowledge appropriate for the scientific and professional needs of practising If your first language is not English you should immunologists, at the same time making use of have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 your knowledge and experience. This course is in each element. During the induction stage of designed so that you can plan your own taught the course, if English is not your first language programme to match your interests and you will need to complete Academic English experience by combining core and optional screening and any resulting recommended modules with emphasis on therapeutics, Academic English support activity. diagnostics, haematology or public health.

180 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (IMMUNOLOGY) MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (IMMUNOLOGY) MSc 181 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES ASSOCIATED CAREERS As well as gaining knowledge and skills in (MEDICAL medical microbiology and associated subject MICROBIOLOGY) MSc areas you will develop numerous other skills that are designed to make you competitive in the jobs market. Some students will already Length of course be working in healthcare and public health One year full-time study or part-time on a laboratories in the UK and overseas while flexible basis others will be gaining the skills they need to work as a biomedical or clinical scientist. Location Central London (Cavendish) The course will also allow you to work in industry including the pharmaceutical and Course fees and funding biotechnology sectors as well as regulatory See westminster.ac.uk/fees affairs. You will also be well prepared for a career in research including further study at Pathway Leader PhD level. Dr Patrick Kimmitt [email protected] CORE MODULES PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION • The course is accredited by the Institute of This course is designed to give you the opportunity Clinical Aspects of Microbial Physiology Biomedical Science (IBMS). to study and analyse the theoretical and practical and Chemotherapy basis of medical microbiology and many of the • Infectious Diseases and Public Health specialist areas within it. You will gain greater • Molecular Science and Diagnostics insight into the importance and role of medical • Postgraduate Project ENTRY REQUIREMENTS microbiology, with an emphasis on cutting- • Postgraduate Research Methods You must have at least a BSc Honours in edge areas such as molecular diagnostics and Biomedical Sciences or a closely related genomics, emerging pathogens and antibiotic subject, a professional qualification of resistance. OPTION MODULES equivalent status and associated work experience or an equivalent qualification You will study a range of core and option modules • Automation in Biomedical Sciences deemed suitable by the course team. If you are that will allow you to tailor studies to your own • Communicating Science applying for part-time study, you will normally requirements. You will expand your knowledge • Extended Postgraduate Project be working in a relevant area and will require of the basic science and analytical techniques • Immunopathology written support from your employer including relating to medical microbiology and gain an • Molecular Bioinformatics confirmation that facilities will be available in up-to-date understanding of the application • Principles of Molecular Medicine your workplace for you to carry out your of medical microbiology in bioscience/ research project. pharmaceutical research, as well as in diagnostic • Systems Biology and therapeutic medicine. There will be an If your first language is not English you should For a detailed description of modules please emphasis in the course on development of critical have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in see page 190. analysis skills in assessment of scientific literature each element. During the induction stage of the and laboratory data. In addition, you will have course, if English is not your first language you Not all option modules will necessarily be the opportunity to design and execute your own will need to complete Academic English offered every academic year. Please see research project. The course team is supported by screening and any resulting recommended westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on which visiting lecturers who are practising scientists in the Academic English support activity. field, which helps to ensure that taught material is modules are currently available. current and relevant.

182 BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY) MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES (MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY) MSc 183 MEDICAL MOLECULAR CORE MODULES BIOLOGY MSc • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics • Molecular Science and Diagnostics • Principles of Molecular Medicine Length of course • Postgraduate Project One year full-time study or part-time on a • Postgraduate Research Methods flexible basis. Location OPTION MODULES Central London (Cavendish) • Cell Signalling and Genetics Course fees and funding • Extended Postgraduate Project See westminster.ac.uk/fees • Immunopathology • Immunotherapy Course Leader • Molecular Bioinformatics Dr Pamela Greenwell • Systems Biology [email protected] For a detailed description of modules please see page 190. This course enables you to study cutting edge molecular methods employed for the PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION Not all option modules will necessarily be understanding of molecular mechanisms of The course is accredited by the Institute of offered every academic year. Please see diseases and for their diagnosis and treatment. Biomedical Science (IBMS). westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on Your studies will be underpinned by essential which modules are currently available. knowledge in genetics, cell signalling and molecular medicine. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You must have at least a BSc Honours in Biology, You will be offered the flexibility to select ASSOCIATED CAREERS Chemistry or a related subject, a professional option modules that reflect your own interest You will develop a range of course-specific qualification of equivalent status and associated in molecular biology and these will be and transferable skills that will enhance your work experience or an equivalent qualification combined with core modules and an employment prospects, career progression deemed suitable by the course team. If you are independent research project. The course is and research opportunities in the UK and/ applying for part-time study, you will normally suitable for newly qualified graduates, those or overseas. It is anticipated that a significant be working in a relevant area and will require employed in related work and those with number of graduates will go on to pursue written support from your employer including medical qualifications. a career in research after registering for a confirmation that facilities will be available in higher degree. Others will seek employment your workplace for you to carry out your in healthcare laboratories, industry, research research project. For those not employed in laboratories, government laboratories or related areas or for whom a work-based project academia in the UK or worldwide. One of is not viable we can provide projects at the strengths of this degree is the mixture the University. of backgrounds/experience and career aspirations of the students recruited. If your first language is not English you should have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in each element. During the induction stage of the course, if English is not your first language you will need to complete Academic English screening and any resulting recommended Academic English support activity.

184 MEDICAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst MEDICAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY MSc 185 research laboratories, government laboratories MEDICAL MOLECULAR or academia in the UK or worldwide where BIOLOGY bioinformatics is becoming an indispensable tool in molecular medicine. One of the strengths (BIOINFORMATICS) MSc of this degree is the mixture of backgrounds/ experience and career aspirations of the students recruited. You do not require prior Length of course work experience and we are happy to take One year full-time study or part-time on a students who are working in fields unrelated to flexible basis science to support their studies.

Location Central London (Cavendish) PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION Course fees and funding The course is accredited by the Institute of See westminster.ac.uk/fees Biomedical Science (IBMS).

Course Leader Dr Pamela Greenwell ENTRY REQUIREMENTS [email protected] You must have at least a BSc Honours in Biology, Chemistry or a related subject, a professional qualification of equivalent status This course focuses on the interaction between and associated work experience or an bioinformatics techniques and cutting-edge CORE MODULES equivalent qualification deemed suitable by molecular methods to give you an insight into the course team. If you are applying for the mechanisms, diagnosis and treatment of • Cell Signalling and Genetics part-time study, you may be working in a disease. It is most appropriate for those wishing • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics relevant area and in which case you will to study the impact and utility of bioinformatics • Molecular Bioinformatics require written support from your employer tools in molecular medicine. The project • Molecular Science and Diagnostics including confirmation that facilities will be modules will enable you to understand the • Principles of Molecular Medicine available in your workplace for you to carry requirements and rigours of project design, • Postgraduate Project out your research project. For those not execution and publication within this discipline. • Postgraduate Research Methods employed in related areas or for whom a • Systems Biology work-based project is not viable we can The course is suitable for newly qualified provide projects at the University. graduates, those employed in related work and For a detailed description of modules please those with medical qualifications. It is important see page 190. If your first language is not English you should that prospective students are comfortable with have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in the use of web-based computing tools but Not all option modules will necessarily be each element. During the induction stage of the programming skills are not required as this is a offered every academic year. Please see course, if English is not your first language, you course designed for end users, not developers westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on which will need to complete Academic English of the technology. modules are currently available. screening and any resulting recommended Academic English support activity. ASSOCIATED CAREERS You will develop a unique blend of skills and knowledge of bioinformatics and molecular biology to enable you to fulfil an important role at the interface between these disciplines. It is expected that a significant number of graduates will pursue a career in research after registering for a higher degree. Others will seek employment in healthcare laboratories, industry,

186 MEDICAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (BIOINFORMATICS) MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst MEDICAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (BIOINFORMATICS) MSc 187 to disease, drugs and therapeutics at the OPTION MODULES PHARMACOLOGY MSc molecular and genetic level. • Communicating Science To enhance your learning experience you will • Extended Postgraduate Project be assigned a personal tutor and take part • Immunopharmacology Length of course in our postgraduate training programme, One year full-time study or part-time on a • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics designed to develop and enhance skills such • Neuropharmacology flexible basis as academic writing, presentation skills and • Science, Technology and Commercialisation interpretational analysis. You will also have the Location opportunity to attend our seminar series within For a detailed description of modules please Central London (Cavendish) the Faculty, and utilise some of the excellent see page 190. teaching tools available to our students Course fees and funding including computer simulation software and our Not all option modules will necessarily be See westminster.ac.uk/fees Human Patient Simulator (METI). offered every academic year. Please see westminster.ac.uk/fst for information on Course Leader As we help you to develop as a scientist, there which modules are currently available. Dr Stephen Getting will be an emphasis on the development of [email protected] critical analysis skills, through interpretation of literature and data. You will also get the opportunity to undertake an independent ASSOCIATED CAREERS The course aims to provide you with the research project within our research The course is aimed at those aspiring to opportunity to greatly enhance and expand laboratories, thus developing your practical be researchers within university research your understanding of pharmacology, skills. Candidates wishing to enhance their laboratories, work in the pharmaceutical toxicology and closely associated disciplines. experimental skills will be given the opportunity industry or for personal development and Cutting edge content will allow you to take a to take an extended research project. The career enhancement. During the course you will more proactive role in understanding research course team are dedicated to the development develop a range of transferable skills that will and development of novel pharmacological of the field of pharmacology, through enhance your prospects for employment and agents, as well as evaluating their safety. membership of the British Pharmacological research opportunities in the UK and overseas. Additionally, you will also evaluate the subject Society and through their published research. in a broader context by looking at how funding In addition, visiting lecturers help to bring for health care and pharmaceconomics impacts diversity of knowledge from many areas of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS upon the drug discovery and development the discipline. process. The overall course objective is to You must have a good (at least a lower second develop students’ competencies so that they class) BSc Honours in Pharmacology, Physiology, can establish a career in pharmacology, Biochemistry or a closely related subject, a toxicology and drug discovery, including CORE MODULES professional qualification of equivalent status the public and private sector and non- • Molecular Bioinformatics and associated work experience or an government organisations at local, national and • Molecular Pharmacology equivalent qualification deemed suitable by the international level. and Pharmacogenomics course team. If you are applying for part-time • Postgraduate Project study, you will normally be working in a You will study a number of core modules and • Postgraduate Research Methods relevant area and will require written support option modules thus allowing you to tailor the from your employer including confirmation that • Principles of Pharmacology and course to your own particular requirements facilities will be available in your workplace for Drug Discovery through a pure pharmacology route or via a you to carry out your research project. more business-orientated route depending on • Xenobiotic Metabolism, Pharmacokinetics module choice/availability. You will expand and Toxicology If your first language is not English you should your knowledge of the basic principles of have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in pharmacology, drug discovery and toxicology. each element. During the induction stage of the In addition you will gain knowledge of course, if English is not your first language you specialised areas of pharmacology including will need to complete Academic English bioinformatics, immunopharmacology, screening and any resulting recommended neuropharmacology and state-of-the-art research Academic English support activity. in cellular signalling cascades, relevant

188 PHARMACOLOGY MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst PHARMACOLOGY MSc 189 Applied Applied Biomedical BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS Medical Medical Pharmacology BIOSCIENCE Biomedical Biotechnology Sciences (BMS) (Cancer (Cellular (Clinical (Haematology) (Immunology) (Medical Molecular Molecular Sciences Biology) Pathology) Biochemistry) Microbiology) Biology Biology COURSES (Bioinformatics) Advanced Cancer Biology O C O O Advances in Cellular Pathology O C Applied Molecular Biology C Automation in Biomedical Sciences O O O O O Cell Signalling & Genetics O C O O O C O C Cellular Haematology O O C Cellular Pathology O Clinical Aspects Microbial Physio. O C & Chemotherapy Clinical Chemistry O Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism O C Clinical Immunology O Communicating Science O O O O O O O Concepts & Principles of Human Nutrition O Diagnostic Cellular Pathology O C Diagnostic Clinical Biochemistry O C Extended Postgraduate Project O O O O O O O O O O Fermentation Technology C Haematology & Transfusion Science O Immunohaematology & Haemostasis O O C O Immunopathology O O O O O C O O Immunopharmacology O Immunotherapy O O O C O Industrial & Enviro. Biotechnology C Infectious Diseases & Public Health O O C Medical Microbiology O Molecular & Cellular Therapeutics O O O O O O O C C O Molecular Bioinformatics O O O O C C Molecular Pharm. & Pharmacogenomics C Molecular Science & Diagnostics O O C C C C O C C C Neuropharmacology O Postgraduate Project C C C C C C C C C C C C Postgraduate Research Methods C C C C C C C C C C C C Principles of Molecular Medicine O O O O O O O C C Principles of Pharmacology & Drug Discovery O C Regenerative Medicine O O Science, Tech. & Commercialisation C O O Systems Biology O O O O O O O C Xenobiotic Metabolism, Pharmacokinetics C & Toxicology

Key: C – Core module 190 MODULE INFORMATION westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst O – Option module 191 Cell Signalling and Genetics Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Diagnostic Cellular Pathology MODULE INFORMATION This module provides up-to-date information This module aims to emphasise the intellectual This module provides you with a clear on cell signalling processes coupling surface skills and knowledge you require to understanding of the science, practice and scope Advanced Cancer Biology receptor engagement to changes in gene understand endocrine function, assays of routine diagnostic cellular pathology. The This module will explore the role of common expression. Transcriptional, post-transcriptional of hormone concentration, pathologies and their module will encourage you to evaluate disease signalling pathways and other molecular and post-translational mechanisms are discussed laboratory investigation. Emphasis is placed on pathogenesis at the molecular, cellular and tissue mechanisms implicated in carcinogenesis, in relation to selected cell-signalling pathways developing a deep understanding levels with particular reference to the diagnosis including the role of cancer stem cells in responsible for controlling cell functions such of the cellular and biochemical processes of disease in the cellular pathology laboratory. disease progression and metastasis. Recent as cell cycle, cell differentiation and cell death. which underlie pathology. advances in diagnostic methods and therapeutic Examples of defective cell signalling through Diagnostic Clinical Biochemistry strategies will be discussed as well as ways in inherited and somatically acquired mutations Clinical Immunology An in-depth study of the aetiology, which public health initiatives can lower the risk in signalling components will be highlighted in This module aims to build on your knowledge pathogenesis and laboratory investigation of cancer development, and how issues related relation to human disease. of basic immunology and apply that knowledge of selected pathologies and their laboratory to cancer are reported in the media. clinically by relating the concepts and mechanisms investigation. Principles of key and current Cellular Haematology of immunology to disease diagnosis and analytical methods in the field are also included Advances in Cellular Pathology This module will enable you to understand pathogenesis. It will provide you with the as well as the latest developments in diagnostic This module will engage with modern pathology how blood cells are produced and how they underpinning language skills to successfully clinical biochemistry. practice in the cellular pathology specialty. You function in normal and pathological situations. study biosciences at postgraduate level. will evaluate advances in diagnostic, prognostic You will consider the causes, consequences Extended Postgraduate Project and predictive testing in the laboratory, and laboratory features of a range of red cell Communicating Science This module gives you the opportunity to discussed in the light of developments in our disorders and haematological malignancies, Introducing you to key concepts in science investigate an appropriate research topic, generate underpinning understanding of pathology and and be able to evaluate and interpret the communication, its challenges, rewards and and critically analyse data, and present your of evolving technologies. relevant diagnostic testing procedures. applications, this module is designed to results and discuss findings in the context incorporate scenarios related to your interests, of previously published work. The project Applied Molecular Biology Cellular Pathology such as health, drug discovery and water proposed and undertaken must include rigorous This module is designed to provide you with The aim of this module is to encourage you science. The roles of science and scientists in and critical analysis of data with a high level insight into current research topics in biochemistry to evaluate the aetiology and pathogenesis of society and how the public perceives, interacts of initiative. This module is intended for students and molecular biology. Since these areas are nonneoplastic disease at the molecular, cellular with and responds to the information produced wishing to gain greater research experience evolving rapidly, the most recent relevant topics and tissue levels. You will gain a broad and by scientists are explored, with the history of and includes an extended period of research are selected year-to-year. Examples of topics critical understanding of the current and future communicating science used to contextualise activity and extended assessment regime. might include: molecular biology of cancer, needs of your department in the continually current issues in disseminating information. personalised medicine, transgenic plants, evolving field of scientific support and Fermentation Technology epigenetics, metabolomics, proteomics, gene diagnostic confirmation of malignant disease. Concepts and Principles of Human Nutrition This module aims to examine and discuss therapy and stem cell research. This module introduces you to the basic the essential, qualitative and quantitative Clinical Aspects of Microbial Physiology concepts and principles of nutritional science principles in growth of cultures and subsequent Automation in Biomedical Sciences and Chemotherapy that underpin the theory and practice of public bioproducts to provide the needed expertise This module will explore the current and The module aims to enable you to analyse health nutrition. You will explore the role of for the bio-industries. You will gain an potential impact of laboratory automation on critically aspects of microbial physiology, macro- and micro-nutrients in maintaining understanding of fermentation processes, the practice of biomedical science in the context metabolism and chemotherapy and relate these health, and their effects when consumed in as well as small and large-scale production of diagnosis and research. You will explore to appropriate areas of medical microbiology, excess or when deficient, through the appraisal of fermentation products, microbial strain/ automation from the perspectives of technology, such as pathogenicity, disease diagnosis, of scientific information relating to their culture selection and development, and quality, impact on skill requirements, cost/ treatment and control. structure, function, sources and bio-availability. microbial culture. benefit and laboratory organisation. The This module emphasises the skills required to module will include site visits to laboratories Clinical Chemistry develop a critical understanding of the scientific Haematology and Transfusion Science using state-of-the-art automation. You will discuss and debate current issues in basis of nutritional requirements, factors that The module presents the three main fields of the field of clinical chemistry, emphasising influence them, and how they are applied to transfusion science: immunohaematology; blood new technologies, assays and biochemical populations throughout the life cycle. donations (to include preparation of blood markers of pathology. The module aims to components, their appropriate use, and quality integrate aspects of physiology, biochemistry assurance); and the developments in stem cell/ and chemical analysis of clinical samples for tissue transplantation and related legislation. understanding disease processes and discipline Emphasis will be given to diagnostic blood based inter-relationships for their investigation. transfusion science, to enable you to work competently and develop professional skills in areas of transfusion science.

192192 MODULE INFORMATION westminster.ac.uk/fstwestminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fstwestminster.ac.uk/fst MODULE INFORMATION 193 Immunohaematology and Haemostasis Infectious Diseases and Public Health Molecular Science and Diagnostics Principles of Pharmacology and Drug Discovery This module will cover clinically important blood The module explores the factors determining This module is designed to make you aware This module is an introduction to pharmacology, group systems and laboratory techniques used the importance of infectious diseases and the of the impact of molecular biology on the exploring the role that pharmacology plays to identify blood group antigens and antibodies, role of surveillance in their control. You will diagnosis of human diseases. You will critically in the development of drugs from bench to and to ensure safety of blood components for develop a critical approach to contemporary review the technologies and determine the bedside, examining the need for improving transfusion and transplantation. In addition you literature on selected diseases, evaluating the advantages and disadvantages associated pharmacotherapy for existing and emerging will examine the various components of the relative importance of epidemiology, routine with each diagnostic strategy. Issues of diseases and the role that pharmacoeconomics haemostasis system laboratory investigations, laboratory-based accuracy, implementation, ethics and safety plays in the drug discovery process. together with clinical disorders leading to research, clinical diagnosis and control of will be addressed. increased risk of bleeding or thrombosis. infectious diseases. Regenerative Medicine Anticoagulant therapy and relevant laboratory Neuropharmacology The module provides information on the current techniques for investigation of haemostasis Medical Microbiology The module provides a comprehensive review scope of regenerative medicine, emerging will also be covered. You will gain greater insight into the factors of the major CNS disorders and drugs used to techniques, novel biomaterials and scaffold determining the importance of infectious treat them. It will explore in-depth how drugs sources, stem cell harvesting and differentiation. Immunopathology diseases and to develop a critical approach interact with the neuronal and system level The module also provides information on the You will analyse and discuss cellular and to contemporary literature on selected allowing for integration of the disciplines of use of bio–reactors in the creation and culturing molecular aspects of innate and adaptive diseases, enabling an evaluation of the relative neuropharmacology, clinical neuroscience and of three dimensional constructs. immune responses, and advances in modern importance of routine laboratory investigations, neuropathology. methods for disease diagnosis and treatment. laboratory-based research, clinical diagnosis Science, Technology and Commercialisation This will include strategies available for the and control of infectious diseases. Postgraduate Project You will gain an insight into the scope of diagnosis of inherited and acquired immunological This module aims to enhance your skills of commercial biotechnology, starting and disorders, normal and pathological immune Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics self-management, experimental design, critical financing a company, the role of intellectual responses to extracellular and intracellular This module reviews and discusses the ways analysis and interpretation of data, enabling property protection, writing a business plan, pathogens, transplantation of organs and in which molecular biology has been used to you to present and justify your research. assessing projects, managing a company, tissues, immune surveillance of tumours, treat inherited and acquired diseases. You will managing company finances, and coping autoimmune and immunodeficiency disorders. investigate the ethics and legislation involved Postgraduate Research Methods with industrial safety legislation. in the use of novel therapies in humans. You will be able to develop your skills in Immunopharmacology information retrieval, critical analysis and Systems Biology The module examines the pathological basis Molecular Bioinformatics presentation relevant to your research topic, This module will introduce the theoretical and of inflammatory and immune disease states Bioinformatics is an exciting new discipline and form a clear plan for your project. practical underpinnings of systems biology. in a number of areas including rheumatoid at the interface of computer science, informatics The emphasis is on studies of entire systems, arthritis, asthma and lupus. It will explore in and biology and is playing a crucial role in Principles of Molecular Medicine assisted by the use of bioinformatics and how depth the pharmacology of drugs acting on the the development of personalised medicine. The module provides you with a critical the knowledge from these may be applied to immune system and the identification of novel From genome sequencing projects though to appreciation of the human genome, its medicine. The module will examine databases therapeutic targets for their treatments. rational drug design and protein engineering regulation, functional significance of gene and other resources as well as discuss issues it offers great opportunities for enhancing our mutations and current approaches of key to the studies of entire systems. Immunotherapy understanding of biology at the molecular identification of human genetic disorders. The module aims to investigate the role level and for the developments of new Topics covered include: molecular basis of Xenobiotic Metabolism, Pharmacokinetics of immunological tools such as vaccines, therapeutics. Topics covered include: analysis host-pathogen interaction; molecular pathology and Toxicology monoclonal antibodies and cytokines in the of protein sequence and structure, modelling of disease with simple genetics; molecular This module provides a sound understanding treatment of human disease. protein structure and function, rational drug genetics of disease; complex systems, of toxicokinetics and reviews the molecular design, protein structure prediction and immunogenetics and disease; and molecular mechanisms underpinning toxic side effects. Industrial and Environmental Biotechnology protein engineering. genetics of cancer. You will explore the role of major metabolic This module will explore applications of pathways in the variation of an individual’s bacterial, fungal, and mammalian culture to Molecular Pharmacology and Pharmacogenomics drug response, and the protocols for the production of bio-products (eg enzymes, This module combines a focus on significant toxicity testing. biopharmaceuticals) and examine ways in recent advances in studies of drugs and their which micro-organisms are applied in the targets at a molecular or chemical level, with an solution of environmental problems. The latest exploration of how individual variation in the trends in the improvement of plant yield, human genome underlies variable responses tolerance to water/drought stress and pests, to prescribed drugs. Pharmacogenetic tests as well as the use of plants as bio-reactors are already in use for some conditions and will also be covered. personalised medicines are predicted to become the norm in future.

194 MODULE INFORMATION westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst MODULE INFORMATION 195 CHINESE MEDICINE CHINESE HERBAL MEDICINE MSc

Length of course One year full-time -– two days attendance per week; two years part-time – one day attendance per week An example timetable is available on request

Location Central London (Cavendish)

Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/fees

Course Leader Tony Booker [email protected] CORE MODULES Chinese Herbs and Formulae This is the first module of the Chinese Herbal Chinese Herbal Medicine Clinical Practice The Chinese Herbal Medicine MSc extends Medicine MSc course. Building on your In this module you will take developing foundation CM skills, you will develop and your acupuncture practice into the other of the responsibility for all aspects of patient care. major modalities of Chinese medicine. It is a refine your understanding and articulation of You will be guided in the construction of aetiological and pathological processes while theoretical and clinical professional entry- individual herbal formulae, applying research training. You will develop your case formulation you learn the 150 most common herbs and to ensure each patient is effectively treated. 50 main formulae within treatment categories, and diagnostic skills and also learn the materia You will develop your case history taking skills, medica and formulae of herbal medicine. patterns and common diseases. You will be and your understanding of the relevance of introduced to the phytochemistry, pharmaco- Phytochemistry and pharmacokinetics are tongue and pulse diagnosis to the construction integrated into the understanding of the dynamics and pharmacokinetics of herbs and of a complex diagnosis and treatment principle be introduced to dispensary preparation. energetic interactions of herbs. Extensive relevant for herbal medicine. You will also practice with patients will take place in our explore the various ways that herbal medicine on-site teaching clinic where theory is Formulas and Strategies may be applied or dispensed, dosage levels, This module involves the exploration and deconstructed and applied. Working in the and cautions and the yellow card protocol. dispensary with raw herbs will develop your innovation of formulae from the perspective of You will complete your research project within Chinese Medicine bianbing (disease categories) kinaesthetic skills to deepen understanding. this module. The aim is that you learn how to modify classic and explores diseases recognised in the West but not traditionally described in Chinese formulae to create new formulae which address Chinese Herbal Medicine in the UK complex patterns of illness. medicine (eg post-viral syndrome, autoimmune This module will look at issues that concern the disease, dermatology). You will be expected to practice of Chinese herbal medicine (CHM) in evaluate, challenge, modify and develop theory This course contextualises Chinese medicine the UK at present, to include: the legal and within its historical roots, and grounds it in the and practice and apply critical enquiry into political context of CHM in the UK and Europe; both traditional and modern theories in the light legal, ethical and interprofessional framework pharmacology, pharmacognosy, toxicology, of the UK. of new research. This module includes clinical CITES, quality assurance and quality control; and dispensary practice. inter-professional working; codes of ethics and practice; and research methods and issues. There will be field trips to Bristol Herb Garden and Royal Botanical Gardens Kew.

196 CHINESE MEDICINE westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst CHINESE MEDICINE 197 CHINESE MEDICINE CHINESE MEDICINE: ACUPUNCTURE MSc*

Length of course One year full-time; two to five years part-time Qualified practitioners will also need to undertake the equivalent of one day per week in private practice. An example timetable is available on request.

Location Central London (Cavendish)

Course fees and funding Postgraduate Research Methods PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION See westminster.ac.uk/fees This module provides the foundation of knowledge and skills needed to undertake The course is accredited by the European Course Leader ethical work-based research at Masters level. Herbal and Traditional Medicine Practitioners Jane Wilson The process of research and evaluation from Association. This enables graduates to apply [email protected] study design through data collection and data for membership of the Register of Chinese analysis is covered. A forum is provided for Herbal Medicine. critical debate, enabling you to develop critical The Chinese Medicine: Acupuncture MSc is reasoning in relation to research design. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS aimed at making practice better, at developing The Classics: Shang Han Lun and Wen Bing your personal and professional knowledge You must have at least a BSc Honours Chinese as a scholar practitioner deepening your This module focuses on the reconceptualising of Medicine: Acupuncture degree or equivalent initial acupuncture training. This is primarily materia medica at the level assumed in formula and associated work experience. Where a theoretical course which will require you to construction. You will cover the principles of CM equivalence is accepted, the length, depth, draw on your professional experience as an formulae construction from various perspectives, content and orientation of the syllabus will acupuncture practitioner. We make assumptions eg: shang han lun and wen bing, and develop be considered. You will need the higher of what Chinese medicine is, what the Chinese your competence and a greater appreciation education skills needed for postgraduate level body is, what is qi. These ideas will be of the roles of individual herbs through study, including evidence of critical thinking, challenged through analysis, criticality and critical research, in a collaborative learning academic writing, IT, reflective practice and humanity within inter-professional groups that environment. You will also be introduced into communication together with collaborative foster original and independent thinking. the clinic, where you will take increasing approaches to learning. If your first language responsibility for the treatment of patients is not English you should have an IELTS score You will decide the focus and direct your under supervision and work in the dispensary of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in each component. assessments to meet your own interests and becoming familiar with materia medica. Academic English support activities including specialist areas. You will look at diversity of academic writing may be recommended. practice and learn how to integrate research and practice. The aim of the course is for ASSOCIATED CAREERS you to expand your current practice either This course is designed for acupuncturists into a specialist area, to expand your clinical who want to extend their practice repertoire abilities, or to widen into research, clinical to include herbal medicine, or for Chinese governance policy and practice within the herbal medicine practitioners who wish to acupuncture profession. upgrade their academic skills to Masters level. Individual modules can be taken as continuing professional development (CPD). *Subject to approval

198 CHINESE MEDICINE westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst CHINESE MEDICINE 199 CORE MODULES Research Project In this module you will undertake a supervised HERBAL MEDICINE Acupuncture a Living Tradition research project relevant to your areas of The aim of this module is to help you to professional practice and/or work setting. critically appraise historic and current literature This module builds on and draws together the HERBAL MEDICINE MSc in order to contextualise Chinese medicine as knowledge and skills gained in other modules, a living tradition. We will look at its historical in particular Research Methods. We will help development, diversity of practice and the you to develop your capacity as an autonomous Length of course features that make it a unique system of researcher who, through reflection on supervision, medicine. Through this and group discussion One year full-time; two to five years part-time. can apply effective, rigorous,and ethical research An example timetable is available on request. the personal context of your own practice and skills in the critical in-depth investigation of a thinking should be revealed. Qualified practitioners will also need to chosen topic relevant to your practice. undertake the equivalent of one day per week Clinical Reasoning in private practice This module aims to develop your clinical reasoning as a confident, independent ASSOCIATED CAREERS Location and effective clinician within a community This course is designed for acupuncturists Central London (Cavendish) of practice. We will consider how we use who want to extend their current practice deductive and inductive reasoning, intuition and encourage diversity into other areas of Course fees and funding or tacit knowledge, narrative reasoning and work and in other healthcare environments See westminster.ac.uk/fees experience. Knowledge and practice will be such as the NHS and GP practices, charitable challenged through observation and discussion organisations and private outpatient clinics. Course Leader of clinical situations within your own discipline Graduates may continue onto PhDs or Julia Green and in inter-disciplinary care. Group and Professional Doctorates. Employment is now [email protected] individual supervision and mentoring will becoming more possible in academic or help you to develop the reflexive skills of the research institutes as well as management practitioner. You will need to undertake the and marketing, government and community The course develops qualified Herbal equivalent of one day a week in practice to healthcare provision. Individual modules may Practitioners. The focus is on furthering your complete this module. be taken as part of your continuing professional growth as a scholar practitioner, and enabling development (CPD). you to develop as a leader in research, clinical Postgraduate Research Methods governance and policy and practice within the This module provides the foundation of Herbal Medicine profession, while advancing knowledge and skills needed to undertake ENTRY REQUIREMENTS your own professional practice. The underpinning ethical work-based research at Masters level. ethos is to equip you with the knowledge, skills The process of research and evaluation from You must have at least a Chinese Medicine: and practical experience to enhance your study design through data collection and data Acupuncture BSc Honours degree or equivalent professional role in the field of Herbal Medicine. analysis is covered. A forum is provided for and associated work experience. Where This is fostered through the academic and critical debate, enabling you to develop critical equivalence is accepted, the length, depth, professional experience in both the theoretical reasoning in relation to research design. content and orientation of the syllabus will be concepts and the diagnostic practice within your considered. You will need the higher education own speciality. Researching Contemporary Issues in skills needed for postgraduate level study, Complementary Medicine including evidence of critical thinking, The course presents appropriate clinical and This module aims to equip you with the academic writing, IT, reflective practice and analytical content in an inter-professional skills you need to review and critique the communication together with collaborative dimension, and engenders an understanding evidence relating to contemporary issues approaches to learning. If your first language and appreciation of the importance and role of in your own field, by gaining academic is not English you should have an IELTS score peer mentoring and supervision. It will support credit for formal learning such as seminars, of at least 6.5, with 6.0 in each component. your research in a specialist area, enable you to conference presentations and workshops, and Academic English support activities including develop a wide variety of transferable skills and disseminating your findings in a collaborative academic writing may be recommended. critical analytical skills, and provide a forum in inter-professional setting. which you can engage with contemporary issues and debates within the discipline.

200 CHINESE MEDICINE westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst HERBAL MEDICINE 201 CORE MODULES gaining academic credit for formal learning such as seminars, conference presentations and HERBAL MEDICINE Applied Phytomedicine workshops, and disseminating your findings in In-depth exploration of the current nature and a collaborative inter-professional setting. context of herbal medicine, relating uses of MEDICINAL PLANT herbs from different countries and from different Research Project SCIENCE MSc herbal traditions to contemporary research and The purpose of this module is to enable you the evidence base for therapeutic applications. to undertake a supervised research project Detailed study of selected important herbs and relevant to your area of professional practice herbal preparations. and/or work setting. The module aims Length of course to develop your capacity as autonomous MSc: one year full-time; two years part-time Clinical Reasoning researchers, applying effective, rigorous, Postgraduate Diploma: two semesters full-time This module aims to develop your clinical and ethical research skills in the critical in- Postgraduate Certificate: one semester full-time reasoning as a confident, independent and depth investigation of a chosen topic relevant (all these are target exit awards) effective clinician within a community of to practice. You will generate and critically practice. We will consider how we use deductive analyse data; present your results and discuss Location and inductive reasoning, intuition or tacit your findings in the context of previously Central London (Cavendish) knowledge, narrative reasoning and experience. published work. Individual supervision is Knowledge and practice will be challenged supported by a series of generic and theme- Course fees and funding through observation and discussion of clinical specific tutorials, which will include preparation See westminster.ac.uk/fees situations within your own discipline and in for employment and career development. interdisciplinary care. Group and individual Course Leader supervision and mentoring will help you to Professor Annie Bligh develop the reflexive skills of the practitioner. You ASSOCIATED CAREERS [email protected] will need to undertake the equivalent of one day a week in practice to complete this module. This course is designed to enhance the skills of professionals already in herbal practice and This course is designed to respond to the growing Phytotherapeutics encourage diversity into other areas of work and in other healthcare environments such as the market in the use of medicinal plants and natural In-depth exploration of a range of medicinal products, which needs professional expertise to herbs from different countries and from different NHS and GP practices, charitable organisations and private outpatient hospitals. Graduates support its quality, analysis and development. herbal traditions, and the evidence base for The taught Medicinal Plant Science MSc course their therapeutic use; critical evaluation of the may continue in private practice or progress on to PhD/Professional Doctorate study, or find provides a programme of advanced study for clinical use of herbal medicines in the context of graduates from pharmacy, horticulture, herbal integrated health care and current legislation; employment in academic or research institutes, as well as management, marketing and medicine and biochemical sciences, to equip consideration of the efficacy and effectiveness them for future careers in the pharmaceutical, for chosen herbs in specific therapeutic development in government and community healthcare provision and related industries. phytopharmaceutical, nutraceutical, and applications or health conditions. cosmeceutical industries, and in quality assurance of herbal medicine. Through studying medicinal Postgraduate Research Methods plants, from their genesis as plants in a field to This module provides a foundation of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS analysing them in a chemical laboratory, the knowledge and skills needed to undertake You will hold a good BSc Honours degree in course equips you with a unique perspective and ethical work-based research at Masters level. Herbal Medicine, an equivalent professional critical understanding of plant medicines. You will The module covers principles and practice of qualification and associated work experience, also learn their traditional uses and the technical research with a focus on study design and or qualification deemed suitable by the course skills to unlock their future potential. methods of data collection, analysis and team. Where equivalence is accepted, the evaluation. It is taught in a supportive and length, depth, content and orientation of Medicinal Plant Science MSc aims to produce intellectually challenging environment within syllabus, of courses followed, will be considered. tomorrow’s researchers and leaders in which students develop their knowledge, You will need higher education skills required development of quality phytomedicines. Students understanding and skills as researchers. for postgraduate level study, including evidence of will benefit from internship opportunities in the research, critiquing and academic writing skills, medicinal herbs quality research laboratory, and Researching Contemporary Issues IT, reflective practice and communication the University’s polyclinic dispensary, providing in Complementary Medicine together with collaborative approaches to valuable real-world practical experience. You will develop the skills you need to working. If your first language is not English you review and critique the evidence relating to should have an IELTS score of at least 6.5 (with contemporary issues in your relevant field, by 6.0 minimum for each component).

202 HERBAL MEDICINE westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst HERBAL MEDICINE 203 CORE MODULES ASSOCIATED CAREERS Applied Phytomedicine The course is designed to enhance the skills This module provides an in-depth exploration of graduates with wide-ranging backgrounds of the current nature and context of herbal in plant, biological, chemical, pharmaceutical medicine, relating uses of herbs from different and pharmacy disciplines to pursue a countries and from different herbal traditions to career in research and/or development in contemporary research and the evidence base the pharmaceutical, phyto-pharmaceutical, for therapeutic applications. It also includes nutraceutical, and cosmeceutical industries. detailed study of selected important herbs and Graduates may continue in education, entering herbal preparations. PhD programmes on traditional uses of medicinal herbs to contemporary research and Pharmaceutical Analysis and Quality Assurance the evidence base for therapeutic approaches. In-depth understanding of analytical techniques In addition, the course is also designed in use in the pharmaceutical industry with to enhance the analytical skills in quality emphasis on quality and regulatory controls. assurance, drug discovery, phyto-pharmacology and toxicology for herbal medicine Phytopharmaceuticals practitioners. Study of research and development of a wide range of plant-based pharmaceuticals, their Graduates may find employment in academia preparations and formulation, pharmacology or research institutes, as well as management, and physiological actions and up-to-date marketing and development in complementary scientific research. OPTION MODULES and alternative healthcare provision. Pharmacology and Drug Discovery Phytotherapeutics You will explore the scope of pharmacology In-depth exploration of a range of medicinal and concepts of drugs as biologically active ENTRY REQUIREMENTS herbs from different countries and from different molecules through the drug discovery phases. herbal traditions, and the evidence base for The normal standard of entry is a BSc Honours You will interact with cellular targets and degree at a minimum of a Lower Second Class their therapeutic use; critical evaluation of the experimental techniques used in pharmacology, clinical use of herbal medicines in the context of or equivalent, in Herbal Medicine, Pharmacy, from target identification through to pre-clinical Pharmaceutical Science, Pharmacology, Botany, integrated health care and current legislation; models of disease and clinical applications. consideration of the efficacy and effectiveness Horticulture, Biochemistry or related subjects. If your first language is not English you should for chosen herbs in specific therapeutic Plant Science applications or health conditions. have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, and In-depth understanding of medicinal plants, minimum 6.0 for each component. taxonomy and identification, and herbal Postgraduate Research Methods preparations for therapeutic uses. Principles and practice of research with a focus on study design and methods of data collection, Xenobiotic, Metabolism, Pharmacokinetics evaluation and research; taught in a supportive and Toxicology and intellectually challenging environment In-depth view of the molecular mechanisms within which you develop your knowledge, of toxicology, with perspectives on drug understanding and skills as a researcher. metabolism and pharmacokinetics and how these process can lead to toxicity; aspects of Research Project tissue specific toxicology and the literature basis You will investigate an appropriate research behind research in this area. topic, generate and critically analyse data, as well as present your results and discuss your Other option modules include Molecular findings in the context of previously published Bioinformatics, and Molecular Pharmacology work. You will include rigorous and critical and Pharmacogenomics modules. analysis of data with a high level of initiative, supported by a series of generic and theme- specific tutorials, which will include preparation for your employment and career development.

204 HERBAL MEDICINE westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst HERBAL MEDICINE 205 COURSE CONTENT Business Systems Programming BUSINESS This is a hands-on module that uses Java to The course addresses new technologies, and develop your programming skills and to give you INFORMATION advanced theories and techniques, along a good practical understanding of object- with their application, implementation and oriented programming and concepts. Topics SYSTEMS integration with legacy systems. You will covered include data structures, GUI analyse new demands and the application programming, applets, database connectivity, BIG DATA of new technologies in the management of server-side programming (using JSP). As part of data and information resources, and examine the module, you will learn the fundamentals of TECHNOLOGIES MSc* emerging technologies shaping the way data is Java programming; how to handle events now processed, accessed, retrieved, structured through programming; how to design and and modelled. implement web-based applications communicating with a database and how object-orientation can Length of course Embedded into the course are three themes enable you to re-use existing solutions and to One year, full-time or two years, part-time that will help you develop skills in the use and facilitate new designs of software components. application of specific areas in the database Location discipline. One theme is related to database Data Management and Repositories Central London (Cavendish) administration and the ability to deliver and You will learn about the theoretical and practical administer web-enabled database solutions. A issues related to technologies employed for the Course fees and funding second theme is related to database application persistent storage of data. This module discusses See westminster.ac.uk/fees development, and the ability to deliver web- and evaluates the underlying technologies used enabled information systems solutions. The third in capturing, maintaining and modelling persistent Course Leader theme focuses on data architecture and the data. Pursuing this, the evolution of Database Tasos Ptohos skills and knowledge needed to organise and Management Systems, their components and [email protected] design data and manage projects in a way that functionality will be discussed, along with some harnesses potential emerging technologies. of the predominant and emerging data models.

This course has been designed to enhance Teaching methods include lectures, student-led Database Languages your professional abilities, and deepen your activity and smaller, instructor-led groups. You This is a hands-on module that develops your knowledge and understanding of emerging, are encouraged to gain greater understanding database skills for the definition and state-of-the-art database technologies. It will of topics through practical activity and the manipulation of data constructs. You will use equip you with the range of highly marketable, use of scaled down versions of real life Oracle’s SQL to learn the features and constructs hands-on skills required in data modelling, scenarios. The Oracle training materials that that contemporary ad hoc Database Query and in designing, managing, monitoring and we use will prepare you to take the Oracle Languages offer; Oracle’s PL/SQL is used to administering corporate database systems Certified Associate (OCA) exams. Assessment teach the procedural and object-relational divisions, information centres and web-enabled usually involves a combination of exams and aspects of Data Query Languages; issues related database applications. coursework, leading to a product such as a to the efficient use of client/server programming presentation, group investigation, technical constructs are also addressed. You will be given The course combines academic study with solution, a piece of software or a research access to Oracle courseware that can help you Oracle certification training, and you will be review. Exams are normally two hours long and with your preparation for Oracle Certification encouraged to take the associated Oracle take place at the end of the year. Exams, whereas the exercises and teaching exams and become an Oracle Certified materials used in this module are based on Associate. It is suitable for recent graduates Oracle University materials. who wish to study for a higher qualification CORE MODULES and/or gain relevant technical and professional Business Information Systems Project Research Methods and Professional Practice skills in database systems. It’s also a strong This module will develop further your research course for practitioners looking to enhance their The project module plays a unifying role, and aims to encourage and reward your individual and industry skills required for your professional professional abilities, develop their careers, development, future career and study. Among the and update their technical skills, knowledge inventiveness and application of effort. It is an exercise that may take a variety of forms and skills that will be strengthened are those related and understanding of state-of-the-art and to the awareness of the professional, legal and emerging technologies. which provides you with the experience of planning and bringing to fruition a major ethical issues, the critical evaluation, the collection piece of individual work. and analysis of information, and the development and defence of a sound project proposal. *Subject to approval

206 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 207 OPTION MODULES business and service provisioning model, You will also learn how to develop, validate ASSOCIATED CAREERS outsourcing, and virtualisation. You will also and query metadata documents in XML-based Data Visualisation and Dashboarding examine how clusters, grids and clouds can technologies, engineer ontologies using Graduates can expect to find employment as This module covers the theoretical and practical be utilised for enterprise computing, and what semantic web languages, and query and business systems analysts and designers, data aspects of data visualisation including graphical new challenges are raised regarding quality of reason about ontologies using formal and analysts, database administrators, database perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, service, security, and ethical and legal issues. descriptive logics. application developers, database systems and static data ‘infographics’. Tools such as R consultants, information resources managers, and Tableau are used. IT Business Models Systems Interoperability systems designers and systems integrators. This module provides you with an overview of This module analyses the problem of Recent graduates have joined a variety of Data Warehousing and OLAP emerging IT business models in the context of interoperability in data centric applications and organisations, including Bank of America, The module focuses and addresses recent e-business and enterprise computing. You will gives you an insight into different approaches Vodafone, the Metropolitan Police, CGI, technological developments in integrating and cover different e-business models (B2B, B2C, that addressed the problem in the last decade. Network Rail, Business & Decisions, JCC analysing large amounts of business data that B2A), and analyse the relationship between You will focus on the impact of internet Payment Systems, Jacobs Engineering, Virgin today’s transactional/operational enterprise e-business/e-commerce front-ends and enterprise technologies on the interoperability of current Media, Accenture, Chevron and a number of systems are capable of collecting. You will resource planning systems. You will also examine database systems, discuss standards for data local authorities and NHS trusts. explore multi-dimensional modelling, the emerging B2C and B2B business revenue models interchange and address interoperability integration of multi-source data and analysis, based on the e-enterprise from technological, of distributed heterogeneous database aiming to support better business decision business, legal and ethical perspectives. applications using XML-based web services. PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION making. Most of the topics covered in lectures This course is accredited by the British Computer will be associated with a number of supervised, Project Management Web and Social Media Analytics Oracle-supported, computer laboratory/ Society for partial fulfilment of the academic You will examine the role of the project This module introduces techniques used to requirement for Chartered IT Professional. workshop sessions. The exercises and study manager, together with the techniques used for analyse, integrate and interpret web and social materials used in these sessions will utilise project planning, scheduling, monitoring and data for purpose of understanding and optimising material and courseware drawn from Oracle controlling projects throughout the project life web site usage. The aim of the module is to documents and Oracle university courses. cycle. The PRINCE2 project management prepare for an analyst career in the area of web ENTRY REQUIREMENTS method is used as a framework for or social media marketing. You will learn how You should have a good Honours degree Database Administration and Management understanding the key issues, providing you web and social media data can be utilised to (at least a Lower Second Class) from a UK The module provides you with extensive with practical experience in using a determine a website’s effectiveness in conveying university (or overseas equivalent) in an IT or coverage of the principles of database project management software tool for information to its users; about the different computing discipline, or in another discipline administration, including transaction project scheduling. sources of web and social media data (e.g. that either provides important underpinning for management and control, backup and recovery, Twitter, Facebook, Web Logs) and how such or insight into IT and computing, or is closely availability and security. It aims to define the Requirements and System Modelling data can be used to learn about and target a related to it (eg sciences or engineering). If you role of the database administrator, to provide This module introduces you to the discipline of specific web audience; and you will develop do not have the required formal qualifications, an in-depth appreciation of the underlying requirement analysis through requirements practical experience in using several different but you are already in employment, you may technical issues involved in managing a modelling in order to capture, validate, specify types of online analytical tools (e.g. Google be considered if your role involves use or database within an organisation, and to and manage requirements in Information Systems Analytics, Bing Webmaster Tools and AWstats). support of modelling techniques and database investigate the mechanisms that are available Development (ISD) projects. You will also focus on technologies deployed in the course. If your first to handle the additional complexity that arises the analysis of risks and failures of ISD projects, Web-Enabled Database Applications language is not English you will also need an from managing distributed and replicated data. with emphasis on the role of requirement The module offers a study in the field of server- IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 or above in Lectures and tutorials will be complemented by analysis when building ‘right’ systems. side and client-side scripting, and you will be each element, or equivalent. special workshops covering issues related to presented with techniques for creating dynamic concepts and technologies used to administer Semantic and Collaborative Technologies web pages, while a server-side language will Oracle installations. The exercises and materials This module will provide you with skills in be covered to the depth required for used in these workshops will be drawn from manipulating XML-based and semantic web implementing functional applications. materials used technologies, for modelling, querying and The module aims to examine alternative in Oracle University courses. reasoning about distributed and interoperable methods for the development of dynamic data over the internet. You will understand the web applications; to equip you with the Enterprise Utility Computing general vision and impact of collaborative and ability to analyse, evaluate and implement You will focus on technologies and software semantic web technologies and their web-based business applications; to provide delivery methods based on the utility computing applications, and be able to describe web an introduction to using a server-side language model at the networked enterprise. The module resources in RDF and RDF schemas for for the development of web applications; and to gives you an overview of the underlying supporting semantic interoperability and enable you develop a theoretical and practical concepts of utility computing, such as its defining vocabularies for web resources. knowledge of the W3C.

208 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 209 COURSE CONTENT Research Methods and Professional Practice BUSINESS You will strengthen your skills for the research Embedded into the course are two key themes. and industry needs of the course, the final INFORMATION project, and for your future career and study. The first will help you to develop your skills in The module guides your personal development SYSTEMS the use and application of various technologies, plan towards the professional requirements architectures, techniques, tools and methods. of the discipline, and covers methods of These include data warehousing and data critical evaluation, gathering and analysing BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE mining, distributed data management, and the information, and preparing and defending a technologies, architectures, and appropriate project proposal. AND ANALYTICS MSc middleware and infrastructures supporting application layers. Statistics and Operational Research

This is a self-contained module in applied The second theme will enhance your knowledge statistics and operational research that lays the Length of course of algorithms and the quantitative techniques foundations for more advanced modules in data One year, full-time or two years, part-time suitable for analysing and mining data and mining and analytics. You will cover topics such developing decision models in a broad range as hypothesis testing, regression, forecasting, Location of application areas. The project consolidates linear programming and network modelling, Central London (Cavendish) the taught subjects covered, while giving you and use software such as EXCEL Solver, SPSS, the opportunity to pursue in-depth study in your R, SAS, and AIMMS. Course fees and funding chosen area. See westminster.ac.uk/fees Teaching approaches include lectures, tutorials, Course Leader seminars and practical sessions. You will also OPTION MODULES Professor Thierry Chaussalet learn through extensive coursework, class Business Optimisation [email protected] presentations, group research work, and the use This module provides you with an in-depth of a range of industry – standard software such analysis of advance topics in operational as SAS, SPSS, iThink, Simul8, MS SQL Server research, such as discrete optimisation, multiple This course addresses the need to propel 2005 Analysis Services, and Oracle Data criteria optimisation and modern heuristic information gathering and data organisation, Mining Suite. Taught modules may be assessed approaches. and exploit potential information and entirely through coursework, or may include a knowledge hidden in routinely collected data to two-hour exam at the end of the year. Computing for Business and Management improve decision making. The course, which You will cover topics in computing considered builds on the strengths of two successful courses essential for business and industry. These on data mining and on decision sciences, is CORE MODULES will include the spreadsheet as a tool for more technology focused, and stretches the developing decision support applications; data-mining and decision-sciences theme to the Business Information Systems Project event-driven and object-oriented programming broader agenda of business intelligence. The project module plays a unifying role and it and GUI generation (eg VBA); and the aims to encourage and reward your individual construction of databases, with emphasis You will focus on developing solutions to inventiveness and application of effort. The placed on integrating MS Access and MS SQL real-world problems associated with the scope of the project is not only to complete a Server with other applications to create decision changing nature of IT infrastructure and well-defined piece of work in a professional support applications. increasing volumes of data, through the use manner, but also to place the work into the of applications and case studies, while gaining context of the current state of the art in business Data Management and Repositories a deep appreciation of the underlying models intelligence and/or analytics. You will cover theoretical and practical issues and techniques. You will also gain a greater related to technologies employed for the understanding of the impact technological Data Mining persistent storage of data. The module discusses advances have on the nature and practices The module provides you with an in-depth analysis and evaluates the underlying technologies used in adopted within the business intelligence/ of the most practical topics in data mining and capturing, maintaining and modelling persistent analytics environments, and know how to knowledge discovery, such as decision tree and data. Pursuing this, you will examine the evolution adapt to these changes. other classification methods, association analysis, of database management systems, their clustering and statistical mining. components and functionality, along with some of the predominant and emerging data models.

210 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 211 “The course did not just challenge and “The MSc I completed at Westminster stretch me, but exposed me to such a provided me with really useful and variety of tools, concepts and systems, relevant tools and techniques to take that I have walked away more prepared forward in my subsequent career. Eight to face the challenges of an ever years on, I still use many of the elements changing and complex business world. I learned on this course, ranging from In some respects it’s like putting 3D detailed analyses of real operational glasses for the first time and seeing problems in the workplace, to clear and angles, dimensions and views you would effective stakeholder employment.” never have seen otherwise.” Ruth Newsome, graduate Colin Ridley, graduate Capabilities Programme Manager, Global Pricing Manager, Unilever Procurement Etihad Airways

Web and Social Media Analytics PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION This module introduces techniques used to analyse, integrate and interpret web and This course is accredited by the British Computer social data for purpose of understanding and Society for partial fulfilment of the academic Data Visualisation and Dashboarding of and client/server programming constructs. optimising web site usage. The aim of the requirement for Chartered IT Professional. This module covers the theoretical and practical The module is a hands-on skills module; the module is to prepare for an analyst career in aspects of data visualisation including graphical exercises and materials used in the delivery the area of web or social media marketing. perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, of the module are based on Oracle University You will learn how web and social media and static data ‘infographics’. Tools such as materials, and you will have access to Oracle ENTRY REQUIREMENTS data can be utilised to determine a website’s R and Tableau are used. courseware that can help you with your You are expected to already have quantitative effectiveness in conveying information to its preparation for Oracle Certification exams. skills, with an interest in developing these further users; about the different sources of web and Data Warehousing and OLAP to support postgraduate activity in analysing, social media data (e.g. Twitter, Facebook, The module focuses and addresses recent Project Management evaluating and reporting on a range of real Web Logs) and how such data can be used to technological developments in integrating and You will examine the role of the project manager, world data-intensive problems. You will have a learn about and target a specific web audience; analysing large amounts of business data that together with the techniques used for project suitable Honours degree from a UK university and you will develop practical experience in today’s transactional/operational enterprise planning, scheduling, monitoring and (or equivalent qualification) in a scientific or using several different types of online analytical systems are capable of collecting. You will controlling projects throughout the project life engineering discipline with some exposure to the tools (eg. Google Analytics, Bing Webmaster explore multidimensional modelling, the cycle. The PRINCE2 project management use of IT, or in an area of computer science or IT Tools and AWstats). integration of multi-source data and analysis, method is used as a framework for understanding with a strong interest in quantitative analysis. aiming to support better business decision the key issues, providing you with practical If you do not have a formal qualification, but making. Most of the topics covered in lectures experience in using a project management you are already in employment, you may will be associated with a number of supervised, software tool for project scheduling. ASSOCIATED CAREERS be considered if your role involves the data- Oracle-supported computer laboratory/ Graduates can expect to find employment as mining and decision-support techniques and workshop sessions. The exercises and study Risk Modelling and Simulation for Business consultants, decision modelling or advanced technologies deployed in the course. If your first materials used in these sessions will utilise and Industry data analysts, and members of technical language is not English you will also need an material and courseware drawn from Oracle This module focuses on the choice and use and analytics teams supporting management IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 or above in documents and Oracle university courses. of appropriate simulation models to treat decision making in diverse organisations. each element, or equivalent. real-world problems, developing solution(s) Typical employers include local authorities, PLCs Database Languages using powerful Monte Carlo and discrete (such as GlaxoSmithKline, Prudential, Santander Through this module you will discuss in detail event simulation software such as @RISK and and Unilever), public sector organisations (such the features and constructs of the SQL, the de SIMUL8, and explaining the business and as the NHS and primary care trusts), retail head facto database language for the definition and industrial implications thereof. It will also give offices, the BBC, the Civil Service, and the host manipulation of relational-data constructs. The you concepts of analytical methods if and when of banks, brokers and regulators that make up module also covers procedural aspects of the appropriate, such as influence diagrams and the City, along with all the specialist support language and issues related to the efficient use queuing theory. consultancies in IT and market research and forecasting, all of whom use data for the full range of decision making.

212 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 213 COURSE CONTENT Research Methods and Professional Practice BUSINESS This module aims to develop your knowledge You will explore the latest technologies and and competence of the research process, and INFORMATION industry standards, with a particular emphasis the application of research methods in the area on the web, internet applications, enterprise of Business Information Systems. SYSTEMS information systems, service-oriented and component-based development, and similar areas. By examining issues such as security, BUSINESS SYSTEMS privacy and ethics in information systems, you OPTION MODULES will enhance your understanding of societal Business Systems Programming DESIGN AND use of information systems. Embedded into This module provides you with a solid the course are three themes that enable you foundation in programming in general, and INTEGRATION MSc* to specialise your studies in contemporary object-oriented programming in particular.

information systems, enterprise-wide information You will use Java to cover topics such as systems, or application development. Your data structures, GUI programming, applets, Length of course course project consolidates the taught subjects programming with database, and server side One year, full-time or two years, part-time of the course, while giving you the opportunity programming for the internet (using JSP). You to pursue in-depth study in your chosen area. will study object-oriented concepts to re-use Location existing solutions and facilitate new designs Central London (Cavendish) Teaching methods include lectures, student-led of software components; fundamentals of activity and smaller, instructor-led groups. Your Java programming; how to handle events Course fees and funding coursework will range from presentations and through programming; and how to design See westminster.ac.uk/fees group investigations to software development and implement web-based applications or research review. Taught modules may be communicating with a database. Course Leader assessed entirely through coursework, or may Dr Panos Chountas include a two-hour exam at the end of the year. Computing for Business and Management [email protected] You will cover topics in computing considered essential for business and industry. These will include the spreadsheet as a tool for The demand for information technology CORE MODULES developing decision-support applications; specialists is steadily rising all over the world. Architectures, Design and Deployment of IS event-driven and object-oriented programming The European Commission believes that even in The course provides an excellent vehicle You will explore the role and applicability and GUI generation (eg VBA); and the a ‘stagnation’ scenario, demand for IT specialists for challenging postgraduate study, which of component-based modelling and relevant construction of databases, with emphasis will exceed supply within the EU, while all will develop your skills for employment and platforms available from industry, within the placed on integrating MS Access and MS forecasts suggest that, as economic growth professional life. The course is aimed both at process of developing Information Systems (IS). SQL Server with other applications to create resumes, the demand for IT expertise will be graduates with a good Honours degree in decision-support applications. even greater. an IT or computing-related discipline, and at Business Information Systems Project practitioners who want to further their careers, The project consolidates the taught subjects of Data Management and Repositories This innovative course responds to the latest update their technical skills and deepen their the course, while giving you the opportunity to You will cover theoretical and practical issues developments in business practice. It examines knowledge of emerging technologies. pursue in-depth study in your chosen area of related to technologies employed for the the broader issues of business imperatives and Business Information Systems. persistent storage of data. The module discusses technology responses that have changed the and evaluates the underlying technologies way information systems are perceived. It also Requirements and System Modelling used in capturing, maintaining and modelling addresses the key aspects of contemporary This module introduces you to the discipline persistent data. Pursuing this, you will examine business information systems, from requirements of requirement analysis through requirements the evolution of database management systems, analysis, system modelling and design to the modelling in order to capture, validate, specify their components and functionality, along with development of modern software solutions and and manage requirements in Information Systems some of the predominant and emerging databases that can be incorporated into fully Development projects. You will also focus on the data models. operational information systems. analysis of risks and failures of ISD projects, with emphasis on the role of requirement analysis when building ‘right’ systems.

*Subject to approval

214 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 215 Data Visualisation and Dashboarding IT Business Models Web and Social Media Analytics ASSOCIATED CAREERS This module covers the theoretical and practical This module provides you with an overview of This module introduces techniques used to aspects of data visualisation including graphical emerging IT business models in the context of analyse, integrate and interpret web and social Graduates can expect to find employment perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, e-business and enterprise computing. You will data for purpose of understanding and optimising as business intelligence consultants, business and static data ‘infographics’. Tools such as R cover different e-business models (B2B, B2C, web site usage. The aim of the module is to systems analysts and designers, enterprise and Tableau are used. B2A), and analyse the relationship between prepare for an analyst career in the area of consultants and managers, ETL marketers, business/e-commerce front-ends and enterprise web or social media marketing. You will learn and ETL/OLAP programmers and application Data Warehousing and OLAP resource planning systems. You will also examine how web and social media data can be utilised developers. Recent graduates have found The module focuses and addresses recent emerging B2C and B2B business revenue models to determine a website’s effectiveness in employment with a range of organisations technological developments in integrating and based on the e-enterprise from technological, conveying information to its users; about the including Accenture, the British Council, analysing large amounts of business data that business, legal and ethical perspectives. different sources of web and social media data Centaur Holdings PLC, Deutsche Bank, Foreign today’s transactional/operational enterprise (e.g. Twitter, Facebook, Web Logs) and how and Commonwealth Office, GlaxoSmithKline, systems are capable of collecting. You will Project Management such data can be used to learn about and Home Office, IBM, Logica, Merrill Lynch, explore multidimensional modelling, the You will examine the role of the project target a specific web audience; and you will Nationwide, PWC, Standard and Poor’s, integration of multi-source data and analysis, manager, together with the techniques used for develop practical experience in using several University of Hertfordshire, Taylor Woodrow, aiming to support better business decision project planning, scheduling, monitoring and different types of online analytical tools (eg. and a number of local authorities. making. Most of the topics covered in lectures controlling projects throughout the project life Google Analytics, Bing Webmaster Tools will be associated with a number of supervised, cycle. The PRINCE2 project management and AWstats). Oracle-supported computer laboratory/ method is used as a framework for understanding PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION workshop sessions. The exercises and study the key issues, providing you with practical Web-Enabled Database Applications This course is accredited by the British Computer materials used in these sessions will utilise experience in using a project management The module offers a study in the field of server- Society for partial fulfilment of the academic material and courseware drawn from Oracle software tool for project scheduling. side and client-side scripting, and you will be requirement for a Chartered IT Professional. documents and Oracle university courses. presented with techniques for creating dynamic Semantic and Collaborative Technologies web pages, while a server-side language will Database Languages This module will provide you with skills in be covered to the depth required for implementing Through this module you will discuss in detail manipulating XML-based and semantic web functional applications. The module aims to ENTRY REQUIREMENTS the features and constructs of the SQL, the technologies, for modelling, querying and examine alternative methods for the development You should have a good Honours degree defacto database language for the definition and reasoning about distributed and interoperable of dynamic web applications; to equip you with (at least a Lower Second Class) from a UK manipulation of relational-data constructs. The data over the internet. You will understand the the ability to analyse, evaluate and implement university (or overseas equivalent) in an IT or module also covers procedural aspects of the general vision and impact of collaborative web-based business applications; to provide an computing discipline, or in another discipline language and issues related to the efficient use and semantic web technologies and their introduction to using a server-side language for that is either closely related to IT or computing of and client/server programming constructs. The applications, and be able to describe web the development of web applications; and to (eg economics and business studies), or module is a hands-on skills module; the exercises resources in RDF and RDF schemas for enable you develop a theoretical and practical provides important underpinning for/insight into and materials used in the delivery of the module supporting semantic interoperability and knowledge of the W3C. it (eg sciences or engineering). You may also be are based on Oracle University materials, and defining vocabularies for web resources. You considered according to work experience and you will have access to Oracle courseware that will also learn how to develop, validate and other qualifications. can help you with your preparation for Oracle query metadata documents in XML-based Certification exams. technologies, engineer ontologies using semantic If your first language is not English you will also web languages, and query and reason about need an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 or Enterprise Utility Computing ontologies using formal and descriptive logics. above in each element, or equivalent. You will focus on technologies and software delivery methods based on the utility computing model at the networked enterprise. The module gives you an overview of the underlying concepts of utility computing, such as its business and service provisioning model, outsourcing, and virtualisation. You will also examine how clusters, grids and clouds can be utilised for enterprise computing, and what new challenges are raised regarding quality of service, security, and ethical and legal issues.

216 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 217 a specific educational background in computer Concurrency and Parallelism COMPUTER SCIENCE science and acquire much vital knowledge in the This module introduces the concurrent workplace in relatively ad hoc ways. programming paradigm using a practical AND SOFTWARE approach to provide the student with the skills In response to this, for many years the and knowledge to be able to analyse, design ENGINEERING Department of Computer Science has been and develop concurrent programs. Practical running courses that combine an emphasis on experience of concurrent programming is ADVANCED SOFTWARE methodical approaches to the development of provided via the concurrency features of Java, software applications and information systems and in addition, students will be introduced to ENGINEERING MSc* with a determination to equip graduates with contemporary industry standards in parallel a portfolio of relevant research-oriented and programming such as CUDA. practical skills and knowledge to compliment and expand their own knowledge. Enterprise Development Length of course The module will explore user centred interface One year, full-time or two years to five years, The rationale behind the course is to draw on design and the user experience through part-time this experience to provide an education that will applied theory and practice. Building from the cover in-depth specific skills and best current foundations the module will explore common Location practice in software development where there user experience techniques and terminology as Central London (Cavendish) is currently a significant skills shortage, whilst at well as related design topics. the same time instilling important research-based Course fees and funding skills that will equip students for independent Research Methods and Professional Practice See westminster.ac.uk/fees lifelong learning in fast-changing and technically The module strengthen your skills and guides challenging environment. your personal development plan towards the Course Leader professional and academic requirements of Many applications that run on these systems, Dr Simon Courtenage the discipline. [email protected] whether mobile or stationary, are distributed in nature and will consume web services COURSE CONTENT provided by service-oriented architectures and The Masters of Science in Advanced Software The Advanced Software Engineering MSc cloud-based platforms. There has also been an Engineering takes into account the emerging OPTION MODULES is a newly redesigned course that enables increase in the use of virtualisation techniques needs of industry underpinned by theory and Advanced Big Data Analytics students to extend their knowledge of, and gain for providing flexible and maintainable software engineering practices. As a The module discusses the use of big data valuable experience in, software engineering systems. Businesses are now regularly using consequence the modules emphasise both the analytics by enterprise. It includes an overview as it applies to a number of new and important virtualised systems and techniques to lower cost critical conceptual underpinnings as well as the of underlying concepts and technologies for big areas of IT and computing. Graduates will and complexity and increase availability in practical skills for each subject. data, such as MapReduce, Hadoop, and Hive, be able to follow a flexible program of study computing environments. as well as discussion of the data lifecycle, from designed to lead to, and enhance, a career data creation, to processing, publication, and in software engineering with a focus on new Finally, the surge in cybersecurity issues and CORE MODULES preservation. technologies and areas of application, such as threats facing businesses and organisations that cybersecurity, big data, or mobile application depend on IT systems has meant that software Advanced Software Design Big Data Theory and Practice development. engineers need a thorough understanding The module will explore consideration of This module aims to explain how to manage the of security when building and maintaining interaction design, development and design volume, velocity and variety of Big Data, and The rapid pace of technical change in software software applications and systems. methods and core entrepreneurial and SQL and noSQL databases; it also addresses development is notorious and this has been management processes through the exploration, issues related to data governance and accompanied and compounded by an There is an acknowledged national shortage of creation and development of concepts and data quality. increase in the complexity of the systems that IT and computing skills in the workforce. In the business propositions for start-up innovation or are developed. Recently this has been most specific area of software development, a number client briefs. Cloud Computing Applications noticeable in the increase in mobile computing of factors contribute to this. Most obviously, The module focusses on the principles of and the use of sophisticated hardware that the rate of technological change means that Advanced Software Engineering Project cloud computing and the opportunities this require developer knowledge of new paradigms. an individual’s specific knowledge frequently The project is an extended piece of supervised new computing paradigm offers for modern becomes out of date. Secondly, many significant independent work relevant to the field. This can enterprise. It gives an overview of underlying technological developments originate in industry be either undertaken as a work based project concepts and technologies for clouds, such as rather than academia, and are not yet firmly or on a topic proposed by the student or faculty. provisioning models and virtualisation, as well as embedded in undergraduate curricula. Finally, cloud deployment models and application areas, many people enter the software industry without and new challenges such as security and trust. *Subject to approval

218 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 219 Cybersecurity Threats and Countermeasures ASSOCIATED CAREERS The module examines how human behaviour COMPUTER SCIENCE can compromise or weaken typical Graduates will typically be part of a team cybersecurity processes, and how such working on sophisticated n-tier applications, as AND SOFTWARE problems can be tackled through effective a designer, programmer, systems administrator counter-measures, including automatic detection or systems analyst (among others). Graduates ENGINEERING and prevention of threats. will also find positions within new and established businesses that specialise in CYBER SECURITY AND Data Mining and Machine Learning mobile applications. Other roles are possible This module will provide an overview of modern in computer science research for either a FORENSICS MSc techniques in Machine Learning and Data commercial enterprise or academic institution. Mining that are particularly customised for Data Further PhD study opportunities within the Science applications. University of Westminster are also an option. Length of course Data Visualisation and Dashboarding One year, full-time or two years to five years, This module covers the theoretical and practical ENTRY REQUIREMENTS part-time aspects of data visualisation including graphical Consideration will be given to all applicants perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, Location with a minimum lower second class (2:2) Central London (Cavendish) and static data ‘infographics’. honours degree from a British University or overseas equivalent in a subject related to Internet Security Course fees and funding computing or software engineering. Suitable See westminster.ac.uk/fees This module examines the theory and subjects might include Computing, Computer practice of internet security, covering topics of Science or Software Engineering, joint degrees Course Leader cryptography and its use in establishing secure including one of these subjects, or possibly communication, secure network protocols, Paul Douglas other science or mathematically based subjects [email protected] as well as typical attacks and techniques for that include significant amounts of computer compromising network security. science material. Computers are central to all aspects of our daily Mobile and Ubiquitous Computing In admitting individual students to the course, The module will explore the mobile and lives; as industries ranging from communications however, an important consideration is the to banking have come to rely on them, the need ubiquitous paradigms and the role these student’s ability to benefit from the course and technologies are playing within the economy. for improved computer security has never been complete it satisfactorily. As a consequence, greater. This course focusses on two aspects of The module will consider the core technologies additional factors such as continuous as well as the interfaces to support these systems. Cyber Security: analysis and assessment of risk professional development, training, and the plus how to minimise it, and, how to extract current role of applicants or recent work Mobile Application Development and use digital information from a wide range experience may also be taken into account in of systems and devices. The course is structured This module will give the necessary knowledge individual cases. and practical experience to develop native so that all students cover the same introductory applications that take advantage on the material, but then choose to specialise in either All applicants are required to show competence Cyber Security or Digital Forensics. underlying hardware features of contemporary in both written and spoken English; thus, devices. overseas applicants whose first language is not You will gain an understanding of the nature of • Over 20 university computing laboratories English are normally required to have attained the security threats that face computer systems and providing access to Unix, Novell and NT Usability and User Experience Design the equivalent of an IELTS score of at least 6.5 The module will explore user centred interface the type of information that is stored on digital servers, all supported by high-bandwidth with 6.0 or above in each element prior to devices (and how it can be extracted from them). networks design and the user experience through joining the course (more information on applied theory and practice. Building from the You will benefit from a broad and varied array • Specialist technicians to ensure you can get minimum scores for other language tests can be of state-of-the-art technologies, including: the most out of these technologies. foundations the module will explore common obtained from the admissions office). user experience techniques and terminology as • EnCase, FTK and open-source forensic well as related design topics. tools, and a dedicated forensics computer laboratory You can choose any appropriate module at • Specialist input from guest lecturers Level seven from the Faculty with agreement of Course Team if you can meet any requirements and it is available.

220 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 221 COURSE CONTENT Computer System Tools DIGITAL FORENSICS PATHWAY ASSOCIATED CAREERS This module commences by giving you a hands- Data Recovery and Analysis All students will take the core modules which are on introduction to the UNIX operating system. You will cover many of the most important Depending on their chosen pathway, graduates designed to give a comprehensive introduction You will look at a range of tools that might be concepts of digital forensics through this of the course are expected to find employment to this specialist field. You will cover basic digital used by a forensic examiner: this will include module, including various methods of data as information security/senior security officers forensics and network security, and also cover high-level tools like EnCase, FTK and Autopsy, recovery (noting those that meet ACPO and related cyber security roles or more computer system tools and the UNIX operating although your main focus will be on low-level guidelines for evidence preservation). Analysis technical roles investigating threats and system. Dealing with digital evidence in a tools such as dd and the Sleuthkit tools, as these of the data will include finding and recovering safeguarding digital assets across their life- professional manner (that includes adhering to help to develop your understanding of what deleted files, searching slack space on storage cycle. Such roles will range from supporting appropriate legal guidelines) is also covered. (and how) the higher level tools are actually devices, examining log and registry entries, and industry, the public sector in general and You will then follow either the Cyber Security doing. You will also learn to use basic system constructing timelines of activity. the police and law enforcement agencies or Digital Forensics pathway within the course tools such as grep. In addition you will learn specifically, while some may focus more on (though each lead to the same named degree: a scripting language so that you can develop Advanced Computer Forensics researching new security threats and counter- the pathways are simply opportunities to your own forensic tools. This module continues the examination of measures. Additional opportunities also arise specialise within the field). In addition, all essential digital forensics concepts. The topics from a supportive alumni community, including students will take a Research Methods module Evidence and Procedure you will cover include network forensics, live graduates with work experience who use their and complete a project module. You will examine the legal obligations of systems, mobile phones and other devices. new skills and qualification to progress their computer forensics, gaining an understanding A further aim of the module is to introduce you career to more senior posts. The course offers the opportunity to examine a of the relevant statutes and industry guidelines, to developing areas of computer forensics, and variety of tools available on the open market, and of proving the authenticity of evidence via provide you with the skills to investigate new and the use of forensic tools to retrieve data a chain of custody from collecting evidence areas of computer forensics, such as covert ENTRY REQUIREMENTS from electronic sources. It will also consider through to presenting findings in a professional analysis and intruder artefacts. the analysis of professional and ethical issues You are normally expected to have a good manner. The module also aims to provide you Honours degree (generally an Upper Second relating to computer security and forensics, and with a broad understanding of the professional CYBER SECURITY PATHWAY the development of professional competencies, Class) in a computing-related discipline from factors that influence the work of professional Cyber Security a UK university or overseas equivalent. If your such as report writing and presenting evidence practitioners, particularly in the context of the You will examine the issues involved with in court. first degree does not have a strong computing ‘Expert Witness’. business continuity and disaster recovery content, you will need to demonstrate that planning, and environmental security. you have sufficient knowledge or industry Teaching methods include lab-based sessions, Network Security student-led tutorials and lectures by internal staff experience of computing. Your work experience The module will cover the basics of how networks Threats and Countermeasures and other qualifications may also be taken and guest speakers from industry. Our courses work, what the specific threats to networks are, This module will look at system architectures are offered by friendly, highly experienced staff, in to account. You must submit a statement of and how they might be ameliorated. and how systems can be defended; it will purpose with your application in which you and benefit from the diverse specialist knowledge include consideration of the threat to security and skills within the departments of the Faculty. should present your key interests and career Postgraduate Project Module posed by legitimate users of the system and aspirations, how you believe the course can Assessments will be carried out mostly through This module is the culmination of the course. It is behavioural issues. practical or research-based course work. help you to achieve these, and what relevant an opportunity for you to put into practice many personal qualities and experience you will of the skills learned elsewhere on the course. bring to the course. You may be invited by the It is a major piece of work on a topic chosen admissions tutor to an informal interview. If your CORE MODULES by you (normally, this topic will be chosen as first language is not English you will need an Computer Forensics Fundamentals part of the Research Methods module). You will IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent. This module gives you an introduction to some undertake this work individually, and will be of the general concepts of computer forensics, assigned a project supervisor to assist with and as well as helping you to develop the skills guide the development of the project. While all information is correct at the time of that will be needed on other modules. You will publication, this course is subject to a full cover in detail the layout of volumes on storage Research Methods review and details such as module availability devices, and file systems within volumes, with This module is shared with other MSc courses and titles may change. For the latest course particular emphasis on the FAT file system. You run by the Department. Its main focus is on information please refer to our website. will learn to look at raw devices using low-level introducing you to research, and developing tools like hex editors, and consider how security the skills you need to read and evaluate original considerations should affect software design research literature. This in turn leads into the and implementation. Project, and a major outcome of the module should be a Project Proposal. In addition, the module addresses certain aspects of Personal Development Planning (PDP).

222 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 223 The mobile apps sector has revenues of more CORE MODULES MULTIMEDIA than €10 billion per annum or jobs in the order of 790.000 across the whole EU economy and Digital Interaction Management and continues to grow at a fast rate. Within the UK Entrepreneurship INTERACTION DESIGN the digital sector has critical importance and The module will explore consideration of AND COMPUTING MSc* reports suggest 14.4% of companies in the UK interaction design, development and design are involved in the Digital economy and some methods and core entrepreneurial and 1.46 million people are employed. More than management processes through the exploration, one million jobs were advertised in 2014 showing creation and development of concepts and Length of course a growth of 28% and there are suggestions that business propositions for start-up innovation or One year, full-time or or two to three years, the growth forecast is around 5.4% client briefs. part-time, block mode The Business Growth Fund and Barclays Interaction Design & Computing Project Location published a report in March 2014 that The project is an extended piece of supervised Central London (Cavendish) supported the phenomenal growth experienced independent work relevant to the field. This can by tech businesses in the UK, finding that be either undertaken as a work based project or Course fees and funding London is home to Europe’s fastest growing tech on a topic proposed by the student or faculty. See westminster.ac.uk/fees cluster, with 27% of all job growth in London generated by the tech and digital sector. Research Methods & Professional Practice Course Leader The module strengthen your skills and guides Ashif Tejani A recent study published by the Department of your personal development plan towards the [email protected] Culture, Media and Sports valued the creative professional and academic requirements of industries as contributing was worth £133 billion the discipline. in 2014 accounting for 8.2% of the UK This newly redesigned course enables Economy. The Creative Economy has grown Usability and User Experience Design graduates to be able to understand, design and more than 25% in the last four years. Within this The module will explore user centred interface develop digital solutions within the emergent sector technology represents a substantial scale design and the user experience through digital economies. Graduates would be able to of impact both directly in terms of for example applied theory and practice. Building from the follow a flexible program of study and either software as well as indirectly through areas such foundations the module will explore common plan a career in interaction design, mobile and as digital marketing. Direct Gross added value user experience techniques and terminology as digital solutions, data and analytics, or of IT, software and computer services sectors well as related design topics. emergent systems or to explore the opportunities were worth £36.6 billion in 2014. offered in London as a start-up capital. OPTION MODULES The digital sector continues to evolve and COURSE CONTENT Big Data Theory and Practice technologies, platforms, interaction paradigms This module aims to explain how to manage the and business models are increasingly requiring The Masters of Science in Interaction Design and Computing takes into account the emerging volume, velocity and variety of Big Data, and SQL technical ability combined with commercial and and noSQL databases; it also addresses issues design acumen that the course encourages. needs of the marketplace focusing on the key areas of enterprise, user experience, related to data governance and data quality. interaction, innovation and development as well Boston Consulting Group estimated that by the Data Mining and Machine Learning end of 2016 the internet economy in the G-20 as offering options in various subjects including web, mobile and data. As a consequence, the This module will provide an overview of modern economies will be worth USD 4.2 trillion (up techniques in Machine Learning and Data from USD 2.3 trillion in 2010) and that the modules emphasise both the critical conceptual underpinnings as well as the practical skills for Mining that are particularly customised for Data internet contributes over 12 per cent of GDP in Science applications. the United Kingdom. each subject. Data Visualisation and Dashboarding This module covers the theoretical and practical aspects of data visualisation including graphical perception, dynamic dashboard visualisations, and static data ‘infographics’.

*Subject to approval

224 MULTIMEDIA westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst MULTIMEDIA 225 ASSOCIATED CAREERS COMPUTER NETWORKS Graduates from the course would find employment opportunities in the digital and COMPUTER NETWORKS WITH interaction sectors working as user experience specialists, application and systems developers, CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES MSc data experts, and as entrepreneurs working for COMPUTER NETWORKS WITH corporates, start-ups, digital agencies, web 2.0 COMMUNICATIONS MSc enterprises and so on. COMPUTER NETWORKS WITH Graduates from the proceeding course have SECURITY MSc found employment in various companies, both corporates and agencies, as well as NGOs. This includes for example Cisco, Hearst, Length of course Hubspot, KPMG, Lloyds Banking, Microsoft, One year, full-time or block-mode Microsoft Xbox, Neverbland, News UK, Pearson, Periscopix, PwC, Reckitt Benkiser, Location Emergent and Social Interactive Platforms QVC, Samsung, SapientNitro, and Skype. A Central London (Cavendish) The module will allow students to explore the number of graduates have started their own development of emergent technologies that business including Software Optics Limited, Course fees and funding will have an impact on user interactions with Olyvon, Brave Media, D Crypt Digital and See westminster.ac.uk/fees content, systems, data and communities and FanTeamz. to be in position to be determine potential Admissions Tutor commercial value. Imtiaz Sandia ENTRY REQUIREMENTS [email protected] Games Interaction Technology The module will provide students a foundational The target applicants typically would be computer literate graduates with a minimum knowledge in the concepts of gaming interaction The course structure is quite flexible, affording lower second class degree in a related paradigms, workflows and technologies. industry-based students an opportunity to technical discipline such as computer science, attend and accumulate module credits over an multimedia or games development with Mobile and Ubiquitous Computing extended period of time. It also simultaneously experience of coding with scripting languages. The module will explore the mobile and serves the full-time student cohort which Applicants from different backgrounds who can ubiquitous paradigms and the role these generally progresses through the MSc pathway demonstrate practical computing knowledge technologies are playing within the economy. in a single calendar year. including programming will also be considered. The module will consider the core technologies Alternatively you may have in-depth work as well as the interfaces to support these systems. The MSc programmes are short course based experience or already be working in the sector and each module’s credit is accumulated and can apply as a mature candidate in Mobile Application Development by submission of a portfolio of work called which case the academic degree qualification This module will give the necessary knowledge Independent Learning Package (ILP) and its requirement may be relaxed. The relevance and practical experience to develop native successful defence through an oral examination. of the applicant’s first degree or industrial applications that take advantage on the These are assigned immediately after each experience and suitability for the course will underlying hardware features of short course module where the students are be usually determined by interview and where contemporary devices. able to concentrate their study efforts just on relevant portfolio. International applicants will the most recently-taught subject material. This be required to meet gain IELTS 6.5, with a Web and Social Media Analytics greatly promotes efficient, focused learning. minimum of 6.0 in all elements. This module explores the use of modelling to The individual oral examination administered analyse, measure and improve both online for each ILP furnishes valuable experience in presence and impact using web and social oral defence, and frees students from written media data. examination burdens.

You can choose any appropriate module at Level 7 from the Faculty with agreement of Course Team if you can meet any requirements and it is available.

226 MULTIMEDIA westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst COMPUTER NETWORKS 227 COMPUTER NETWORKS WITH The MSc in Computer Networks with strategies. They will also be able to develop PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION Communications aims to produce postgraduates the ability to critically evaluate and implement CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES MSc with an advanced understanding of computer principles and practices used in modern All of our courses are in the process of seeking Cloud computing is a technical and social networks with hands-on experience of the day cryptography used to secure data and accreditation by the Institution of Engineering reality today; it represents a dramatic shift in planning, implementation and maintenance communication in computer network systems. and Technology. the design of systems capable of providing vast of such systems. The course aims to prepare a There will be an opportunity to explore current amounts of computing services and storage student with specialist knowledge and skillset in security tools used in penetration testing and get space. It is also a business reality today as key areas such as network design, storage area hands on experience at configuring enterprise ASSOCIATED CAREERS an increasing number of organisations are networks, optical networking, network simulation, level security appliances such as firewalls, The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along adopting this paradigm since it increases network redundancy and reliability. Students intrusion detection systems and VPNs. with the required major Project, thoroughly efficiency, helps improve cash flow and offers will be able to review commonly used network exercise the concepts covered in the course many more services and benefits. The rapid simulators, commercial and academic, their modules and give scope for originality and shift in IT towards cloud computing is creating common and specific purposes and architectures. COURSE STRUCTURE industry-relevant study. Team-working activities a worldwide skills gap. Our MSc course in The course will enable the student to apply a Each MSc course consists of three learning encouraged within modules, along with the all- Cloud technologies and its applications will be holistic understanding of networks and their oral individual examination regimen employed taught with respect to their design, architecture applications in solving real world problems. It modules (40 credits each) plus an individual project (60 credits). Each learning module in this Networks MSc Suite, have proven solidly and implementation, as well as the use of tools will also enables them to develop the ability to beneficial in refining the communication and which are used to model the behaviour of cloud critically evaluate and integrate devices and consists of a short course of lectures and initial hands-on experience. This is followed by a employability- enhancing skills that are strongly based systems. components used for high speed fibre optical valued by industry. communication systems; develop the ability to period of independent study supported by a series of tutorials. During this time you complete The MSc in Computer Networks with Cloud model the behaviour of modern day network The types of Job that a graduate from the Technologies aims to produce postgraduates systems to design and critically evaluate such an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the Networks suite of MSc courses may wish to with an advanced understanding of Cloud based systems at all levels of the OSI model. apply for include: systems and their planning, implementation and module. It can be either a large project or a • Network Support Engineer maintenance. The course aims to prepare a series of small tasks depending on the needs student with specialist knowledge and skillset in COMPUTER NETWORKS WITH of each module. Credits for each module • Network Design Architect key areas such as cloud architecture, modelling are awarded following the submission of a • Network Manager tools, virtualisation, distributed systems, cloud SECURITY MSc completed ILP and its successful defence in a • Project Manager services and management. Students will be able Today there are high level tools easily viva voce examination. • Security Auditor to develop technical solutions and strategies for available to perform sophisticated attacks • Network Security Architect This form of assessment develops your cloud systems’ management and operations. on computer and network systems. As a • Distributed Systems Engineer result, computer network security is a very communication and personal skills and is They will also be able to develop the ability to • Teaching critically evaluate and analyse the associated important consideration in every organisation highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each • Research and Development architectures, management protocols and using computer networks. Without proper learning module comprises approximately associated policies for cloud based systems. The implementation, businesses could suffer financial 400 hours of study. course aims to provide experience in the design losses. There are excellent opportunities in this and implementation of distributed systems and area with excellent rewards. At present there The Project counts for one third of the course ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and involves undertaking a substantial research to build applications in the cloud using platforms are skills shortages globally in some areas of Qualifications equivalent to a good Honours or product development project. For part-time and toolkits such as Google App Engine, security which is an indicator of the demand for degree (a minimum Lower Second Class) from students, this can be linked to their employment. VMware Cloud Foundry, Microsoft Windows highly skilled security professionals. a British university in computer engineering, It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, Azure, CloudSim, CloudBees, GigaSpaces. computer science with a knowledge of computer the project subject area is researched and a The MSc in Computer Networks with Security hardware, or in electronic engineering with workplan developed. The second part involves aims to produce postgraduates with an some programming experience. Relevant work the main research and development activity. advanced understanding of modern networks experience will be taken into account. An IELTS COMPUTER NETWORKS WITH In all, the Project requires approximately 600 with the integrated need of security. The course score of 6.5 or equivalent will normally be COMMUNICATIONS MSc hours of work. aims to prepare the student with specialist required from applicants whose first language Businesses today are heavily reliant on knowledge and skillset in key areas such as is not English, or who have not studied their Further flexibility is provided within the structure computer networks in their daily operations. It threat analysis, network security systems, secondary and bachelor’s degree education of the courses in that you can study related is important to ensure that such networks are cryptography, cybersecurity, penetration testing, in English. well designed, optimised, secured and tested wireless security and information security. topic areas by taking modules from other for maximum uptime and ease of management. Students will develop skills to critically evaluate courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and There are excellent opportunities for network the threats and vulnerabilities of network skills permitting). engineers with such skills and experience. systems and to implement and integrate security

228 COMPUTER NETWORKS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst COMPUTER NETWORKS 229 ELECTRONICS ELECTRONICS WITH EMBEDDED SYSTEMS MSc ELECTRONICS WITH MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION MSc ELECTRONICS WITH ROBOTIC AND CONTROL SYSTEMS MSc ELECTRONICS WITH SYSTEM-ON-CHIP TECHNOLOGIES MSc

Length of course One year, full-time or block-mode

Location Central London (Cavendish)

Course fees and funding also fed the increase in demand particularly Broader consideration of embedded system See westminster.ac.uk/fees within the medical electronics area with the need design will be examined. In particular, the of more sophisticated user interfaces, demands design process, risk assessment, product life- Admissions Tutor to reduce equipment costs, demands for greater cycle, software life-cycle, safety and regulation Embedded Systems/ Robotic and Control accessibility of equipment and a demand for ever will be investigated and used. It is intended Systems greater portability of equipment. that the course will refocus existing knowledge Martin Giles [email protected] held by the student in software engineering Medical Instrumentation/System-on-Chip and hardware engineering and deliver a set Technologies ELECTRONICS WITH EMBEDDED of enhanced practical skills that will enable the Dr Adem Coskun [email protected] student to fully participate in the multi-disciplined, SYSTEMS MSc fast expanding and dominating engineering The MSc in Electronics with Embedded Systems sector of embedded systems. The subject areas covered within the four aims to produce postgraduates with an pathways of the electronic suite of MSc courses advanced level of understanding in the design offer students an excellent launch pad which of real-time embedded systems for time-critical, ELECTRONICS WITH MEDICAL will enable the successful graduate to enter power sensitive applications. Practical skillset into these ever expanding, fast growing and development is emphasized throughout the INSTRUMENTATION MSc dominant areas of electronic engineering. With course. Students will be taught the theory, The MSc in Electronics with Medical ever increasing demands from consumers such protocol and the efficient use of both analogue Instrumentation aims to produce postgraduates as portability, increased battery life and greater and digital interfaces and sensor devices with an ability to design and implement functionality combined with reductions in cost together with the principles of and use of Real- medical instrumentation based systems used for and shrinking scales of technologies, modern Time-Operating-Systems (RTOS). A key focus of monitoring; detecting and analysing biomedical electronic systems are finding ever more the course will be in the implementation of power data. The course will provide ample opportunity application areas. aware sustainable solutions, the course will to develop practical skill sets. The student will provide an in-depth discussion of the underlying also develop an in-depth understanding of the A vastly expanding application base for electronic power management hardware sub-systems within scientific principles and use of the underlying systems has led to an explosion in the use of modern MCUs and will show and use software components such as medical transducers, embedded system technologies. Part of this techniques that will exploit these to reduce power biosensors and state-of-the-art tools and expansion has been led by the introduction of consumption. algorithms used to implement and test diagnostic new medical devices and robotic devices entering devices, therapeutic devices, medical imaging the mainstream consumer market. Industry has equipment and medical instrumentation devices.

230 ELECTRONICS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst ELECTRONICS 231 The course broadens the discussion of medical ELECTRONICS WITH SYSTEM- The Project counts for one third of the course The types of Job that a graduate from the equipment and its design by investigating a and involves undertaking a substantial research Electronics suite of MSc courses may wish to range of issues including medical equipment ON-CHIP TECHNOLOGIES MSc or product development project. For part-time apply for include: regulation, user requirements, impacts of risk, The MSc in Electronics with System-On- Chip students, this can be linked to their employment. • Electronic systems design engineer regulatory practice, legislation, quality insurance Technologies aims to produce postgraduates It is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, • Robotic systems design engineer with an advanced understanding, experience mechanisms, certification, ethics and ‘health and the project subject area is researched and a • Embedded systems design engineer safety’ assessment. and know-how of the various routes to workplan developed. The second part involves • System-on-chip embedded systems engineer implementing Systems-on-Chip (SoC). Ample the main research and development activity. The course will enable a student with an interest examples of real-life microelectronic systems In all, the Project requires approximately 600 • Measurements and instrumentation engineer in medical electronics to re-focus existing designed on chip will be given by the teaching hours of work. • Medical electronic design engineer knowledge gained in software engineering, team delivering the course, and benefiting • Control systems engineer embedded systems engineering and/or from the industrial experience of the team. Further flexibility is provided within the structure • Plant control engineer electronic systems engineering and will deliver The delivery will be supported with hands-on of the courses in that you can study related • Computer systems engineer a set of specialist practical skills and a deeper sessions in the design of integrated circuits topic areas by taking modules from other • Software engineer understanding of the underlying principles of and systems from initial specification to final courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and medical physics. A graduate from this course will test of the design which will be facilitated skills permitting). In industries as diverse as: be able to immediately participate in this multi- during the course. The sessions will constitute Medical equipment manufacturer; Robotics; disciplined engineering sector of biomedical and real-life problem settings and their practical home help; Logistics and distribution; medical instrumentation systems design. implementation avenues, with complexity, speed PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION Instrumentation; Transport; Automobile and power consumption taken as the driving manufacturer; Aviation; Consumer product factors in the problems and their solutions. The All of our courses are in the process of seeking accreditation by the Institution of Engineering development; Life- style; Toy; Security and ELECTRONICS WITH ROBOTIC core aim of the course is to produce students surveillance; Petrochemical. who are “silicon qualified” by providing them and Technology. AND CONTROL SYSTEMS MSc with a full-cycle SoC design experience by The MSc in Electronics with Robotic and Control setting a framework of activities that will allow Systems aims to produce postgraduates with a the student to use industry-standard Computer- ASSOCIATED CAREERS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Aided-Engineering (CAE) software tools for the strong practical skill base that will enable them There are plenty of opportunities for You should have qualifications equivalent to fast and accurate design, modelling, simulation to model, analyse, design and prototype smart employment in the electronic systems subject a good Honours degree (a minimum Lower and verification of integrated circuits. robotic sub-systems. Specialist knowledge and area, in particular, there is a demand for Second Class) from a British university in practical skillsets will be taught, extensively engineers that can solve problems requiring a electronic engineering or a good Honours developed and practiced in the areas of multi- disciplined approach covering skills from degree in computer science, mathematics or control systems and the analysis, categorisation COURSE STRUCTURE software engineering, control engineering, real- other technological subject with a knowledge and design of robotic systems that facilitate time systems engineering, digital electronics, of mathematics and digital systems. Relevant movement with multiple degrees of freedom. Each MSc course consists of three learning work experience will be taken into account. An modules (40 credits each) plus an individual analogue electronic engineering, medical The knowledge and key enabling skillsets taught physics, and mechanics amongst others. The IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent will normally be are used to implement devices such as security project (60 credits). Each learning module required from applicants whose first language consists of a short course of lectures and initial MSc in Electronics and its specialist pathways drones, warehouse robots, medical robots will provide the foundations required to re-focus is not English, or who have not studied their and more humanoid like robots. It is intended hands-on experience. This is followed by a secondary and bachelor’s degree education period of independent study supported by a existing knowledge and enter into the exciting that the course will re-focus and enhance world of multi-disciplined jobs. in English. existing knowledge in the areas of software series of tutorials. During this time you complete engineering, electronic engineering and real- an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along time embedded systems engineering to enable with the required major Project, thoroughly the student to participate in the fast expanding module. It can be either a large project or a series of small tasks depending on the needs exercise the concepts covered in the learning and exciting sector of industrial and consumer modules within the course and give scope for robotic systems. of each module. Credits for each module are awarded following the submission of a originality and industry-relevant study. Team- completed ILP and its successful defence in a working activities are encouraged where viva voce examination. possible within modules. An all-oral individual examination regimen is employed in all of the This form of assessment develops your Electronics MSc Suite of courses. This innovative communication and personal skills and is approach has proven over many years to be highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each beneficial in refining communication skills and learning module comprises approximately 400 enhancing employability related skills, making hours of study. our students more strongly valued by industry.

232 ELECTRONICS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst ELECTRONICS 233 the most recently-taught subject material. This TELECOMMUNICATIONS WITH TELECOMMUNICATIONS greatly promotes efficient, focused learning. The individual oral examination administered SATELLITE AND BROADBAND TELECOMMUNICATIONS WITH for each ILP furnishes valuable experience in TECHNOLOGIES MSc DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING MSc oral defence, and frees students from written The MSc in Telecommunications with Satellite examination burdens. TELECOMMUNICATIONS WITH and Broadband Technologies aims to produce postgraduates with an advanced understanding SATELLITE AND BROADBAND The technical tasks undertaken in ILPs, along of communication systems utilising satellite and TECHNOLOGIES MSc with the required major Project, thoroughly broadband elements. Students’ understanding exercise the concepts covered in the course of the theoretical principles underpinning digital TELECOMMUNICATIONS WITH modules and give scope for originality and communication systems is taken to an advanced WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES MSc industry-relevant study. Team-working activities level, and the problems and challenges encouraged within modules, along with associated with the implementation of both the all-oral individual examination regimen fixed and mobile wireless communication Length of course employed in this Telecommunications MSc Suite, systems receives special attention. Leading- One year, full-time or block-mode have proven solidly beneficial in refining the edge satellite and broadband systems utilising communication and employability-enhancing modern architectures are central to this Location skills that are strongly valued by industry. programme of study. Central London (Cavendish)

Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/fees TELECOMMUNICATIONS TELECOMMUNICATIONS WITH WITH DIGITAL SIGNAL WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES MSc Admissions Tutor PROCESSING MSc The MSc in Telecommunications with Wireless Dr Anush Yardim The MSc in Telecommunications with Technologies aims to produce postgraduates [email protected] Digital Signal Processing aims to produce with an advanced understanding of postgraduates with an advanced understanding communication systems with a focus on wireless of communication systems with special emphasis technologies. It fosters the student’s ability to The demand for engineers in both wide-area on the application of digital signal processing, analyse, design and build RF and microwave and local-area communication systems is which supports and pervades all modern systems for wireless communication systems. currently flourishing and is expected to grow communication systems. It makes extensive Special emphasis is placed on enhancing for the foreseeable future. These three pathways use of MATLAB and Simulink simulation tools the student’s ability to model the behaviour offer both recent engineering graduates to design digital filters that perform noise of wireless systems from circuits, filters and and industry-based engineers access to in- reduction, signal shaping antennas, and to utilise these models to guide depth skills for closely related aspects of the and channel modelling. Adaptive filters, the design and implementation of a variety of communications discipline. matched filters, reception and detection communication techniques. algorithms essential for digital communications The course structure is quite flexible, affording are also modelled and tested. industry-based students an opportunity to attend and accumulate module credits over an extended period of time. It also simultaneously serves the full-time student cohort which generally progresses through the MSc pathway in a single calendar year.

The MSc programmes are short course based and each module’s credit is accumulated by submission of a portfolio of work called Independent Learning Package (ILP) and its successful defence through an oral examination. These are assigned immediately after each short course module where the students are able to concentrate their study efforts just on

234 TELECOMMUNICATIONS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst TELECOMMUNICATIONS 235 COURSE STRUCTURE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS GLOBAL PUBLIC HEALTH Each MSc course consists of three learning Qualifications equivalent to a good Honours modules (40 credits each) plus an individual degree (a minimum Lower Second Class) from NUTRITION MSc project (60 credits). Each learning module a British university in electronic engineering or consists of a short course of lectures and initial a good Honours degree in computer science, hands-on experience. This is followed by a mathematics or other technological subject with Length of course period of independent study supported by a a knowledge of mathematics. Relevant work series of tutorials. During this time you complete experience will be taken into account. An IELTS One year, full-time or two years, part-time an Independent Learning Package (ILP). The score of 6.5 or equivalent will normally be Location ILP is matched to the learning outcomes of the required from applicants whose first language module. It can be either a large project or a is not English, or who have not studied their Central London (Cavendish) series of small tasks depending on the needs secondary and bachelor’s degree education Course fees and funding of each module. Credits for each module in English. westminster.ac.uk/fees are awarded following the submission of a See completed ILP and its successful defence in a Course Leader viva voce examination. Regina Keith This form of assessment develops your [email protected] communication and personal skills and is highly relevant to the workplace. Overall, each learning module comprises approximately 400 Nutrition has long been recognised as a vitally hours of study. important determinant of health status within both industrialised and industrialising countries, but The Project counts for one third of the course significant changes are occurring in the profile of and involves undertaking a substantial research nutritional problems. Many countries continue to or product development project. For part-time face problems of malnutrition and micronutrient students, this can be linked to their employment. It deficiencies, but countries in economic transition is undertaken in two phases. In the first part, the also face the public health challenge of rising project subject area is researched and a workplan rates of diet-related chronic disease, such as developed. The second part involves the main obesity and coronary heart disease. Also, many research and development activity. In all, the industrialised countries now face problems of Project requires approximately 600 hours of work. food insecurity among low income groups. These challenges have led to growing political Further flexibility is provided within the structure resources to address nutrition. There is now of the courses in that you can study related an increased need for trained public health topic areas by taking modules from other nutritionists, to work in a range of contexts, to courses as options (pre-requisite knowledge and control and prevent diet related problems. skills permitting). The United Nations Secretary General has declared 2016-2025 the ‘Decade of Nutrition’. What better time to develop your skills in this PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION crucial area? This course will give you the All of our courses are in the process of seeking specialist scientific knowledge and practical skills accreditation by the Institution of Engineering to take an active role in global public health and Technology. nutrition in a range of different settings.

You will be introduced to policy making, leadership and governance frameworks. You will be encouraged to explore and debate the political and social influences underpinning policy implementation and impact. Your modules will explore the relationship between diet and disease, the nutrition science underpinning these

236 TELECOMMUNICATIONS westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst GLOBAL PUBLIC HEALTH NUTRITION MSc 237 Nutrition Interventions and Programme Planning ASSOCIATED CAREERS This module examines evidenced based approaches to the prevention, management The course is designed for people wishing to and control of nutritional disorders of public work, or already working in, public health health significance. The module introduces the contexts such as government ministries, students to project and strategic management UN organisations, Public Health Nutrition tools and principles to increase their skills organisations, Academic Research institutions and employability. and non-governmental organisations.

Nutritional Assessment You will cover the theory and techniques used PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION to assess nutritional status, and gain practical The course is currently pending accreditation skills in the measurement of body composition, from the Association for Nutrition as part energy expenditure and anthropometry. fulfilment of the requirements for registration as an associate Public Health Nutritionist. Policy and Governance for Public Health Nutrition This module introduces you to the political and social influences on health and nutrition policies as they relate to public health nutrition. Students ENTRY REQUIREMENTS will explore policy making and governance You should have a good Honours degree frameworks and carry out a stakeholder and (lower second class or above) from a UK policy analysis for their assessment. Students university, or equivalent from a non-UK are supported to become more reflective university, in a relevant science or social practitioners, helping them to develop skills science subject. Students from a non-nutrition like effective team leadership and performing background will be invited to complete our on factors, public health nutrition epidemiology, Diet and Disease in Public Health well under stress while managing conflict. line Essentials of Nutrition module, which has Students are also supported to engage in four short assessments. Once the assessments research methods for health science, nutritional This module will introduce you to the discipline Public Health Nutrition advocacy, governance for all four sections are passed the cost of the assessment tools and how to develop and of public health in an international context. and leadership. There is a strong emphasis on module can be taken from your MSc fees. If manage nutrition programmes. The course will Within this, three key themes are explored. developing your skills for professional practice, your first language is not English you should introduce you to stakeholders and skills that Firstly, a definition of public health and of its including professional accountability. have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, with 6.0 can enhance your professional competency, scope. Secondly, an exploration of nutrition in each element. employability and development as a public and disease including the consequences of Research Methods for Health Sciences I health reflective professional. an unbalanced diet. Thirdly, an overview of This module aims to develop your knowledge changing patterns of diet and disease across and competence of the research design process, the globe. In this way the module provides key exploring both qualitative and quantitative knowledge and skills that are a foundation for CORE MODULES methodologies and quality assurance tools to be future professional practice. Concepts and Principles of Human Nutrition used in the application of research methods in This module introduces you to the basic Global Challenges in Food and Health the area of Global Public Health Nutrition. concepts and principles of nutritional science This module will explore the many challenges to Research Methods for Health Sciences II that underpin the theory and practice of public sustainable, safe and equitable food supplies. and Research Project health nutrition. You will explore the role of Different conceptual frameworks, such as food The project is an extended piece of work on macro- and micronutrients in maintaining security and food regimes, will be compared with a relevant topic which you select, with the health, and their effects when consumed in food providing a lens to examine the contributions approval of the Course Leader. The topic will excess or when deficient, through the appraisal of different academic disciplines in developing draw on knowledge, skills and methodological of scientific information relating to their multi-sectoral actions. Food Security assessment techniques covered by the course. The research structure, function, sources and bioavailability. tools will be introduced and used. The role of topic needs to focus on research which can This module emphasises the skills required to the UN, government and private sectors actors improve health and nutrition outcomes in either develop a critical understanding of the scientific in relation to food production, trade, access and a low middle or high income context. basis of nutritional requirements, factors that consumption will be examined while current influence them, and how they are applied to policies to establish safe and equitable food populations throughout the life cycle. supplies will be examined. Factors such as the impact of climate change will also be discussed.

238 GLOBAL PUBLIC HEALTH NUTRITION MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst GLOBAL PUBLIC HEALTH NUTRITION MSc 239 assessment of mental performance. The modules Postgraduate Project SPORT AND EXERCISE studied are designed to underpin the subject, Your project should be an original study NUTRITION MSc and create a sound base for the development reflecting your expertise or interest, supervised of ideas for the research project, which offers by a research-active member of staff, requiring students a wide degree of flexibility to pursue a high-level of scientific rigour and originality, their personal interests. The course can be and culminating in your project dissertation. Length of course studied full-time over one year, or in part-time One year, full-time; two to five years, part-time mode over a varying time, up to five years. Postgraduate Research Methods This module ensures that basic methodology, Location design study, data handling and statistics are Central London (Cavendish) CORE MODULES approached correctly in formulating the research project. Advanced Performance Nutrition Course fees and funding You will look at nutritional needs of specific See westminster.ac.uk/fees athletic populations, the impact of extremes of environment, and possible contributions of diet ASSOCIATED CAREERS Course Leader and ergogenic aids. You will also work shadow Qualified sport and exercise nutritionists find Dr Sally Parsonage a professional sports nutrition practitioner, and employment in a number of areas, ranging [email protected] produce a reflective report. from research, to public health nutrition, to performance training, and many eventually Assessment of Health and Fitness become self-employed and create their own The amazing feats of world-class athletes across You will examine the range of techniques used consultancy companies which can be very the huge range of sports have projected the in assessing health and fitness, from general successful. The course is designed to make issues of performance into the public eye, and population up to elite performers, and the transition into any of these areas as smooth and sports nutrition is now recognised as a key part appropriate evaluation of results. effective as possible. of supporting training and competition at all levels of participation. The Masters degree in Concepts and Principles of Human Nutrition Sport and Exercise Nutrition at the University This module aims to develop critical of Westminster offers the chance to study PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION understanding of the scientific basis of the science behind sports nutrition, and its nutritional requirements, and the many factors This course is accredited by the Association for applications for both the ‘weekend warrior’ and influencing them. Nutrition (AfN). This allows students to take the the elite athlete. It also puts the controversies title Associate Nutritionist, which is the first surrounding the use of supplements under Nutrition and Performance step on the professional recognition and scientific scrutiny, looking at the key evidence This module examines the role of nutrition in registration ladder. for and against performance benefits. The aim enhancing exercise and sports performance, of the course is to produce sports nutritionists The Sport and Exercise Nutrition MSc has who are strongly focused on the science including understanding of nutritional ergogenic aids and their regulation. received the Recognition Award of the behind the subject, but who also have some International Society for Sports Nutrition (ISSN), experience of the practicalities of delivering and students are encouraged to take the sound guidance to individuals and teams who Nutritional Assessment You will study the theory and practice of Certification of the ISSN (CISSN) exam towards are looking to use nutrition as part of their the end of their period of study. training programmes. To this end, a number of methods of assessing nutritional status, at guest lecturers contribute their expertise in key individual, group and population levels. related areas, and students are also given the opportunity of shadowing established sports Practitioner Skills for Sports Nutrition ENTRY REQUIREMENTS nutrition practitioners. The module aim is to prepare students for the You should have a first degree in a life sciences professional demands they will be required subject with a strong element of nutrition and/or to meet once practicing in a consultancy or physiology, but if you are a graduate in another COURSE CONTENT team environment. This includes assessing and discipline there is an opportunity to gain entry analysing, communication skills, and models via successful completion of an Online Nutrition The course covers the key principles of sports for changes, compliance, and follow up that course. The fees for this will be refunded on nutrition and exercise physiology, including the are needed and can significantly impact the successful registration on the Masters course. latest research papers, and aims to develop outcome of nutritional interventions either If your first language is not English you should the ability to apply critical awareness to topics positively or negatively, as well as ethics, have an IELTS score of at least 6.5, including across the broad remit of sports nutrition, from governance, professional conducts and 6.5 in Writing, or TOEFL score of at least 98, measurement of exercise performance to the business skills. with a minimum of 25 in the writing component.

240 SPORT AND EXERCISE NUTRITION MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst SPORT AND EXERCISE NUTRITION MSc 241 The module also examines approaches to You will be encouraged and guided in BUSINESS PSYCHOLOGY resolving organisational as well as interpersonal developing your research proposal and MSc conflict, and what makes for an effective completing a discrete piece of research for your negotiator. We will examine professional dissertation. The choice of research topic will be best practice, how this promotes the design addressed relative to your learning experience, of effective organisational dispute resolution as well as personal and career objectives, and systems, and how to make them work for you will be guided on questionnaire design, Length of course organisations and disputants. You will develop selection of relevant software applications and One year, full-time or two years, part-time a body of knowledge and skills that are key to data analysis. understanding interpersonal, transnational and Location multicultural conflict in the workplace. Organisational Diagnostics: Tools Central London (Cavendish) and Approaches Development of Competency Frameworks: As an introduction to the range and type of Course fees and funding An Approach for Individuals, Teams behavioural and performance information See westminster.ac.uk/fees and Organisations available within an organisation. This module The common organisational language for will provide both theoretical knowledge and Course Leader behavioural analysis is that of competency. practical experience in the ways in which Professor Stephen Benton This module examines the role of competence- information can be collected and used in pursuit [email protected] based analyses in the assessment of a wide of organisational competitiveness. It provides range of workplace behaviour. You will gain an an overview of the different levels (individual, understanding of how to diagnose skill needs at team and organisational) at which evaluations The aim of the Business Psychology MSc is both the organisational and personal level, and and measurement may be conducted and how to prepare graduates who can diagnose and how to build competence-based interventions. business psychologists utilise this information to communicate organisational and behavioural Various exercises guide your understanding of form the basis for mapping organisational and needs, design and implement business how to utilise different psychological models in behavioural complexity. psychology interventions, and build strategic the building of behavioural frameworks. You HR goals and programmes. The emphasis is on will also focus on the role of personality models Teamwork for Effective Organisations equipping you with theoretical and analytical in the utilisation of diverse, culturally and In this module you will learn how to use skills, as well as practical business psychology individually relevant, routes to competence. models of behaviour to recognise and manage skills, in areas such as team building, conflict interpersonal differences in terms of their resolution, decision making, facilitation and Facilitated Decision Making impact on team behaviour. Various methods organisational diagnostics. You will examine decision-aiding techniques are explored and applied during exercises, and practise a wide range of facilitation and you will also learn how to apply methods You will therefore gain knowledge and skills skills. The module examines approaches to of team structuring which provide the basis for designed to enable you to work effectively decision making, and how to apply structuring diagnosing team behaviour. An examination within a wide range of interpersonal and techniques to problem solving and decision of team models, group dynamics and cognitive multicultural situations, while formulating cost- making. Techniques will include Multi-Criteria biases will provide you with a portfolio of effective solutions to operational HR problems. Decision Analysis (MCDA), a software- interventions. You will learn how to conduct The course has an outstanding professional based decision-support technology, and evaluations of team behaviour and how this can development programme, one that runs in Systems Thinking, which provide methods prompt the design of team-building interventions parallel with the taught schedule and which will for diagnosing, designing and implementing and workshops. bring you expertise from existing practitioners decision support interventions. However, through workshops, seminars and mentoring. effective facilitation is as much about the human dimension as it is about structuring ENTRY REQUIREMENTS techniques, so there is also a focus on human CORE MODULES information processing, interpersonal biases, You should have a good UK Honours degree (or and information processing limitations as overseas equivalent) in Business/Management Conflict Resolution: Negotiation they impact on the development of effective Studies, Psychology or related subjects, or The module evaluates ways in which facilitation behaviours. qualifications which include a substantial negotiations are formed and processes that may business or management studies component. If be applied to enable or disable the negotiation MSc Business Psychology Project you do not have these qualifications, but you do process. You will study and experience methods The module is designed to develop your ability have significant relevant work experience, your which promote the identification of different to evaluate a specific business psychology application may still be considered. If your first negotiation strategies and tactics, including problem, practice, policy or opportunity. language is not English, you will need an IELTS the Harvard model of principled negotiation. score of 6.5 or equivalent.

242 BUSINESS PSYCHOLOGY MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst BUSINESS PSYCHOLOGY MSc 243 COURSE CONTENT Data Handling for Applied Psychology COGNITIVE This module addresses the theoretical and REHABILITATION MSc The focus on professional learning is supported practical issues involved in acquiring and with a work experience module that offers you analysing quantitative and qualitative data the opportunity to gain valuable experience for research practice in the field of applied in a clinical setting. A range of innovative psychology. The main topics covered include: assessments have been designed to reflect Length of course experimental designs – hypotheses, models the real world demands of clinical settings One year, full-time or two years, part-time and theories; Anova, Manova and Ancova; and to provide students with applied skills for regression, discriminant, factor and cluster professional life. Location analysis; survey and questionnaire design Central London (Cavendish) and psychometrics; interview techniques; An independent research project provides you qualitative analysis; content analysis; focus with a chance to develop your specific areas Course fees and funding groups and grounded theory. of interest with the supervision of a member See westminster.ac.uk/fees of staff with relevant clinical, academic and Principles of Cognitive Rehabilitation research expertise. Course Leader This module provides you with an Dr Trudi Edginton understanding of the relevant models of healthy [email protected] cognition, the biological basis of cognitive CORE MODULES impairments and their impact on everyday Clinical Cognitive Neuroscience functioning. Within this module you will explore Cognitive rehabilitation is a rapidly This module gives you the opportunity to historical and current methodologies and emerging field that integrates research and investigate in some depth the neuroscience approaches to targeted cognitive rehabilitation clinical practice within the field of cognitive of a range of clinical disorders, and to think techniques. neuropsychology and neuroscience and critically about how this contributes to our overall applies it to the development and evaluation of understanding of cognition. You are encouraged Research Based Project and Portfolio evidence-based assessment and intervention. to think critically about research in this field, with The Project in cognitive rehabilitation is an This course has been carefully designed to emphasis on treatment strategies. extended piece of work on a relevant topic that provide graduates from psychology, the life you will select with the approval of the Course sciences and allied health professions with the Cognitive Neuropsychology Leader. The topic will draw on knowledge, skills theoretical knowledge and practical experience You will examine the theory and practice of and methodological techniques covered by the to develop their clinical skills, academic rigour developing a deeper understanding of cognitive course. This may involve an in-depth exploration and research expertise. The interdisciplinary neuroscience through the observation and of one aspect of the taught course or a related nature of the course will provide you with assessment of cognitive functioning in patients aspect not formally covered in depth. On a strong background in brain anatomy and with various forms of brain pathology. completion of the project, you are required function, clinical neuroscience, cognitive to submit a journal-style paper, a reflective neuropsychology and cognitive rehabilitation, Cognitive Rehabilitation Interventions commentary and a research portfolio. ensuring that you have training and practice This module will give you the opportunity to in assessment, targeted rehabilitation and the critically examine the literature with a view to Specialist Topics for Applied Psychology ethical and professional aspects of working in a developing a sophisticated understanding of This module will cover the areas of writing skills, clinical setting. the theoretical rationale and evidence-based systematic review protocol, design critique, approaches to working with individuals in a and grant application writing skills. Relevant The course team has extensive clinical real-world setting. You will be encouraged to professional issues will also be explored, expertise in Cognitive Rehabilitation, Cognitive explore the impact of developmental changes including inter-professional working; research Neuroscience, Clinical Psychology and and individual differences across the lifespan ethics; presentation skills; careers; portfolio Neuropsychology with excellent clinical and and discuss the implications for intervention development for project research; national research links with teaching hospitals, charities and education. and international perspectives on applied and community organisations that support psychology; and practice specific issues. individuals with long term health conditions.

244 COGNITIVE REHABILITATION MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst COGNITIVE REHABILITATION MSc 245 OPTION MODULE “The MSc in Cognitive Rehabilitation HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY Work Experience in a Psychological Setting was truly an eye-opening experience for MSc This module provides the opportunity for me. The cognitive neuroscience elements students to source work experience in voluntary helped me understand cognitive and or paid positions in health-related settings and psychological difficulties across a range apply psychology and cognitive rehabilitation of clinical conditions and I now apply Length of course in the real world. Students will gain valuable One year, full-time or two years, part-time work experience and develop professional this to my everyday life and the clinical skills, to prepare them for the workplace. environment where I work. The lecturers Location Students who take this optional module will then were passionate and approachable, the Central London (Cavendish) take a 40 credit Research Based Project. assignments were integrated, varied and relevant to the real world. We were also Course fees and funding offered guided mindfulness meditation See westminster.ac.uk/fees ENTRY REQUIREMENTS practices as part of our lectures.” The course is open to graduates from Emer Duffy, Cognitive Rehabilitation Course Leader psychology, life sciences, or allied health MSc, graduated with a distinction Dr Tina Cartwright professions. Your application will be considered in 2014 [email protected] if you can demonstrate necessary experience or knowledge in essential biology, psychology or health. In addition to a fundamental Health Psychology plays a key role in improving understanding of basic neuroscience, you will the health and wellbeing of the population. also require some research skills, including This course, based in the heart of London, was some experience of experimental design, one of the first Masters in Health Psychology statistical analysis and report writing. You will and has been accredited by the British need fluent written and spoken English to study Psychological Society (BPS) since 1999. It at postgraduate level. If your first language is includes an innovative portfolio of assessments not English, you will need an IELTS score of 6.5 geared to developing transferable skills, and or equivalent. The University offers pre-sessional relating directly to the world of work. The summer programmes if you need to improve course also provides the opportunity to gain your English before starting your course. work experience and apply your knowledge in a health psychology setting, whilst considering future career plans. The course is taught by a core team of enthusiastic and supportive research-active staff, with collaborative links to external institutions in London and beyond. Successful completion of the course (Stage 1) is a prerequisite for further training (Stage 2) to become a Health Psychologist registered with the Health Professions Council (HPC).

In addition to the core taught programme, we work with a range of practitioners to provide additional professional training in areas such as resilience, coaching and clinical practice.

246 COGNITIVE REHABILITATION MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY MSc 247 Health Psychology in Practice working; research ethics; presentation This module examines a range of issues skills; careers; portfolio development for relating to health psychology practice, project research; national and international including client-related issues, ethical perspectives on applied psychology; and considerations, interventions, and practice specific issues. professional development. You will have the opportunity to learn techniques such as mindfulness and motivational interviewing, OPTION MODULE with a range of practising psychologists contributing to the module. Personal and Work Experience in a Psychological Setting professional development is fostered This module provides the opportunity to apply through reflective practice and experiential psychology to a real world work situation. learning, including designing and evaluating You will work in voluntary or paid positions in an individualised behaviour change health-related settings to gain valuable work intervention. experience and develop skills which will help to prepare you for the workplace. Students who Individual Differences, Health, Stress take this optional module will then take a 40 and Illness credit Research Based Project. This module explores the role of individual differences (including social and cultural factors) in health and illness. It introduces PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION the biological mechanisms by which stress This course is accredited by the British can impact on physical and psychological Psychological Society (BPS). health (psychoneuroimmunology), and how COURSE CONTENT the lifespan. It emphasises the dynamics stress and well-being can be measured to of change and a number of key topics are The course will give you an in-depth enable evaluation of stress-management examined including children’s health and the interventions. You will also explore the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS understanding of the theoretical and applied family context, normative transitions and life bases of health, illness and disease. The main physiological and psychological correlates Normally you should have a good Honours events, and vulnerability and resilience. of acute and chronic pain, the theories and degree that confers eligibility for the Graduate aim is to help you to develop the theoretical and Student-led panels explore the most current methodological skills essential for conducting management of chronic illness, and the Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) of the issues, controversies and methods within meaning and mechanism of action of the BPS. However, we will consider candidates independent research and applying health a lifespan framework. psychology in practice. placebo effect. without GBC with evidence of interest in the discipline. This can be demonstrated Theories and Perspectives in Health Psychology We provide a coherent programme of study Research Based Project: Health Psychology by your choice of undergraduate modules, This introductory module explores a broad range This module is designed to enable you to undergraduate project area, or your work covering the content, methods and application of topics in health psychology within a multi- of health psychology. In particular, the course realise your training in the context of a experience within health psychology or a disciplinary framework. It considers the social particular research problem or aspect of related field. You may be invited for an emphasises the importance of an evidence-based and cultural context of health and illness, the approach to health psychology, and develops methodology. The area of work should bring informal interview. importance of social cognition models in health together your occupational experience or the core skills needed for Stage 2 training. care, and issues around communication and Within the core modules, there is considerable preference with the substantive material If your first language is not English, you will health care decisions. The module emphasises covered during the taught components need an IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent. flexibility for you to choose particular areas of theoretical and methodological issues in health study of interest. of the course. Projects are intended to The University offers pre-sessional summer psychology research and application, including give you maximum flexibility in selecting programmes if you need to improve your intervention design and evaluation. an appropriate area of application, and English before starting your course. Followed by: investigating and assessing potential CORE MODULES research sources and their relevance to the Core modules include two introductory modules: Data Handling and Research Methods for existing field of knowledge. Applied Psychology Health Psychology: A Lifespan Through lectures, seminars and practical Specialist Topics for Applied Psychology Development Perspective classes, this module addresses the theoretical This module will cover the areas of review This module takes a developmental approach and practical issues involved in acquiring and writing skills, systematic review protocol, to understanding relationships between analysing quantitative and qualitative data for design critique, and grant application writing psychological, biological and social factors health psychology research. skills. Relevant professional issues will also that influence health and disease through be explored, including: inter professional

248 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY MSc 249 COURSE CONTENT learned in other modules, including designing PSYCHOLOGY MSc and executing a research study, analysing the You will take modules at Masters level in data collected, and presenting a high quality core areas of psychology, as specified by report of the whole process in written form. the BPS. You will also take one Masters level Length of course option module in psychology from a selection Psychobiology and Cognitive Psychology One year, full-time or two years, part-time available within the department. We offer a This module enables you to examine the Work Experience in a Psychological Setting fundamental concepts of the biological bases Location module as an option for those who would of human behaviour, to develop a familiarity Central London (Cavendish) like to gain valuable experience in the work with the relevant scientific terminology of place. The content of the curriculum of the MSc psychobiology and to critically evaluate the Course fees and funding covers the core areas of Psychology stipulated key concepts and findings in this area. You See westminster.ac.uk/fees by the BPS for GBC. This consists of Cognitive will also develop an insight into the discipline Psychology, Developmental Psychology, History of cognitive psychology via an appraisal of Course Leader and Philosophy of Psychology, Individual the history, methodology and key empirical Rosemary Snelgar Differences, Empirical Project, Psychobiology, findings of the area. This will promote your [email protected] Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods, understanding of cognitive theories and and Social Psychology. In all of the modules models within the context provided by there is a strong emphasis on critical evaluation the information-processing paradigm that This BPS-accredited conversion course is designed of theory and practice. characterises the discipline. for graduates who wish to pursue a career in psychology but need to acquire the Graduate Psychology in Practice: Qualitative Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) of the CORE MODULES Research Methods British Psychological Society (BPS). You do not Developmental and Differential Psychology This module is designed to develop your need to have studied psychology to be eligible knowledge and skills of the key techniques for this programme. We welcome applications In this module you will develop a wide ranging knowledge of the key developmental concepts and methods for collecting and analysing from graduates who have either completed an qualitative data in psychology, including the honours degree in another subject, or who have used within psychology, and enabling a deeper understanding and appreciation of human use of interviews and focus groups, issues insufficient psychology in their honours degree to and techniques in data transcription and be eligible for GBC. psychological development. This module will also provide you with an opportunity to epistemological issues in qualitative psychology. learn about the major psychological theories You will also be encouraged to engage with and key practical skills relating to individual significant debates concerning the different differences in intelligence and personality. research methodologies, and to critically Themes covered will range from historical and reflect on key studies and approaches. conceptual foundations, to current research and contemporary practice. Psychology in Practice: Quantitative Research Methods Fundamentals of Psychology This module enables you to develop key skills The module will provide you with a broad, and advanced knowledge of quantitative synoptic overview of the scope of academic research methodologies within Psychology. and professional psychology. You will be You will be encouraged to think critically about introduced to the different levels of analysis research problems and the most appropriate employed in the discipline and learn how these experimental designs and methods for different different levels of analysis might be articulated types of research. You will also develop an to explain complex psychological phenomena. understanding of levels of data, statistical distributions, non-parametric tests, t-tests, Project for Psychology MSc correlation, multiple regression, factorial This module requires you to carry out an designs, analysis of variance, and post-hoc independent research project, under supervision testing, so that you can develop the skills from your tutor. It aims to provide you with necessary to perform key statistical procedures. the skills to conduct a literature review and to identify viable and valuable topics for research. It will enable you to deploy the practical skills

250 PSYCHOLOGY MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/fst PSYCHOLOGY MSc 251 Social Psychology and Conceptual PROFESSIONAL RECOGNITION SOCIAL SCIENCES Issues in Psychology POSTGRADUATE COURSES IN POLITICS This module examines the key characteristics This course is accredited by The British of the socio-psychological perspective on Psychological Society (BPS). ANDAND INTERNATIONAL HUMANITIES RELATIONS human behaviour – including its relation to psychology as a whole and to adjacent disciplines – through critical appraisal of the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS core theoretical and empirical subject matter of We welcome applications from graduates with social psychology. You will also develop your a recognised university degree normally at knowledge and understating of the social and Upper Second Class Honours level or above (or historical context of contemporary psychology equivalent). As statistical procedures are a key and examine the key conceptual frameworks element of psychology, we require applicants that inform psychological theory and practice. to demonstrate competence in mathematics, for example through having obtained GSCE mathematics (or equivalent). We also encourage OPTION MODULE applicants to provide evidence of interest in the You will choose an option from a range of discipline of psychology and reflection on the Masters level modules within the Department of ways that their experience to date would enable Psychology, subject to availability and timetable them to succeed at Masters level. constraints. A practice based option module is Work Experience in a Psychological Setting for If your first language is not English, an MSc Students. Other possible options include: attainment of at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent Health Psychology: A Lifespan Development must be demonstrated. The University offers Perspective; Psychology Literature Review pre-sessional summer programmes if you (critically evaluating the literature on a chosen need to improve your English before starting topic); Developing Communication Styles your course. Students from all backgrounds, for Professionals; Specialist Topics in Health irrespective of age, gender, sexuality or ethnic/ Psychology and others may be possible. cultural background are encouraged to apply.

“Westminster’s MSc is a comprehensive ASSOCIATED CAREERS course that gives you a fantastic The Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership grounding in psychology. The full-time (GBC) is the first step towards becoming a programme is only a year long, and in Chartered Psychologist. It is the prerequisite that time you learn a great deal of both for progression to postgraduate professional the theories and practical skills needed for training in psychology and subsequent a career in a psychological field. What registration as a Chartered Psychologist really sets this course apart, however, working in any of the fields of professional is the brilliant support given by expert psychology – including clinical, counselling, tutors and course lecturers. There is a lot educational, occupational, and health of information to process in a very short psychology. It is a requirement for Masters time, but those supporting me ensured that and Doctorate courses in psychology that I had all the encouragement and advice I lead to professional qualifications, such needed to achieve.“ as Doctorates in Counselling, Clinical and Sarah Martin, Psychology MSc, Educational Psychology, and Masters courses in graduated October 2013 Organisational/Occupational Psychology.

252 PSYCHOLOGY MSc westminster.ac.uk/fst westminster.ac.uk/ssh FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES 253 ART AND VISUAL COURSE CONTENT OPTION MODULES This Masters balances historical and Choose four from: CULTURE MA theoretical debates in the field of visual culture studies with a rigorous interrogation Capitalism and Culture of cultural practices across a range of Beginning with Marx’s famous account of the topics, including: activism and popular commodity in the first chapter ofCapital , this Length of course politics; contemporary visual arts, capitalism module explores a range of theoretical accounts One year, full-time or two years, part-time and culture; globalisation and new media of capitalism and examines their significance to (January start available) technologies; institutions and their archives; the analysis of different cultural forms, including and the material culture of the city. The course film, literature, and the contemporary visual Location also draws upon the cultural institutions and arts. In doing so, you will consider changing Central London (Regent) intellectual resources of central London, and has conceptions of ‘culture’ itself, and its varying established contacts with other galleries and relations to ideas of art, modernity, production, Course fees and funding organisations for work placements. the mass, autonomy, spectacle, and the westminster.ac.uk/fees See culture industry. CORE MODULES Creative Digital Technology* This multidisciplinary, visual theory-based This module examines how digital technologies course is established around the belief that Dissertation are shaping new possibilities for the arts and visual literacy and the impact of visual forms This extended piece of research work is an for culture. In particular it addresses how of thinking and working now play significant opportunity for you to pursue a topic of new digital platforms and capabilities have roles in social and cultural life. The course individual interest, and is conducted through emerged, how traditional spaces of culture introduces you to, and develops understanding individual study and directed supervision. The are being challenged and how new spaces of, a range of historical and contemporary module is designed to support and develop are arising, and how digital technologies offer debates that inform the theories and practice your independent research skills. new ways of understanding and engaging of visual culture. The MA enables you to with communities, audiences and participants. develop a conceptual and practical framework Visual Culture: Production, Display You will explore key critical discourses that within which to evaluate the role of the visual and Discourse have developed around cultures of digital arts, and other forms of visual production, in This module provides a wide-ranging technology, and will consider the changing role contemporary society and culture. introduction to the history and theory of of digital technology within cultural institutions, visual culture by focusing on the production, as well as the different forms of outputs that The MA is taught by staff who are both deployment and discourses of art, particularly cultural institutions both produce and work with academics and professional artists. You will as these are theorised in the writings of artists – for example: gallery exhibitions, electronic acquire creative and professional research themselves. Philosophical, aesthetic and publications, and internet works. skills, such as the ability to work from theoretical perspectives are used to explore exhibitions, art works and institutional archives, vision as a social and cultural process, and *Subject to approval and to be able to operate effectively within the circulation of art as a social, cultural and different artistic and institutional frameworks political process. Engaging the Archive* Through workshops and seminars, this module Visual Culture: Theoretical introduces you to practical and theoretical and Critical Perspectives issues of using archives for the purposes of This module introduces you to the theoretical research or exhibition. With privileged access debates that have contributed to the field of to the unique collections of the University of visual culture studies, including consideration of Westminster Archive, the module will enable the politics of representation, the reproduction you to examine: the principles of archival of images, subjectivity and the body, new practice; how context, authorship, intentionality media, globalisation, and the discourse of the and audience participate in the construction ‘other’. You will also focus on an examination of meanings of archive documents; the politics of the ways that theories and objects may of the archive, including curatorial and artistic emerge through and conflict with each other. intervention, and the creation of alternative histories; the impact of digitisation, and issues of copyright and authorship. *Subject to approval

254 ART AND VISUAL CULTURE MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ART AND VISUAL CULTURE MA 255 Interpreting Space ASSOCIATED CAREERS This module studies the ways that various CREATIVE WRITING: forms of space are used in cultural life, and Graduates will be equipped for roles in WRITING THE CITY MA how they are represented visually, from the creative industries, including museum and gallery work, education, arts administration architectural spaces, urban spaces, public and private spaces, inhabited and non-inhabited and marketing, or could pursue further study to PhD level. The course is also suitable for spaces to virtual spaces. The module examines Length of course practising artists wishing to further their research. relationships between space and place in order One year full-time or two years part-time. to explore how cultural forms are located in, January start available and productive of, space. The module also includes a range of site visits. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Location You should have a good first degree in a Central London (Regent) Representing World Cultures relevant area, such as history of art, cultural This module examines the issues and practices studies, fine art or design, English, history, Course fees and funding involved in presenting non-western cultures to a media and communications, architecture See westminster.ac.uk/fees diverse audience through visual practices. You will and business studies. You may be invited for look at how representation produces meaning, interview, or to submit previous written work. and consider the main frameworks that can help If your first language is not English, you will This Creative Writing: Writing the City Masters you understand how cultures are represented in need an IELTS score of 6.5 overall and 7.0 in course is the first to focus entirely on the city a range of contexts. Key issues explored include: writing (or equivalent), and will be asked to of London. It will allow you to explore the city postcolonialism; globalisation; the relationship provide examples of previous written work. as subject matter from a range of perspectives between photography and ideology; the ethics The University offers pre-sessional summer and across all genres. It will also give you a of representation; the birth of the museum; programmes if you need to improve your theoretical and practical platform from which contemporary roles of western cultural institutions; English before starting your course. to develop your understanding, and become and audiences as citizens and consumers. The part of the London writing scene. Taught by module is run through seminars and workshops in professional writers and researchers, the London museums and archives. RELATED COURSES course offers plenty of opportunities to network with other writers, agents, TV producers Urban Cultures • Cultural and Critical Studies MA and performance poets. You will be based Using a range of theoretical, historical, literary, • Museums, Galleries and Contemporary in the University’s headquarters building at cinematic, visual and other cultural texts, you Culture MA 309 Regent Street, which means you will be will explore the idea of urban culture as it writing about the city in the heart of London, has developed since the mid-19th century. with ready access to the capital’s excellent The module considers a variety of different academic, social and cultural opportunities, representations of the city, and the ways in including the vibrant West End theatre scene. which they understand the specificity of urban experience itself. You will also explore the changing global forms and interrelations of ‘western’ and ‘non-western’ urban forms.

Work Placement in Cultural Institutions This module aims to enable students to gain first-hand experience of working within a context relevant to their career objectives; to enhance the opportunities for translating theoretical and practical knowledge into professional skills and to encourage students to make beneficial connections within a professional context.

256 ART AND VISUAL CULTURE MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh CREATIVE WRITING: WRITING THE CITY MA 257 COURSE CONTENT CORE MODULES Portfolio: How to Write Creatively OPTION MODULES (January starters) If studying full-time, you will normally take three Conflict and the City (Drama) This module focuses on developing your You will choose either a further core module modules in Semester One and three modules in This module focuses on the craft of playwriting, creative writing skills using a variety of or one of the following: Semester Two. You can begin in January or in with a particular emphasis on drama exercises and techniques. The module will allow September. Part-time students take two modules that exploits the possibilities of the urban you to develop a portfolio of creative writing Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse in each semester. The availability of option environment. You will draft a dramatic work of inspired by the city through a combination This module offers a range of different modules will depend on overall demand and 60-90 minutes, critique the work of experienced of practical workshops and close reading linguistic tools for analysing written text. Texts staff availability, but you will normally be told dramatists and develop a shared vocabulary of established authors. You will also learn to are analysed for lexical and grammatical which options are on offer at the beginning of of ‘technical’ terminology. It will also introduce critique their work, while being challenged to cohesion, metonymy and metaphor, and your course. You can choose one free choice you to major new writing opportunities in raise your own writing to professional level. register and thematic progression (Hallidayan option module from other Masters courses at London and beyond. While contextualising functional grammar). Texts are also analysed Westminster, subject to timetabling constraints new playwriting within the wider parameters The Writing Business (year-long) using Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) and and the approval of the course leader. You of 20th and early 21st-century drama, the The module focuses on the development of Multimodal Discourse Analysis (MDA). You will will begin your writing project during the first module will encourage you to reflect in depth knowledge, personal and professional skills acquire a theoretical understanding of the main semester and submit it after all other modules on your own writing and develop an advanced that will allow you to plan your professional approaches to Written Discourse Analysis, have been attempted. understanding of the elements of a dramatic development, with a particular emphasis on and the practical skills for carrying out these text, including characterisation, structure, the writing business in London. Providing useful analyses on real texts. You will also gain a The workshop-based structure of the course will conflict, dramatic irony and subtext. and relevant information about working in the broader awareness of how written discourse allow you to learn through interactive practice. creative industries through visiting speakers is constructed by comparing it to spoken Modules are taught by one two-hour or three- Tales of the City (Fiction) and workshops, the module aims to develop discourse, and by discussing it in terms of more hour seminar/workshop per week, depending This module focuses on fiction writing inspired and nurture advanced and transferable general semiotic and communication theories. on the subject. Teaching will also include visits by the city. Through a combination of exercises, entrepreneurial skills and allow you to network to selected London institutions to support certain close readings of established authors and with other professionals with confidence. Digital London aspects of writing, and you will be encouraged critiques of your own work, you will be Digital London explores the ways in which to use various archives, theatres and galleries. challenged to raise your own prose writing The Writing Project writers can make use of digital technologies Assessment methods include coursework to a professional level. As it establishes your You will focus on one substantial piece of to re-imagine the city. The module considers portfolios (allowing you to experiment in a understanding of prose fiction and treating creative work or a portfolio of smaller pieces, examples of creative practice that exploit tools variety of genres, reflective logs, essays, and the city as a primary source or background with a view to submission for publication. The such as apps, social media, GPS and virtual workshop leadership) as well as the 10,000– presence, the module will nurture your potential module aims to provide the support needed for reality in the creation of, for example, digital 12,000-word writing project. There are no to be an innovative and independent writer. you to prepare a substantial piece of creative literature, creative guiding, game-playing formal examinations. You will also examine approaches to writing writing and develop your individual voice theatre, digital installations, and site-specific short and longer prose fiction that either overtly in the genre of your choice. As the module interactions with the urban environment. takes the city as its theme or employs it as a seeks to synthesise the discoveries about the significant presence. city made during the course, and helps you to Language and the Imagination (Poetic Writing) respond appropriately in your creative work, You will develop your use of poetic language Creative Practice it will allow you to absorb and process your through a combination of short exercises, This module will develop your understanding explorations of the city, and respond through close reading of poetry and prose poetry, and of the aesthetic, ethical and methodological your creative work. critiques of your own work. You will gain a choices that underpin writing practice. You sophisticated understanding of poetic language will learn how to evaluate different theories and its applications to a range of other genres, of writing (including realist, modernist and and enhance your ability to identify imaginative postmodernist approaches), while widening uses of language as a writer and reader of your knowledge of associated literary styles poetry on the city. The module will allow you to and practices such as stream of consciousness develop an advanced understanding of formal writing, automatic writing, writing as poetic structures and of the publishing and representation and visual writing. The module performance opportunities for poetry in London. will also introduce you to the ways in which place, in particular the urban environment, affects writing and encourages you to interrogate the ethical and political dilemmas arising from literary production.

258 CREATIVE WRITING: WRITING THE CITY MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh CREATIVE WRITING: WRITING THE CITY MA 259 Reading Contemporary Culture ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This module examines the idea of British literary CULTURAL AND culture since the 1990s. Beginning with Carlyle, You are normally required to have a good CRITICAL STUDIES MA the notion of literature as an ‘industry’ has first degree or equivalent in a humanities- based subject; successful applicants will be been resisted by a strong tradition of cultural criticism in Britain. This module discusses what expected to have a proven interest in, and commitment to, language and its creative happened to this tradition, whether it still exists, Length of course outlets. Candidates without formal qualifications and what may have replaced it. By focusing One year, full-time or two years, part-time will also be considered on the basis of their particularly on the relationships between (January start available) writing and film, and writing and the visual professional achievements in relevant areas of the creative industry (theatre, performance, arts, the module investigates the state and status Location journalism, publishing, etc). If your first of literary writing during this period. Authors Central London (Regent) studied include A. S. Byatt, Sarah Kane, Zadie language is not English, you must have an overall IELTS score of 7.0 or equivalent. You will Smith, Sarah Waters and Irvine Welsh. Course fees and funding also need to give two academic references and See westminster.ac.uk/fees Urban Cultures submit a portfolio of creative writing, which Using a range of theoretical, historical, literary, should not exclusively include poetry. Selected candidates will be invited for an interview. cinematic, visual and other cultural texts, you This interdisciplinary course offers you the rare will explore the idea of urban culture as it opportunity to study contemporary critical and has developed since the mid-19th century. cultural debates across a wide range of fields. The module considers a variety of different RELATED COURSES Exploring a variety of different visual, textual representations of the city, and the ways in • TESOL and Creative Writing MA and spatial forms of culture, and their diverse which they understand the specificity of urban theorisations, the course will particularly appeal experience itself. You will also explore the to those with wide-ranging interests in the arts changing global forms and interrelations of and humanities, as well as those interested in ‘western’ and ‘non-western’ urban forms. cutting-edge theoretical debates.

Modules are taught by expert staff from a ASSOCIATED CAREERS number of different disciplines, giving you the The course will enable you to develop chance to follow particular themes in the areas sophisticated critical and creative skills and that most interest you. Recent work by staff in a widely applicable knowledge base that Cultural and Critical Studies includes books can be adapted to various fields of creative and articles on new media, urban theory, practice and writing business. This course is gender, contemporary art and aesthetics, intended to move you to a new level in your Victorian criminality, visual culture, architecture, career as a writer by developing your skills globalisation and critical theory. as a sophisticated critical practitioner, and your knowledge of literature about the city as well as the writing business. You will be encouraged to network with other writers and identify useful opportunities for career development, partly through the wide range of extra-curricular activities, including writers’ events and talks. The critical and practical skills you will acquire by the end of the course will make you a strong candidate in many areas, including arts management, copy editing, education, freelance writing, journalism, media, publishing, theatre and performance-based writing, and research and academia.

260 CREATIVE WRITING: WRITING THE CITY MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh CULTURAL AND CRITICAL STUDIES MA 261 COURSE CONTENT OPTION MODULES Reading Contemporary Culture experience itself. You will also explore the This module examines the idea of British literary changing global forms and interrelations of The course consists of two main core modules Choose four from: – Capitalism and Culture, and Problems and culture since the 1990s. Beginning with Carlyle, ‘western’ and ‘non-western’ urban forms. the notion of literature as an ‘industry’ has Perspectives in Cultural Studies. These modules Creative Digital Technology been resisted by a strong tradition of cultural Work Placement in Cultural Institutions establish a framework for the close analysis of This module examines how digital technologies the locations, products and systems of culture. criticism in Britain. This module discusses what This module aims to enable students to gain are shaping new possibilities for the arts and happened to this tradition, whether it still exists, first-hand experience of working within a The dissertation, which can be written on an for culture. In particular it addresses how appropriate topic of your choice, is also a and what may have replaced it. By focusing context relevant to their career objectives; new digital platforms and capabilities have particularly on the relationships between to enhance the opportunities for translating core module. There is also an optional work emerged, how traditional spaces of culture are placement module. writing and film, and writing and the visual theoretical and practical knowledge into being challenged and how new spaces are arts, the module investigates the state and status professional skills and to encourage students arising, and how digital technologies offers of literary writing during this period. Authors to make beneficial connections within a You are encouraged to attend the many new ways of understanding and engaging symposia and seminars organised by the studied include A.S. Byatt, Sarah Kane, Zadie professional context. with communities, audiences and participants. Smith, Sarah Waters and Irvine Welsh. Institute for Modern and Contemporary Culture, You will explore key critical discourses that at which visiting speakers, creative practitioners have developed around cultures of digital and teaching staff present their current work. Representing World Cultures ASSOCIATED CAREERS technology, and will consider the changing role This module examines the issues and practices of digital technology within cultural institutions, involved in presenting non-western cultures to The course is intended to give you sophisticated as well as the different forms of outputs that a diverse audience through visual practices. critical skills and a widely applicable CORE MODULES cultural institutions both produce and work with You will look at how representation produces knowledge of contemporary culture. This Capitalism and Culture – for example: gallery exhibitions, electronic meaning, and consider the main frameworks enables further study at MPhil or PhD levels, Beginning with Marx’s famous account of publications, and internet works. that can help you understand how cultures are but is also particularly relevant to a range the commodity in the first chapter ofCapital , represented in a range of contexts. Key issues of professions in the media, creative and Engaging the Archive* this module explores a range of theoretical explored include: postcolonialism; globalisation; cultural industries. accounts of capitalism and examines their Through workshops and seminars, this module the relationship between photography and significance to the analysis of different cultural introduces you to practical and theoretical ideology; the ethics of representation; the birth forms, including film, literature, and the issues of using archives for the purposes of of the museum; contemporary roles of western ENTRY REQUIREMENTS contemporary visual arts. In doing so, you will research or exhibition. With privileged access cultural institutions; and audiences as citizens You are normally required to have a good first consider changing conceptions of ‘culture’ to the unique collections of the University of and consumers. The module is run through degree or equivalent in a relevant subject. itself, and its varying relations to ideas of art, Westminster Archive, the module will enable seminars and workshops in London museums If your first language is not English, you will modernity, production, the masses, autonomy, you to examine: the principles of archival and archives. need an IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent. spectacle, and the culture industry. practice; how context, authorship, intentionality and audience participate in the construction The University offers pre-sessional summer Sexuality and Narrative programmes if you need to improve your Dissertation of meanings of archive documents; the politics Focusing on the period from the end of the 19th English before starting your course. This extended piece of research work is an of the archive, including curatorial and artistic century to the beginning of the 21st century, opportunity for you to pursue a topic of intervention, and the creation of alternative you will examine a range of cultural, literary, individual interest, and is conducted through histories; the impact of digitisation, and issues artistic and theoretical perspectives on sexuality, individual study and directed supervision. The of copyright and authorship. in order to investigate the complex relationship RELATED COURSES module is designed to support and develop *Subject to approval between sexuality and narrative. Assessing and • Art and Visual Culture MA your independent research skills. comparing a diverse range of theoretical writings • Museums, Galleries and Contemporary Interpreting Space on sexuality, including in psychoanalysis, Foucault Culture MA Problems and Perspectives in Cultural Studies This module studies the ways that various and feminist theory, the module considers the This module provides you with a critical forms of space are used in cultural life, and history and development of these distinct but introduction to contemporary cultural studies how they are represented visually, from related narratives and discourses in relation to through analysis of the major approaches architectural spaces, urban spaces, public and textual and cinematic narratives. underlying the interdisciplinary, cross-cultural private spaces, inhabited and non-inhabited study of society. It is built around readings of spaces to virtual spaces. The module examines Urban Cultures some of the most influential theorists in the field, relationships between space and place in order Using a range of theoretical, historical, literary, and key themes you will cover include: ideology to explore how cultural forms are located in, cinematic, visual and other cultural texts, you and subjectivity; gender and race in cultural and productive of, space. The module also will explore the idea of urban culture as it studies; discourse and practice; media theory; includes a range of site visits. has developed since the mid-19th century. contemporary times and spaces; and shifting The module considers a variety of different identities in the public spheres of multi-culturalist, representations of the city, and the ways in transnationalist and global movements. which they understand the specificity of urban

262 CULTURAL AND CRITICAL STUDIES MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh CULTURAL AND CRITICAL STUDIES MA 263 COURSE CONTENT Dissertation ENGLISH LANGUAGE The Dissertation gives you the opportunity to AND CREATIVE The course is suitable for students who have conduct autonomous work with supervisory taken English language, literature and/or support on a topic you feel passionate about. WRITING MA creative writing modules at undergraduate At the beginning of the module you will have level, and others with experience in these fields. a series of practical seminars on the different It is of particular interest to those wishing to issues involved in the process of writing a pursue further study, and those aiming to apply dissertation, such as finding a topic, the role of Length of course their knowledge of language and the writing the supervisor, research methodology and the One year, full-time or two years, part-time process in their careers. conventions of academic writing. (January start available) You will study three or four core modules English Language in Use: Time, Texts Location (including a 60-credit dissertation on a topic of and Contexts Central London (Regent) English language or a creative writing project), In this module you will study English historical as well as two modules from the list of options. linguistics and stylistics, literary linguistics and Course fees and funding The core module English Language in Use will cognitive poetics. Thus, you will gain a good See westminster.ac.uk/fees help you acquire the scholarly tools necessary knowledge of the ways in which the language for the stylistic interpretation of literary and non- has changed overtime and the stylistic effects literary texts, while the modules Tales of the City of particular linguistic choices, as well as The English Language and Creative Writing MA and Conflict and the City invite you to explore an in-depth understanding of the theoretical allows you to explore the connections between the writing process in connection with prose frameworks that can be used to describe the your knowledge of how language and dramatic texts. interaction between language and literature. is used and produced, and your literary compositions. It will provide you with a The teaching is mainly through weekly two- or How to Write Creatively: Portfolio thorough understanding of the linguistic features three-hour sessions for each module, which This module will develop your creative of English from a wide range of perspectives include tutorials, seminars, practical sessions writing skills using a variety of exercises and (theoretical and applied, synchronic and and workshops. There is also independent self- techniques. It will allow you to put together a diachronic), as well as leading you to explore directed study, and you will be prepared for the portfolio of creative writing inspired by the city the writing process across genres and to take Dissertation via structured sessions in research through a combination of practical workshops the city of London as one of your main sources methodology. Assessment methods include and close reading of established authors. You of inspiration. The MA will equip you with the submitted coursework such as essays, reviews will also learn to critique your own work, while intellectual perspectives and the scholarly skills and exercises; there are no formal examinations. being challenged to raise your own writing to that will prepare you to conduct independent professional level. research, and will offer you many opportunities to network with other writers, agents, TV CORE MODULES Tales of the City (Fiction) producers and performance poets. Conflict and the City (Drama) This module focuses on fiction writing inspired This module focuses on the craft of playwriting, by the city. Through a combination of exercises, with a particular emphasis on drama close readings of established authors and that exploits the possibilities of the urban critiques of your own work, you will be environment. You will draft a dramatic work of challenged to raise your own prose writing 60-90 minutes, critique the work of experienced to a professional level. As it establishes your dramatists and develop a shared vocabulary understanding of prose fiction and treating of ‘technical’ terminology. It will also introduce the city as a primary source or background you to major new writing opportunities in presence, the module will nurture your potential London and beyond. While contextualising to be an innovative and independent writer. new playwriting within the wider parameters You will also examine approaches to writing of 20th and early 21st-century drama, the short and longer prose fiction that either overtly module will encourage you to reflect in depth takes the city as its theme or employs it as a on your own writing and develop an advanced significant presence. understanding of the elements of a dramatic text, including characterisation, structure, conflict, dramatic irony and subtext.

264 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND CREATIVE WRITING MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND CREATIVE WRITING MA 265 Writing Project (year-long) Current Developments in Language Teaching and conversational routines; language writers’ events and talks, and partly through You will focus on one substantial piece of You will examine current practice and socialisation; conversational code-switching; the workshops organised by the departmental creative work or portfolio of smaller pieces, developments in language teaching, including and talk and gender. Throughout the module, employability co-ordinator. The critical and with a view to submission for publication. The communicative competence in language attention will be paid to issues of methodology, practical skills you will acquire by the end of module aims to provide the support needed for learning. During this module you will cover and the most appropriate methods for studying the course will make you a strong candidate you to prepare a substantial piece of creative a range of topical issues in language each topic area. in many areas, including arts management, writing and develop your individual voice learning and teaching, including: content copy editing, education, freelance writing, in the genre of your choice. As the module and language integrated learning; individual The Writing Business journalism, media, publishing, research seeks to synthesise the discoveries about the differences in language learning; language This module focuses on the development of and academia. city made during the course, and helps you to for specific purposes; learner autonomy and knowledge, personal and professional skills respond appropriately in your creative work, strategy training; methodology; neurolinguistic that will allow you to plan your professional it will allow you to absorb and process your processing and multiple intelligences; skills development, with a particular emphasis on ENTRY REQUIREMENTS explorations of the city, and respond through lessons and real language; and teacher the writing business in London. Providing useful your creative work. language and national curriculum. and relevant information about working in the Applicants are normally required to have a creative industries through visiting speakers good first degree (2.1 or above) or equivalent Intercultural Communication and workshops, the module aims to develop experience in a relevant subject (eg English OPTION MODULES You will gain a greater understanding of what and nurture advanced and transferable language, linguistics or TESOL). Students whose is happening in cross-cultural communication, entrepreneurial skills and allow you to network first language is not English must have an Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse and develop your ability to do it well. In the first with other professionals with confidence. IELTS certificate with an overall score of 6.5, This module offers a range of different linguistic part of the module you will examine critically with a minimum of 6.0 in each component, or tools for exploring texts. They are analysed for different theories of the nature of cultural Translation Studies be able to demonstrate an equivalent level of lexical and grammatical cohesion, metonymy difference and its impact on cross-cultural This module aims to give you a better proficiency. Applicants will also be required and metaphor, and register and thematic interaction. You will also explore theories of the understanding of what translation is, how to submit two academic references, and a progression (Hallidayan functional grammar). intercultural abilities needed to manage such translation is a reflection of its social setting, 10,000-word portfolio of creative writing; Texts are also analysed using Critical Discourse interaction effectively. In the second part of the and what goes on in the mind when a they may be invited to an interview Analysis (CDA) and Multimodal Discourse module you will apply these theories to specific translator translates. Translation Studies has (either face-to-face or via Skype). Analysis (MDA). You will acquire a theoretical issues in professional contexts of potential seen rapid growth in recent years, and this understanding of the main approaches to relevance, such as language teaching. module reflects these developments. The topics Applications from candidates without a discourse analysis, and the practical skills for you will cover include: discourse analysis first degree in a relevant subject are also carrying out these analyses on real texts. You Language and the Imagination (Poetic Writing) approaches; equivalence; historical and welcomed. These applicants can submit will also gain a broader awareness of how You will develop your use of poetic language contemporary translation theories; loss and professional or academic references. written discourse is constructed by comparing through a combination of short exercises, gain; psycholinguistic approaches; ‘skopos’ it to spoken discourse, and by discussing close reading of poetry and prose poetry, and theory; the unit of translation; translatability; it in terms of more general semiotic and critiques of your own work. You will gain a translating culture; translating ideology; RELATED COURSES communication theories. sophisticated understanding of poetic language translating literature and sacred texts; and • Creative Writing: Writing the City MA and its applications to a range of other genres, translation and ICT. • English Language and Linguistics MA Creative Practice and enhance your ability to identify imaginative This module will develop your understanding uses of language as a writer and reader of • English Language and Literature MA of the aesthetic, ethical and methodological poetry on the city. The module will allow you to ASSOCIATED CAREERS • English Literature: Modern and choices that underpin writing practice. You develop an advanced understanding of formal Contemporary Fictions MA will learn how to evaluate different theories poetic structures and of the publishing and The course will enable you to develop • Teaching English to Speakers of Other of writing (including realist, modernist and performance opportunities for poetry in London. sophisticated critical and creative skills and Languages (TESOL) MA a widely applicable knowledge base that postmodernist approaches), while widening • Teaching English to Speakers of can be adapted to various fields of language your knowledge of associated literary styles Sociolinguistics Other Languages (TESOL) and Creative use and study, creative practice and writing and practices such as stream of consciousness You will critically explore concepts and issues in Writing MA writing, automatic writing, writing as sociolinguistics, including: language in face-to- business. This course is intended to move you representation and visual writing. The module face interaction; language variation, choice, to a new level in your career as a writer by will also introduce you to the ways in which creation, planning, change, decline and death; developing your skills as a sophisticated critical place, in particular the urban environment, languages and factors such as age, class, practitioner, and your knowledge of literature affects writing, and will encourage you to gender and ethnicity; multilingual communities; about the city as well as the writing business. interrogate the ethical and political dilemmas language and society; bilingualism and You will be encouraged to network with other arising from literary production. diglossia; casual and ritual interaction; writers and identify useful opportunities for conversational interaction focusing on issues career development, partly through the wide such as linguistic politeness; oral narratives, range of extra-curricular activities, including

266 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND CREATIVE WRITING MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND CREATIVE WRITING MA 267 self-directed study, and you will be prepared carrying out these analyses on real texts. You ENGLISH LANGUAGE for the Dissertation via structured sessions will also gain a broader awareness of how AND LINGUISTICS MA in research methodology. Assessment written discourse is constructed by comparing methods include submitted coursework such as it to spoken discourse, and by discussing essays, reviews and exercises; there are it in terms of more general semiotic and no formal examinations. communication theories. Length of course One year, full-time or two years, part-time Current Developments in Language Teaching (January start available) CORE MODULES You will examine current practice and developments in language teaching, including Dissertation communicative competence in language Location The Dissertation gives you the opportunity to Central London (Regent) learning. During this module you will cover conduct autonomous work with supervisory a range of topical issues in language support on a topic you feel passionate about. learning and teaching, including: content Course fees and funding At the beginning of the module you will have See westminster.ac.uk/fees and language integrated learning; individual a series of practical seminars on the different differences in language learning; language issues involved in the process of writing a for specific purposes; learner autonomy and dissertation, such as finding a topic, the role of The English Language and Linguistics MA aims strategy training; methodology; neurolinguistic the supervisor, research methodology and the processing and multiple intelligences; skills to provide you with a thorough understanding conventions of academic writing. of the linguistic features of English from a wide lessons and real language; and teacher language and national curriculum. range of perspectives: theoretical and applied, English Language in Use: Time, Texts synchronic and diachronic. Furthermore, and Contexts the MA will equip you with the intellectual Intercultural Communication In this module you will study English historical You will gain a greater understanding of what perspectives and the scholarly skills that will linguistics and stylistics, literary linguistics and prepare you to conduct independent research. is happening in cross-cultural communication, cognitive poetics. Thus, you will gain a good and develop your ability to do it well. In the first knowledge of the ways in which the language part of the module you will examine critically has changed over time and the stylistic effects different theories of the nature of cultural COURSE CONTENT of particular linguistic choices, as well as difference and its impact on cross-cultural The English Language and Linguistics MA is an in-depth understanding of the theoretical interaction. You will also explore theories of the suitable for students who have taken English frameworks that can be used to describe the intercultural abilities needed to manage such language and/or linguistics modules at interaction between language and literature. interaction effectively. In the second part of the undergraduate level, and others who have module you will apply these theories to specific taken allied disciplines such as psychology, English Worldwide issues in professional contexts of potential philosophy or TESOL. It is of particular interest This module explores the nature of English relevance, such as language teaching. to those wishing to pursue further study and in the modern world, examining such varied those teaching English who wish to gain a but closely-related topics as standard English, Sociolinguistics further qualification and investigate recent and world varieties of English, causes of variation, You will critically explore concepts and issues in current developments in the field. attitudes to English varieties, English as a lingua sociolinguistics, including: language in face-to- franca, creole linguistics and multilingualism. face interaction; language variation, choice, You will study three core modules (including creation, planning, change, decline and death; a 60-credit dissertation on a topic of English languages and factors such as age, class, language and/or linguistics), as well as two OPTION MODULES gender and ethnicity; multilingual communities; modules from the list of options. The core Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse language and society; bilingualism and modules English Language in Use and English This module offers a range of different linguistic diglossia; casual and ritual interaction; Worldwide examine linguistic variation from tools for exploring texts. They are analysed for conversational interaction focusing on issues a wide range of perspectives and many of the lexical and grammatical cohesion, metonymy such as linguistic politeness; oral narratives, options complement this approach. You can and metaphor, and register and thematic and conversational routines; language explore TESOL issues as part of your options. progression (Hallidayan functional grammar). socialisation; conversational code-switching; Texts are also analysed using Critical Discourse talk and gender. Throughout the module, The teaching is mainly through weekly two- Analysis (CDA) and Multimodal Discourse attention will be paid to issues of methodology, or three-hour sessions for each module, which Analysis (MDA). You will acquire a theoretical and the most appropriate methods for studying include tutorials, seminars, practical sessions understanding of the main approaches to each topic area. and workshops. There is also independent discourse analysis, and the practical skills for

268 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS MA 269 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MA

Length of course One year, full-time or two years, part-time (January start available)

Location Central London (Regent)

Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/fees

The English Language and Literature MA aims to allow you to explore the interconnections between language and literature. It will provide you with a thorough understanding Translation Studies ENTRY REQUIREMENTS of the linguistic features of English from a This module aims to give you a better wide range of perspectives (theoretical and understanding of what translation is, how Applicants are normally required to have a applied, synchronic and diachronic), as well translation is a reflection of its social setting, good first degree (2.1 or above) or equivalent as leading you to explore a wide array of texts and what goes on in the mind when a experience in a relevant subject (eg English in connection with the social, historical and translator translates. Translation Studies has language, linguistics or TESOL). Students whose political circumstances from which they emerge. seen rapid growth in recent years, and this first language is not English must have an Furthermore, the MA will equip you with module reflects these developments. The topics IELTS certificate with an overall score of 6.5, the intellectual perspectives and the scholarly you will cover include: discourse analysis with a minimum of 6.0 in each component, or skills that will prepare you to conduct approaches; equivalence; historical and be able to demonstrate an equivalent level of independent research. contemporary translation theories; loss and proficiency. Applicants will also be required to gain; psycholinguistic approaches; ‘skopos’ submit two academic references and may be theory; the unit of translation; translatability; invited to an interview (either face to face or translating culture; translating ideology; via Skype). translating literature and sacred texts; and translation and ICT. Applications from candidates without a first degree in a relevant subject are also welcomed. These applicants can submit ASSOCIATED CAREERS professional or academic references. The English Language and Linguistics MA will provide you with sophisticated analytical skills RELATED COURSES and a widely applicable knowledge base, which will enable you to study at MPhil or PhD • Creative Writing: Writing the City MA levels with a view to pursuing an academic • English Language and Literature MA career. The course is also particularly relevant • English Language and Creative Writing MA to teaching English as a first or foreign • English Literature: Modern and language, and to a range of professions Contemporary Fictions MA involving language and communication. • Teaching English to Speakers of Other While studying the MA, you will also benefit Languages (TESOL) MA from the careers workshops organised by the • Teaching English to Speakers of departmental employability co-ordinator. Other Languages (TESOL) and Creative Writing MA

270 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MA 271 COURSE CONTENT CORE MODULES OPTION MODULES Intercultural Communicative Competence You will gain a greater understanding of what This MA is suitable for students who have taken Dissertation Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse is happening in cross-cultural communication, English language and/or literature modules The Dissertation gives you the opportunity to This module offers a range of different linguistic and develop your ability to do it well. In the first at undergraduate level, and others who have conduct autonomous work with supervisory tools for exploring texts. They are analysed for part of the module you will examine critically taken allied disciplines such as TESOL. It is of support on a topic you feel passionate about. lexical and grammatical cohesion, metonymy different theories of the nature of cultural particular interest to those wishing to pursue At the beginning of the module you will have and metaphor, and register and thematic difference and its impact on cross-cultural further study and those teaching English a series of practical seminars on the different progression (Hallidayan functional grammar). interaction. You will also explore theories of the who wish to gain a further qualification and issues involved in the process of writing a Texts are also analysed using Critical Discourse intercultural abilities needed to manage such investigate recent and current developments in dissertation, such as finding a topic, the role of Analysis (CDA) and Multimodal Discourse interaction effectively. In the second part of the the field. the supervisor, research methodology and the Analysis (MDA). You will acquire a theoretical module you will apply these theories to specific conventions of academic writing. understanding of the main approaches to issues in professional contexts of potential You will study four core modules (including discourse analysis, and the practical skills for relevance, such as language teaching. a 60-credit dissertation on a topic of English English Language in Use: Time, Texts carrying out these analyses on real texts. You language and/or literature), as well as and Contexts will also gain a broader awareness of how London Vortex: The City and Modernism two modules from the list of options. The In this module you will study English historical written discourse is constructed by comparing This module focuses on the literature and art of core modules Subjectivities: Modern and linguistics and stylistics, literary linguistics and it to spoken discourse, and by discussing the first half of the twentieth century produced Contemporary Fictions and Institutions and cognitive poetics. Thus, you will gain a good it in terms of more general semiotic and in and engaging with London. It considers how Histories examine classic and contemporary knowledge of the ways in which the language communication theories. the city shaped the writing and visual art of the critical texts on literature in relation to ideas has changed over time and the stylistic effects period, and in so doing investigates the idea of in larger contexts, such as history, the visual of particular linguistic choices, as well as Current Developments in Language Teaching modernism, its debates, its meaning and image, gender, psychoanalysis and post- an in-depth understanding of the theoretical You will examine current practice and its boundaries. colonialism, while the module English frameworks that can be used to describe the developments in language teaching, including Language in Use will help you acquire the interaction between language and literature. communicative competence in language Reading Contemporary Culture scholarly tools necessary for the stylistic learning. During this module you will cover This module examines the idea of British literary interpretation of literary and non-literary texts. Institutions and Histories in Modern a range of topical issues in language culture since the 1990s. By focusing particularly and Contemporary Fictions learning and teaching, including: content on the relationships between writing and film, The teaching is mainly through weekly two- This module is designed to give you the and language integrated learning; individual and writing and the visual arts, the module or three-hour sessions for each module, which opportunity for preparatory discussion of differences in language learning; language investigates the state and status of literary include tutorials, seminars, practical sessions topics in optional modules. You will examine a for specific purposes; learner autonomy and writing during this period. Authors studied and workshops. There is also independent range of topics, including: genre and history; strategy training; methodology; neurolinguistic include A. S. Byatt, Sarah Kane, Zadie Smith, self-directed study, and you will be prepared literature’s contemporary globalisation; the processing and multiple intelligences; skills Irvine Welsh, Ian McEwan and Stewart Home. for the Dissertation via structured sessions historical development of English Literature as lessons and real language; and teacher in research methodology. Assessment a discipline; the history and theorisation of the language and national curriculum. Sexuality and Narrative methods include submitted coursework such notion ‘literature’ itself; and the material cultures Focusing on the period from the end of the as essays, reviews and exercises; there are of literary production and consumption. Experimental Women’s Writing, 19th century to the beginning of the 21st no formal examinations. Photography and Film century, you will examine a range of cultural, Subjectivities in Modern and This module explores innovations by women literary, artistic and theoretical perspectives on Contemporary Fictions through the twentieth and twenty-first sexuality, in order to investigate the complex This module is designed to give you the centuries in the areas of writing, film and relationship between sexuality and narrative. opportunity for preparatory discussion of topics photography. Through paying close attention Assessing and comparing a diverse range in optional modules. As a part of this, you to their experimental practices, it will explore of theoretical writings on sexuality, including will explore different critical approaches, such questions of gender and sexuality in relation in psychoanalysis, Foucault and feminist as feminism and post-colonialism, as well as to the formal conventions of, among others, theory, the module considers the history and looking at key issues in literary studies such as narrative, voice, montage, mimesis and the development of these distinct but related the roles of the author and the reader. intertextual. In particular, it will explore how narratives and discourses in relation to textual a range of women artists over the period and cinematic narratives. have experimented by moving between and combining writing, film and photography.

272 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MA 273 Sociolinguistics ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You will critically explore concepts and issues ENGLISH LITERATURE: in sociolinguistics, including: language in Applicants are normally required to have a MODERN AND face-to-face interaction; language variation, good first degree (2.1 or above) or equivalent choice, creation, planning, change, decline experience in a relevant subject (eg English CONTEMPORARY and death; languages and factors such as language, linguistics or TESOL). Students whose age, class, gender and ethnicity; multilingual first language is not English must have an FICTIONS MA communities; language and society; bilingualism IELTS certificate with an overall score of 6.5, and diglossia; casual and ritual interaction; with a minimum of 6.0 in each component, or conversational interaction focusing on issues be able to demonstrate an equivalent level of Length of course such as linguistic politeness; oral narratives, and proficiency. Applicants will also be required to One year, full-time or two years, part-time conversational routines; language socialisation; submit two academic references and a 1,500- (January start available) conversational code-switching; talk and gender. word critical essay of their choice, and they Throughout the module, attention will be paid to may be invited to an interview (either face-to- Location issues of methodology, and the most appropriate face or via Skype). Central London (Regent) methods for studying each topic area. Applications from candidates without a Course fees and funding Translation Studies first degree in a relevant subject are also See westminster.ac.uk/fees This module aims to give you a better welcomed. These applicants can submit understanding of what translation is, how professional or academic references. translation is a reflection of its social setting, This course gives you the chance to study and what goes on in the mind when a English literature in a modern university translator translates. Translation Studies has RELATED COURSES environment, while taking advantage of the seen rapid growth in recent years, and this • Creative Writing: Writing the City MA wealth of resources offered by London’s rich module reflects these developments. The topics • cultural life. You will examine literary texts in you will cover include: discourse analysis English Language and Linguistics MA the wider context of cultural production and approaches; equivalence; historical and • English Language and Creative Writing MA relate them to the social, historical and political contemporary translation theories; loss and • English Literature: Modern and circumstances from which they emerge. The gain; psycholinguistic approaches; ‘skopos’ Contemporary Fictions MA course team consists of academic specialists theory; the unit of translation; translatability; • Teaching English to Speakers of Other who make use of the many nearby museums, translating culture; translating ideology; Languages (TESOL) MA galleries and libraries in their teaching. The translating literature and sacred texts; and • Teaching English to Speakers of course will be of particular interest to those translation and ICT. Other Languages (TESOL) and Creative wishing to prepare for further study at MPhil or Writing MA PhD level, and those teaching English who want to gain a further qualification and investigate ASSOCIATED CAREERS recent and current developments in the field. The English Language and Literature MA will provide you with sophisticated analytical skills and a widely applicable knowledge base, which will enable you to study at MPhil or PhD levels with a view to pursuing an academic career. The course is also particularly relevant to teaching English as a first or foreign language, and to a range of professions involving the study and use of language and literary texts.

While studying the MA, you will also benefit from the careers workshops organised by the departmental employability co-ordinator.

274 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ENGLISH LITERATURE MA 275 COURSE CONTENT CORE MODULES London Vortex: The City and Modernism Urban Cultures This module focuses on the literature and art of Using a range of theoretical, historical, literary, The English Literature: Modern and Dissertation the first half of the twentieth century produced cinematic, visual and other cultural texts, you Contemporary Fictions MA at the University This extended piece of research work is in and engaging with London. It considers how will explore the idea of urban culture as it of Westminster is designed to offer a coherent an opportunity for you to pursue a topic of the city shaped the writing and visual art of the has developed since the mid-19th century. programme of postgraduate study that allows individual interest, and is conducted through period, and in so doing investigates the idea The module considers a variety of different for both chronological range and specific individual study and directed supervision. of modernism, its debates, its meaning and its representations of the city, and the ways in topical focus. It gives you the opportunity boundaries. which they understand the specificity of urban to revisit and reinvestigate the texts, critical The module is designed to support and develop experience itself. You will also explore the practices, institutions and periods that make your independent research skills. Reading Contemporary Culture changing global forms and interrelations of up the discipline in order to see it in new and This module examines the idea of British ‘western’ and ‘non-western’ urban forms. exciting ways. Institutions and Histories: Modern and literary culture since the 1990s. By focusing Contemporary Fictions particularly on the relationships between Work Placements in Cultural Institutions It consists of three core modules. Subjectivities The module examines a range of topics at the writing and film, and writing and the visual This module offers students a chance to spend constructs a critical sense of the discipline heart of writing in the 20th and 21st centuries arts, the module investigates the state and status time in a working environment and to think by focusing on the notion of subjectivity. It and of literary studies itself. You will examine a of literary writing during this period. Authors critically about the issues raised by their investigates the idea of a self as relevant to range of topics, including: genre and history; studied include A. S. Byatt, Sarah Kane, Zadie time there. In the past students have gained questions of literary form, to reading, and literature’s contemporary globalisation; the Smith, Irvine Welsh, Ian McEwan and work placement places in schools, galleries, to writing. Institutions and Histories looks at historical development of English Literature as Stewart Home. publishing companies and translation agencies, the institutional and material conditions that a discipline; the history and theorisation of the among others. produce our ideas of what literature is notion ‘literature’ itself; and the material cultures Sexuality and Narrative and the way literary texts are determined by of literary production and consumption. Focusing on the period from the end of the them. Topics covered include the institution 19th century to the beginning of the 21st ASSOCIATED CAREERS of publishing, questions of history, and Subjectivities: Modern and century, you will examine a range of cultural, globalisation, and a critical investigation of the Contemporary Fictions literary, artistic and theoretical perspectives on The course is particularly relevant to those premises and assumptions of academic study. This module investigates the basis of the sexuality, in order to investigate the complex employed in a range of professions, The Dissertation, which can be written on an literary and of literary studies via the idea relationship between sexuality and narrative. including English teachers wishing to update appropriate topic of your choice, is also a of the subject. As a part of this, you will Assessing their professional skills, and professional core module. The option modules provide an explore different critical approaches, such and comparing a diverse range of researchers. The part-time course would appeal opportunity for you to deepen and extend your as feminism and post-colonialism, as well as theoretical writings on sexuality, including to those interested in studying English literature knowledge of a range of periods, issues and looking at key issues in literary studies such in psychoanalysis, Foucault and feminist for career development and general interest. forms across the 19th, 20th and 21st centuries. as the roles of the author and the reader. An theory, the module considers the history and independent module, it is also designed to give development of these distinct but related you the opportunity for preparatory discussion narratives and discourses in relation to textual ENTRY REQUIREMENTS of topics in optional modules. “My experience on the English Literature and cinematic narratives. You are required to have a good Honours degree MA at Westminster was so positive and (2:1 or above, or equivalent) in a relevant stimulating, covering aspects of literature OPTION MODULES subject. If your first language is not English you and its theories in greater depth, from “As an international student from Nepal, will need an IELTS score of 7.0 or equivalent. You supportive teaching staff who inspired Choose four from: I was lucky to get a scholarship to study the will need to submit a 1,500 word critical essay engagement. It led me on to studying for English Literature MA at the University on a literary text of your choice as part of your a PhD, and has also left me with a greater Experimental Women’s Writing, Photography of Westminster. I was able to explore application. engagement and critical awareness of my and Film my field of interest under the guidance own creative writing practices.” This module explores innovations by women of very committed professors, which has through the 20th and 21st centuries in the Belinda Webb opened up new horizons and motivated RELATED COURSES areas of writing, film and photography. London me to keep learning.” Through paying close attention to their • Cultural and Critical Studies MA English Literature MA experimental practices, it will explore Shradha Ghale • English Language and Literature MA questions of gender and sexuality in relation Nepal to the formal conventions of, among others, English Literature MA narrative, voice, montage, mimesis and the intertextual. In particular, it will explore how a range of women artists over the period have experimented by moving between and combining writing, film and photography.

276 ENGLISH LITERATURE MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ENGLISH LITERATURE MA 277 COURSE CONTENT Major Research Project MUSEUMS, GALLERIES The Major Research Project is an extended AND CONTEMPORARY You will examine key issues and themes in the piece of research work. It is designed as museums and gallery sector, and explore how an opportunity for students to pursue a CULTURE MA these are dealt with not just in theory, but also topic of individual interest, where they work on a day-to-day basis by leading institutions. independently from the classroom, although the You will learn about the challenges faced by process will be supervised. The Major Research museums and galleries, how they confront Project may be presented as a dissertation (an Length of course them and how they are developing innovative academic essay) of 12,000 words. However, One year, full-time or two years, part-time practices in relation to their collections, the dissertation can also be presented as a (January start available) exhibitions and audiences. creative project, for example as an exhibition with a shorter accompanying essay, an event Location Gaining professional knowledge is an or a project proposal. It could also involve Central London (Regent) important part of the course and you will professional work with museum, gallery or be able to meet curators and museum a cultural institution. Course fees and funding professionals. The University also assists See westminster.ac.uk/fees students to gain internships, work placements and to work on professional projects. OPTION MODULES This course looks at the way that museums, The teaching team are curators, museum and Choose five modules from: galleries and other cultural institutions are gallery professionals, as well as university changing to meet the needs of the 21st century. academics. You will be taught through Art Museums and Contemporary Culture The MA has been designed for students who seminars, tutorials, practical sessions and Students on this module are taught by the wish to work as curators, arts organisers, workshops, together with independent, student- curators at Tate Modern and Tate Britain and museum professionals and other cultural directed study where students develop their discover how different specialisms managers and who want to know in particular own project. If you are interested in studying contribute to the work of a world leading art how these institutions face contemporary the broader theoretical context of museum and museum. Specific topics include: how curators issues. It looks at the changing role of cultural gallery issues you can also take modules from research and create temporary exhibitions provision and how agencies, festivals and other courses taught in the Department, such as and public programmes; how the permanent flexible organisations shape, house, fund and Art and Visual Culture MA. collection is displayed through different disseminate culture today. approaches; the role of fundraising and income Assessment methods include written coursework generating departments; how the museum’s The course concentrates on professional - essays, presentations, proposals and project website is designed and its digital presence practice and you will work closely with reports as well as a final 10,000–12,000-word is managed; and how the museum conducts institutions such as Tate Britain and the Major Research Project. visitor research and works with diverse Museum of London, and conduct case studies audiences around the UK. Students also study into creative projects run by organisations as the significance of art museums and why they diverse as the Victoria and Albert Museum, CORE MODULES play an important role within smaller independent galleries and London- Current Issues in Museum and Gallery Studies the contemporary art world. based festivals and arts organisations. Classes On this module you will learn about current are taught off-site at other institutions, and debates being addressed by professionals in Collecting Today: Curating, Presenting and involve professionals from the sector as much the sector and with the pressing issues that are Managing Collections as possible to give you an understanding of facing arts and cultural institutions. These topics Collections lie at the heart of a museum and vocational issues and a close involvement in range from the changing role of organisations they often shape the development of the the workplace. as public bodies and what their responsibilities institution. Collecting strategies and policies are, to working in a post-recession economy are developed over time by museums to where public funding is diminishing, to the enable them to plan their acquisitions for ethics of sponsorship from the private sector. the future and to manage their resources. You will address topical issues such as the This module is taught at the Museum of inclusivity and accessibility of organisations to London and each session takes a case study audiences with disabilities and how museums to a different aspect of museum collections. deal with claims for the repatriation of artefacts Students will examine the journey that an to other countries. object takes from being proposed by curators to acceptance into a collection, conservation and storage. It looks at different approaches

278 MUSEUMS, GALLERIES AND CONTEMPORARY CULTURE MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh MUSEUMS, GALLERIES AND CONTEMPORARY CULTURE MA 279 Exhibiting Photography Online Museums and Galleries Exhibiting Photography looks at different The internet has created challenges to traditional approaches to presenting photography from ways of operating and new opportunities for national museums such as the Victoria and development, and this module addresses how Albert Museum and the National Portrait cultural institutions are using it. On this module Gallery, to commercial galleries and not for you will examine how websites can offer multi- profit art fairs. Students learn about the range layered environments and enable different of contexts in which photography is exhibited, ways of approaching the collections. You will from group shows around a specific theme examine the impact of social networking and to solo artist’s exhibitions, from historical how this is used by museums and galleries to shows to contemporary work. It examines build communities and to work both on and contemporary issues about exhibiting digital off line. You will study the ways that museums and networked images as well as new and and galleries work with crowd sourcing, digital to collecting from archeological excavations to creative approaches to showing contemporary simulations and mobile apps. collecting contemporary life through clothing, printed photographs. photographs, printed material. We consider the Representing World Cultures role of contemporary media, oral histories and London Museums This module examines the issues and practices collecting with community participants. London is famous for the richness and diversity involved in presenting non-western cultures to of its museums and there are more than two a diverse audience through visual practices Curating Contemporary Art hundred museums in the greater London area. and you will look at how representation On this module you will learn the skills and On this module students examine the smaller produces meaning. Key issues explored include: practical steps involved in curating exhibitions museums that play a hugely important role in the postcolonialism; globalisation; the relationship in the contemporary arts. You will be cultural life of the city and museums often have between photography and ideology; the ethics introduced to contemporary theories about the passionate supporters and unique collections. of representation; the birth of the museum; role and function of the curator in arts practice. Students meet curators to get insight into their contemporary roles of western cultural institutions; The classes combine practical exercises working processes, how the museums are funded and audiences as citizens and consumers. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS in researching, planning and developing and how they work with their audiences. The curatorial projects with visits to galleries and museums range from local history museums, Work Placement You will normally be required to have a first art events. You will learn how to critique and museums that have small specialist collections In this module you can gain first-hand experience degree in a relevant subject or equivalent work discuss exhibition practice in galleries and (such as The Garden Museum), museums of working within a professional context. You experience. Applications are also welcome also in alternative spaces such as art in public associated with historic houses (such as the will undertake a placement of 110 hours (or from mature candidates with other professional places. You will develop an exhibition proposal Charles Dickens House), and museums that are three weeks) as a voluntary position in an arts or qualifications or expertise. Applicants may be as the main piece of coursework. part of institutions like hospitals (like the Florence culture organisation. You will also submit a report asked to submit a short essay. Where English is Nightingale Museum). about the job and the sector you have worked in. not your first language, you will need an IELTS Education, Learning and Events score of 6.5 in each area. On this module students discover the diverse Museum Narratives approaches to education and learning within This module examines how museums develop ASSOCIATED CAREERS the museums and arts sector. The module is their exhibitions and displays. It shows that a RELATED COURSES taught with specialists from a range of museums museum tells multiple stories which demonstrate Graduates will have the skills to work in a • and galleries, for example the Royal Academy which operate on many levels and represent variety of positions in the cultural sector, Art and Visual Culture MA and the Science Museum. The module shows different forms of knowledge. This module looks including in the post of curator, programming • Cultural and Critical Studies MA how education and learning covers many forms in detail at the galleries and displays of the or events manager or working in education including workshops with schools and colleges Museum of London and it is taught onsite at the and interpretation in museums, galleries and to interpretation materials such as visitor guides. museum. In each session a curator will present cultural organisations. Graduates also work It explores the importance of public events from their individual approach to curating to explore in consultancies, arts and media strategy and talks and discussions to late night openings different subject areas, such as archaeology, project management. to special performances. Students learn how contemporary history or fashion and reveal education, learning and events programmes are the challenges in selecting and interpreting developed and managed and how all of these material for exhibition. You will also look at aim to help engage audiences with a museum or the background to museum exhibitions, display gallery’s mission, collections or exhibitions. techniques and how communities can be consulted in putting together exhibitions.

280 MUSEUMS, GALLERIES AND CONTEMPORARY CULTURE MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh MUSEUMS, GALLERIES AND CONTEMPORARY CULTURE MA 281 COURSE CONTENT Language and Learning: Description TEACHING ENGLISH and Analysis TO SPEAKERS OF The course consists of three core modules and This module introduces and encourages a range of option modules. The Language in-depth exploration of core concepts in the OTHER LANGUAGES and Learning: Description and Analysis core description and analysis of language, with module introduces in-depth exploration of specific reference to English language teaching. (TESOL) MA the core concepts in the description and The module also introduces and encourages in- analysis of language and language learning, depth exploration of core concepts in language

with specific reference to English language learning, with specific reference to second teaching and second language acquisition. The language acquisition and the implications of Length of course Current Developments in Language Teaching these concepts for the language teacher. The One year, full-time or two years, part-time core module examines a wide range of module is divided into two units, the first on current practice and developments, including language description and analysis, and the Location communicative competence in language second on language learning. Central London (Regent) learning and teaching, language teaching methodology, and discrete and integrated skills. Course fees and funding The Dissertation is the third core module. See westminster.ac.uk/fees OPTION MODULES Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse CORE MODULES This module offers a range of different This course provides you with a specialist linguistic tools for analysing written text. Texts combination of theoretical academic study Current Developments in Language Teaching are analysed for lexical and grammatical and robust practical application and skills You will examine current practice and cohesion, metonymy and metaphor, and development in English language teaching. developments in language teaching, including register and thematic progression (Hallidayan It provides advanced training for TESOL communicative competence in language functional grammar). Texts are also analysed professionals, and examines the latest learning. During this module you will cover using Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) and developments in TESOL methodology and a range of topical issues in language Multimodal Discourse Analysis (MDA). You related issues. You will develop the practical learning and teaching, including: content will acquire a theoretical understanding of the and professional skills involved in TESOL, along and language integrated learning; individual main approaches to Written Discourse Analysis, with the ability to analyse and apply theoretical differences in language learning; language and the practical skills for carrying out these perspectives to practical situations. for specific purposes; learner autonomy and analyses on real texts. You will also gain a strategy training; methodology; neurolinguistic broader awareness of how written discourse The course enables you to develop your skills processing and multiple intelligences; skills is constructed by comparing it to spoken in argument, synthesis and critical expression lessons and real language; and teacher discourse, and by discussing it in terms of more of TESOL issues, and apply them in different language and national curriculum. general semiotic and communication theories. teaching contexts. You will also enhance your advanced skills of research, presentation and Dissertation Educational Management in TESOL analysis in TESOL contexts. Nurturing ongoing This initial research-skills module will cover a This module is intended for practising teachers professional development and skills in pursuing range of topics, including: investigating and with little or no management experience. It further independent research is an important assessing the relevance of potential research looks at aspects of management theory and aspect of the course, enabling you to make a sources; issues in research design, including relates these to specific ELT management full contribution to professional development in identifying the field of study; planning, contexts. Throughout the module you will be your specialist area. conducting and recording of research; the encouraged to explore the relevance of the responsibility of the researcher and role of the theory to your own context. You will begin supervisor; and writing up. The subsequent by exploring and analysing organisational work you undertake will be conducted structures and cultures, and their relevance autonomously with supervisory support. to the strategic aims of any organisation. Quality, finance, marketing and human resource management will be considered from theoretical and operational perspectives. You will also explore issues around management of change and innovation. The methodology will be interactive and firmly rooted in real-life academic management contexts.

TEACHING ENGLISH TO SPEAKERS OF OTHER TEACHING ENGLISH TO SPEAKERS OF OTHER 282 LANGUAGES (TESOL) MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh LANGUAGES (TESOL) MA 283 Intercultural Communication Sociolinguistics You will gain a greater understanding of what You will critically explore concepts and issues in is happening in cross-cultural communication, sociolinguistics, including: language in face-to- and develop your ability to do it well. In the first face interaction; language variation, choice, part of the module you will examine critically creation, planning, change, decline and death; different theories of the nature of cultural languages and factors such as age, class, difference and its impact on cross-cultural gender and ethnicity; multilingual communities; interaction. You will also explore theories of the language and society; bilingualism and intercultural abilities needed to manage such diglossia; casual and ritual interaction; interaction effectively. In the second part of the conversational interaction focusing on issues module you will apply these theories to specific such as linguistic politeness; oral narratives, issues in professional contexts of potential and conversational routines; language relevance, such as language teaching. socialisation; conversational code-switching; talk and gender. Throughout the module, Languages for Specific Purposes attention will be paid to issues of methodology, You will examine the different requirements – in and the most appropriate methods for studying terms of needs, aspirations, and appropriate each topic area. modes of instruction and assessment – of different types of language learner: adults Testing and Assessment learning for leisure and pleasure; broadly You will examine past and current developments based groups, such as ‘business’, ‘science and in language testing and assessment. This technology’; specific groups such as military includes the role of language tests in measuring personnel, diplomats or international train achievement and communicative proficiency, drivers; and undergraduates. You will examine whether diagnostic, prognostic, performance or and research developments in Languages achievement. You will analyse various types of or English for Specific Purposes, English for test, and have the opportunity to develop new Academic Purposes and English/ Languages testing materials for your own purposes. for Work. Translation Studies Materials Development This module aims to give you a better By developing your understanding of the theory understanding of what translation is, how and principles of educational attainment, this translation is a reflection of its social setting, module will lead you to a critical review of and what goes on in the mind when a translator with literary texts in the TESOL classroom. The ENTRY REQUIREMENTS language course materials. You will consider translates. Translation Studies has seen rapid module aims to develop your confidence and the nature of learning, and analyse learners’ growth in recent years, and this module reflects understanding of ways in which literary texts You are normally required to have a good needs and aspirations in relation to the these developments. can be explored in the TESOL classroom, and first degree or equivalent, although mature production of course materials. There is a the ways in which your own creative writing candidates with demonstrable relevant strong emphasis on practical skills in this The topics you will cover include: discourse can be a resource for language teaching. work experience and relevant professional course, and you will be encouraged to produce analysis approaches; equivalence; historical qualifications (eg CELTA, DELTA) are welcomed. publishable material. and contemporary translation theories; loss and If you did not receive your first degree in gain; psycholinguistic approaches; ‘skopos’ ASSOCIATED CAREERS English, you will need an IELTS average score Media and Technology theory; the unit of translation; translatability; of 6.5 (or equivalent). This module looks at the roles of technology translating culture; translating ideology; The course enables you to make substantial in teaching and pays particular attention to translating literature and sacred texts; and progress as advanced English Language practical ideas and the emerging use of new translation and ICT. Teaching practitioners and managers in a RELATED COURSES technologies like Wikis, Podcasts, mySpace variety of national, regional and cultural • etc. The emphasis is on practical classroom Using Literature in English Language Teaching educational systems. You will have the Creative Writing: Writing the City MA applications and on the importance of The module focuses on both the use of literary training and preparation to make significant • English Language and Creative Writing MA simplicity. No knowledge of technology is texts as a resource and the use of creative contributions as instructors, managers • English Language and Linguistics MA required beyond basic use of email, internet writing activities in the language learning and researchers. • TESOL and Creative Writing MA and word processing. classroom, by providing a working overview of useful, relevant aspects of linguistic and literary theory, and the practical demonstration of learner activities in producing and working

TEACHING ENGLISH TO SPEAKERS OF OTHER TEACHING ENGLISH TO SPEAKERS OF OTHER 284 LANGUAGES (TESOL) MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh LANGUAGES (TESOL) MA 285 COURSE CONTENT Language and Learning: Description TESOL AND CREATIVE and Analysis WRITING MA This MA consists of four core modules This module introduces and encourages (including the Dissertation) and two optional in-depth exploration of core concepts in the creative writing modules, and is offered both description and analysis of language, with full- and part-time. specific reference to English language teaching. Length of course The module also introduces and encourages in- Teaching methods include weekly two-hour One year, full-time or two years, part-time depth exploration of core concepts in language lectures, tutorials, seminars, practical sessions learning, with specific reference to second and workshops, together with independent, Location language acquisition and the implications of student-directed study. The Dissertation module Central London (Regent) these concepts for the language teacher. The consists of preliminary workshops focused on module is divided into two units, the first on relevant research skills followed by individual Course fees and funding language description and analysis, and the tutorials with your supervisor. Assessment is See westminster.ac.uk/fees second on language learning. through coursework in the form of essays, reports, oral presentations and creative writing Using Literature in English Language Teaching portfolios, as well as the final 15,000-word The course provides you with a unique The module focuses on both the use of literary dissertation. There are no formal examinations. combination of theoretical academic study, texts as a resource and the use of creative robust practical application, and skills writing activities in the language learning development in English language teaching. classroom, by providing a working overview There is a particular focus on using creative CORE MODULES of useful, relevant aspects of linguistic and writing in the classroom as a significant part of Current Developments in Language Teaching literary theory, and the practical demonstration your portfolio of skills as a teacher. You will examine current practice and of learner activities in producing and working developments in language teaching, including with literary texts in the TESOL classroom. The communicative competence in language module aims to develop your confidence and learning. During this module you will cover understanding of ways in which literary texts a range of topical issues in language can be explored in the TESOL classroom, and learning and teaching, including: content the ways in which your own creative writing and language integrated learning; individual can be a resource for language teaching. differences in language learning; language for specific purposes; learner autonomy and strategy training; methodology; neurolinguistic OPTION MODULES processing and multiple intelligences; skills Conflict and the City (Drama) lessons and real language; and teacher This module focuses on the craft of playwriting, language and national curriculum. with a particular emphasis on drama that exploits the possibilities of the urban Dissertation environment. You will draft a dramatic work of This initial research-skills module will cover a 60-90 minutes, critique the work of experienced range of topics, including: investigating and dramatists and develop a shared vocabulary assessing the relevance of potential research of ‘technical’ terminology. It will also introduce sources; issues in research design, including you to major new writing opportunities in identifying the field of study; planning, London and beyond. While contextualising conducting and recording of research; the new playwriting within the wider parameters responsibility of the researcher and role of the of 20th and early 21st-century drama, the supervisor; and writing up. The subsequent module will encourage you to reflect in depth work you undertake will be conducted on your own writing and develop an advanced autonomously with supervisory support. understanding of the elements of a dramatic text, including characterisation, structure, conflict, dramatic irony and subtext.

286 TESOL AND CREATIVE WRITING MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh TESOL AND CREATIVE WRITING MA 287 Creative Practice The Writing Business (year-long) This module will develop your understanding The module focuses on the development of DIPLOMA IN of the aesthetic, ethical and methodological knowledge, personal and professional skills TRANSLATION choices that underpin writing practice. You that will allow you to plan your professional will learn how to evaluate different theories development, with a particular emphasis on (INSTITUTE OF of writing (including realist, modernist and the writing business in London. Providing useful postmodernist approaches), while widening and relevant information about working in the LINGUISTS your knowledge of associated literary styles creative industries through visiting speakers EDUCATIONAL TRUST and practices such as stream of consciousness and workshops, the module aims to develop writing, automatic writing, writing as and nurture advanced and transferable IOLET) representation and visual writing. The module entrepreneurial skills and allow you to network will also introduce you to the ways in which with other professionals with confidence. place, in particular the urban environment, affects writing and encourage you to Length of course interrogate the ethical and political dilemmas ASSOCIATED CAREERS One year, one evening a week for a total arising from literary production. of 30 weeks. Courses start in January, May This course is intended to move you to a and October Language and the Imagination (Poetic Writing) new level in your career as a teacher or writer You will develop your use of poetic language by developing your skills as a sophisticated Location through a combination of short exercises, critical practitioner, and your knowledge base Central London (Regent) close reading of poetry and prose poetry, and of pedagogy, the English language and its critiques of your own work. You will gain a use in verbal art. You will receive the Course fees and funding sophisticated understanding of poetic language training and preparation to make significant See westminster.ac.uk/diptrans and its applications to a range of other genres, professional contributions as an instructor, and enhance your ability to identify imaginative manager or researcher. uses of language as a writer and reader of This course is only for native speakers of the poetry on the city. The module will allow you to target language and those with degree-level develop an advanced understanding of formal ENTRY REQUIREMENTS proficiency in writing in the source language. You are expected to translate into your first poetic structures and of the publishing and You are normally required to have a good language and study one language combination performance opportunities for poetry in London. first degree or equivalent. Applications from only in any given year. mature candidates with demonstrable relevant Tales of the City (Fiction) experience and professional qualifications (eg The course is offered in a wide range This module focuses on fiction writing inspired CELTA, DELTA) are welcomed. Such applicants of language combinations. For a full list by the city. Through a combination of exercises, may be required to undertake a written of available language combinations see close readings of established authors and entrance test in the form of a short 1,500- westminster.ac.uk/diptrans critiques of your own work, you will be word essay and assemble a work experience challenged to raise your own prose writing portfolio (testimonials, job descriptions, etc). The Diploma in Translation (IoLET) is a to a professional level. As it establishes your You will also need to give two academic widely recognised postgraduate qualification understanding of prose fiction and treating references and submit a portfolio of creative for working translators and for those the city as a primary source or background writing, which should not exclusively include who wish to embark on a career as a presence, the module will nurture your potential poetry. Selected candidates will be invited professional translator. to be an innovative and independent writer. for an interview. If your first language is not You will also examine approaches to writing English, you will need an IELTS score of 6.5 For bilingual speakers who want to become short and longer prose fiction that either overtly overall and 7.0 in writing (or equivalent). takes the city as its theme or employs it as a familiar with translation techniques we offer significant presence. the Introduction to Translation Skills course. A programme of translation-related workshops RELATED COURSES complements our courses. The University of • Creative Writing: Writing the City MA Westminster is one of the longest running Diploma in Translation exam centres. • Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) MA

288 TESOL AND CREATIVE WRITING MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh DIPLOMA IN TRANSLATION 289 INTERNATIONAL LIAISON AND COMMUNICATION MA

Length of course One year, full-time or two years, part-time, with daytime attendance

Location Central London (Regent)

Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/fees COURSE CONTENT ASSOCIATED CAREERS Class format will vary from week to week, to Diploma in Translation holders develop This is a dynamic, pioneering interdisciplinary reflect different learning styles, but the emphasis careers as freelance and in-house translators Masters course which meets the global demand is always on practical translation skills. The in the corporate sector and in national and for greater professionalism in interpersonal and course covers the main areas of translation international organisations, or as editors and inter-institutional bilingual communication. The required for the Diploma in Translation exam, revisers, terminologists, translation project course will focus on enhancing your personal focusing on general translation skills (Unit One) managers, or specialists in translation tools. skills as a communicator and facilitator of in the first term, semi-specialised translation communication. This can be as an advocate, skills (Units Two and Three) in the second term, as a mediator, communication strategist, and revision and exam skills in the third term. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS intermediary or communication facilitator. Firmly grounded on the latest international You will need to take a translation test to You can expect to be given work to complete communications theories and using real life ascertain that you are at the right level to between classes (about two hours for each simulations, you will learn to locate and benefit from the course. If you are successful, hour in the classroom), and classroom exercises analyse resources, pre-empt communications you can join the course in January, May may include text analysis, sight translation, challenges and develop strategies to overcome or October. For the next test date visit dictionary skills and insights into relevant theory obstacles to successful interaction. and research as well as hands-on translation, westminster.ac.uk/diptrans or call +44 (0)20 3506 9900 both individually and in pairs or small groups. The course will enrich your knowledge Your tutor will also give you guidance on and application of the key paradigms of dictionaries and other reference material. international communication, information handling, presentation and textual analysis This is a practice-based course, giving you a in a range of contexts and disciplines such grounding in both translation in general and as cultural diplomacy, international media, in translation-relevant semi-specialised subject business and international institutions, NGOs, areas (Business, Literature and Technology for globalisation and migration as well as the Unit Two, and Social Science, Science and gaining competences to conduct in depth Law for Unit Three of the exam). You will research in a chosen area. regularly practise translation, with class discussion and feedback, and will also develop It also enhances your competencies in handling the techniques and skills needed for the information across and between languages demanding Diploma in Translation exam. and cultures, in various professional settings. The material chosen by your tutor will reflect the You will have the training and preparation to guidelines laid down by IoLET and will include make significant contributions in your chosen past papers as well as examiners’ feedback on profession as well as the gaining competences candidates’ performance. to conduct in depth research in a chosen area.

290 DIPLOMA IN TRANSLATION westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL LIAISON AND COMMUNICATION MA 291 Course applicants typically come from fields such knowledge, methods and perspectives that as language studies, translation and interpreting, you have acquired. You will also need to “In all sincerity, I do not believe I would “This MA is especially useful for those social work, teaching, journalism and other provide evidence of independent enquiry and have arrived at this place in my life and who seek to improve their cross-cultural areas of the media as well as from public office. a creative approach. Thus the Dissertation career if it were not for the knowledge communication skills and multi-lingual However, the course will prove invaluable to should accurately reflect both your personal and practice I gained with the MA in competence. My time at the University anyone with high-level bilingual competence development and the educational effectiveness International Liaison and Communication.” of Westminster developed practical research, writing and analytical skills, as well as experience in mediation between of the course. Sarah Sandsted and also opened my mind to a diversity peoples from different cultural backgrounds. USA of career possibilities. This MA allowed International Liaison 2013 Graduate me to do internships at Amnesty This module considers current theories Country Director, REBUILD globally, Haiti COURSE CONTENT and practice of information processing, International – International Secretariat, communication and interpretation and their and the communications department of Pen You will take three core modules, two of relevance to global co-operation. It provides International and ARTICLE 19, both INGOs which are taught and the third is research that promote freedom of expression.” the knowledge and competencies needed Theories and Practice of Global Communication based. Theories and Practices of Global to operate successfully in multi-cultural Communication covers the key underpinning This module introduces the key theories of Ana Zarraga environments and examines, simulates and global communication that underpin the MA, Colombia knowledge and analytical tools for the critically evaluates the techniques and strategies programme as well as your abilities as a and considers how they are applied to current 2012 Graduate required to facilitate global bilingual/lingua environments. Topics include world system Communications, Media and Advocacy presenter of information. International Liaison franca advocacy and collaboration. It covers focuses on your practical communication theory, cultural imperialism, language and Officer, ARTICLE 19, International Office issues such as framing and reframing, active power and the impact of the rise in the use of competences. In the research component listening, and metacommunication. It also you have the choice of an MA Thesis (the technology. As well as analysing the application examines the ethical dimensions and challenges of these theories in relevant contexts such as Dissertation module), conducting research into of international liaison. Particular emphasis It provides you with coping strategies and a topic of your choice, or a Professional Project international business, public diplomacy and is placed on the enactment of the role of NGOs, the module encourages you to reflect models based on the practical application where you apply your knowledge and expertise the liaison official as facilitator, advocate of intercultural communication theories and to creating a communication strategy. In both on your own competences and strategies as a and representative of others in a variety of global communicator, and how you can develop research by the main cultural ‘gurus’. you are required to demonstrate research professional contexts. competence at Masters level. You then have them so as to succeed in increasingly fluid multilingual international contexts. International Organisations and the choice of four option modules to Professional Project Institutional Discourse complete the MA. As one of the two research options and as the This module aims to develop a critical culmination of the MA, the project gives you understanding of the interaction between the opportunity to demonstrate not only your OPTION MODULES language, discourse and power, as it is CORE MODULES understanding of how theories apply in the Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse projected in an institutional communication Dissertation real world, but also to show a wide range of This module considers theories of genre and context. The module is designed to help linguists As one of the two research options, this module research and international communications discourse analysis; audience design, purpose and communicators to analyse a number of will help you to develop an understanding of the competences that will serve you in the and style; rhetoric and persuasion; text-types, social interactions (speeches, interviews, etc.), major components of research methodology: workplace. The professional project gives you text structures, grammatical and lexical features institutional discourses (European Union and locating and using available research sources, the opportunity to develop and enhance your typical of texts drawn from a wide variety of United Nations) and to reflect on their own which include general and specialised libraries, research competences in a professional rather sources. By applying different techniques of discourse building competences in a professional reference works, indices and bibliographies, than a purely academic context. You will select discourse analysis and critical discourse institutional context. The module supports abstract services, and online databases; and research a business, network or project analysis, you will enhance your ability to decode linguists and communicators in understanding recording information and material collected; opportunity on behalf of a client or customer and and understand spoken and written material. how institutional narratives are created analysing data for reliability, comprehensiveness, devise appropriate communication strategies. and developed. bias and factuality; and finally assimilating The module outcome is a four-part portfolio Intercultural Communication material gathered into a dissertation. that follows the chronology of developing and The module covers key theories and principles Migration and Cultural Encounters implementing a communication strategy within a governing intercultural communication. It Starting from the assumption that migration is As a result, you will have established professional environment. It contains a proposal, deals with the impact of cultural diversity on one of the key drivers of globalisation and of research skills such as locating and using research report, professional product and a diplomacy and relations in the international the evolution of contemporary societies, the available research sources and being able commentary. In this way the module brings community, an understanding of which enables module provides you with an understanding of efficiently to analyse the material that you together the theories you have studied, language you to develop your skills and competencies crucial aspects of the interdisciplinary field of have collected. For your dissertation you will competence and critical and reflective abilities (cultural fluency) to be better prepared to live migration, from the specific perspective of be required to synthesise the skills, factual together with high-level research competence. harmoniously and work effectively overseas. intercultural communication.

292 INTERNATIONAL LIAISON AND COMMUNICATION MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL LIAISON AND COMMUNICATION MA 293 After a brief introduction to the political and and depicted by the news media and other social issues related to the most vulnerable media sources, as well as the issues of ‘media SPECIALISED areas affected by contemporary forms of global objectivity’ and ownership of narrative. Within TRANSLATION MA passages, the module will investigate various this context, it will examine the effects of forms of representation of these very issues in transnational mass media organisations on different media, from mass media to visual arts global communication as well as the rise of new (including documentaries, films and video art digital forms of reporting and their impact and Length of course performances) in order to facilitate an the role of the individual or non-professional. One year, full-time or two years, part-time, understanding of the production of (in)visibility with daytime attendance of migrants and refugees in social and cultural scenarios of migration contexts from around ASSOCIATED CAREERS Location the world. Course graduates have gained success in Central London (Regent) Issues of identity formation, belonging and communications-related positions in NGOs, diplomatic missions, international divisions of Course fees and funding citizenship will be analysed in relation to these See westminster.ac.uk/fees forms of representation and communication, in business and international organisations, as both mainstream and counter-narratives. well as achieving a step-change in their original professions. The Specialised Translation MA is open to native Sociolinguistics and non-native speakers of English, who combine This module introduces sociolinguistics – the English with any of the following languages: study of the concepts, issues, approaches, and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Arabic, French, German, Italian, Polish or methods involved in the analysis of languages You are normally required to have a good first Spanish. If you are a native speaker of English, as a means of communication in its social degree or equivalent in a relevant subject. you can elect to study translation with one or context. It also gives you the opportunity to Mature applicants with no formal qualifications two of the above source languages. If you carry out empirical work relating to the but with appropriate work experience will also are a non-native speaker of English, you will concepts and methods you acquire. be considered. To benefit from the opportunity study translation both from English into your to improve your language use you need to first language and from your first language Translating Cultures be fluent to advanced level (C1 as defined into English. This module offers an advanced introduction to by the CEFR) in at least two languages. If you transculturality and translation as an do not have this level of language ability you The course will prepare you for a career in the interdisciplinary critical practice. It is built may still apply if you can demonstrate a good translation market. Building on your existing around the work of key theorists in understanding of the challenges of cross-cultural language skills, you will learn how to research contemporary cultural and translation studies. communication. Experience of mediation specialised subjects to produce commercially Through selected readings of their work, it between groups from different cultural usable translations of specialised technical and examines the complex interactions of translation backgrounds would be an advantage. Although institutional texts, applying insights drawn and culture within and across societies. not an absolute entry requirement, to succeed from the study of linguistics and translation well on the course you need be up to date with theory as well as from professional practice. Values, Beliefs and Media Narratives world events and the different interpretations You will complete a Translation Project or a The module will examine how values, put on them by various stakeholders. Research Thesis. You will also be able to ideologies and attitudes are broadcast via the choose from a range of option modules that media and how this impacts on communication will, for example, give you an introduction to between different communities. It will consider RELATED COURSES editing and revision, audiovisual translation, contemporary theories and issues such as or computer-assisted translation, or enable you agenda setting, the rise of infotainment and the • Translation and Interpreting MA to acquire a working knowledge of another phenomenon of citizen journalism. language for translation purposes. It will explore the way our perceptions of the world and its affairs are constructed You will be able to benefit from our wide range of resources, including an extensive collection of volumes and electronic materials in our library, specialised software applications, and additional resources made available through the University’s Virtual Learning Environment.

294 INTERNATIONAL LIAISON AND COMMUNICATION MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh SPECIALISED TRANSLATION MA 295 Our teaching staff include full and part-time Second Language Institutional Translation and Editing: Principles and Practice* interpretation of values, beliefs, histories and lecturers, all with professional expertise in Second Language Technical Translation This module will introduce you to the skills narratives not only across linguistic, cultural translation and other specialist fields. You will (native speakers for Arabic, French, German, of translation criticism and quality reporting, or geographical boundaries, but also, for be allocated a personal tutor and be given Italian, Polish, or Spanish only) translation editing and revision, post-editing example, from one medium or time period academic guidance by the course team. These modules differ from the Main Language and proof reading. to another. By reading the works of key modules only in that you will be translating theorists from around the world in the into English as a second language for *For native speakers of English studying intersecting fields of translation and cultural COURSE CONTENT information purposes. translation with one source language only, studies, the module aims to enhance these modules are core. You will choose your your understanding of how historical and The course emphasis is on practical training Translation Project or Thesis option modules from the range of non-core contemporary cultural interactions can be in translation, developing your skills to a high The MA Translation Project is a 6,000–8,000 options for your pathway. examined through a translational paradigm. level and learning about the professional -word extended translation on a subject of your environment. If you are a native speaker choice, accompanied by a preface and a set Intercultural Communication International Organisations of English, your core modules will involve of annotations on the translation challenges You will be introduced to the different theories and Institutional Discourse translation from either one or two main source involved. Preparation for writing the preface of the nature of cross-cultural interaction and This module aims to develop a critical languages, chosen from Arabic, French, and annotations will be provided by a series of of intercultural competence. The module also understanding of the interaction between German, Italian, Polish and Spanish. If you are lectures throughout the course. The MA Thesis is looks closely at the application of these theories language, discourse and power, as it is a native speaker of Arabic, French, German, a piece of scholarly research,12,000–15,000 to specific issues in professional contexts, projected in an institutional communication Italian, Polish or Spanish, your core modules words long, into a translation-related topic. such as translation, cross-cultural skills and context. The module is designed to help linguists will cover translation from and into your native You will attend regular research methodology knowledge transfer, and the cross-cultural and communicators to analyse a number language (commonly referred to as your ‘first’ and work-in-progress sessions. You will also implications of globalisation. of social interactions (speeches, interviews, or ‘main’ language). All students will translate receive individual supervision for both the etc.), institutional discourses (European Union institutional texts (such as economic, political, Project and the Thesis. Introduction to Audiovisual Translation and United Nations) and to reflect on their own discourse building competences in a legal and EU texts) and technical material, and This module will introduce you to the subject of professional institutional context. The module learn new relevant skills through the option Native speakers of English studying the course audiovisual translation and includes hands-on supports linguists and communicators in modules. You will also complete a research- with two foreign languages will take the core translation experience and training in how to understanding how institutional narratives are based MA Thesis or an MA Translation Project Main Language Translation modules in both use subtitling software. created and developed. (an extended translation with a preface and languages of study. Native speakers of English annotations).Your studies are further supported studying the course with one foreign language Introduction to Translation Project Management by blended learning provision on developing will take Editing: Principles and Practices and This module will introduce you to the principles your professionalism, weekly lectures on Computer-assisted Translation (see option and processes of managing large translation ASSOCIATED CAREERS the theoretical concepts and principles of modules below) as additional core modules projects in an industry context, developing your Graduates of the Specialised Translation MA translation, introductory workshops to a range and choose their option modules from the skills sets to prepare you for a range of in-house have gone on to work as in-house translators of translation memory tools, and guest lectures remaining range of options. career paths. within industry, commerce, international and workshops delivered by external speakers organisations and translation companies, as from industry and international institutions. Sociolinguistics freelance translators, as translation project OPTION MODULES This module will cover concepts and issues in managers, or as editors, revisers, proofreaders, sociolinguistics, such as class, gender, ethnicity, terminologists, or specialists in translation tools. CORE MODULES Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse multilingual communities, language variation, This module will introduce you to the theories of choice, planning, change, decline and death, Main Language Institutional Translation genre and discourse analysis; audience design, and language in face-to-face interaction. (into your first language) purpose and style; rhetoric and persuasion; ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You will be introduced to specialist texts text types, text structures, and grammatical Subsidiary Language You should have a first degree in modern of the kind you will be expected to handle and lexical features. Texts are selected from (languages subject to annual confirmation) languages or another subject. Mature linguists in a professional context. These will cover a wide range of sources, typifying different Over the year, you will be introduced gradually without a degree, but with sufficient experience international and government institutions, styles, levels of formality, registers, audiences, to a language that is cognate with your main in translation, are invited to apply. We will as well as the fields of economics, finance, purposes and specialisations. language. You will gain an overview of the interview you in person or on the telephone business, politics and law. language based on grammar and syntax, and and set you two translation tests to check your Computer-Assisted Translation (CAT)* source language texts. As the year progresses, language competence. Main Language Technical Translation The CAT module will introduce you to the you will learn to translate graded technical and (into your first language) basic features of computer-assisted translation non-technical texts. You will be introduced to a wide range of (translation memory and machine translation), specialist texts relating to technology and and provide practical experience of some Translating Cultures RELATED COURSES science of the kind you will be expected to common tools currently available. This module opens up the understanding of • Translating Cultures MRes handle in a professional context. ‘translation’ to include the transmission and • Translation and Interpreting MA

296 SPECIALISED TRANSLATION MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh SPECIALISED TRANSLATION MA 297 COURSE CONTENT Conceived as a public, ‘degree show’-type event, TRANSLATING the Dissertation Symposium in particular functions CULTURES MRes You will take two core modules: Translating as a showcase for current and future research Cultures, which establishes frameworks for the in the Department and, as such, responds to the close analysis of transcultural and translation growing importance placed on dissemination, concepts; and the Research Dissertation diffusion and impact in research training. module, which provides training and personal Length of course supervision for the writing of an in-depth One year, full-time or two years, part-time, Translating Cultures dissertation on an appropriate topic of your with daytime attendance Conceiving of translation as both an area choice. The Research Dissertation module of investigation and as an investigative offers you the innovative possibility to develop Location paradigm, this module examines translational your research project through an internship with Central London (Regent) practices and processes and the problems a relevant external organisation. You will also of transposition, transfer and mediation in choose an option module that matches your Course fees and funding cultural encounters. Crucially, it opens up the interests from a selection of modules offering See westminster.ac.uk/fees understanding of ‘translation’ to include the advanced study in specialised areas, including transmission, interpretation and sharing of translation, intercultural communication, values, beliefs, histories and narratives not diaspora, cultural identity, globalisation, This interdisciplinary course offers you the rare only across linguistic, cultural or geographical democratisation and restorative justice. You are opportunity to study how cultures translate boundaries, but also, for example, from encouraged to attend the research seminars in across a wide range of fields. Critically one medium, time period, or indeed one the Faculty of Social Sciences and Humanities, combining the disciplines of translation and discipline to another. By reading the works particularly the Translating Cultures series run cultural studies, it breaks new ground both of key theorists from around the world in the by the Department of Modern Languages and practically and theoretically in exploring a intersecting fields of translation and cultural Cultures, at which visiting speakers, creative variety of different issues across the humanities studies alongside each other, this module practitioners and teaching staff present their and social sciences. It gives you the opportunity aims to enhance your understanding of how current work. to shape the emerging field of translating historical and contemporary cultural interactions cultures through independent in-depth research, can be examined and conceptualised through and will appeal if you aspire to work at the the translational paradigm. The module cutting edge of debates and practices dealing CORE MODULES explores the diverse forces shaping the products with cultural interaction and transformation in Research Dissertation and processes of transcultural and translational the contemporary world. The Research Dissertation module gives you phenomena and emphasises the links and supervised guidance and research training in tensions between them as a basis for more Modules are taught and supervision given by preparing an MRes dissertation on an agreed targeted study in the Research Dissertation expert staff who are specialists in a number research topic in the field of transculturality module. This module thus seeks to equip you of languages and disciplines, offering you the and translation as an interdisciplinary critical with a sound critical and methodological chance to follow particular themes in areas that practice. Training is primarily provided through framework for analysing the complex most interest you. Recent work by staff includes individual supervision sessions. Your learning is interactions within and across today’s diverse books and articles on issues in translation, further supported by a suite of online training communities of linguistic, cultural, historical, literature, migration, gender, religion, visual units in research methodologies, which in turn political and social practice. culture and museum studies to name a few, in link in with group-based workshops hosted Chinese, French, German, Russian, Spanish by the team of supervisors. The mid-point and other cultures. Dissertation Colloquium and the end-of-year Dissertation Symposium provide you with a We explicitly welcome applications for forum to present your research to your peers collaborative research projects and are happy in the first instance (Dissertation Colloquium) to exploit our links with public and third sector and, at the end of your studies, to wider partners to assist students in developing projects academic audiences and relevant stakeholder that fit with both the partners’ research needs communities (Dissertation Symposium). These and the demands and expectations of a Masters prominent events in the Translating Cultures dissertation. The student will take the lead in the MRes calendar not only foster a sense of development of any such collaborative research community among both staff and student project, but will be guided and assisted by the researchers on the course, but also offer supervisory team and, where appropriate, other students valuable opportunities to demonstrate members of the course team. their presentation and communications skills.

298 TRANSLATING CULTURES MRes westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh TRANSLATING CULTURES MRes 299 Globalisation, Democratisation and at the role of curators, designers, educators ASSOCIATED CAREERS Post-Authoritarian Transition and other workers, and their contributions This module investigates the nature and process to the way that cultures are represented. The course is tailor-made to enhance skills of ‘transition’ in formerly authoritarian (mainly You will also consider post-colonialism and relevant to either professional or academic communist) countries since the beginning the issues surrounding the representation of (research) careers in the fields of translation and of the 1990s. The concept of transition will non-western cultures in contemporary western knowledge transfer across cultures. The course be explored in a global context, looking at institutions. Key issues explored include: prepares for employment in a local, national or different regions’ particular versions and artists’ interventions in museums and galleries; international context where individuals with an legacies of authoritarianism. Drawing on collecting the contemporary world; presenting intimate knowledge of specific cultural areas comparative politics and international political religions; representations of Africa and Asia in and an awareness of cross- and transcultural economy, shifts in the roles of state, civil society London collections; the physical museum space processes and phenomena, coupled with strong and economy will be investigated, as will their as a cultural document; and visitors as citizens and rigorous language and research skills, political and governmental implications. and consumers. are required. It prepares for work in the civil service, national or international organisations Intercultural Communication Restorative Justice: Cultures, Integration as well as NGOs, think tanks and charitable You will be introduced to the different theories and Law organisations; arts councils and cultural of the nature of cross-cultural interaction and This module provides an introduction to the field institutes, the publishing or advertising industry, of intercultural competence. In the first part of of restorative justice, covering international, and museums and galleries; graduates will also the module you will examine critically different domestic and public aspects of the field, find work as researchers in media organisations OPTION MODULES theories of the nature of cultural difference and and the main processes involved in dispute and in journalism, or, typically following further Choose one from: its impact on cross-cultural interaction. You will prevention and resolution. postgraduate (Doctoral-level) training, in also explore theories of the intercultural abilities higher education. Capitalism and Culture needed to manage such interaction effectively. The Chinese Media Beginning with Marx’s famous account of the In the second part of the module you will apply This module is for you if you have little or commodity in the first chapter ofCapital , this these theories to specific issues in professional no knowledge of the Chinese media, but ENTRY REQUIREMENTS module explores a range of theoretical accounts contexts of potential relevance, such as nevertheless realise that for anyone interested You are normally required to have a good first of capitalism and examines their significance to translation, cross-cultural skills and knowledge in the media in the world today, some degree or equivalent in a relevant subject. the analysis of different cultural forms, including transfer, and the cross-cultural implications understanding of the biggest national media Mature applicants with no formal qualifications film, literature, and the contemporary visual of globalisation. system is a necessity. The objective is to but with appropriate work experience will also arts. In doing so, you will consider changing introduce participants to the Chinese media be considered. If your first language is English, conceptions of ‘culture’ itself, and its varying Reading the Nation in the context of a world order changing on you will need to demonstrate an advanced relations to ideas of art, modernity, production, Through this module you will explore ways account of the growth in wealth and power knowledge of at least one foreign language the mass, autonomy, spectacle, and the culture in which texts can be contextualised and of several countries, in particular China. The (Chinese, French, German, Spanish or Russian). industry. Key theorists you will study include discussed in terms of the concepts and Chinese media are seen as a factor in this, and If your first language is not English, you will Theodor Adorno, Jean Baudrillard, Walter practices of nationalism, and of attempts also as an example of a media system distinct need an IELTS score of 6.5 overall (with 7.0 Benjamin, Guy Debord, Gilles Deleuze to understand the nation as a discursive from the Anglo-American, which has often been in writing) or equivalent. Your first language and Felix Guattari, Fredric Jameson, and practice. You will address a variety of texts touted as a model of universal applicability. should be Arabic, French, German, Italian, Antonio Negri. and relate these to theoretical concepts such Polish or Spanish, and you should hold an as nationalism, decolonisation, colonialism Translation Studies undergraduate degree (or equivalent). We will Democracy and Islam and post-colonialism. You will consider how This module aims to give you a better interview you in person or on the telephone as This module gives you the opportunity to such concepts intersect with issues concerning understanding of what translation is, how part of the application process. examine traditional and modern Islamic gender, race and social class. Authors studied translation is a reflection of its social setting, political thought, relevant perspectives in include: Howard Brenton, David Hare, Kazuo and what goes on in the mind when a modern democratic theory and international Ishiguro, and Michael Ondaatje; you will translator translates. Translation Studies has relations, and selected case studies and various also consider a range of influential theorists, seen rapid growth in recent years, and this RELATED COURSES contributions to the debate from inside and including Benedict Anderson, Homi Bhabha, module reflects these developments. The topics • Specialised Translation MA outside the Muslim world. You will be steered Michel Foucault and Edward Said. you will cover include: discourse analysis • Translation and Interpreting MA through the fields of comparative politics, approaches; equivalence; historical and Islamic and Middle Eastern studies, and Representing World Cultures contemporary translation theories; loss and social and political theory, and encouraged This module examines changing visual gain; psycholinguistic approaches; ‘skopos’ to develop a critical understanding of modern representations of world cultures in a range of theory; the unit of translation; translatability; democratic theory, assessing the explanations contexts, specifically, leading London museums translating culture; translating ideology; given and providing your own explanations. and galleries, and their associated websites, translating literature and sacred texts; and programmes and publications. You will look translation and ICT.

300 TRANSLATING CULTURES MRes westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh TRANSLATING CULTURES MRes 301 Our teaching staff includes full- and part-time Interpreting Project or Translation Project TRANSLATION AND lecturers, all with expertise in translation and or Thesis INTERPRETING MA interpreting and in other specialist fields. You The MA Interpreting Project is an extended will be allocated a personal tutor and be given piece of work of 12,000–15,000 words, academic guidance by the course team. which aims to help you reflect on and apply theoretical models to your practice as a trainee Length of course interpreter. The project is divided into three One year, full-time or two years, part-time, COURSE CONTENT parts: a reflective report logging your learning with daytime attendance process during the MA, an error analysis of a The course emphasis is on practical training in portfolio of three speeches you have interpreted translation and interpreting, developing your throughout the year, and a rhetorical analysis Location skills to a high level and learning about the Central London (Regent) of one of these speeches. Preparation for professional environments. If you are a native the project will be provided in a series of speaker of English, your translation modules workshops throughout the year. Alternatively, Course fees and funding will involve both institutional and technical See westminster.ac.uk/fees you can do an MA Translation Project, a translation from French, Italian, Polish or 6,000–8,000-word extended translation on Spanish into English. If you are native speaker a subject of your choice, accompanied by of Chinese, French, Italian, Polish or Spanish, The Translation and Interpreting MA is open a preface and a set of annotations on the your translation modules will cover institutional translation challenges involved. Preparation to native and non-native speakers of English, translation from and into your native language who combine English with any of the following for writing the preface and annotations will (commonly referred to as your ‘first’ or ‘main’ be provided by a series of lectures throughout languages: Chinese, French, Italian, Polish language). You will also study conference and or Spanish. The course will provide you with the course. You can also choose to do an public service interpreting, and learn new MA Thesis. This is a piece of scholarly professional training aimed at the translation relevant skills through the option modules. and interpreting markets, building on your research, 12,000–15,000 words long, on You will also complete a research-based MA a translation- or interpreting-related topic. In existing language skills to develop a career in Thesis or an MA Translation or Interpreting those sectors. preparation for writing your Thesis, you will Project. Your studies are further supported by attend regular research methodology and regular student-led interpreting practice sessions work-in-progress sessions. Regardless of your The course involves translation as well as and mock conferences, blended learning conference and public service interpreting choice of Project or Thesis, you will also receive provision on developing your professionalism, individual supervision. between one main language (Chinese, French, weekly lectures on the theoretical concepts Italian, Polish or Spanish) and English. You and principles of translation and interpreting, will learn how to research specialised subjects Main Language Institutional Translation introductory workshops to a range of translation (into your first language) for professional translation and interpreting memory tools, and guest lectures and purposes and hone your translation and You will be introduced to specialist texts workshops delivered by external speakers from of the kind you will be expected to handle interpreting skills by extensive practice, applying industry and international institutions. insights drawn from the study of linguistics and in a professional context. These will cover translation and interpreting theory as well as international and government institutions, from professional practice. You will complete a as well as the fields of economics, finance, Translation or Interpreting Project or a Research CORE MODULES business, politics and law. Thesis. You will also be able to choose from a Conference Interpreting range of option modules that will, for example, This module introduces you to interpreting in Main Language Technical Translation give you an introduction to audiovisual formal conference scenarios in consecutive (for those whose first language is English) translation, intercultural communication, or and simultaneous mode. After an introduction You will be introduced to a wide range of sociolinguistics, or enable you to acquire a to advanced skills in concentration, memory, specialist texts relating to technology and working knowledge of another language for message analysis and split attention, you will science of the kind you will be expected to translation purposes. learn note-taking techniques in consecutive handle in a professional context. interpreting, and you will practise sight You will be able to benefit from our wide range translation as well as simultaneous interpreting Public Service Interpreting of resources, including an extensive collection in the booth. This module will give you an introduction to of volumes and electronic materials in our public service interpreting in the fields of health library, a state-of-the-art language lab and and law. You will attend a series of background extensive interpreting facilities, and additional lectures on health and legal issues and you will resources made available through the practise interpreting in simulated situations. University’s Virtual Learning Environment.

302 TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETING MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETING MA 303 Introduction to Audiovisual Translation cultural studies, the module aims to enhance This module will introduce you to the subject of your understanding of how historical and audiovisual translation and includes hands-on contemporary cultural interactions can be translation experience and training in how to examined through a translational paradigm. use subtitling software. International Organisations Introduction to Translation Project Management and Institutional Discourse This module will introduce you to the principles This module aims to develop a critical and processes of managing large translation understanding of the interaction between projects in an industry context, developing your language, discourse and power, as it is skills sets to prepare you for a range of in-house projected in an institutional communication career paths. context. The module is designed to help linguists and communicators to analyse a number of Main Language Technical Translation social interactions (speeches, interviews, etc.), (for those whose first language is not English) institutional discourses (European Union and You will be introduced to a wide range of United Nations) and to reflect on their own specialist texts relating to technology and discourse building competences in a professional science of the kind you will be expected to institutional context. The module supports linguists handle in a professional context. and communicators in understanding how institutional narratives are created and developed. Second Language Institutional Translation Editing: Principles and Practice Second Language Technical Translation (for those whose first language is not English) This module will introduce you to the skills (for those whose first language is not English) This module differs from the Main Language of translation criticism and quality reporting, You will be introduced to a wide range of ASSOCIATED CAREERS module only in that you will be translating translation editing and revision, post-editing specialist texts relating to technology and Graduates of this course go on to develop into English as a second language for and proof reading. science, translating into English as a second careers as freelance and in-house translators information purposes. language for information purposes. in the corporate sector and in national and Intercultural Communication international organisations, or as freelance You will be introduced to the different theories Sociolinguistics interpreters, editors and revisers, subtitlers, of the nature of cross-cultural interaction and of This module will cover concepts and issues in OPTION MODULES terminologists, translation project managers, intercultural competence. The module also looks sociolinguistics, such as class, gender, ethnicity, Analysing Conference and Public Speeches and specialists in translation tools. closely at the application of these theories to multilingual communities, language variation, This module will familiarise you with the ways specific issues in professional contexts, such choice, planning, change, decline and death, in which speakers ensure that the speeches they as translation, cross-cultural skills and and language in face-to-face interaction. give are effective, through analysing a variety of knowledge transfer, and the cross-cultural ENTRY REQUIREMENTS speeches and through learning how to produce implications of globalisation. Subsidiary Language You should have a first degree, although mature and deliver your own speeches with reference to (languages subject to annual confirmation) linguists without a degree but with sufficient argumentation structure and rhetorical strategies. International Liaison Over the year, you will be introduced gradually experience in translation and/or interpreting This module considers current theories to a language that is cognate with your main Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse are invited to apply. You will need fluent and practice of information processing, language. You will gain an overview of the written and spoken English and, if English is This module will introduce you to the communication and interpretation and their language based on grammar and syntax, and not your first language, an IELTS score of 6.5 theories of genre and discourse analysis; relevance to global co-operation. It provides the source language texts. As the year progresses, overall (with 7.0 in speaking) or equivalent. audience design, purpose and style; knowledge and competencies needed to operate you will learn to translate graded technical and All applicants take an entry test consisting of rhetoric and persuasion; text types, text successfully in multi-cultural environments and non-technical texts. written and oral components. structures, and grammatical and lexical examines, simulates and critically evaluates the features. Texts are selected from a wide techniques and strategies required to facilitate Translating Cultures range of sources, typifying different styles, global bilingual/lingua franca advocacy This module opens up the understanding RELATED COURSES levels of formality, registers, audiences, and collaboration. It covers issues such as of ‘translation’ to include the transmission purposes and specialisations. framing and reframing, active listening, and and interpretation of values, beliefs, histories • Specialised Translation MA metacommunication. It also examines the ethical and narratives not only across linguistic, • Translating Cultures MRes Computer-Assisted Translation (CAT) dimensions and challenges of international cultural or geographical boundaries, but The CAT module will introduce you to the liaison. Particular emphasis is placed on the also, for example, from one medium or time basic features of computer-assisted translation enactment of the role of the liaison official as period to another. By reading the works (translation memory and machine translation), facilitator, advocate and representative of others of key theorists from around the world in and provide practical experience of some in a variety of professional contexts. the intersecting fields of translation and common tools currently available.

304 TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETING MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETING MA 305 CORE MODULES Strategy and Policy: Energy and Sustainability ENERGY AND The focus of this module is on energy economics ENVIRONMENTAL Global Politics of Energy and and, in particular, on the role of markets in Environmental Change driving energy policy and strategy in both the CHANGE MA This module aims at evaluating the relevance of short and long term. The first half of the module contemporary debates in international relations covers a variety of theoretical and empirical and political economy to the study of energy topics related to energy demand, energy security, energy markets and climate change. supply and energy prices, the influence of Length of course It examines the political history of the modern fiscal instruments on market operation and the One year, full-time or two years, part-time energy systems and the role played by states importance of banks and financial institutions (day). January start available and major private and state-owned companies. for the funding of energy projects. The second In addition, it explores the role of global half of the module will have a practical focus, Location institutions and their impact on the interplay with sessions led by guest speakers drawn from Central London (Regent) between energy security, energy markets and a range of energy companies, renewables firms climate change. The module also critically or from policy ‘think-tanks’. Course fees and funding assesses standard approaches to the issue of See westminster.ac.uk/fees energy security by focusing on the problem of Environmental Change and Transition to energy poverty and resilience. a Low-Carbon Society This module introduces a framework for The Energy and Environmental Change MA Regional Dimensions of Energy Security analysing and shaping the transition to a low- is an interdisciplinary degree that combines Since the 2000s the global energy landscape carbon society. Core ideas are transformative international relations, law, business and that took shape in the last two decades of innovation, sociotechnical systems and sustainability studies. As such it provides a the twentieth century has been altered due to sustainability transitions. They are explored comprehensive examination of energy security, major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, in relation to key end use arenas of the energy markets and climate change from the rise of new players in the energy sector energy system – buildings, transport and local global, regional and local perspectives. The and technological breakthroughs. The aim of energy networks. Attention is given to the degree equips students with knowledge of this module is to analyse the impact that these multilevel governance and policy aspects of key intellectual frameworks and critical issues. developments had on the energy security of sociotechnical transition. The course offers an holistic approach to the key producing and consuming countries. It will dynamics governing energy-transition to a low- analyse these problems by focusing on change Dissertation (12,000 words) carbon economy nexus. Students are required to and continuity in the decision-making processes complete five interconnected core modules and of state and non-state actors. Countries covered may select one option module. include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, Russia and specific case studies from the Middle INDICATIVE OPTION MODULES The course combines expertise from: East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa. • Corporate Social Responsibility Issues in • Faculty of Social Sciences and Humanities Business and Law • Westminster Business School International Energy and Climate Change Law • Foreign Direct Investment Arbitration • Faculty of Architecture and the Built This module is designed to introduce students • Global Financial Markets Environment to the principles of international law relevant to • International Economics the development and use of energy resources. • Westminster Law School • Planning for Urban Risk and Resilience To this end, the course examines the evolution of principles relating to permanent sovereignty • Policy, Governance and Democracy: over natural resources, ‘shared’ resources International Perspectives and resources outside areas of national jurisdiction. It involves consideration of relevant international legal principles pertaining to oil and gas resources, the use of water resources in energy generation, renewables and nuclear energy. The course has particular regard to the evolving international legal framework on the mitigation of climate change, and its impact on international energy law and policy.

306 ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE MA 307 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS MA

Length of course One year, full-time or two years, part-time (day). January start available

Location Central London (Regent)

Course fees and funding International Relations: Theoretical Perspectives See westminster.ac.uk/fees CORE MODULES This module charts the development of Beyond International Relations International Relations (IR) as an academic This module analyses the theory and the discipline, locating the dominant theoretical This course offers you an innovative, disciplined practice involved in giving international content perspectives within their historical and political and intellectually challenging framework to universal values and aspirations today. Part contexts. The central theme is the analysis of for studying issues and perspectives within I analyses how two central tenets of realism how a broad range of theories reflect changes international relations. You will consider various have come under question: national interest in the subject of IR theory – the sovereign state. aspects of international order and politics, and sovereignty. Part II considers the rights It looks at the role of theory in IR, the historical including the dynamics of international social of the individual in the international sphere, development of the discipline, and focuses and political power relationships and conflicts, focusing on humanitarian assistance and on competing theories. A central aim of the and state building. These topics are studied human rights. Part III traces the impact of new module is to familiarise you with the rich debate comparatively in relation to governmental, international practices to extend democracy, within the discipline and allow you to make up political and social processes, and in the context and Part IV analyses the recent developments your own mind about your choice of theories. It of various historical continuities, discontinuities in international justice and law. Part V is therefore particularly suitable if you have no and contrasts. considers whether a new global political actor previous background in IR. is emerging – global civil society – which can overcome the international/domestic divide.

Dissertation and Research Methods OPTION MODULES You will receive supervised guidance and You must choose four option modules from research methods training (through a series of the following list (one of your options may be research method workshops, the Dissertation an approved free choice module hosted by induction and colloquium seminars, and another Masters course): individual Dissertation supervision sessions) to prepare you for your Masters Dissertation Controversies in United States Foreign Policies on an agreed research topic. You will begin and Processes identifying your Dissertation interests at the This module focuses on post-Cold War United start of your studies, when you will be able to States foreign and national security policies, discuss your ideas with different tutors who and the US policy-making processes. It exposes may direct you towards taking appropriate you to competing interpretations of both policy option modules that support your future and the policy-making process. For example, research studies. This module must be taken did the end of the Cold War or 9/11 and the either following the completion of all other onset of the so-called ‘war on terror’ mark new modules, or concurrently with modules in your eras in US foreign and national security policy? second semester. And how important is the Congress and US public opinion in the making of US foreign policy? The module shows that US policies are rooted as much in domestic politics as they are in America’s perceptions of its interests in a changing international environment.

308 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS MA 309 Democratic Politics: Key Debates and Issues Global Politics of Energy and Environmental The module examines key issues and debates in Change* democratic politics. It focuses on 20th-century This module aims at evaluating the relevance of democratic thought and discusses how key contemporary debates in international relations democratic ideas/ideals have been interpreted and political economy to the study of energy and re-interpreted to address dominant trends security, energy markets and climate change. and changes in democratic societies. The It examines the political history of the modern module identifies some of the challenges energy systems and the role played by states confronting democratic theory and practice, and major private and state-owned companies. and it examines differences between old and In addition, it explores the role of global new democracies. Throughout the module institutions and their impact on the interplay special emphasis is given to the dynamics of between energy security, energy markets and democratic institution and democratic renewal. climate change. The module also critically assesses standard approaches to the issue of Development Theories, Policies and Practices energy security by focusing on the problem of This module aims to provide a rounded energy poverty and resilience. understanding of key theories that inform *Subject to approval thinking about development, especially since the Cold War, and an understanding of Globalisation, Democratisation and some of the most significant policy debates Post-Authoritarian Transition in international development today. It will This module investigates the nature and process provide a framework of ideas within which to of ‘transition’ in formerly authoritarian (mainly understand current debates about development communist) countries since the beginning theories, and give you a comprehensive of the 1990s. The concept of transition will understanding of major problems and policy be explored in a global context, looking at debates within the field of development. You different regions’ particular versions and will also examine the application of major legacies of authoritarianism. Drawing on Islam and Politics in the Middle East Policy, Governance and Democracy: policies on developing countries; critically comparative politics and international political The module focuses on current debates on International Perspectives assess the social, political and economic economy, shifts in the roles of state, civil society Middle Eastern politics from a number of The module explores and compares a range impact of globalisation and liberalisation on and economy will be investigated, as will their perspectives, with a focus on the role of Islam. of approaches to analysing and evaluating the developing economies; and consider the political and governmental implications. You will be introduced to a variety of theoretical governance and policy, assessing the changing relations between the state and civil approaches to studying the modern Middle understandings of democracy that they imply. society in the developing world. Governance of the European Union East, to relevant perspectives in International These approaches are introduced through a You will explore the EU as a polity and as Relations, to selected case studies and various range of case studies relating to policy making Global Change: Toward a New a system of governance. The module offers contributions to the debate from inside and in contrasting national and international Non-Western Order? a practice-led survey of governance issues outside the Arab world. A multidisciplinary contexts. You will explore the challenges of Your main focus throughout this module in the EU, informed by relevant theoretical approach will be adopted, where you will defining and delivering policy across a range will be on the domestic and international approaches. You will cover the legal framework be steered through the fields of comparative of international, national and sub-national politics of China and India, and on empirical of the EU and the roles of member state and politics, Islamic and Middle Eastern studies, contexts, and reflect on the implications of these examples of the global change characterised institutional actors in its decision-making and social and political theory so that at the challenges for democracy. by the predicted rise of these two non-Western processes; questions of institutional efficiency, end you will have achieved, in addition to states. The aim will be to go beyond the accountability and the wider legitimacy of the familiarity with key issues in modern Middle Postcolonial International Relations: Theories news headlines to develop a scholarly and EU; and characterisations of the EU as a polity Eastern politics, an appreciation of the theoretical and Concepts critical understanding of the emerging great and as a global actor. perspectives being covered. In the process, The module will introduce the students to new powers. This offers you an opportunity to you will be encouraged to develop a critical theories and different ways of looking at the train in international relations and recognise, understanding of the workings of the region core concepts of international relations, and understand, and deal with the changes in the and challenged to assess the explanations enable them to utilise these to understand global political landscape. given and provide your own explanations. the transformations in global politics brought about by the rise of non-Western states. Key concepts and key issues from international relations, especially those salient for West- nonWest relations and for the Global South in general, will be examined from different critical perspectives.

310 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS MA 311 Regional Dimensions of Energy Security* The State, Politics and Violence Since the 2000s the global energy landscape You will explore the main 20th- and 21st- INTERNATIONAL that took shape in the last two decades of century theories of the state and examine the RELATIONS AND the twentieth century has been altered due to different approaches to the phenomenon of major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, violence and its causes. The module examines DEMOCRATIC the rise of new players in the energy sector the challenges arising from globalisation and technological breakthroughs. The aim of and will help you to grasp the new forms of POLITICS MA this module is to analyse the impact that these antagonisms that have evolved in the new developments had on the energy security of world order emerging after the collapse of the key producing and consuming countries. It will Soviet model. Length of course analyse these problems by focusing on change One year, full-time or two years, part-time and continuity in the decision-making processes (day). January start available of state and non-state actors. Countries covered ASSOCIATED CAREERS include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, Location Russia and specific case studies from the Middle This course will provide you with numerous Central London (Regent) East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa. key skills and knowledge that will prepare you for your future career in a variety of *Subject to approval different fields. Our graduates hold posts within Course fees and funding various international and national government See westminster.ac.uk/fees The European Union as an International Actor departments and organisations. Many have You will explore the European Union’s also gone on to study for Doctorates within the international role: as an international trade Department and at other universities around The Masters in International Relations and partner; in its evolving competencies in the world. Democratic Politics provides an advanced foreign policy; in its dealings with NATO, the critical and comprehensive understanding of Organisation for Security and Co-operation the forces shaping state, inter-state relations in Europe (OSCE) and its member states over ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and global politics. Drawing on key theoretical defence and security issues; in its relations with interpretations of democratic politics, the course accession states and other ‘third states’; and You should have a First Class or Upper probes into various tenets of democratic thinking in its self-image and values as an international Second Class Honours degree or equivalent (ranging from pluralism and civil society to actor. The module offers a practice-led survey in Social Sciences or Humanities; equivalent egalitarianism and human rights), and explores of the EU’s external activities, informed by qualifications from overseas are welcome. the interplay between theory and practice in relevant theories. Your application must be supported by a old and new democracies and in processes of reference written on institutional notepaper global governance. Is democracy a concept The Politics of Global Complexity: Rethinking by an academic familiar with your abilities. limited to a world of territorially-bounded Governance, Power and Agency Applications from mature candidates are national communities? Can democracy still limit This module introduces you to the theoretical welcomed. If your first language is not power in a global world? How does democratic frameworks and practices of the politics of English, you will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or policy-making operate in the face of complexity? global complexity, the debates that have equivalent. The University offers pre-sessional By raising and examining such questions the been triggered, and the way that complexity summer programmes if you need to improve course explores the changing and contested understandings have developed, especially your English before starting your course. understandings of democracy in contemporary in the 1990s and 2000s. Emphasis is placed thought as well as its application to the upon the conceptual frameworks deployed international sphere in our increasingly in understanding system effects on political, RELATED COURSES complex world. economic and social life and how these enable us to rethink democratic governance, power • International Relations and Democratic and agency. While focusing on conceptual Politics MA frameworks, this module also engages with • International Relations and Security MA how complexity is reflected in new approaches to policy, and external stakeholders will provide input to the module (for example, the Social Market Foundation, Demos, the New Local Government Network and the Foreign Policy Centre).

312 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DEMOCRATIC POLITICS MA 313 CORE MODULES OPTION MODULES train in international relations and recognise, approaches to studying the modern Middle understand, and deal with the changes in the East, to relevant perspectives in International Democratic Politics: Key Debates and Issues You must choose four option modules from global political landscape. Relations, to selected case studies and various The module examines key issues and debates in the following list (one of your options may be contributions to the debate from inside and democratic politics. It focuses on 20th-century an approved free choice module hosted by Global Politics of Energy outside the Arab world. A multidisciplinary democratic thought and discusses how key another Masters course): and Environmental Change* approach will be adopted, where you will democratic ideas/ideals have been interpreted This module aims at evaluating the relevance be steered through the fields of comparative and re-interpreted to address dominant trends Controversies in United States Foreign Policies of contemporary debates in international politics, Islamic and Middle Eastern studies, and changes in democratic societies. The and Processes relations and political economy to the study of and social and political theory so that at the module identifies some of the challenges This module focuses on post-Cold War United energy security, energy markets and climate end you will have achieved, in addition to confronting democratic theory and practice, States foreign and national security policies, change. It examines the political history of the familiarity with key issues in modern Middle and it examines differences between old and and the US policy-making processes. It exposes modern energy systems and the role played Eastern politics, an appreciation of the new democracies. Throughout the module you to competing interpretations of both policy by states and major private and state-owned theoretical perspectives being covered. In the special emphasis is given to the dynamics of and the policy-making process. For example, companies. In addition, it explores the role process, you will be encouraged to develop democratic institution and democratic renewal. did the end of the Cold War or 9/11 and the of global institutions and their impact on the a critical understanding of the workings onset of the so-called ‘war on terror’ mark new interplay between energy security, energy of the region and challenged to assess the Dissertation and Research Methods eras in US foreign and national security policy? markets and climate change. The module also explanations given and provide your You will receive supervised guidance and And how important is the Congress and US critically assesses standard approaches to the own explanations. research methods training (through a series of public opinion in the making of US foreign issue of energy security by focusing on the research method workshops, the Dissertation policy? The module shows that US policies are problem of energy poverty and resilience. Policy, Governance and Democracy: induction and colloquium seminars, and rooted as much in domestic politics as they are *Subject to approval International Perspectives individual Dissertation supervision sessions) in America’s perceptions of its interests in a The module explores and compares a range to prepare you for your Masters Dissertation changing international environment. Globalisation, Democratisation and of approaches to analysing and evaluating on an agreed research topic. You will begin Post-Authoritarian Transition governance and policy, assessing the identifying your Dissertation interests at the Development Theories, Policies and Practices understandings of democracy that they imply. start of your studies, when you will be able This module aims to provide a rounded This module investigates the nature and process of ‘transition’ in formerly authoritarian (mainly These approaches are introduced through a to discuss your ideas with different tutors who understanding of key theories that inform range of case studies relating to policy making may direct you towards taking appropriate thinking about development, especially since communist) countries since the beginning of the 1990s. The concept of transition will in contrasting national and international option modules that support your future the Cold War, and an understanding of contexts. You will explore the challenges of research studies. This module must be taken some of the most significant policy debates be explored in a global context, looking at different regions’ particular versions and defining and delivering policy across a range either following the completion of all other in international development today. It will of international, national and sub-national modules, or concurrently with modules in provide a framework of ideas within which to legacies of authoritarianism. Drawing on comparative politics and international political contexts, and reflect on the implications of these your second semester. understand current debates about development challenges for democracy. theories, and give you a comprehensive economy, shifts in the roles of state, civil society The Politics of Global Complexity: Rethinking understanding of major problems and policy and economy will be investigated, as will their political and governmental implications. Postcolonial International Relations: Theories Governance, Power and Agency debates within the field of development. You and Concepts This module introduces you to the theoretical will also examine the application of major Governance of the European Union The module will introduce the students to new frameworks and practices of the politics of policies on developing countries; critically You will explore the EU as a polity and as theories and different ways of looking at the global complexity, the debates that have assess the social, political and economic core concepts of international relations, and been triggered, and the way that complexity impact of globalisation and liberalisation on a system of governance. The module offers a practice-led survey of governance issues enable them to utilise these to understand the understandings have developed, especially the developing economies; and consider the transformations in global politics brought about in the 1990s and 2000s. Emphasis is placed changing relations between the state and civil in the EU, informed by relevant theoretical approaches. You will cover the legal framework by the rise of non-Western states. Key concepts upon the conceptual frameworks deployed society in the developing world. and key issues from international relations, in understanding system effects on political, of the EU and the roles of member state and institutional actors in its decision-making especially those salient for West-nonWest economic and social life, and how these enable Global Change: Toward a New relations and for the Global South in general, us to rethink democratic governance, power Non-Western Order? processes; questions of institutional efficiency, accountability and the wider legitimacy of the will be examined from different and agency. While focusing on conceptual Your main focus throughout this module critical perspectives. frameworks, this module also engages with will be on the domestic and international EU; and characterisations of the EU as a polity and as a global actor. how complexity is reflected in new approaches politics of China and India, and on empirical Regional Dimensions of Energy Security* to policy, and external stakeholders will examples of the global change characterised Islam and Politics in the Middle East Since the 2000s the global energy landscape provide input to the module (for example, by the predicted rise of these two non-Western The module focuses on current debates on that took shape in the last two decades of the Social Market Foundation, Demos, the states. The aim will be to go beyond the the twentieth century has been altered due to New Local Government Network and the news headlines to develop a scholarly and Middle Eastern politics from a number of perspectives, with a focus on the role of Islam. major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, Foreign Policy Centre). critical understanding of the emerging great the rise of new players in the energy sector powers. This offers you an opportunity to You will be introduced to a variety of theoretical

314 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DEMOCRATIC POLITICS MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DEMOCRATIC POLITICS MA 315 and technological breakthroughs. The aim of this module is to analyse the impact that these “I was working as a INTERNATIONAL developments had on the energy security of journalist for a local RELATIONS AND key producing and consuming countries. It will supplement of the Times analyse these problems by focusing on change of India, and as assistant SECURITY MA and continuity in the decision-making processes editor on a leading of state and non-state actors. Countries covered children’s magazine, include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, when I applied to study Russia and specific case studies from the Middle as a postgraduate at the Length of course East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa. University of Westminster. One year, full-time or two years, part-time *Subject to approval (day). January start available The first thing which attracted me was the range of subjects offered by Westminster. The European Union as an International Actor Location The planning and structure of the course You will explore the European Union’s Central London (Regent) was also appealing and, as an overseas international role: as an international trade student, I wanted a university which offered partner; in its evolving competencies in Course fees and funding me proper choice and variety. Westminster foreign policy; in its dealings with NATO, the See westminster.ac.uk/fees certainly offered that. Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE) and its member states over As a student at Westminster I had complete defence and security issues; in its relations with The question of security now dominates freedom in terms of choice and creativity, accession states and other ‘third states’; and contemporary international politics. Issues such and I loved the balance between work and in its self-image and values as an international as the ‘war on terror’, pre-emptive self-defence fun, as I learnt a lot from both.” actor. The module offers a practice-led survey and humanitarian intervention constitute seminal of the EU’s external activities, informed by Joyanto Mukherjee international concerns that have implications for relevant theories. Postgraduate International Relations all states and all peoples. Alumnus The State, Politics and Violence This course provides you with a detailed You will explore the main 20th- and 21st- understanding of the nature of the contemporary century theories of the state and examine the security agenda, its origins, theoretical different approaches to the phenomenon of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS foundations and future trajectory. You will violence and its causes. The module examines You should have a First Class or Upper examine the theories of international security and the challenges arising from globalisation Second Class Honours degree or equivalent those key security issues that have dominated and will help you to grasp the new forms of in Social Sciences or Humanities; equivalent security discourse in the post-Cold War era. antagonisms that have evolved in the new qualifications from overseas are welcome. You will also develop your analytical skills in world order emerging after the collapse of Your application must be supported by a order to facilitate understanding of the seminal the Soviet model. reference written on institutional notepaper contemporary security issues in a broader by an academic familiar with your abilities. theoretical and historical framework. Applications from mature candidates are ASSOCIATED CAREERS welcomed. If your first language is not English, you will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or This course will provide you with numerous equivalent. The University offers pre-sessional key skills and knowledge that will prepare summer programmes if you need to improve you for your future career in a variety of your English before starting your course. different fields. Our graduates hold posts within various international and national government departments and organisations. Many have also gone on to study for Doctorates within RELATED COURSES the Department and at other universities around • International Relations MA the world. • International Relations and Security MA

316 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DEMOCRATIC POLITICS MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND SECURITY MA 317 CORE MODULES OPTION MODULES changing relations between the state and civil in the EU, informed by relevant theoretical society in the developing world. approaches. You will cover the legal framework Contemporary Controversies in You must choose four option modules from the of the EU and the roles of member state and International Security: Intervention following list (one of your options may be an Global Change: Toward a New institutional actors in its decision-making Terrorism and Self-Defence approved free choice module hosted by another Non-Western Order? processes; questions of institutional efficiency, The end of the Cold War fundamentally altered Masters course): Your main focus throughout this module accountability and the wider legitimacy of the the nature of international security, heralding will be on the domestic and international EU; and characterisations of the EU as a polity the emergence of new issues and threats. In the Controversies in United States Foreign Policies politics of China and India, and on empirical and as a global actor. contemporary era the locus and nature of the and Processes examples of the global change characterised paramount threats have altered, with intra-state This module focuses on post-Cold War United by the predicted rise of these two non-Western Islam and Politics in the Middle East conflicts and non-state actors characterising States foreign and national security policies, states. The aim will be to go beyond the The module focuses on current debates on sources of insecurity. This module will provide and the US policy-making processes. It exposes news headlines to develop a scholarly and Middle Eastern politics from a number of you with a comprehensive overview of you to competing interpretations of both policy critical understanding of the emerging great perspectives, with a focus on the role of security discourse and practice since the end and the policy-making process. For example, powers. This offers you an opportunity to Islam. You will be introduced to a variety of the Cold War relating key issues such as did the end of the Cold War or 9/11 and the train in international relations and recognise, of theoretical approaches to studying the humanitarian intervention, self-defence and onset of the so-called ‘war on terror’ mark new understand, and deal with the changes in the modern Middle East, to relevant perspectives terrorism to broader trends such as the evolving eras in US foreign and national security policy? global political landscape. in International Relations, to selected case role of the UN, the challenges to international And how important is the Congress and US studies and various contributions to the debate law and the new concern with intra-state crises. public opinion in the making of US foreign Global Politics of Energy and from inside and outside the Arab world. A policy? The module shows that US policies are Environmental Change* multidisciplinary approach will be adopted, Dissertation and Research Methods rooted as much in domestic politics as they are This module aims at evaluating the relevance of where you will be steered through the fields You will receive supervised guidance and in America’s perceptions of its interests in a contemporary debates in international relations of comparative politics, Islamic and Middle research methods training (through a series of changing international environment. and political economy to the study of energy Eastern studies, and social and political theory research method workshops, the Dissertation security, energy markets and climate change. so that at the end you will have achieved, in induction and colloquium seminars, and Democratic Politics: Key Debates and Issues It examines the political history of the modern addition to familiarity with key issues in individual Dissertation supervision sessions) The module examines key issues and debates in energy systems and the role played by states modern Middle Eastern politics, an to prepare you for your Masters Dissertation democratic politics. It focuses on 20th-century and major private and state-owned companies. appreciation of the theoretical perspectives on an agreed research topic. You will begin democratic thought and discusses how key In addition, it explores the role of global being covered. In the process, you will be identifying your Dissertation interests at the democratic ideas/ideals have been interpreted institutions and their impact on the interplay encouraged to develop a critical understanding start of your studies, when you will be able to and re-interpreted to address dominant trends between energy security, energy markets and of the workings of the region and challenged discuss your ideas with different tutors who may and changes in democratic societies. The climate change. The module also critically to assess the explanations given and provide direct you towards taking appropriate option module identifies some of the challenges assesses standard approaches to the issue of your own explanations. modules that support your future research confronting democratic theory and practice, energy security by focusing on the problem of studies. This module must be taken either and it examines differences between old and energy poverty and resilience. Policy, Governance and Democracy: following the completion of all other new democracies. Throughout the module *Subject to approval International Perspectives modules, or concurrently with modules in special emphasis is given to the dynamics of The module explores and compares a range your second semester. democratic institution and democratic renewal. Globalisation, Democratisation and Post- of approaches to analysing and evaluating Authoritarian Transition governance and policy, assessing the Theories of International Security Development Theories, Policies and Practices This module investigates the nature and process understandings of democracy that they imply. This module examines the contemporary This module aims to provide a rounded of ‘transition’ in formerly authoritarian (mainly These approaches are introduced through a discourse and debates surrounding the meaning understanding of key theories that inform communist) countries since the beginning range of case studies relating to policy making of international security. The end of the Cold thinking about development, especially since of the 1990s. The concept of transition will in contrasting national and international War fundamentally altered the structure of the Cold War, and an understanding of be explored in a global context, looking at contexts. You will explore the challenges of the international system and precipitated the some of the most significant policy debates different regions’ particular versions and defining and delivering policy across a range emergence of a new security agenda. The new in international development today. It will legacies of authoritarianism. Drawing on of international, national and sub-national systemic dynamics and reconfigured security provide a framework of ideas within which to comparative politics and international political contexts, and reflect on the implications of these agenda led many to question the dominant understand current debates about development economy, shifts in the roles of state, civil society challenges for democracy. theoretical frameworks previously applied theories, and give you a comprehensive and economy will be investigated, as will their to international security, and new security understanding of major problems and policy political and governmental implications. Postcolonial International Relations: discourses – such as human security and critical debates within the field of development. You Theories and Concepts security studies – have emerged to challenge will also examine the application of major Governance of the European Union The module will introduce the students to new established security theory. This module will policies on developing countries; critically You will explore the EU as a polity and as theories and different ways of looking at the examine the key tenets of the new theoretical assess the social, political and economic a system of governance. The module offers core concepts of international relations, and frameworks and critically analyse their impact of globalisation and liberalisation on a practice-led survey of governance issues enable them to utilise these to understand contribution to our understanding of ‘security’. the developing economies; and consider the

318 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND SECURITY MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND SECURITY MA 319 the transformations in global politics brought how complexity is reflected in new approaches All students must pass the prerequisite core about by the rise of non-Western states. Key to policy, and external stakeholders will provide INTERNATIONAL module, “Global Perspectives”, which is offered concepts and key issues from international input to the module (for example, the Social CULTURAL RELATIONS every term, before undertaking any options, relations, especially those salient for West- Market Foundation, Demos, the New Local project or dissertation, and all students must nonWest relations and for the Global South in Government Network and the Foreign MA/DIPLOMA/ take one summer on-site intensive module, general, will be examined from different critical Policy Centre). although exemption from the latter may be perspectives. CERTIFICATE granted through mitigating circumstances. The State, Politics and Violence

Regional Dimensions of Energy Security* You will explore the main 20th- and 21st-century Since the 2000s the global energy landscape theories of the state and examine the different Length of course CORE MODULES that took shape in the last two decades of approaches to the phenomenon of violence and 18 months full-time for MA, part-time options the twentieth century has been altered due to its causes. The module examines the challenges Global Perspectives in International Cultural available for MA/Diploma and Certificate major geo-political and geo-economical shifts, arising from globalisation and will help you to Relations (20 credits) the rise of new players in the energy sector grasp the new forms of antagonisms that have This module offers a critical introduction Credit requirements and technological breakthroughs. The aim of evolved in the new world order emerging after to international cultural relations practiced MA (180), Diploma (140), Certificate (60) this module is to analyse the impact that these the collapse of the Soviet model. globally through analysis of the major developments had on the energy security of approaches underlying the interdisciplinary, Location cross-cultural study of international cultural key producing and consuming countries. It will ASSOCIATED CAREERS Online delivery engagement. It is built around the key theorists analyse these problems by focusing on change and relevant conceptual approaches practiced and continuity in the decision-making processes This course will provide you with numerous Course fees by multiple actors (states, corporations, civil of state and non-state actors. Countries covered key skills and knowledge that will prepare See course page on the website society, sub-national actors and citizens), include the US, the EU, the Asian rising powers, you for your future career in a variety of and through their work examines the Russia and specific case studies from the Middle different fields. Our graduates hold posts within complex interactions of culture in relation to East, Central Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa. various international and national government departments and organisations. Many have The International Cultural Relations programme globalisation, diplomacy, the pursuit of mutual *Subject to approval also gone on to study for Doctorates at is an interdisciplinary postgraduate course of understanding and international cultural Westminster and other universities around study at the nexus of international relations, engagement in its The European Union as an International Actor the world. arts and cultural management and cultural many forms. You will explore the European Union’s policy that bridges theory and practice. It international role: as an international trade provides an opportunity to gain conceptual On-site Summer Leadership Intensive partner; in its evolving competencies in knowledge and applied skills in cultural (20 credits) foreign policy; in its dealings with NATO, the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS relations, intercultural communication, cross- The Summer Leadership Intensive occurs over Organisation for Security and Co-operation You should have a First Class or Upper cultural management, cultural policy, cultural two weeks between May and July each summer in Europe (OSCE) and its member states over Second Class Honours degree or equivalent development and cultural diplomacy in global, in a geographically rotating location. You will defence and security issues; in its relations with in Social Sciences or Humanities; equivalent multi-stakeholder environments. Students learn have the opportunity to engage with expert accession states and other ‘third states’; and qualifications from overseas are welcome. within a global faculty and have the opportunity speakers, to follow special leadership topics in its self-image and values as an international Your application must be supported by a to develop professional networks among expert and to have field experiences. Full information actor. The module offers a practice-led survey reference written on institutional notepaper practitioners and scholars, learn best practices, will be available at the beginning of Term 2 of the EU’s external activities, informed by by an academic familiar with your abilities. and participate in experiential learning and (January) prior to the module’s convening. relevant theories. Applications from mature candidates are field experiences that allow for deeper inquiry Additional accommodation, travel and visa welcomed. If your first language is not into specific interest areas of international costs will apply. This is a core module for MA The Politics of Global Complexity: Rethinking English, you will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or cultural relations. students, although you may be permitted to Governance, Power and Agency equivalent. The University offers pre-sessional substitute another module in exceptional cases This module introduces you to the theoretical summer programmes if you need to improve The course is guided by an Advisory Group of accepted mitigating circumstances. frameworks and practices of the politics of your English before starting your course. from the University of Westminster and external global complexity, the debates that have expert representatives working in the field of MA Dissertation (40 credits) been triggered, and the way that complexity international cultural relations worldwide. The MA Dissertation module, undertaken over understandings have developed, especially RELATED COURSES three semesters, enables you to build your in the 1990s and 2000s. Emphasis is placed understanding of research and evaluation upon the conceptual frameworks deployed • International Relations MA COURSE CONTENT by undertaking a piece of independent in understanding system effects on political, • International Relations and Democratic academic research (library or field work economic and social life and how these enable Politics MA The learning environment is primarily online based) within your chosen subject area under us to rethink democratic governance, power and is designed to be highly interactive with the guidance of the faculty. The first semester and agency. While focusing on conceptual an emphasis on experiential and inclusive will include online seminars, lectures and frameworks, this module also engages with learning and cross-cultural collaboration in a discussion around research methods, literature virtual environment. review and identifying a research topic. The

320 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND SECURITY MA westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/ssh INTERNATIONAL CULTURAL RELATIONS MA/DIPLOMA/CERT 321 second semester will include online lectures programme of your choice. The module will and seminars around structure and style of culminate in a “grant selection committee” dissertations including ethical considerations. simulation where you will present, advocate WESMINSTER BUSINESS SCHOOL During the third semester, you are expected to for and evaluate your peers’ proposals based complete your research and produce the final on set criteria to determine which proposals dissertation of 12,000-15,000 words. are funded.

Public Engagement and Cultural Diversity (20 credits) OPTION MODULES This module introduces you to theories and Cultural Development and the Creative practical applications for cultural relations, Economy (20 credits) considering contexts of cultural diversity, This module provides an introduction to changing demographics and new media the place of culture in the contemporary strategies. You will learn processes for bringing understanding of development and the creative individuals, groups, governmental agencies, economy, placing emphasis on international and non-governmental organisations together development policies and programmes. to address issues of common importance, Combining approaches from different for shared problem solving around, and disciplines and introducing a wide range participation in positive social change through of practical examples and case studies, the deliberation, dialogue and action. module aims to bridge theory and practice.

Cultural Policy (20 credits) This offers a critical introduction to cultural ASSOCIATED CAREERS policy practiced locally, nationally, regionally The International Cultural Relations MA is and globally through analysis of frameworks designed for the early to mid-level NGO, civil and current priorities, and topics including society or government practitioner with two to cultural participation, culture and trade, arts five years of experience and those who have education, international cooperation and career ambitions in the fields of: international mobility, cultural diversity and cultural rights, arts, education and cultural management, culture in communities and overall wellbeing. cultural diplomacy/external cultural relations, It is built around the key theorists and relevant cultural policy, cultural development and the conceptual approaches practiced by multiple creative industries. The course welcomes more actors who create, influence, implement and mature candidates who want to gain credit evaluate policy. The module examines the for or update their skills. The degree also process of cultural policy making and the value enables further academic study in relevant of arts and culture to societies. fields at PhD level.

Intercultural Communication (20 credits) This module examines a wide range of theorists who have written on intercultural ENTRY REQUIREMENTS communication; it also challenges you to Admission to the course requires a First Class apply these theories critically to your own or Upper Second Class Honours degree intercultural behaviour in personal and or equivalent (BA 3.0 GPA) in the Arts, professional contexts by drawing on your Social Sciences or Humanities; equivalent own wide-ranging intercultural experiences. qualifications from overseas are accepted. Through professional and autobiographical Students with other first degrees will be case studies, you will learn to function considered, but will be required to show strong effectively in environments where a variety of evidence of motivation and related professional cultures or sub-cultures are present. experience. You should have a minimum of two to five years of related work experience. If International Cultural Relations Programme your first language is not English, you will need Development (20 credits) an IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent with seven This module provides an opportunity for you strongly preferred. to design an international cultural relations

322 INTERNATIONAL CULTURAL RELATIONS MA/DIPLOMA/CERT westminster.ac.uk/ssh westminster.ac.uk/wbs WESTMINSTER BUSINESS SCHOOL 323 PROJECT CORE MODULES ASSOCIATED CAREERS MANAGEMENT MSc • Project Management Foundations The majority of graduates start their career as • Project Management in Practice project team members with a few, depending on their background, becoming project • Management of Risk and Scheduling programme managers. Many work for large UK • Project Finance and Procurement or international organisations as consultants or Length of course • Project Management Project project managers. One year full-time or two years part-time, • Programme and Strategic Management starting in September The first two modules follow on from one Location another. In Foundations we lay the foundations ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Central London (Marylebone) of project management, like planing, Applicants should normally hold a first degree monitoring and controlling, focussing on the from a recognised institution (minimum Course fees and funding more technical skills of the profession. In the Lower Second Class Honours or international See westminster.ac.uk/fees Practice module we concentrate more on equivalent) and demonstrate interest and the behavioural aspects of projects, such as motivation in the subject area. Alternative Course Leader leadership and team work. The two modules professional qualifications with at least three Dr Nicholas Lambrou together provide a critical overview of the years’ relevant professional experience will project management world. also be considered. Directly relevant degree disciplines include business studies, economics, In today’s business environment effective project The other core modules discuss other aspects of events management, and operations research. management (PM) is an integral influencer project management such as risk management, However, students with qualifications in of success. Additionally, PM-associated skills scheduling, project finance, strategic alignment other disciplines such as, engineering, IT, such as planning, risk management, quality and procurement. To complete their studies, environmental sciences, the humanities and management and communication management all students complete a practical or a languages are also encouraged to apply. are essential to control the increasingly complex research project. projects that allow top organisations to remain If English is not your first language, you will competitive in the global market. Having a need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum qualification in PM is now a requirement in OPTION MODULES score of 6 in each element. many organisations, both in the public and the private sector. COURSE CONTENT • Managing International Projects • Project Management for IT RELATED COURSES Effective PM requires a body of knowledge This course involves both theoretical and and a set of tested skills including planning, practical content. It offers you the chance to • PRINCE2 delegation and monitoring that the Project build on your first degree or work experience • Purchasing and Supply Chain with a range of knowledge and skills, enabling INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY Management MSc is designed to deliver. The Management MSc you to successfully manage the increasing All students on our full-time business Masters course is suitable for business, computing, number of projects instigated by organisations courses can apply to undertake an internship engineering or other graduates with an affinity seeking to improve their value proposition. for up to three months, and gain invaluable for organising, running or participating work experience. The internships, which are in projects. In addition to providing you with an with London-based organisations, take place opportunity to attain the much sought after during the summer period. To apply, students Westminster Business School is one of just a PRINCE2 Foundation and PRINCE2 Practitioner must submit a completed application form and handful of universities that is eligible to offer certifications, the course will provide you a copy of their updated CV to the Business accredited PRINCE2 certification. with an understanding and an evaluation Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from of a number of other popular professional the applications and conduct group meetings So in addition to this postgraduate qualification, ® qualifications, such asM_o_R *, MSP* and with the applicants. students get an opportunity to also obtain the DSDM Atern. much sought after PRINCE2 certificates. This course covers and critically evaluates the prevailing project management bodies of knowledge.

* M_o_R® and MSP are registered trademarks of Axelos Ltd.

324 PROJECT MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs PROJECT MANAGEMENT MSc 325 Purchasing Management development. Alternatively, you might want to PURCHASING AND You will develop a range of knowledge continue onto research or further study. On SUPPLY CHAIN about purchasing management, including the successful completion of the course, if you have purchasing management process, negotiation three years’ relevant work experience you may MANAGEMENT MSc techniques, supplier appraisal and the be awarded Member of Chartered Institute buyer’s role. of Purchasing and Supply (MCIPS) status. Alternatively, you can apply to CIPS for MCIPS Research Methods and Project Preparation status at a later date, once you have acquired Length of course These modules will increase your knowledge the necessary work experience. One year full-time or two years part-time, and competence of the research process and starting in September the application of research methods. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Location Retail Supply Chain Management Central London (Marylebone) By examining retail markets (by country and Applicants should normally hold a first degree sector), this module investigates developments from a recognised institution (minimum Course fees and funding in the control of the supply chain between Lower Second Class Honours or international See westminster.ac.uk/fees retailers and manufacturers. equivalent) and demonstrate interest and motivation in the subject area. Alternative Course Leader Sustainable Supply and Procurement professional qualifications with at least three Rachel Lander You will examine topics related to years’ relevant professional experience will COURSE CONTENT green logistics, procurement and also be considered. Directly relevant degree supply chain management. disciplines include business studies, economics, Through an advanced programme of study The course addresses the strategic role of geography, management, and operations and research, this course equips you with purchasing and supply chain management. research. However, students with qualifications the specialist knowledge and skills to identify It also examines the impact of changes in the OPTION MODULES in other disciplines such as engineering, problems and develop solutions within both regulatory and policy environment, and the environmental sciences, the humanities and purchasing and the wider supply chain. effect of new technologies and techniques on International Aspects of Business Law languages are also encouraged to apply. current and future problems within the supply You will gain a greater understanding of chain. The course will develop your knowledge different aspects of international law, and If English is not your first language, you will of best practice in this field, and enhance your be able to apply them to business. need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum understanding of the importance of business score of 6 in each element. process and activity integration. Project Management You will examine the importance of projects in modern organisations, with particular reference RELATED COURSE to managing projects. CORE MODULES • Logistics and Supply Chain Business Process Integration with SAP Management MSc You will consider the role of information and ASSOCIATED CAREERS process integration within organisations, focusing on enterprise-wide software and Past students of the course have developed business process integration. Opportunities to successful careers in both supply chain INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY study for SAP-accredited courses are offered in management and procurement. Course All students on our full-time business Masters association with this module. graduates work in both large and small courses can apply to undertake an internship to medium companies all over the world. for up to three months, and gain invaluable Financial Analysis for Managers Examples include Unilever, Puma, and Sony. In work experience. The internships, which are This module aims to develop your analytical today’s complex and demanding environment with London-based organisations, take place PRINCE2® is a registered trade mark of AXELOS Limited skills and understanding of corporate where sound judgement, personal responsibility during the summer period. To apply, students financial reports. and initiative are sought, this course will help must submit a completed application form and you to acquire the qualities to either advance a copy of their updated CV to the Business Logistics and the External Environment in your current role, or gain new employment. Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from With this module you will increase your Areas of work you could consider include the applications and conduct group meetings awareness of the external influences that purchasing and contract management, supply with the applicants. companies must take into account in the design chain management, operations/logistics ACCREDITED DEGREE and operation of their logistics systems. management and supply chain planning and

326 PURCHASING AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs PURCHASING AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT MSc 327 SHORT COURSES INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC POLICY All these short courses are offered at our AND ANALYSIS Central London (Marylebone) Campus as part of the Westminster Business School offering. MSc/MA

AGILE PROJECT Length of course One year full-time study, starting in September MANAGEMENT or January

Length of course Location Foundation – three days Central London (Marylebone) Practitioner – two days Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/agilepm See westminster.ac.uk/fees

Course Leader The Agile Project Management (AgilePM®) Philip Hedges certification aims to address the needs of those working in a project-focused environment who want to be Agile. The course covers an This innovative course offers both MSc and approach to project management that sits MA streams. It has been designed to develop alongside PRINCE2®. your ability to apply economic analysis to policy issues and business problems, which are often ambiguous and multi-faceted. Although there is a strong theoretical core, the course PRINCE2 focus is very much on the practical application of economic techniques to problems, and on Length of course developing the ability to communicate the Foundation – three days insights that economic analysis can provide. Practitioner – two days It has been created in conjunction with the Government Economic Service (GES), the See westminster.ac.uk/prince2 major employer of economics graduates in the UK. Indeed, the University of Westminster is the only English university to have secured We are proud to be one of just a handful of GES recommended status for a postgraduate universities that is eligible to provide PRINCE2 MANAGEMENT OF RISK course in economics. The course aims to ® short courses. PRINCE2 is the popular and (M_O_R ) provide you with an in-depth knowledge and effective project management method used in understanding of the latest developments more than 150 countries around the world. in economics, together with a focus on the Length of course practical skills needed by a working economist. Foundation – three days It is specifically aimed at those with a genuine The APMG-International Agile Project Practitioner – two days interest in the application of economics to Management and Swirl Device logo is real-world situations. a trade mark of The APM Group Limited

® PRINCE2® is a registered trade mark of The Management of Risk (M_o_R ) Certification AXELOS Limited, used under permission of considers risk from different perspectives within AXELOS Limited. All rights reserved. The Swirl Logo™ is a trade mark of AXELOS an organisation: strategic, programme, project Limited, used under permission of AXELOS and operational. Limited. All rights reserved.

328 SHORT COURSES westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC POLICY AND ANALYSIS MSc/MA 329 As well as enhancing your ability to apply Macroeconomic Analysis and Policy Labour Economics INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY relevant economic principles in the support of This module reviews the historical evolution Providing you with the techniques and critical policy and strategy development, the course aims of macroeconomic policy and, through insights needed to effectively analyse topics in All students on our full-time business Masters to develop your ability to communicate complex a review of the theoretical and empirical labour economics, this module uses practical courses can apply to undertake an internship issues to wide audiences; your awareness of literature, develops the analytical framework of applications to explore the value and limitations for up to three months, and gain invaluable significant sources of economic and financial macroeconomics underpinning contemporary of theory and empirics in the field. work experience. The internships, which are data; the problems faced when carrying out macroeconomic policy. with London-based organisations, take place policy evaluation; and your capability for self- during the summer period. To apply, students awareness and group working. Microeconomic Analysis and Policy CORE MODULES (MA) must submit a completed application form and You will review theoretical and empirical a copy of their updated CV to the Business microeconomic approaches in order to International Economics Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from COURSE CONTENT (MSc/MA) shed light on business decision making and This module offers a critical, theoretically the applications and conduct group meetings microeconomic policy in mixed economies. informed, issue-based approach to the study with the applicants. You will gain an understanding of the key of international trade and investment, finance, concepts in economics that underpin public Research Methods economic institutions, globalisation and sector policy and business decision making. This module aims to enhance your knowledge economic integration. ASSOCIATED CAREERS This includes the various scenarios where we and competence of the research process, and explore opportunity cost, equilibrium and Managing Data As an economics postgraduate, you can look the application of research methods in the area forward to excellent career prospects. Our disequilibrium, strategic interaction, market of applied economics. The ability to access, manipulate and interpret failure, and the related concept of externalities. data from a range of sources, both primary and students have gone on to successful careers You’ll develop your analytical skills by applying secondary, is an essential skill for economists in government and consultancy as economic Strategy and Appraisal in Economics analysts, regulatory economists and market these concepts to current challenges that face This module applies the theoretical tools, and business professionals. This module offers the profession, at both macro and micro levels, a practical introduction to relevant data sources analysts. The strong international focus of the concepts and methodology of economics to course provides an excellent opportunity to and in both private and public sectors. This will private and public sector scenarios, with an and to the tools necessary to critically explore provide you with the latest insights drawn from these sources. develop the knowledge and skills to pursue emphasis on communicating and appraising a career in multinational companies or both the academic and practitioner arenas. policy and strategy options. Around a common core of modules covering international organisations. Many graduates key theoretical and practical elements, the OPTION MODULES (MA) return to their countries of origin and are MSc stream offers the possibility of pursuing employed in developing international business a course of study in economics with a greater CORE MODULES (MSc) Development Economics and Policy opportunities or government institutions, quantitative focus, while the MA stream has a Data Analysis By exploring the concepts and theories that have while other graduates develop their careers stronger international emphasis. Through this module you will cover a range of been developed and applied by economists with international charities or other non- data analysis methods and concepts. to the study of the problems of developing governmental organisations. countries, this module explores the implications COMMON CORE MODULES Economic Policy Perspectives for the framing of development policy. While this vocationally oriented course This module analyses economic policy issues develops skills for devising and evaluating (MSc AND MA STREAMS) regarding inflation, monetary and fiscal policy, Global Financial Markets policies and strategies, rather than simply Economic Evaluation Project European Monetary Union, unemployment, This module provides you with an in-depth training academic economists, several of our This module provides you with the framework the causes and effects of changes in income understanding of the structure and operation of recent graduates have also found that it has within which to develop your full project distribution, growth, financial stability, and foreign exchange markets, financial instruments opened up opportunities for PhD study. dissertation from the proposal submitted as crisis, in particular the great recession of used in global markets, and the operation part of the Research Methods module. The 2008–2012. of financial institutions such as banks and majority of projects undertaken by MSc students insurance companies expanding across a RELATED COURSES would be expected to involve an empirical number of financial markets. Students on the • Global Finance MSc component and appropriate quantitative OPTION MODULES (MSc) MA stream may take another Westminster analysis. Projects undertaken by MA students Business School postgraduate module, with the • International Business and Management MA are likely to be of a more applied nature, Innovation Economics permission of the Course Leader. • International Development Management MSc possibly issue or problem based. This module reviews the theoretical literature • Investment and Risk Finance MSc in this field and examines the central role that knowledge, entrepreneurship, technology and innovation play in supporting business expansion and shaping government economic policies.

330 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC POLICY AND ANALYSIS MSc/MA westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC POLICY AND ANALYSIS MSc/MA 331 COURSE CONTENT Taxation FINANCE AND The focus of this module is on the UK Tax ACCOUNTING MSc As a postgraduate finance student you will System including Personal, Corporation, have access to the Financial Markets Suite, Inheritance, Capital Gains and Sales taxes. which uses the Bloomberg computer system to The impact of International Tax Laws and Tax monitor real-time financial market movements Avoidance will also be studied. and trends. It’s a resource available to very Length of course few UK universities, and one which provides a One year full-time starting in September modern and progressive teaching environment or January combining finance theory with practice. OPTION MODULES

You will choose two option modules. You can Location either choose both from the following list or one Central London (Marylebone) CORE MODULES from this list and a second may be chosen from anywhere within the University, subject to the Course fees and funding Financial Accounting Policy and Practice Course Leader’s approval. See westminster.ac.uk/fees You will be able to prepare financial statements up to consolidation with consideration of some Corporate Governance and Business Ethics Course Leader of the main accounting standards underlying You will examine the theoretical and practical Declan McDonald international financial reports. This module also issues involved in the direction and control explores the issues, principles and theories of companies operating in the UK underlying current developments in financial and internationally. The Finance and Accounting MSc has been accounting and reporting. designed to develop the knowledge, skills, Data Analysis research interests and career prospects of those International Risk Management Through this module you will cover a range of who work, or wish to work, in finance and This module provides you with the fundamental data analysis methods and concepts. financial services, treasury management or ideas and tools for thinking about international accountancy. This course is especially useful if risk management. Financial Derivatives you’re a graduate with little or no accounting This module develops your theoretical experience as it offers the opportunity to study Managerial Accounting understanding of financial derivatives markets. modules which will cover this shortfall. Through the exploration of practical You will price and value financial derivatives applications, critical appraisal, contemporary from first principles and explore how financial If you are a graduate member of a UK approaches and international perspectives, derivative products can be used effectively in accountancy body, or an overseas equivalent, this module explores the role of accounting risk and investment management applications. you may claim up to four exemptions from this in the management of organisations, and the Masters by applying for Accreditation of Prior development and application of managerial Financial Information Systems Certificated Learning. This would enable you to accounting concepts and techniques. You will develop an understanding of the complete the taught part of the course in fundamental concepts and practical skills one semester. Modern Finance required by finance professionals as users, You will gain an overview of fundamental evaluators, designers and managers of Graduates of the course qualify for seven topics in the field of finance, including computer-based financial information systems. exemptions from the exams of the Association capital structure, corporate value, cost of of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA). capital, dividend policy, financial instruments, Financial Markets and Institutions Westminster Business School is a Gold investment and modern portfolio theory. This module offers detailed coverage and approved learning partner and one of just three analysis of global financial markets UK institutions where students qualify for so Project and institutions. many ACCA exemptions on completion of a An 8,000–10,000-word dissertation in the one-year course. area of either accounting or finance. Fixed Income Analysis and Trading This module provides the fundamental ideas Graduates may also apply to take the Research Methods in Finance and Accounting and tools for thinking about traditional Gateway Route of the Chartered Institute of This module aims to develop your knowledge income securities. Management Accountants (CIMA). By passing and competence of the research process, and CIMA’s Gateway exam, you will qualify for 12 the application of research methods in the area exemptions from CIMA’s exams. of accounting and finance.

332 FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING MSc 333 FINANCE AND FINANCIAL LAW MSc*

Length of course One year full-time starting in September or January

Location Central London (Marylebone)

Course fees and funding See westminster.ac.uk/fees

Course Leaders Dr Julie Ayton and Dr Charanjit Singh

International Financial Reporting having secured employment in a ‘Big 4’ This Masters programme is an engaging This module will develop your systematic accountancy firm. Other graduates have and challenging course that is delivered by understanding of the principles underlying, achieved employment in the fields of finance, an experienced inter-faculty teaching team and policy issues inherent in, the study of banking or general management. drawn from Westminster Business School and international financial reporting, with particular Westminster Law School. It is designed to reference to multinational groups. integrate learning in financial theory, markets ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and institutions, combined with legal study in Modern Portfolio Management complementary and specialist areas of financial Develop your understanding of contemporary Applicants should normally hold a first degree law. You will gain a deeper understanding portfolio theory and investment management from a recognised institution (minimum of the legal issues and an ability to apply principles in order to actively manage a range Lower Second Class Honours or international knowledge and skills in professional capacities of investment funds used by professional equivalent) and demonstrate interest and in a variety of roles in the global financial institutional investors and the private motivation in the subject area. Alternative services industry. wealth management industry. professional qualifications with at least three years’ relevant professional experience will The course has an international dimension also be considered. Directly relevant degree – you will study in the heart of the capital at disciplines include business studies, economics, our Marylebone campus, minutes away from INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY geography, management, and operations the major global financial and legal centres of All students on our full-time business Masters research. However, students with qualifications the world. courses can apply to undertake an internship in other disciplines such as engineering, for up to three months, and gain invaluable environmental sciences, the humanities and Study will cover a range of contemporary work experience. The internships, which are languages are also encouraged to apply. topics, namely: financial markets and with London-based organisations, take place institutions, financial products, regulation during the summer period. To apply, students If English is not your first language, you will and compliance, financial and legal risk must submit a completed application form and need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum management and financial crime. a copy of their updated CV to the Business score of 6 in each element. Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from In addition, the focus on policy matters related the applications and conduct group meetings to financial regulation will equip you with the with the applicants. RELATED COURSES skills required to conduct deeper analyses and to undertake research in this multi-disciplinary • Finance, Banking and Insurance MSc area of study. ASSOCIATED CAREERS • Global Finance MSc The majority of our graduates go on to • Investment and Risk Finance MSc successful careers in accounting, with some *Subject to approval

334 FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs FINANCE AND FINANCIAL LAW MSc 335 To enable students to build the common key Project Compliance and Law in Banking and Insurance core skills and knowledge base, all students An 8–10,000-word dissertation in the area of This module offers a detailed examination of are expected to undergo the Westminster financial law, regulation or compliance. the law, legal principles, regulation, compliance Business School’s pre-course induction process, and supervision that applies to domestic and covering the fundamentals of finance and Regulatory Risk Management international banks and insurance companies. commercial law. This module focuses on the management The module also focuses on relevant reforms to of regulatory risk and covers the detection, the banking and insurance industries. investigation and prosecution of financial CORE MODULES crime in a business, financial services and Contemporary International Financial commercial context given the global financial Management Financial Markets and Institutions crisis. We also explore cybercrime and how The study is grounded in the case study method This module offers detailed coverage and the risks it poses to the financial services and provides the basic numerical toolkit analysis of global financial markets and industry are evaluated and managed and the required to analyse a range of listed companies institutions. Theory delivered in class is development of solutions (security) that seek that are pursuing value-based growth strategies. underpinned by real-life examples. Students to detect, mitigate and prevent cyber-attacks Thus, students will be able to apply a range will gain hands-on training and exposure as well as their prosecution. Topics include of equity valuation methods to contemporary to the Bloomberg system in our Financial the nature and extent of information security, stocks, including those companies where Markets Suite. cybercrime and financial crime in the financial growth is focused on mergers, acquisitions and services industry, the legislative environment, restructuring events. Financial Services Regulation, Risk and Law fraud and anti-money laundering. In this module you will learn about the Corporate Governance and Business Ethics contemporary legal issues that pervade the Research Methods in Finance and Law This module examines the theoretical and financial services markets in the UK, EU and This module aims to develop your knowledge practical issues involved in the direction and Internationally. Topics include the creation and competence of the research process, and control of companies, which operate in the UK ASSOCIATED CAREERS and sale of financial products, regulatory the application of research methods in the area and internationally. It begins by considering supervision of financial services, regulatory of finance and financial law. the theories upon which corporate governance Participants graduating from this programme compliance and consumer and investor and corporate social responsibility models are will be able to apply skills in a broad range protection. We explore the practical impact of based, particularly agency theory, transaction of challenging and rewarding careers in policy and regulation using real and fictional OPTION MODULES cost economics, and stakeholder theory. It then the financial services industry, government case studies. reviews some of the most spectacular failures of departments, commercial law firms, regulatory You can choose a total of two option modules. governance mechanisms in recent years, which bodies and related specialist practices Global Banking Choose one or two from the following list; led to the development of codes of best practice or businesses. This module evaluates the role and function of one may be chosen from anywhere within in different national settings. Subsequent domestic and global banks and their structure the University, subject to the Course Leader’s sessions examine ethical issues and corporate and operations. This is accompanied by a approval. governance, social responsibility, environmental ENTRY REQUIREMENTS thorough examination of the financial risks that sustainability, and corporate citizenship. banks are exposed to, and the various ways to Banking Risk and Operations Applicants should normally hold a first degree from a recognised institution (minimum manage them. This module provides you with an Derivatives and Structured Finance: Law understanding of banking risks and operations. Lower Second Class Honours or international and Practice equivalent) and demonstrate interest and Investment Banking Legal Practice This includes business lines, investment This module offers a detailed examination of The purpose of this module is to help students banking services, operational risk, credit risk, motivation in the subject area. Alternative the law and practice relating to structuring, professional qualifications with at least three familiarise themselves with the main elements interest rate risk management, asset liability documenting and executing structured of capital markets law and the relevant management, capital allocation and ethical years’ relevant professional experience will derivative products, capital markets, and also be considered. Directly relevant degree regulatory provisions governing capital issues in banking. It will provide a level of finance transactions; and in particular, the markets activities (e.g. business valuation, stock conceptual understanding that will allow you disciplines include business studies, law, management of legal risk associated with economics, management, and operations exchange listing and public offers, brokerage, to critically evaluate research and the same. mergers and acquisitions). It also gives an methodologies and alternative approaches in research. However, students with qualifications insight into the practical aspects of their banking risk and operations. in other disciplines such as engineering, application in a financial services commercial environmental sciences, geography, context. The learning process relies heavily on the humanities and languages are also the use of case studies and practical examples encouraged to apply. of recent transactions. If English is not your first language, you will need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum score of 6 in each element.

336 FINANCE AND FINANCIAL LAW MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs FINANCE AND FINANCIAL LAW MSc 337 Financial Markets and Institutions them to business and management problems GLOBAL FINANCE MSc This module offers detailed coverage and analysis arising in a global economy. of global financial markets and institutions. International Financial Reporting Global Financial Markets This module will develop your systematic Length of course This module enhances your understanding of understanding of the principles underlying, One year full-time starting in September the practical and theoretical issues related to and policy issues inherent in, the study of international financial markets. international financial reporting, with particular Location reference to multinational groups. Central London (Marylebone) International Risk Management This module provides you with the fundamental Managerial Accounting Course fees and funding ideas and tools for thinking about international The module explores the role of accounting See westminster.ac.uk/fees risk management. in the management of organisations, and the development and application of managerial Course Leader Modern Finance accounting concepts and techniques. The Mark Pilkington You will gain an overview of fundamental emphasis is on practical applications, critical topics in the field of finance, including appraisal, contemporary approaches and capital structure, corporate value, cost of international perspectives. This course provides you with expertise capital, dividend policy, financial instruments, in global finance and enables you to pursue a investment, and modern portfolio theory. Modern Portfolio Management career within the finance profession. As well as You will develop your understanding of or government institutions, while other graduates a strong disciplinary base in global finance, it Project contemporary portfolio theory and investment pursue careers with international charities and draws on other cognate disciplines including An 8,000–10,000-word dissertation in the management principles in order to actively other non-governmental organisations. behavioural finance, quantitative methods and area of international finance. manage a range of investment funds used economics. This will equip you with the skills by professional institutional investors and the and knowledge including behavioural finance, Research Methods in Finance and Accounting private wealth management industry. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS quantitative methods and economics, to be This module aims to develop your knowledge Applicants should normally hold a first degree able to work with specialists in other areas and and competence of the research process, and from a recognised institution (minimum present findings and analysis to non-specialists. the application of research methods in the area INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY Lower Second Class Honours or international The course is open to people with no detailed of international finance. prior knowledge of global finance, although All students on our full-time business Masters equivalent) and demonstrate interest and this is desirable. courses can apply to undertake an internship motivation in the subject area. Alternative for up to three months, and gain invaluable professional qualifications with at least three As a postgraduate finance student you will OPTION MODULES work experience. The internships, which are years’ relevant professional experience will have access to the Financial Markets Suite, Choose one from the following: with London-based organisations, take place also be considered. Directly relevant degree which uses the Bloomberg computer system to during the summer period. To apply, students disciplines include business studies, economics, monitor real-time financial market movements Corporate Governance and Business Ethics must submit a completed application form and geography, management, and operations and trends. It’s a resource available to very You will examine the theoretical and a copy of their updated CV to the Business research. However, students with qualifications few UK universities, and one which provides a practical issues involved in the direction Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from in other disciplines such as engineering, modern and progressive teaching environment and control of companies operating in the the applications and conduct group meetings environmental sciences, the humanities and combining finance theory with practice. UK and internationally. with the applicants. languages are also encouraged to apply.

Fixed Income Analysis and Trading If English is not your first language, you will CORE MODULES This module provides the fundamental ideas ASSOCIATED CAREERS need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum and tools for thinking about traditional fixed score of 6 in each element. Behavioural Finance income securities. This course will develop your knowledge and This is a relatively new and increasingly management skills to enable you to pursue a popular field which provides explanations for Forecasting Markets and Risk Modelling career in multinational companies, overseas people’s economic decisions by combining trade and any international organisation. RELATED COURSES This module explores advanced ideas and • behavioural and cognitive psychology theory Our graduates achieve success in general Finance and Accounting MSc applications of econometrics in forecasting • Finance, Banking and Insurance MSc with conventional economics and finance. financial markets and risk modelling. management, in relevant aspects of the economics of international business, or as • Investment and Risk Finance MSc Data Analysis International Aspects of Business Law international finance specialists. Many return Through this module you will cover a range of You will gain a greater understanding of different to their countries of origin and are employed in data analysis methods and concepts. aspects of international law, and be able to apply developing international business opportunities,

338 GLOBAL FINANCE MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs GLOBAL FINANCE MSc 339 how to use capital market products in both SUB-CORE MODULES INVESTMENT AND RISK investment and risk finance applications. As a FINANCE MSc result you will develop good transferable skills Choose two or three of the following: and solve financial problems in a group setting. Integrated within the course is a research Contemporary International Financial module and a project that provides skills for Management development in research, creating opportunities The study is grounded in the case study method Length of course for students to explore finance subject areas and provides the basic numerical toolkit One year full-time starting in September of their own interest in more depth. This study required to analyse a range of listed companies or January will enable you to apply the analytical and that are pursuing value-based growth strategies. technical management skills you will encounter Thus, students will be able to apply a range Location to real-life situations. of equity valuation methods to contemporary Central London (Marylebone) stocks, including those companies where growth is focused on mergers, acquisitions and Course fees and funding CORE MODULES restructuring events. See westminster.ac.uk/fees Data Analysis Financial Markets and Institutions Course Leader Through this module you will cover a range of This module offers detailed coverage and Dr Sheeja Sivaprasad data analysis methods and concepts. analysis of global financial markets and institutions. Theory delivered in class is Deputy Course Leader Financial Derivatives underpinned by real-life examples. Students Dr Ka Kei Chan This module develops your theoretical will gain hands-on training and exposure to the understanding of financial derivatives markets. Bloomberg system in the Financial Markets Suite. You will price and value financial derivatives This course provides a thorough theoretical from first principles and explore how financial Fixed Income Analysis and Trading and practical grounding in the key aspects of derivative products can be used effectively in This module provides the fundamental ideas investment and risk finance, delivered in an risk and investment management applications. and tools for thinking about traditional fixed- intensive learning environment. You will learn income securities. how to apply the knowledge and theory you Modern Portfolio Management have gained in class to real-world problems You will develop your understanding of Forecasting Markets and Risk Modelling facing the international financial services contemporary portfolio theory and investment This module explores advanced ideas and industry and the corporate financial Students on the Investment and Risk Finance management principles in order to actively applications of econometrics in forecasting management community. This practical MSc would be automatically registered for manage a range of investment funds used financial markets and risk modelling. application of investment and risk principles is the student membership of the Chartered by professional institutional investors and the one of the main strengths of this programme. Institute for Securities and Investment (CISI) private wealth management industry. The learning and skills development is – a financial services professional body. integrated with resources available in our Some of the benefits include free attendance OPTION MODULES Project Financial Markets Suite (FMS), a state-of-the- at CPD events, accessibility to industry news An 8,000–10,000-word dissertation in the area If you take two sub-core modules, you then art virtual trading room environment. The and online resources. of finance. need to choose one from the following: FMS is interfaced with the Bloomberg system, a leading source of economics and capital Research Methods in Finance and Accounting Financial Accounting Policy and Practice markets information available to the global COURSE CONTENT This module aims to develop your knowledge You will be able to prepare financial statements professional financial community. Provision The course has been in existence since 1999 and competence of the research process, and up to consolidation with consideration of some of this Bloomberg resource, along with the and has continued to evolve to meet the the application of research methods in the area of the main accounting standards underlying academic and professional career development changing educational needs of the investment of investment and risk finance. international financial reports. This module also opportunities are the main reasons why our and risk finance professional. It’s delivered by explores the issues, principles and theories students prefer to select this programme. qualified academics and professionals who International Risk Management underlying current developments in financial have worked for many years in the industry This module provides you with the accounting and reporting. and are actively engaged in research and fundamental ideas and tools for thinking consultancy. The course consists of core about risk management. Financial Information Systems modules which help you acquire the ability You will develop an understanding of the to perform quantitative investment and risk fundamental concepts and practical skills analysis on a variety of financial instruments required by finance professionals as users, and structured products. You’ll also learn evaluators, designers and managers of computer-based financial information systems.

340 INVESTMENT AND RISK FINANCE MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs INVESTMENT AND RISK FINANCE MSc 341 International Financial Reporting foundations for a successful career in the This module will develop your systematic “A Distinction in my Masters at the FINANCE, BANKING financial services sector. Finally, you will gain understanding of the principles underlying, University of Westminster gave me the AND INSURANCE MSc access to our ever-growing alumni network and policy issues inherent in, the study of knowledge and confidence to gain a which will support your career development. international financial reporting, with particular coveted job in an investment bank. reference to multinational groups. Having a solid grounding in theory combined with practice in my Westminster Length of course CORE MODULES Managerial Accounting Business School degree enabled me to One year full-time plus a project, starting Compliance and Law in Banking and Insurance Through the exploration of practical take on the added responsibilities I in September This module offers a detailed examination of the applications, critical appraisal, contemporary needed to advance my career.” law, legal principles, regulation, compliance approaches and international perspectives, Owen Coughlan Location and supervision that applies to domestic and this module explores the role of accounting Investment and Risk Finance MSc Central London (Marylebone) international banks and insurance companies. in the management of organisations, and the RBS Global Banking & Markets The module also focuses on relevant reforms to development and application of managerial Course fees and funding the banking and insurance industries. accounting concepts and techniques. See westminster.ac.uk/fees Global Banking Modern Finance global industry. Our graduates go on to Course Leader The module evaluates the role and function of You will gain an overview of fundamental develop careers in treasury and front office Dr Stefan van Dellen domestic and global banks and their structure and topics in the field of finance, including positions in investment banks and securities Email: [email protected] operations. This is accompanied by a thorough examination of the risks that banks are exposed capital structure, corporate value, cost of companies. They occupy management positions to, and the various ways to manage them. capital, dividend policy, financial instruments, as financial analysts, finance and sales investment and modern portfolio theory. administrators, or similar jobs in the global In the aftermath of the 2007–2009 financial crisis, most organisations in finance, banking Insurance Markets and Operations financial services sector and the corporate The module examines the principles and You may also take any another module from finance world. and insurance are undergoing major changes. the Westminster Business School postgraduate These organisations are actively seeking practice of insurance and the operation of portfolio, at the Course Leader’s discretion. postgraduates who are disciplined in these insurance companies in the life and non-life fields. Westminster Business School is one markets. It provides a solid understanding of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS of just a handful of UK universities to offer a all aspects of the nature and role of insurance, from basic principles through to industry practice. INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY Applicants should normally hold a first degree postgraduate degree in Finance, Banking and from a recognised institution (minimum Insurance. This MSc will enable students to All students on our full-time business Masters pursue a wide range of careers in the financial International Risk Management Lower Second Class Honours or international This module provides you with the fundamental courses can apply to undertake an internship equivalent) and demonstrate interest and services industry and to study further for for up to three months, and gain invaluable professional institute exams. This year-long full- ideas and tools for thinking about international motivation in the subject area. Alternative risk management. work experience. The internships, which are professional qualifications with at least three time course is designed for students who want with London-based organisations, take place to work in the areas of finance, international years’ relevant professional experience will Modern Finance during the summer period. To apply, students finance, financial services, investment banking, also be considered. Directly relevant degree You will gain an overview of fundamental must submit a completed application form and retail banking, insurance, re-insurance and disciplines include business studies, economics, topics in the field of finance, including a copy of their updated CV to the Business hedge funds, as private client advisors and geography, management, and operations capital structure, corporate value, cost of Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from financial analysts both in the public and research. However, students with qualifications private sectors. capital, dividend policy, financial instruments, the applications and conduct group meetings in other disciplines such as engineering, investment and modern portfolio theory. with the applicants. environmental sciences, the humanities and languages are also encouraged to apply. Project COURSE CONTENT An 8–10,000-word dissertation in the area of ASSOCIATED CAREERS If English is not your first language, you will The course is designed to give you an essential finance, banking or insurance. need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum understanding of the role and operations of This course is designed to prepare you for Research Methods in Finance and Accounting a variety of roles. Career choices include score of 6 in each element. the finance, banks and insurance companies. The course is delivered by highly qualified Develop your knowledge and competence security and financial analysis, trading and individuals with extensive research experience of the research process, and the application fund management, capital market sales, and and strong industry links. The course includes of research methods in the area of finance, administration. The skills you will acquire RELATED COURSES a field trip to Lloyds of London, the world’s banking or insurance. through the teaching and learning experiences • Finance and Accounting MSc largest insurance market, and guest lectures combined with a postgraduate qualification in • Finance, Banking and Insurance MSc by practitioners from both the banking and this area of finance will allow you to expand insurance sectors are also provided. During • OPTION MODULES your career in a dynamic and rapidly evolving Global Finance MSc your studies, you will acquire essential knowledge and skills that will set the Students choose two option modules in their second semester:

342 INVESTMENT AND RISK FINANCE MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs FINANCE, BANKING AND INSURANCE MSc 343 Advanced Topics in Insurance INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY If you do not have the correct exam This module offers an in-depth analysis of selected THE ASSOCIATION OF qualifications, you can apply through the specialist areas of insurance. It also offers an All students on our full-time business Masters CHARTERED CERTIFIED mature student entry route. You should contact interactive, computer-based learning experience courses can apply to undertake an internship the Student Education Officer at ACCA exploring the fundamental statistical techniques for up to three months, and gain invaluable ACCOUNTANTS (ACCA) Connect for details of the mature entry route, used in risk analysis and risk management. work experience. The internships, which are of any exemptions available from previous with London-based organisations, take place PAPER PREPARATION qualifications and to register with ACCA. Banking Risk and Operations during the summer period. To apply, students Acquire a thorough knowledge of domestic and must submit a completed application form and ACCA Connect The Association of Chartered Certified global banks, structures and functions, and gain a copy of their updated CV to the Business 2 Central Quay a sound understanding of the risks that banks Accountants (ACCA) exams are designed to Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from 89 Hydepark Street are exposed to, and the different techniques meet the needs of those aiming for a career in the applications and conduct group meetings Glasgow G3 8BW applied to manage them. accountancy, enhancing their knowledge, skills with the applicants. T: +44 (0)141 582 2000 and professional competence. F: +44 (0)141 582 2222 Financial Derivatives E: [email protected] This module develops your theoretical Currently we teach nine of the 14 ACCA exams ASSOCIATED CAREERS accaglobal.com/uk/en.html understanding of financial derivatives markets. on part-time evening basis. We do not offer Please note that the University does not accept You will price and value financial derivatives The majority of graduates will go into successful tuition for the five professional-level exams. any responsibility for students who have not from first principles and explore how financial careers in the areas of finance, international The classes are designed to cover all material clarified these details with ACCA. derivative products can be used effectively in finance, financial services, investment banking, you need to sit the ACCA exams in either June risk and investment management applications. retail banking, insurance, re-insurance and or December. hedged funds as private client advisors and Financial Markets and Institutions financial analysts both in the public and INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS This module offers detailed coverage and analysis private sectors. of global financial markets and institutions. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS If you are an international student, you can find out the latest information at ukba.homeoffice. To apply for the ACCA, you will need one of gov.uk/studyingintheuk/ Fixed Income Analysis and Trading the following: This module provides the fundamental ideas ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • two A Levels (or overseas equivalent) and tools for thinking about traditional Applicants should normally hold a first degree At the University of Westminster we teach the • an HND (or overseas equivalent). income securities. from a recognised institution (minimum ACCA on a part-time basis, which means students Lower Second Class Honours or international on this course are not eligible to apply for a Tier Forecasting Markets and Risk Modelling equivalent) and demonstrate interest and 4 (student category) visa. If you already have This module provides advanced ideas and motivation in the subject area. Alternative another category of visa, for example a Tier 2 applications of forecasting markets and risk professional qualifications with at least three (work) visa, or you are a dependent on someone modelling. These include forecasting, volatility years’ relevant professional experience will else’s visa, then you may be able to enrol on our forecasting, univariate and multivariate volatility ACCA course. modelling, risk measures, value at risk, and also be considered. Directly relevant degree disciplines include business studies, economics, advance risk modelling methods, which are If you are unsure whether your visa will permit widely used on trading floors in the financial geography, management, and operations research. However, students with qualifications you to study on our ACCA course please contact markets. The module includes extensive computer [email protected] in advance and lab sessions to provide practical experience on in other disciplines such as engineering, we will verify whether your visa will allow you to using the different models on the trading floor. environmental sciences, the humanities and languages are also encouraged to apply. enrol. When you come to enrol on your course International Financial Reporting you will need to present your passport and visa This module will develop your systematic If English is not your first language, you will as evidence of your right to study in the UK. understanding of the principles underlying, need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum and policy issues inherent in, the study of score of 6 in each element. The University of Westminster is a gold standard international financial reporting, with particular approved learning partner for ACCA. reference to multinational groups.

Modern Portfolio Management RELATED COURSES You will develop your understanding of • Finance and Accounting MSc contemporary portfolio theory and investment • Global Finance MSc management principles in order to actively • Investment and Risk Finance MSc manage a range of investment funds used by professional institutional investors and the • Association of Chartered Certified private wealth management industry. Accountants (ACCA) courses

344 FINANCE, BANKING AND INSURANCE MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs ACCA SHORT COURSE 345 CORE MODULES People Resourcing HUMAN RESOURCE You will develop your critical awareness of MANAGEMENT MA HRM in a Business Context the links between an organisation’s need to You will examine the working environment of HR achieve corporate objectives, and its need practitioners by analysing the impact of economic, for people. political, social and technological factors. Length of course Reward Management Managing Human Resources This module focuses on the management One year full-time, starting in September You will explore different approaches to the or January. Two years part-time starting in of reward systems, critically analysing the management of human resources and the links between reward systems and employee September or January implications for organisational success. behaviour, through the use of theory and case studies. Location Project Central London (Marylebone) The aim of this module is to enable you to You will also choose two from the following develop or evaluate, on the basis of empirical Course fees and funding additional option modules: or conceptual research and analytic rigour, a westminster.ac.uk/fees See specific area of human resource knowledge. Assessment and Individual Differences at Work Course Leaders This module focuses on a critical exploration of Research Methods and Project Preparation good practice in assessment at work. Cecilie Bingham This module aims to develop your knowledge Keith Porter and competence of the research process, and Contemporary Issues in Strategic HRM the application of research methods to the area The module focuses on the evolving role of of human resource management. This course offers interesting and challenging Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM) in an environment of unprecedented economic modules and options designed to develop you Skills of the Manager/Consultant as an HR professional and adviser. It will suit uncertainty and intensification of competition You will develop the interpersonal management driven by advances in globalisation. graduates intending to work in HR, as well as skills and techniques you need to work both as those already working in the field and wanting both an internal and external consultant Designing and Delivering Training to advance their careers. Building on your to organisations. understanding of the theory and practice of The module provides you with the theoretical HRM techniques, it provides a professionally underpinning necessary to understand the focused and research-informed blend of processes of designing and delivering academic and practical information, encouraging OPTION MODULES effective training. critical reflection on current HRM approaches. Choose two of the following CIPD modules: Westminster Business School is a Chartered Employment Law for HR Practitioners in Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) Employee Relations England and Wales approved centre. The course has been accredited This module encourages you to develop and You will develop your knowledge of, and ability by the CIPD as meeting the ‘knowledge criteria’ reflect on your knowledge of UK employee to evaluate, UK employment law requirements. for professional membership. This means that relations from a number of different theoretical once you have completed the degree and given and practical perspectives. International HRM evidence of your practice in the workplace to This module concentrates on the international the CIPD, you will gain the professional level of Learning and Development context of HRM, and the policies and Chartered Membership. This module provides you with the theoretical procedures that organisations need to underpinning necessary to critically evaluate both devise when designing international individual and organisational learning processes. human resource strategies.

Organisational Analysis, Design and Development Management Development This module examines the ways in which The module provides you with the ability to organisational effectiveness is influenced by critically appreciate the philosophies, theories, structures, technologies, culture, power and models and techniques underpinning the attitudes. You will use concepts and modes of management development processes at both analysis to critically evaluate organisational the corporate and individual levels. design and development.

346 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MA 347 Managing Culture and Change You will examine the ways in which “As an international student I was looking INTERNATIONAL corporate cultures impact on the for a Masters that would offer me an HUMAN RESOURCE management of organisational change. experience and education that I could Through a critical analysis of relevant utilise worldwide. Westminster was a MANAGEMENT MA concepts, models and methods, you will simple choice for me, knowing the superior develop the skills to manage change within level of education, top-quality professors different organisational environments. and fabulous location it offered. The culturally diverse group of classmates Length of course Managing Diversity and Equality in Employment held various levels of professional One year full-time, starting in September This module explores and considers the experience, which enriched my learning structure and implications of difference and as we continued to develop and challenge Location inequality within the employment relationship by each other. Having completed the course Central London (Marylebone) examining the historical, sociological, economic specialising in employee relations, I have and psychological basis acquired an education which led me Course fees and funding of discrimination. to a fulfilling career rather than a short- See westminster.ac.uk/fees term job. As a management consultant in an employment services firm, I work Course Leader INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY with local and international clients and Cecilie Bingham have continued to develop my practical All students on our full-time business Masters experience in employee relations, policy courses can apply to undertake an internship development, recruitment and performance The course is designed to appeal to for up to three months, and gain invaluable management.” candidates from outside the UK wishing to work experience. The internships, which are pursue or enhance a career in HRM that with London-based organisations, take place Vanessa De Silva has, or may have, an international dimension. during the summer period. To apply, students Management Consultant, You will study an interesting range of modules must submit a completed application form and Expertise Limited, Bermuda focusing on international comparative HRM, a copy of their updated CV to the Business international personnel management and Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from organisational analysis and development. This the applications and conduct group meetings MA specifically enables the building of a body Second Class Honours or international with the applicants. of practical skills and theoretical knowledge equivalent) and demonstrate interest and around the management of organisations motivation in the subject area. Alternatively, within different international contexts, allowing applicants holding professional qualifications you to acquire a coherent, specialised body ASSOCIATED CAREERS and with at least three years’ relevant of relevant knowledge. Westminster Business After completing the course you can expect experience will also be considered. Directly School is an approved centre for the Chartered to develop your career within HRM, either in relevant degree disciplines include business Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) the UK or abroad. Providing a higher degree studies, economics, geography, management, and this course has been accredited by the qualification in a well-established management and operations research. However, students CIPD as meeting the knowledge criteria for area, the course will enable you to enhance with qualifications in other disciplines such professional membership. This means that your career prospects and marketability in the as engineering, environmental sciences, the once you have passed the degree and given professional practice of HRM. Past students humanities and languages are also encouraged the CIPD evidence of your practice in the have become consultants (internal and external), to apply. workplace you will gain the professional level HR managers, compensation and benefits of Chartered Membership. managers, change management specialists, If English is not your first language, you will HR business partners, operations managers, need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum civil servants and mediators. Employers of our score of 6 in each element. students include the BBC, Cap Gemini, Linklaters, PwC and the Royal Household. RELATED COURSE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • International Human Resource Management MA Applicants should normally hold a first degree from a recognised institution (minimum Lower

348 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MA 349 COURSE CONTENT ASSOCIATED CAREERS You will be exposed to a wide range Those completing the course can expect to find of contemporary perspectives on key employment within HRM, either in the UK or developments in and around international abroad. Providing a higher degree qualification human resource management and in a well-established management area, the organisational analysis, providing access course enhances your career prospects and to a range of alternative academic and marketability in the professional practice of practitioner views. You will will explore relevant international HRM. Past students have gone on issues and what these mean for individuals to become consultants (internal and external), and organisations at local, national and HR managers, compensation and benefits international levels. managers, change management specialists, HR business partners, operations managers, civil servants, and mediators. Companies that have CORE MODULES employed our students include, Cap Gemini, PwC, Transport for London, and Visa. Comparative Employment Relations Research Methods and Project Preparation You will analyse how people are managed This module aims to develop your knowledge – and the HR practices and employee relations and competence about the research process, systems that are adopted – in different cultures. and the application of research methods to ENTRY REQUIREMENTS the area of international human resource Applicants should normally hold a first degree HRM in a Business Context management. from a recognised institution (minimum You will examine the working environment Lower Second Class Honours or international of HR practitioners by analysing the impact Skills of the Manager/Consultant equivalent) and demonstrate interest and of economic, political, social and This module will help you to develop the motivation in the subject area. Alternative technological factors. interpersonal management skills and techniques professional qualifications with at least three you need to work as both an internal and INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY years’ relevant professional experience will International HRM external consultant to organisations. All students on our full-time business Masters also be considered. Directly relevant degree This module concentrates on the courses can apply to undertake an internship disciplines include business studies, economics, international context of HRM, and the for up to three months, and gain invaluable geography, management, and operations policies and procedures that organisations OPTION MODULES work experience. The internships, which are research. However, students with qualifications need to devise when designing in other disciplines such as engineering, Choose one of the following: with London-based organisations, take place international human resource strategies. during the summer period. To apply, students environmental sciences, the humanities and Learning and Development must submit a completed application form and languages are also encouraged to apply. Managing Human Resources This module provides you with the a copy of their updated CV to the Business You will explore different approaches to the If English is not your first language, you will theoretical underpinning necessary to Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from management of human resources and the need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum critically evaluate both individual and the applications and conduct group meetings implications for organisational success. score of 6 in each element. organisational learning processes. with the applicants. Organisational Analysis, People Resourcing Design and Development You will develop your critical awareness of RELATED COURSE This module examines the academic ways in the links between an organisation’s need to which organisational effectiveness is influenced • Human Resource Management MA achieve corporate objectives, and its need by structures, technologies, culture, power and for people. attitudes. You will use concepts and modes of analysis to critically evaluate organisational Reward Management design and development. This module focuses on the management of reward systems, critically analysing the Project links between reward systems and employee The aim of the project is to enable students to behaviour, through the use of theory and develop or evaluate, on the basis of empirical case studies. or conceptual research and analytic rigour, a specific area of human resource knowledge.

350 INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MA 351 ASSOCIATED CAREERS As you develop your leadership skills whilst on GOVERNING, LEADING LEADERSHIP this programme, we expect that the direction AND MANAGING IN Graduates from this course have been able to (ADVANCED of your learning may change. The course is gain promotion in their own organisation or designed to take this into consideration and HEALTHCARE MSc to gain new positions elsewhere. When you PROFESSIONAL you will be expected to take a proactive role in graduate you will be better equipped to take designing your learning journey. up a senior leadership position in the sphere PRACTICE) MSc of healthcare quality and assurance, including A range of organisations will be represented

Length of course roles in patient safety, clinical governance, on the programme, which will enrich dialogue, Certificate part-time – one year audit and risk management. and challenge your understanding of how Length of course Diploma part-time – two years leadership is interpreted and enacted in a Two years part-time, starting in September MSc part-time – three or four years variety of contexts and situations. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Location Location Participants admitted to this course will normally In order to deepen your understanding Central London (Marylebone) Central London (Marylebone) have: and analysis of alternative perspectives, each module will enable you to work on • A relevant undergraduate qualification or Course fees and funding Course fees and funding different projects that are under your control equivalent relevant professional qualification See westminster.ac.uk/fees See westminster.ac.uk/fees or influence. and have at least two years work-based experience in relevant employment; or Course Leader Course Leader We start with your practice and critically relevant professional/work-based experience Dr Ruth Sacks Joy Tweed reflect on the realities of professional life with of at least five years, including two years in a different lens enriched by the theories and a role that involves leading and managing approaches you select which can make a others in a relevant context (ie employment in The Leadership MSc has been specifically If you work in healthcare management in a difference to the success of the project and your the health and social care sector) designed for experienced managers and governance-related role and would like to learning as a leader. • A reference from the employer showing increase your knowledge and skills within professionals to focus on the development of support for their participation. their leadership skills. this increasingly important area of healthcare You will bring your challenges to the course to management and leadership, this course is examine and explore them using a range of For applicants who have not received their Your and your peers’ experience will be used ideal for you. tools, models and techniques to develop and secondary education in the medium of as the basis for the learning throughout the English, a score of 6.5 in the British Council enhance your strategies for making the best use You will gain an academic qualification that: programme. IELTS test (including a minimum score of 6.5 of what you have. You will also investigate how • equips you to work at a senior level these models work in your organisation, their in the written component), or equivalent Studying on the course involves working with relevance and value. • is focused on the specific challenges you language assessment. your current organisational challenges in real face in your workplace. time using the learning sessions as opportunities In Action Learning Sets, you will practice The Professional Practice framework is designed for analysis, critical reflection, planning and processes to support your reflection, facilitation You will also benefit from a flexible programme to include for accreditation of prior/concurrent review. As your projects progress, change and action planning skills. of learning that delivers direct benefits to your certificated learning that has not already or indeed stall, you will be able to use the employing organisation, requires only limited been included in a Higher Education degree resources of the programme to explore You will be expected to read widely in order absence from the workplace and delivers a award, and/or learning in the workplace and ways of addressing these challenges with to demonstrate understanding of and insight recognised qualification at each stage. CPD (APL) relevant to a particular course and encouragement and support from your team into a range of theoretical frameworks. You will its thematic direction. Individual participants and the Westminster academics. The programme comprises three stages – are invited to discuss the possibilities prior also be expected to be open and committed to personal change and development, and be Postgraduate Certificate (three modules), to admission. For groups supported by an The course will give you the opportunity to willing to challenge your beliefs and values, to Postgraduate Diploma (an additional three organisation this will be discussed with the explore and review the leadership processes at gain the most out of this course. modules) and the MSc (a further two modules). employer as part of course negotiation. work in the projects you are working on, using Each module typically requires four or five days both new and familiar models. You will develop attendance at the University each semester. the confidence to critically reflect and analyse leadership styles and approaches, which in turn will enhance your understanding of the drivers of individual and team performance.

352 GOVERNING, LEADING AND MANAGING IN HEALTHCARE MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs LEADERSHIP (ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE) MSc 353 ASSOCIATED CAREERS LEADING AND When you graduate you will be better equipped to take up a senior leadership MANAGING HEALTH position within or outside your organisation. AND SOCIAL CARE (ADVANCED ENTRY REQUIREMENTS PROFESSIONAL This programme is open to participants who have a relevant undergraduate qualification (as PRACTICE) MSc a minimum) or equivalent relevant professional qualification and have at least five years work-based experience in paid employment Length of course or voluntary work with some responsibility for Certificate – one year part-time managing others. Diploma – two years part-time COURSE CONTENT MSc – three or four years part-time Alternatively, participants will have relevant • The combination of intensive three day professional/work-based experience of at least learning sessions, one to one tutorials and Location five years, including two years in a role that Action Learning Sets, along with your own Central London (Marylebone) involves general leadership responsibilities studies and professional experiences will and/or leadership responsibilities for a project support and confront your approach to Course fees and funding of organisational or professional significance. leadership, the projects you are working with See westminster.ac.uk/fees and current professional challenges You will normally be interviewed and, Course Leaders • You will develop through debate, study and depending on circumstances, you may be Action Learning Sets your understanding of Mary Webb asked to take the Graduate Management Email: [email protected] the skills of leadership in other contexts and Admissions Test (GMAT) and achieve a score how those can enhance your performance of 600. • Through learning and sharing experiences David Goosey Email: [email protected] with others from different professional All applicants will be required to provide situations you will be able to engage in reference from their employer showing support activities and methodologies, which will for their participation on the programme. challenge and test your perspectives. Your If you are an organisation or team leader or manager in healthcare, social work or social approach to leadership, management and For applicants who have not received change will benefit from day one. care, whether in local government, the NHS, their secondary education in the medium of the voluntary or private sectors, this course is English, a score of 6.5 in the British Council ideal for you. Each module takes place over three consecutive IELTS test (including a minimum score of 6.5 days. These intensive learning sessions will in the written component), or equivalent This academic qualification focuses on: include a range of experiential activities, language assessment. presentations and development opportunities. • the specific challenges you face in You will be encouraged to focus on a current your workplace project or initiative in order to debate and • how to equip you to work at a senior level reflect on the relationships between leadership, • direct benefits to your employing learning and their impact on performance. organisation.

Your studies will enable you to take time You will benefit from a flexible programme to reflect and review each project with the of learning that requires only limited absence support and encouragement of your Action from the workplace and delivers a recognised Learning Set colleagues in real time. Through qualification at each stage. this process you will take on a role of internal consultant and at the end of each module be able to provide relevant conclusions and recommendations to your company including the outcomes of your learning.

354 LEADERSHIP (ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE) MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs LEADING AND MANAGING HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE MSc 355 COURSE CONTENT • Relevant professional/work-based experience of at least five years, including MANAGEMENT MA Delivered through a series of workplace-focused two years in a role that involves leading and modules, this three-stage MSc is designed for managing others in a relevant context (a health and social care professionals responsible relevant context is employment or voluntary for leadership and management of teams and work in the health and social care sector). Length of course organisations in local government, the NHS, • For applicants who have not received their Postgraduate Certificate – one year, starting in third or private sectors. secondary education in the medium of September or January English, a score of 6.5 in the British Council Postgraduate Diploma –18 months, starting in All credited assignments relate directly to IELTS test (including a minimum score of 6.5 September or January participants’ professional duties, providing in the written component), or equivalent MA full-time – one year, starting in September tangible benefits to their employing language assessment. or January organisations. • A reference from their employer showing MA part-time – two years, starting in September The Programme comprises three consecutive support for their participation. or January stages: MA Advanced Standing part-time – one year, The Professional Practice framework is designed starting in September or January • Postgraduate Certificate (three modules) to include for accreditation of prior / concurrent • Postgraduate Diploma (an additional certificated learning that has not already Location two modules) been included in a Higher Education degree Central London (Marylebone) • MSc (a further two modules) award, and/or learning in the workplace and CPD (APL) relevant to a particular course and Course fees and funding Each module typically requires four or five days its thematic direction. Individual participants attendance at the University over several months. are invited to discuss the possibilities prior to See westminster.ac.uk/fees admission. For groups support by an employer, Participants can choose the Postgraduate this will be discussed with the employer as part Course Leader Certificate, the Postgraduate Diploma or the full of course negotiation. Keith Patrick MSc programme (each stage takes one year). Those who intend to seek recognition from Deputy Course Leader the College of Social Work for post qualifying Nuala O’Sullivan ASSOCIATED CAREERS training, must demonstrate that they are a Registered Social Worker with the Health and Graduates from this course have been able to Care Professions Council from the point of This course is designed to develop the general gain promotion in their own organisation or entry onto the course until they are awarded. A management skills you need in the rapidly to gain new positions elsewhere. When you separate enrolment fee for recognition from the changing economic environment. As well as graduate you will be better equipped to take College of Social Work may apply. giving you the underpinning knowledge and up a senior leadership position in the sphere of understanding required to operate effectively healthcare and social care management. Those who intend to seek the Accredited in a managerial role, the course will develop Managers Award from the Institute of your analysis, problem-solving and proactive- Healthcare Management, they must gain thinking skills. As the course progresses, the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Membership of the Institute at the beginning emphasis evolves from an operational to a of the course and maintain that membership. strategic approach. This course is designed for groups of employees A separate fee for Membership and the coming from the same organisation, and Accredited Managers Award assessment individuals whose work context is appropriate may apply. Students who successfully complete the MA are to the sector and role. eligible for membership of the corporate body, the Chartered Management Institute (CMI). Participants admitted to this course will normally have: • A relevant undergraduate qualification or equivalent relevant professional qualification and have at least two-year work-based experience in relevant employment or voluntary work with some responsibility for managing others or

356 LEADING AND MANAGING HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs MANAGEMENT MA 357 COURSE CONTENT ENTRY REQUIREMENTS INTERNATIONAL MA students – take all nine modules Applicants should normally hold a first degree from a recognised institution (minimum BUSINESS AND MA Advanced Standing students – Lower Second Class Honours or international take the final three modules MANAGEMENT MA equivalent) and demonstrate interest and Postgraduate Certificate students – three of the motivation in the subject area. Alternative first six modules listed professional qualifications with at least three years’ relevant professional experience will Postgraduate Diploma students – all six of the Length of course also be considered. Directly relevant degree first six modules listed One year full-time, starting in September disciplines include business studies, economics, or January geography, management, and operations research. However, students with qualifications Location INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY in other disciplines such as engineering, Central London (Marylebone) All students on our full-time business Masters environmental sciences, the humanities and courses can apply to undertake an internship languages are also encouraged to apply. Course fees and funding for up to three months, and gain invaluable See westminster.ac.uk/fees work experience. The internships, which are If English is not your first language, you will with London-based organisations, take place need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum Course Leader during the summer period. To apply, students score of 6 in each element. Richard West must submit a completed application form and a copy of their updated CV to the Business Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from RELATED COURSES Easier communication, more efficient the applications and conduct group meetings • International Business and Management MA international transportation, the relocation and preparatory workshops with applicants • MBA of production and services, and a significant prior to role allocation. increase in economic migration have made the study of international business and management increasingly relevant. ASSOCIATED CAREERS This course attracts students from every corner Our graduates occupy a variety of roles in of the globe and reflects the main areas of both multinational organisations and small and international business. It integrates theoretical medium-size enterprises. When you graduate, knowledge with practical enterprise skills in a you will be equipped to pursue a career in global context, and also gives you the chance specialist areas of business, including financial to develop your knowledge and management services, operations, human resources, sales skills so that you can pursue a career in and marketing. Some of our graduates are multinational companies, overseas trade employed in companies such as Accenture, and international organisations. Procter & Gamble and Unilever as well as the NHS and local councils. The course includes an extended fieldtrip to study global companies operating in different European cities.

358 MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT MA 359 CORE MODULES Project The purpose of this module is to test your Aspects of International Marketing analytical skills and motivation. It is also This module will help you to understand the role designed to develop your ability to organise a of marketing in the international business world systematic study of a theme, time management of the 21st century. and presentation skills. The project is expected to reflect both a high order of independence Business Research Methods in thinking, and proficiency of execution of an The module aims to develop your knowledge academic task. and competence of the research process and the application of research methods in the area of business and management. OPTION MODULES Financial Analysis for Managers You can also choose one module from the In this module you will focus on the University’s postgraduate programme, subject interpretation of corporate financial reports, to approval by the Course Leader. and develop the confidence and expertise to use financial techniques and concepts in business decision making. INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY Human Resource Strategies for the All students on our full-time business Masters International Manager courses can apply to undertake an internship This module aims to help you identify your likely for up to three months, and gain invaluable future roles as a manager, and the contribution work experience. The internships, which are of HR management to organisation objectives. with London-based organisations, take place during the summer period. To apply, students Information Management must submit a completed application form and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS RELATED COURSES This module will help you to understand a copy of their updated CV to the Business Applicants should normally hold a first degree • Global Finance MSc information systems, assess the different Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from from a recognised institution (minimum • information needs of organisations, and enable the applications and conduct group meetings International Economic Policy and Analysis with the applicants. Lower Second Class Honours or international MA/MSc you to assess the increasing importance of equivalent) and demonstrate interest and e-business in the commercial world. motivation in the subject area. Alternative professional qualifications with at least three International Business Strategy ASSOCIATED CAREERS years’ relevant professional experience will The module offers a critical, theoretically Our international courses equip you with the also be considered. Directly relevant degree informed review of the practices of international knowledge and management skills to pursue disciplines include business studies, economics, business management. a career in multinational companies, overseas geography, management, and operations trade and any international organisation in research. However, students with qualifications International Economics general management. Graduates also work in in other disciplines such as engineering, This module has been designed to enhance relevant aspects of the economics of international environmental sciences, the humanities and your understanding of the contemporary business, or as international finance specialists. languages are also encouraged to apply. international economy and of evolving issues Many graduates return to their countries of origin and trends in the global business environment. and are employed in developing international If English is not your first language, you will You will cover a range of topics, including business opportunities, government or NGO need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum international finance and trade, economic institutions. A significant number of students also score of 6 in each element. integration, foreign investment, international go on to study for PhDs. economic institutions, and environmental issues.

360 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT MA westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT MA 361 COURSE CONTENT International Development Finance INTERNATIONAL This module will introduce new concepts in DEVELOPMENT Our regular contributors to teaching development financing techniques. You will and learning activities include experienced acquire the skills to understand modern project MANAGEMENT MSc field practitioners drawn from international financing techniques, enhancing your ability to development organisations and NGOs. You will effectively manage and complete development also have access to official project materials projects in the face of the ongoing global from the World Bank, International Monetary financial austerity threats. Length of course Fund and other development agencies for real- One year full-time, starting in September life simulation and group-based activities. Managing Data or January This module will provide the necessary You will have the opportunity to enrol on the skills you will need to analyse and interpret Location PRINCE2 foundation certificate (recognised development data, and to use those skills to Central London (Marylebone) in more than 150 countries worldwide) to enhance the decision-making process. gain an additional professional qualification Course fees and funding in project management free of charge, and Managing Development Interventions See westminster.ac.uk/fees eligible students may also be able to take part This module will provide the conceptual and in a field-based internship programme within or practical skills you will need to evaluate various Course Leader outside the UK during University vacations. tools and techniques appropriate for managing Dr Ola Sholarin development interventions at regional and global levels. Using appropriate case studies, it CORE MODULES will also provide you with the skills to appraise How does speculative trading in consumable Current Issues in International Development and manage national and international items by multinational institutions translate into This module will track and highlight current NGO-sponsored, government-sponsored and unaffordable food prices, even among major issues within the field of international privately sponsored projects. exporters of agricultural produce? Given its development, and challenge you to engage in potential to double annual food production critical analysis of their socio-economic impact. Project in so many countries, what would it take to It will also strengthen your ability to appraise An 8–10,000-word dissertation in the area of enhance gender equality across the globe and their policy implications and sharpen your international development management. achieve improved living standards for all? In capacity to proffer effective and sustainable seeking self-reliance and balanced economic solutions in addressing such issues. Research Methods growth, is selective aid assistance a better Development Economics and policy You will acquire the skills necessary to complete option than free trade or aid for trade? With By exploring the concepts and theories that have your final year project. Essentially, this module over $500 billion being remitted home by been developed and applied by economists will develop your competence in research migrant workers from across the globe, where to the study of the problems of developing design, information gathering and questionnaire lies the balance between brain drain and countries, this module explores the implications structuring. It will also develop your understanding brain gain? for the framing of development policy. of quantitative and qualitative research methods, and how they can be applied. And given the ongoing global financial crisis Human Resource Strategies for the and the costly environmental disasters that International Manager continue to ravage our planet, what is the This module introduces you to the key human optimal recipe for achieving sustainable growth OPTION MODULES resource management concepts at international and equitable development for all? You can choose one option module from the and national levels. University’s postgraduate programme, subject This course gives you the opportunity to get to approval by the Course Leader. This gives involved in the discussion to find solutions to the unique benefit of allowing you to choose these and future challenges. according to your past academic studies, work experience or, perhaps, in line with your future career pathways or interests.

362 INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT MSc 363 SUMMARY OF government economic planning directorates), MASTER OF BUSINESS COURSE FEATURES as self-employed development specialists or consultants, or as trade attaché in foreign ADMINISTRATION (MBA) The key features of this programme are diplomatic offices. summarised below: • you will be provided with induction sessions The additional PRINCE2 qualification will in core aspects of the course to help you also enable you to work with multinational Length of course ease into the programme effortlessly before corporations where, alongside good technical One year full-time, or two years part-time the course commences skills, an awareness of global development (Friday and Saturday), starting in September • you will be offered (PRINCE2) additional issues and challenges and the ability to think or January qualification free of charge. Students on the critically about the world are valued. programme have managed to secure job Location offers from this, even before their graduation Graduates from the programme have worked Central London (Marylebone) • you will be directed towards international as specialist advisers with top NGOs across the job opportunities strictly dedicated to globe and as advisers with trade and economic Course fees and funding development management and you will be departments in government offices. Others are See westminster.ac.uk/fees actively supported throughout the process of currently working as development consultants, securing appropriate job offers microfinance specialists and as advisors on Course Leader United Nations-sponsored projects. • core text books that you will need on this Dr Kellie Vincent course will be provided free of charge • you will be eligible to participate in an intensive learning programme at the United ENTRY REQUIREMENTS At Westminster Business School we focus on Nations Office in Geneva. This is designed Applicants should normally hold a first degree developing confident, capable business leaders to sharpen your understanding and reinforce from a recognised institution (minimum able to meet the challenges of succeeding practical application of knowledge Lower Second Class Honours or international in a global business environment. Our MBA graduates are prepared to take on leadership • you will be eligible to participate in a equivalent) and demonstrate interest and roles. Working with a diverse group of peers field-based internship programme within or motivation in the subject area. Alternative our MBA students are the experts in their field outside the UK during university vacations. professional qualifications with at least three years’ relevant professional experience will in the classroom. We encourage you to reflect also be considered. Directly relevant degree on how, when and with whom you perform at your best. INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY disciplines include business studies, economics, geography, management, and operations All students on our full-time business Masters research. However, students with qualifications Our graduates develop the capability, courses can apply to undertake an internship in other disciplines such as engineering, credibility and judgement to manage significant for up to three months, and gain invaluable environmental sciences, the humanities and projects, business units and organisations work experience. The internships, which are languages are also encouraged to apply. and provide inspired leadership from a with London-based organisations, take place multidisciplinary perspective, coupled with an during the summer period. To apply, students If English is not your first language, you will assertive and principled approach to quality in must submit a completed application form and need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum their practice as professionals. a copy of their updated CV to the Business score of 6 in each element. Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from Our MBA is designed for professionals the applications and conduct group meetings with at least three years’ work experience with the applicants. in a functional specialist or middle/senior RELATED COURSES management role who aspire to senior • International Business and Management MA executive or chief executive positions. ASSOCIATED CAREERS • International Economic Policy and Analysis MA/MSc The course will particularly suit those seeking to work within NGOs and the international • Management MA development community (including the World • Project Management MSc Bank, IMF, central and development banks, and

364 INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA) 365 Our students come from diverse professional learn how to develop and implement value- analysing complex situations and formulating initial theoretical perspective is informed by a backgrounds, and include accountants, generating strategies. recommendations and plans that will contribute series of practical exercises culminating in the lawyers, doctors, marketing managers, IT to business success. rigorous application of scenario planning to an programmers and engineers. They all want to Identifying and Evaluating Value in the industry of your choice. transform their careers and be at the forefront Organisation Personal and Professional Development of business leadership. This module examines the principles and This module comprises a number of different Innovation and Entrepreneurship concepts underpinning different aspects of activities including visits, networking events, This module provides both a theoretical The Westminster MBA will help you to develop accounting and finance. In addition you will speaker events, coaching, career workshops, and practical basis for understanding key skills and acquire knowledge that will be become familiar with techniques of financial skills workshops and action learning sets. It is elements of entrepreneurship and innovation. invaluable in furthering your business career. decision making and the particular problems of designed to develop your career plans based It introduces different conceptions and types We have strong links with employers and financing enterprises in emerging economies. on strong personal and professional skills, of entrepreneurship. These include the way professional bodies and our curriculum reflects abilities and networks. in which innovative activities underpin the needs of the contemporary business world. International Study Trip entrepreneurial success, and how a new Our enthusiastic faculty has extensive academic As part of this module you may have the Strategic Management business venture may be structured and and professional experience, ensuring that opportunity to participate in a one-week This module explores the models and developed as a sustainable commercial classwork and projects will be applicable to international study trip, enabling you to apply frameworks required to develop and implement enterprise to generate customer value and professional practice and relevant to your own the learning you have gained during the MBA strategies capable of delivering success within present a valuable investment proposition. work environment. course to an international context, and gain complex business environments. It addresses insights into what it takes to do business in the key contemporary topics and debates within International Business Negotiation Westminster Business School is a preferred particular region being visited. You will be strategic management. By linking theory to You will consider the theory and practice of supplier of an MBA programme to the able to attend international business meetings practice, it develops your practical abilities to conducting business negotiations within an UK government. and seminars, tour factories, and discuss analyse environments, think strategically and international business context. You will assess contemporary business problems with senior formulate and implement strategies. and analyse the theory of negotiation from managers and executives. various perspectives including psychological, COURSE CONTENT sociological, political, behavioural and Leading and Managing People OPTION MODULES mathematical approaches. Throughout the course, there is an emphasis This module explores the nature of the on your personal professional development relationship between leadership, people You will choose two from the following Programme and Project Management and enhancing your ability to work at the management, organisational culture and (although, please note that elective modules The module evaluates current project highest levels within a company. You will do organisational behaviour. You will acquire run subject to a minimum number of eight management thinking. You will examine this through a structured programme of tailored, the skills to conceptualise the importance of participants): the strategic importance of programme, one-to-one mentoring, focusing on your specific human factors involved in creating competitive portfolio and project management in modern issues and career service support, such as advantage, through exploration of the practical Contemporary Leadership organisations, and scrutinise the tools and preparing for interviews. You will also have skills and methods needed to lead and develop The module provides the opportunity for you theory available to the project manager to drive the opportunity to attend seminars featuring high-performance organisations. to examine a current leadership issue in the a project to successful completion. engaging, expert speakers and a host of context of contemporary theory. dynamic networking events. MBA Compass Social Entrepreneurship Refresh your knowledge of the study skills Financial Strategy You will gain knowledge about social required to successfully complete your MBA, This module explores the interaction between enterprises and charities, focusing on the CORE MODULES and enhance your ability to undertake critical financial management and corporate strategy. importance of the triple bottom line (people, It provides you with sufficient knowledge to Consultancy Skills analysis of complex situations. You will use planet and profit) in the third sector. This data analysis techniques to interpret data in understand the financial implications of possible module focuses on working on social problems This module enables you to develop the skills strategic decisions. It will help you to understand and knowledge required to be an effective order to support business decision making and within a challenging overseas environment. write well-structured, lucid board papers and how a company’s financial choices can be used internal or external consultant, and understand to enhance its business strategy and its value. how to manage the consultancy process. executive reports. Strategy Dynamics You will also get the opportunity to put the You will explore the Strategy Dynamics method MBA Dissertation Foresight and Future Studies developed by Kim Warren. This modelling theory into practice by undertaking a group The ability to identify and anticipate the impact consultancy project with a client company. This module provides you with the opportunity technique has been developed to enable to put the knowledge and skills gained from future trends and technologies have on the managers to analyse business performance and study to practical use by addressing real- business environment is a key skill for any develop future strategies based on building and Creating Customer Value senior executive. This module provides you You will examine how companies can create life, strategic business issues or management retention of resources and capability. While priorities. In doing this, you will demonstrate with a set of tools and frameworks designed the theoretical underpinning for the method is customer value by matching their capabilities to help you develop better foresight. The to the requirements of their customers. You will that you can think like a senior executive, examined in detail, the module has a strong practical focus.

366 MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA) westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA) 367 We offer a full range of career support services “Having spent the past 15 years working to our MBA students and alumni. Our graduates MARKETING for a number of not-for-profit organisations, have gone on to take up roles as business COMMUNICATIONS MA I decided it was time for me to get back analysts, business developers, commercial to school and give a serious boost to my directors, corporate project managers, career. Studying at a university that was freelance consultants, NHS managers, internationally accredited, multinational operations managers and transport managers. Length of course and that offered a diverse environment One year full-time, starting in September was important to me. I wanted to develop Employers have included: or January an international network and to learn • BBC about and experience different elements • BT Location influencing the business world. Westminster • Coca Cola Central London (Marylebone) Business School offered all this and more. • EMAP Ltd Yes, the course is intense and challenging, Course fees and funding • Hayes and it has been very rewarding stretching See westminster.ac.uk/fees myself beyond what I ever thought would • HP be possible, and essentially enriching not • HSBC Course Leader only my core strengths and professional • Lewisham Council Carol Blackman development, but augmenting a sturdier • Microsoft career path.” • Ministry of Justice Leanne Shulman • NHS Marketing communications covers the selection Full-time MBA • Sidel UK Ltd and application of the main communication tools available to an organisation in pursuit of • Transport for London its marketing goals. This work is often carried • UBS Investment Bank out by specialist agencies, and involves • Vodafone. both strategic thinking and the development INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY of creative solutions. It calls for a blend of All students on our full-time business Masters research-based knowledge with the practice of courses can apply to undertake an internship high-level, often extremely creative, skills. for up to three months, and gain invaluable ENTRY REQUIREMENTS work experience. The internships, which are Applicants should normally hold a first degree with London-based organisations, take place from a recognised institution (minimum during the summer period. To apply, students Lower Second Class Honours or international must submit a completed application form and equivalent), have a minimum of three years a copy of their updated CV to the Business professional experience following graduation Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from and should demonstrate interest and motivation the applications and conduct group meetings in the subject area. Alternative professional with the applicants. qualifications when combined with more than three years’ relevant professional experience will also be considered. ASSOCIATED CAREERS If English is not your first language, you will The MBA is a journey that prepares you to need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum become a more imaginative and effective score of 6 in each element. manager. Through career development activities we will assist you every step of that journey in evolving your own unique leadership style and philosophy.

368 MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA) westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS MA 369 COURSE CONTENT SEMESTER ONE MODULES The course covers the main marketing In Semester One you will study the communication techniques. It provides you underpinning concepts and strategies for with a sufficient foundation in marketing to marketing communications. enable you to work easily with people involved throughout the marketing management process. Buyer Behaviour for Marketing Communications The ultimate aim of the course is to enhance Organisations must understand their consumers individual career advancement prospects and how they choose products and services through knowledge of how to apply academic so they can provide effective communications. learning to best marketing communications Many companies have incorporated a practice. Students have the opportunity to customer focus in their overall strategies and study for exams for the Professional Diploma use sophisticated approaches to consumer in Digital Marketing as part of the course. behaviour, which form the basis of their marketing communication strategies. YEAR LONG MODULE In this module you will gain a critical understanding of factors influencing consumer Contemporary Issues in behavior and decision making which can be Marketing Communications used in the development of more effective SEMESTER TWO MODULES trend towards the development of long-lasting In this module you will come to understand the marketing communication strategies. relationships with customers has increased the nature of learning and how you best learn. You In Semester Two you will study in greater depth strategic value to the organisation of direct will reflect on your progress and development Marketing and Brand Strategy the tools and media platforms for marketing and digital marketing. This module includes the throughout the course, helping you to generate In this module you will consider the role of communications. The January cohort will syllabus material for the Professional Diploma in a personal development plan. You will discuss marketing communications within the broader begin these modules during the summer school. Digital Marketing. current thinking in the field of integrated context of an organisation’s marketing strategy marketing communications (IMC), and debate and competitive environment. The module Advertising Management Promotional Marketing and Event Management new ideas in marketing and media issues. explores contemporary concepts of marketing This module will give you a greater This module takes a holistic view of the sales and brand strategy. You will learn to apply your understanding of advertising theory and process and promotional marketing activities IMC has developed in the last 20 years to be knowledge to a broad range of organisations. its application. Advertising is a term often by drawing together a number of related a vital element in the marketing management used to represent all forms of marketing themes such as sales and promotional process. It embraces all of the communications Marketing and Media Research Management communications. Important though management, customer loyalty, experiential tools, consumer behaviour, research and This module will give you a robust and advertising is, it is only part of the marketing marketing, packaging, and in-store marketing strategy covered by the course, and seeks to comprehensive introduction to the theory, communications mix. This module discusses (including point-of-purchase and couponing). place them within an overall context of how application and practice of marketing research how advertising as a media tool differs Analysing each activity as an individual IMC has developed, what it seeks to achieve in relation to the media. You will examine the from other elements of the marketing discipline, the module draws the strands and how its success can be measured. The need for research to support communications communications mix and its role within an together to illustrate how post-modern module explores the various criticisms which initiatives during their implementation, delivery integrated marketing strategy. concepts such as shopper marketing have are levelled at IMC and examples of where it and evaluation. A major part of this is the come to prevail in contemporary strategic is considered to have succeeded and failed. way in which research is used in audience It covers the advertising and creative process, marketing communications thinking. The impact of digital delivery on the future measurement. campaign planning, implementation and development of IMC is also explored. metrics, advertising in society, and the problems This module is delivered during the summer school in June for the January cohort. Summer School and opportunities of advertising in a constantly The module is delivered over one year and Students who start the course in January have changing media environment. Public Relations and Reputation Management is designed to underpin your learning about a six-week summer school in May-June. This This module concentrates on giving you an marketing communications by introducing includes the Promotional Marketing module Direct Marketing and Social Media in the understanding of the role of public relations IMC concepts and issues at appropriate times and part of the Semester Two modules. You will Digital Age within an organisation, with special reference throughout the course. It also serves as a lead also start working on your Integrated Marketing Reflecting the rapidly changing practice to marketing communications. You will examine into the IMC campaign project which forms the Communications project. capstone of student learning and assessment on in the marketing communications industry, the origins, scope and a range of applications the course. you will explore how direct marketing uses of PR, focusing on its role in marketing traditional, digital and social media platforms communications management, the development for the acquisition, engagement and retention and maintenance of corporate reputation and of customers. The ability to provide precise, the growing role of sponsorship within the accountable results and directly support the marketing communications portfolio.

370 MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS MA westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS MA 371 Integrated Marketing Communications ENTRY REQUIREMENTS through the distribution chain. Recognising Campaign Planning Project MARKETING that global distribution channels are a major Finally you undertake a project which allows Applicants should normally hold a first degree MANAGEMENT MA/MSc contributor to environmental degradation, the you to bring together all the knowledge you from a recognised institution (minimum Lower module examines the sustainability and ethical have gained during the programme. This is a Second Class Honours or international equivalent) issues involved in distribution and the impact of practice-based project in which you will make and demonstrate interest and motivation in these issues on product pricing. an assessment of a brand’s current situation the subject area. Alternative professional Length of course and future potential in relation to its marketing, qualifications with at least three years’ relevant Integrated Marketing Communications in a One year full-time, starting in September brand and marketing communications professional experience will also be considered. Digital and Global World or January strategies. With guidance from your supervisor Applicants from different academic backgrounds Modern marketing communications are you will develop an in-depth, comprehensive are welcome. characterised by increased use of digital Location integrated marketing communications plan technology, increased globalisation, increased Central London (Marylebone) for the product. The module is delivered If English is not your first language, you will need media fragmentation and proliferation, all through class sessions, workshops and one- an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum score of 6 leading to an increased need for integration. Course fees and funding to-one tutoring with an individually allocated in each element. These themes will permeate the module. Teaching See westminster.ac.uk/fees supervisor. It includes a two-day residential at a will be interactive and will consist of one lecture

Cambridge University College. and one seminar each week, and you will be Course Leader expected to contribute to class discussion. RELATED COURSES Dr Donna Mai • Marketing Management MA/MSc INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY Marketing Creativity and Innovation This module will focus on creativity and These courses offer a strategic perspective on All students on our full-time business Masters innovation in marketing and its impact on marketing management, a discipline that is courses can apply to undertake an internship “Studying at the University of Westminster increasing the competitive edge of organisations increasingly being seen as critical to success for up to three months, and gain invaluable has been a great privilege and a once-in-a- (across all sectors). You will also explore the in achieving business goals, and as a core work experience. The internships, which are lifetime experience for me. As a scholarship complexity of the creative process and innovation function in many organisations. with London-based organisations, take place recipient, I was incredibly fortunate in being at the individual, group and organisational during the summer period. To apply, students able to study abroad and I will be forever levels, as well as assess the competencies of a must submit a completed application form and grateful to the University for such a unique ‘creative’/‘innovative’ manager. a copy of their updated CV to the Business opportunity. Here, one gets to enjoy not COURSE CONTENT Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from only the knowledge learned and practiced You will develop a strategic perspective Marketing Dissertation the applications and conduct group meetings in the classroom, but also the multicultural and broaden your existing understanding of The Dissertation displays your mastery of a with the applicants. atmosphere, the global networking and marketing and its integration into an overall complex and specialised area of knowledge and all the myriad of possibilities which make corporate strategy and structure. You will hone skills, employing advanced knowledge drawn London so unique and enthralling. Based your capacity for analysing complex marketing from the taught modules and independent ASSOCIATED CAREERS on my own journey, I recommend all new and business situations and reaching decisions research, in developing your ability to analyse students to be active and engaged with Graduates of the course are employed on appropriate courses of action. You will also and investigate marketing issues and problems. activities alongside the studies. Work, improve your career prospects in marketing throughout the world in marketing, media and meet new people, volunteer, explore communications organisations. These include and general business areas. Marketing Research Insights London, travel. By doing so, I felt more Companies today use sophisticated approaches advertising and digital agencies such as Mind driven, focused and productive, which Share and J.W.Thompson; media organisations to understand the markets in which they definitely helped on my overall academic operate, and to understand their customers including television, publishing, and Google; performance. By the end of the course, CORE MODULES and large companies such as Procter and and their consumers. This knowledge forms I was honoured to receive a Distinction Distribution and Price Management Gamble, and Coca Cola. Our students take up the basis of marketing strategies. This module degree and the award as the Outstanding This module covers the management of two posts such as marketing managers, marketing develops your competency in the main Student in Marketing Communications essential elements of the marketing mix. You planners, brand managers, corporate qualitative and quantitative methods for data MA. Most importantly, I enhanced my will consider the design of distribution channels communication managers and social media collection, measurement, sampling, analysis specialist knowledge and professional with particular emphasis on identification community managers. and presentation of results. skills, met inspiring people and made of alternatives available to marketers. The valuable friendships and connections. A truly strategic aspects of price to the end consumer Product and Brand Management unforgettable experience!” are also examined in the context of pricing This module deals with the management Susana Byun of an organisation’s core product offering, Marketing Communications MA, and examines the key concepts and tools Graduated 2016 for managing brands as strategic assets in achieving business and marketing goals.

372 MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS MA westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs MARKETING MANAGEMENT MA/MSc 373 Strategic Marketing in an International Context Integrated Marketing Communications Strategic Marketing in an International Context The contemporary, boundary-free marketplace in a Digital and Global World The contemporary, boundary-free marketplace “I really enjoyed my year studying for is characterised by uncertainty and Modern marketing communications are is characterised by uncertainty and the Marketing Management MA. I have unpredictability, due to both technological characterised by increased use of digital unpredictability, due to both technological benefited from lectures and seminars advancements and rapid changes in the technology, increased globalisation, increased advancements and rapid changes in the as well as coursework and exams. All competition structure. This module aims to media fragmentation and proliferation, all competition structure. This module aims to the lecturers have been greatly helpful provide you with a deep understanding of the leading to an increased need for integration. provide you with a deep understanding of the and professional. Thus, I can say that I discipline of strategic marketing management in These themes will permeate the module. Teaching discipline of strategic marketing management in have reached a greater understanding the international context, while an appreciation will be interactive and will consist of one lecture the international context, while an appreciation and practice of marketing, and I feel of the varied strategic tools will guide you and one seminar each week, and you will be of the varied strategic tools will guide you confident that what I have achieved will on how to integrate these elements to form a expected to contribute to class discussion. on how to integrate these elements to form a be fundamental in building my career, coherent marketing strategy. coherent marketing strategy. step by step.” Marketing Dissertation Raffaella Paciolla Using Consumer Psychology to Understand The Dissertation displays your mastery of a Using Consumer Psychology to Understand Marketing Management MA Buyer Behaviour complex and specialised area of knowledge and Buyer Behaviour Digital Associate Director at Dentsu The buyer behaviour module aims to give you skills, employing advanced knowledge drawn The buyer behaviour module aims to give you Aegis Network a critical understanding of factors influencing from the taught modules and independent a critical understanding of factors influencing consumer behaviour, which can be used in research, in developing your ability to analyse consumer behaviour, which can be used in the development of more effective and investigate marketing issues and problems. the development of more effective marketing strategies. Marketing Research Insights marketing strategies. Experience Team; the Team then shortlist from Companies today use sophisticated approaches the applications and conduct group meetings to understand the markets in which they The fees should be proportional to the number with the applicants. FAST-TRACK MARKETING operate, and to understand their customers of credits studied. and their consumers. This knowledge forms • Dissertation (40 credits) MANAGEMENT MA the basis of marketing strategies. This module A fast-track route to the Marketing Management • Quantitative Analysis for Marketing develops your competency in the main ENTRY REQUIREMENTS MA qualification is available for holders of the Management (20 credits). qualitative and quantitative methods for data Applicants should normally hold a first degree CIM Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing (or collection, measurement, sampling, analysis from a recognised institution (minimum equivalent). Holders of this qualification will be and presentation of results. Lower Second Class Honours or international exempt from all but two modules: Marketing FAST-TRACK MARKETING equivalent) and demonstrate interest and Creativity and Innovation (20 credits), and the Product and Brand Management MANAGEMENT MA/MSc motivation in the subject area. Alternative Marketing Dissertation (40 credits). There will This module deals with the management of professional qualifications with at least three be a proportionate reduction in fees for the Entry criteria: CIM Postgraduate Professional an organisation’s core product offering, and years’ relevant professional experience will course – contact us for further information. Diploma or equivalent, and then study the examines the key concepts and tools for following two additional modules: also be considered. Directly relevant degree managing brands as strategic assets in achieving disciplines include business studies, economics, business and marketing goals. For MA geography, management, and operations MARKETING MANAGEMENT Marketing Creativity and Innovation research. However, students with qualifications MSc CORE MODULES Quantitative Analysis for Marketing Management Marketing Dissertation in other disciplines such as engineering, A significant and growing field in the marketing Distribution and Price Management environmental sciences, the humanities and profession is the use of analytics to inform This module covers the management of two For MSc languages are also encouraged to apply. managerial decision making. Although essential elements of the marketing mix. You Quantitative Analysis for Marketing Management ‘analytics’ seems to be a catchphrase that will consider the design of distribution channels Marketing Dissertation If English is not your first language, you will encompasses anything having to do with with particular emphasis on identification of need an IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum numbers, marketing analytics comprises the alternatives available to marketers. The strategic score of 6 in each element. processes that enable marketers to evaluate aspects of price to the end consumer are also the success of their marketing initiatives by INTERNSHIP OPPORTUNITY examined in the context of pricing through measuring their performance. Therefore, All students on our full-time business Masters the distribution chain. Recognising that global RELATED COURSES marketing analytics can offer profound insights courses can apply to undertake an internship distribution channels are a major contributor to into customer preferences and trends. for up to three months, and gain invaluable • MBA environmental degradation, the module examines work experience. The internships, which are • Management MA the sustainability and ethical issues involved in with London-based organisations, take place distribution and the impact of these issues on • Marketing Communications MA during the summer period. To apply, students • Professional Diploma in Digital Marketing product pricing. must submit a completed application form and a copy of their updated CV to the Business

374 MARKETING MANAGEMENT MA/MSc westminster.ac.uk/wbs westminster.ac.uk/wbs MARKETING MANAGEMENT MA/MSc 375 • Public Health Nutrition MASTERS PREPARATION ENGLISH LANGUAGE Overall IELTS 12-week 7-week • Purchasing and Supply Chain Management Score needed Pre-sessional Pre-sessional COURSES • Tourism Management PRE-SESSIONAL for degree requirements requirements course *For the MBA, you will need to have completed AND ACADEMIC at least three years’ supervisory or managerial 6.5 or 5.5 overall 6 overall with ENGLISH COURSES equivalent with a a minimum Length of course work experience. If you complete your KIC minimum of of 6 in two Between seven and 11 months, depending on London course at the required level, you will Pre-sessional English be able to progress to the MBA, subject to a 5.5 in each components (to English level at the point of entry We run 12-week and 7-week pre-sessional component include writing) satisfactory interview. courses for academic courses starting in and 5.5 in Start date September and January two other January, May and September The Pre-Masters covers a range of study skills components that will allow you to enter the Master’s degree Our pre-sessional English courses will help Application of your choice with confidence. These include you to develop the language, literacy, and 7 or equivalent 6 overall with 6.5 overall Apply directly to KIC London, avoiding plagiarism, essay writing, note taking, study skills necessary for academic life on a minimum with a kic.org.uk/westminster-london presentation skills, time management skills and your postgraduate course. You will also of 6 in each minimum of much more. English language tuition is also experience student life through our social and component 6.5 in two available at a wide range of levels. components Campus welcome programmes. (to include KIC London, London Bridge writing) and Subjects of study of the Pre-Masters in Business, Our aim is to provide you with a solid 6 in two other Law and Social Sciences include: foundation in the use of Academic English components Typical offer • European Liberal Democracy orally and in writing for when you start your In general, you will need to have completed • Global Corporate Marketing Strategies degree course, and to give you the skills, three years of higher education (or equivalent) • Introduction to English, European and knowledge and experience to make the most to enter the Pre-Masters courses. You will also International Law of your time at university. ACADEMIC ENGLISH MODULES need to show proof of English language ability, • Introduction to Management Once students have started their degree, our usually an IELTS test (or equivalent). A higher There are two ways to join the course: • Principles of Social Science Professional Language Centre can offer them IELTS score means your course will be shorter • If a student has an offer for a degree courses • Research Design and Critique modules to develop their Academic English. and you can progress to your Master’s degree but has not met our English language more quickly. • Research Project requirements, we will also make them an The Academic English modules have been offer on the pre-sessional English course. designed to allow students to consolidate, Delivered by Kaplan International College Subjects of study of the Pre-Masters in Science They must meet the minimum English extend and develop their proficiency in London (KIC London), the Pre-Masters is and Engineering include: requirements for the pre-sessional. Academic English alongside their degree designed to prepare you for postgraduate • Engineering, Science and Society • If a students has met the English language study. Progression to Westminster is guaranteed • Introduction to Management course. Assessment of their level of proficiency requirements for their degree course, but in Academic English will take place during (subject to meeting entry criteria and visa • Mathematics would still like to study the pre-sessional orientation week and learning week one. requirements) if you complete your KIC London • Research Project English course, please email This will determine whether they will benefit course and achieve the required grades. [email protected] • Statistics from taking one of the modules. These courses are for international students who For more information visit Each application is considered on an individual do not meet the entrance requirements for our For more information visit westminster.ac.uk/ kic.org.uk/westminster-london basis, taking into account the student’s overall Master’s degrees in the following areas: academic-english academic history and the scores needed for • Accounting, Finance and Economics Contact details their chosen course. • Biosciences T: +44 (0)20 7811 3050 • Business and Management E: [email protected] For more information visit westminster.ac.uk/ • Business Information Systems pre-sessionalenglish-courses • Business Psychology • Human Resource Management • Law • Marketing • MBA*

376 MASTERS PREPARATION COURSES westminster.ac.uk westminster.ac.uk ENGLISH LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 377 D A O R

N O DAO R E T OC P E E HS T N E D K A O R

D R

A R FLAMBARD ROAD E

G

C H U R C H IL L AV E N U E

A D R O N Y T O R U S H O U T AV E N U E G A D A O R G AY T O N R O A D N O T Harrow Tuition N Service E Harrow High School K and Sports College

A S H B U R N H A M N O R T H W I C K AV E N U E G A R D E N S

Subway

LOCATION Northwick University of Westminster Park University of Westminster Subway

If you study atKENTON the UniversityROAD of Westminster, 9 Harrow Hill everything that London hasGolf to Course offer is on University of Westminster your doorstep. Our central London campuses D A O R D R O F T A W are ideally located for shopping, eating out, enjoying London’s nightlife or just simply relaxing. As a University of Westminster student you will have access to all the facilities the University has to offer on all four campuses. St. Mark’s Northwick Park Hospital Cavendish Campus is situated in the Hospital artistic and bohemian area of Fitzrovia, St. Mark’s Hospital with Oxford Street, Regent’s Park and the Northwick Park Hospital British Museum only a ten-minute walk away N I G H T I N G A L E AV E N U E and the peaceful Fitzroy Square just around N I G H T I N G the corner. The campus serves the Faculty of Northwick Park A L E AV E N U E Science and Technology. © Crown copyright and database rights 2013 Ordnance Survey 100035971/021 © Copyright Transport for London 2013

N I G H T I N G A I E AV E N U E Marylebone Campus is opposite Madame Tussauds and just off Baker Street. We are close to the elegant shopping available on Marylebone High Street and just five minutes away is one of London’s finest green spaces, Regent’s Park. The campus serves the Faculty of Architecture and the Built Environment and Westminster Business School.

Regent Campus is situated on and around one of the busiest streets in London, home to a wide range of bustling shops, cafés and restaurants and just a couple of minutes walk from Oxford Street. The campus serves the Faculty of Social Sciences and Humanities and Westminster Law School.

In north west London, Harrow Campus is just 20 minutes by Tube from central London, and REGENT CAMPUS 1 2 3 4 close to Harrow town centre. Here you will find major retail stores, a civic centre, an arts centre Faculty of Social Sciences and Humanities and a multiplex cinema. Nearby Harrow-on- Westminster Law School the-Hill is a historic village offering a richly contrasting atmosphere. The campus serves MARYLEBONE CAMPUS 5 Westminster School of Media, Arts and Design. Westminster Business School Faculty of Architecture and the Built Environment Westminster Business School is based at our Marylebone Campus in the heart of London’s CAVENDISH CAMPUS 6 7 8 West End. Faculty of Science and Technology Corporate Services School location 35 Marylebone Road HARROW CAMPUS 9 London NW1 5LS Faculty of Media, Arts and Design

378 LOCATION westminster.ac.uk westminster.ac.uk LOCATION 379 Accommodation: FURTHER INFORMATION westminster.ac.uk/accommodation AND CONTACTS E: [email protected]

List of useful contacts information: Immigration and visa advice and support: westminster.ac.uk/international/contact-us westminster.ac.uk/international/advice-and- visas Course information: E: [email protected] westminster.ac.uk/courses T: +44 (0) 20 7915 5511 Pre-sessional: E: [email protected] westminster.ac.uk/international/english- language-support/pre-sessional-courses How to apply: E: [email protected] westminster.ac.uk/courses/postgraduate/how- to-apply ADMISSIONS CONTACTS Qualification equivalencies Cavendish Admissions Office and entry requirements: westminster.ac.uk/international E: [email protected] E: [email protected] Marylebone Admissions Office Tuition fees and funding: E: [email protected] westminster.ac.uk/fees Harrow Admissions Office E: [email protected] E: [email protected] Scholarships: Postgraduate Admissions Office westminster.ac.uk/scholarships E: [email protected] E: [email protected]

380 CONTACT US westminster.ac.uk COURSE ENQUIRIES First Floor Cavendish House 101 New Cavendish Street London W1W 6XH T: +44 (0)20 7915 5511 E: course-enquiries@ westminster.ac.uk

FOR POSTGRADUATE All course information is correct at the time of going to press. On INFORMATION occasion, subsequent to publication, some changes may be made EVENING DATES to the courses and modules offered. Should any major change be Visit our website necessary, applicants will be notified at the earliest point. For the westminster.ac.uk latest information please refer to our website. Published in August 2016. Produced by Communications, Recruitment and External Affairs. Once you have finished with this brochure please recycle it.